You are on page 1of 142

Summary of the Sorcerer's way

I. What is the true nature of reality?

The universe and everything in it is made up solely of energy. There are no objects, just energy. This energy
emanates from a force (The Eagle) and radiates throughout the universe (The Eagle's Emanations) as an infinite
number of energy fields.
Humans are energy bubbles (luminous eggs) that arise from one of the 48 energy fields associated with the earth.
(Great Bands of Emanations) There are other non human bubbles arising from 7 different bands called inorganic
beings.
Humans begin perceiving when a vibrating portion of their emanations inside the luminous egg matches a
vibrating portion of outside emanations and fixates. The place where fixation occurs inside the luminous egg is
known as the assemblage point. The assemblage point is where perception takes place.
The position of the assemblage point determines what a human will perceive.
If the assemblage point is fixated habitually on one spot, this is called the first attention. (tonal)
If the assemblage point fixates somewhere other than the habitual spot, this is known as the second attention.
(nagual)
If the assemblage point fixates on all spots at once, this is known as the third attention. (fire from within)
The purpose of humans is to enhance our awareness through our life experiences then be taken back up into the
Eagle as food.

II. Why can't humans perceive the true nature of reality?

When humans are born, their assemblage point is very fluid and babies perceive many different things. (including
energy)
As babies get older, the assemblage point begins to fixate habitually based upon what people teach the baby. (tonal
of the times)
The habitual fixation of the assemblage point is reinforced daily so that all of our available energy is used to keep
it there. (ego) Our perception of reality therefore becomes fixed for life.

III. How can humans perceive the true nature of reality? (The Sorcerer's Way)

To experience the true nature of reality, a person has to move the assemblage point from its habitual position.
(called stopping the world)
To move the assemblage point, humans have to free up some of the energy keeping the habitual assemblage point
in place by
impeccability, recapitulation, not-doing, gazing, tensegrity, right way of walking, dreaming, etc. (This is the
bulk of the Sorcerer's Way)
being frightened, scared, starved, anything where the ego doesn't concentrate on itself.
After enough energy is freed up and the assemblage point is becoming fluid, the person then tries to permanently
move their assemblage point into a different position. (losing the human form)
After a person loses the human form or moves the assemblage point permanently, they are making decisions about
their life based on reality as energy. They are in flow with nature and act accordingly with it, no matter how
strange their actions may seem to a "normal" person. They are considered enlightened beings.

What is the ultimate goal of the Sorcerer's Way?

To enter the third attention which would allow them to bypass being food for the Eagle.

Guide to the books:


DJ - The Teachings of Don Juan
SR - A Separate Reality
JTI - Journey to Ixtlan
TOP - Tales of Power
SRP - The Second Ring of Power
EG - The Eagle's Gift
FFW - The Fire from Within
POS - The Power of Silence
TAOD- The Art of Dreaming
TSC - The Sorcerer's Crossing (Taisha Abelar)

Back to the main page.


A.) THE UNIVERSE
WHAT MAKES UP THE UNIVERSE?

THE WHOLE UNIVERSE IS MADE UP OF ONLY ENERGY


Universe...everything is energy. The whole universe is energy.
TAOD,3....in the universe only energy exists...TAOD,239 .....In the universe there is only energy, and energy has only a here and now, an endless and ever present here and
now. TAOD,248

THE UNIVERSE HAS EXITS AND ENTRANCES IN IT'S ENERGY FLOW


There are entrances and exits in the energy flow of the universe. TAOD, 22

WHAT IS THE SOURCE OF THE UNIVERSE'S ENERGY?

The Eagle is the source of the emanations.. FFW,58. The power that governs the destiny of all living beings is called the Eagle. EG,172 ...inconceivable dissolving force (Eagle)
in the universe, TAOD,149

THE EAGLE
WHY IS THE SOURCE OF ALL ENERGY CALLED THE EAGLE?

OLD SORCERERS DESCRIBED IT AS HAVING THE APPEARANCE OF AN EAGLE


It is called the Eagle not because it is an eagle or has anything to do with an eagle, but because it appears to the seer as an immeasurable jet-black eagle, standing as an eagle
stands, its height reaching to infinity. EG,172 the old seers in the few glimpses that they could sustain, saw it as something that resembled a black-and-white eagle of infinite
size. FFW,55

FOUR BLAZES REVEALED WHAT THE EAGLE IS LIKE TO THE OLD SORCERERS
As the seer gazes on the blackness that the Eagle is, four blazes of light reveal what the Eagle is like. The first blaze, which is like a bolt of lightening, helps the seer make out
the contours of the Eagle's body. there are patches of whiteness that look like an eagle's feathers and talons. A second blaze of lightening reveals the flapping, wind-creating
blackness that looks like eagle's wings. With the third blaze of lightening the seer beholds a piercing, inhuman eye. And the fourth and last blaze discloses what the Eagle is
doing. EG,173

DO WE REALLY "SEE" THE EAGLE?

WE CANNOT SEE THE EAGLE BUT OUR BODY SENSES IT


...there is nothing visual about the Eagle. FFW,58. The entire body of a seer senses the Eagle. There is something in all of us that can make us witness with our entire
body...because man is composed of the Eagle's emanations, man need only revert back to his components. FFW,58

IS IT DANGEROUS TO SEE THE EAGLE?

THERE IS SOME MORTAL RISK, DREAMING AND ONE'S INTENT HELP PROTECT YOU
..there is no way to see the Eagle's emanations without running a mortal risk...the technique of dreaming can be used as a shield to protect themselves from the deadly blow of
the Eagle's emanations. FFW,191..The key to withstanding the Eagle's presence was the potency of one's intent.EG,243.

DOES THE EAGLE REALLY LOOK LIKE AN EAGLE?

MAN'S AWARENESS HAS THE PROBLEM OF TAKING SOMETHING INCOMPREHENSIBLE AND MAKING IT COMPREHENSIBLE
The problem arises with man's awareness; it is his awareness that becomes entangled and confused... man's awareness is compelled to interpret. The result is a vision of the
Eagle and the Eagle's emanations. FFW,58. It is called an Eagle because it is simply a case of something unknowable vaguely resembling something known.. but that always
happens when impressionable people learn to perform acts that require great sobriety FFW,58 ...but there is no Eagle and no Eagle's emanations. What is out there is something
that no living creature can grasp. FFW,58.

WHAT IS THE EAGLE'S PURPOSE?

THE EAGLE'S PURPOSE IS TO CONSUME THE AWARENESS OF ALL CREATURES


The Eagle is devouring the awareness of all the creatures that, alive on earth a moment before and now dead, have floated to the Eagle's beak, like a ceaseless swarm of
fireflies, to meet their owner, their reason for having had life. The Eagle disentangles these tiny flames, lays them flat, as a tanner stretches out a hide, and then consumes them;
for awareness is the Eagle's food. EG,173. (The Eagle) which makes organisms live by lending them their awareness. That force also makes organisms die, in order to extract
the same lent awareness which organisms have enhanced through their life experiences.. TAOD,149

CAN YOU PRAY OR ASK FAVORS FROM THE EAGLE?

THE EAGLE REFLECTS ALL THINGS EQUALLY AND CANNOT BE MOVED


The Eagle reflects equally and at once all those living things. There is no way, therefore, for man to pray to the Eagle, to ask for favors, to hope for grace. The human part of the
Eagle is too insignificant to move the whole. EG,173.

WHAT DOES THE EAGLE RESPOND TO?

Since the Eagle is made of energy, the Eagle only responds to energy. For a creature to have an affect upon the Eagle that creature must posess an excess of energy. See Intent.

HOW IS THE EAGLE'S ENERGY DISPERSED THROUGHOUT THE UNIVERSE?

The Eagle's energy is released as lines of energy. These energy lines are known as the Eagle's emanations, lines of the world or the Eagle's commands. To keep things simple,
only the terms Eagle's emanations or emanations will be used.

THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS/LINES OF THE WORLD/EAGLE'S COMMANDS


WHAT ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS?

THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS MAKE UP THE UNIVERSE


everything is made out of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,59 there is no world of objects (existing by themselves and as themselves just as we perceive them), but a universe of
the Eagle's emanations. FFW,49, FFW,126 the Eagle's emanations are an immutable thing-in-itself, which engulfs everything that exists, the knowable and the unknowable
FFW, 57

THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE AN INFINITE NUMBER OF ENERGY FIELDS


RESEMBLING THREADS OF LIGHTS THAT HAVE AWARENESS AND ARE ETERNAL
the universe is an infinite agglomeration of energy fields, (Eagle's emanations) resembling threads of light. POS,13 there are an infinite numbers of lines that joined us to
things...,JTI,193 the Eagle's emanations are more than filaments of light.. each one of them is a source of boundless energy.. FFW,67 what's really out there are the Eagle's
emanations, fluid, forever in motion, and yet unchanged, eternal. FFW,54 light that was alive and resemble ordinary light but ordinary light has no awareness.. POS,112 the
filaments are aware of themselves, alive and vibrating, that there are so many of them that numbers have no meaning and that each of them is an eternity in itself. FFW,63
..Essence of the universe resembles incandescent threads streched into infinity in every conceivable direction, luminous filaments that are conscious of themselves in ways
impossible for the human mind to comprehend. , TAOD, 5..

The Eagle's emanations are an infinite amount of lines of energy emitting from the Eagle (source of all the energy in the universe) which cover the entire universe. These eternal
threads of light are alive and aware, making up everything in the universe.

WHY ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ALSO CALLED THE EAGLE'S COMMANDS?

THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE ALSO CALLED THE EAGLE'S COMMANDS THAT NO ONE CAN DISOBEY
Eagle's commands ....although DJ disliked calling the emanations commands, that is what they are: commands that no one can disobey. FFW,92 Seers who see the Eagle's
emanations often call them commands. FFW,59...

WHAT DO THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS LOOK LIKE?

THERE IS NO TRUE VERSION OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS


there is no pat version of the emanation , as there is of the Eagle. FFW,62...

THERE IS NO WAY TO DESCRIBE WHAT THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE THEY MUST BE WITNESSED AS THE EAGLE WAS WITNESSED
there is no way to describe what the Eagle's emanations really are... a seer must witness them , FFW, 57 ...emanations are something indescribable..FFW,63 One can catch a
glimpse of them, as one can only catch a glimpse of the Eagle itself... , FFW, 57

DESCRIPTION OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS


(Description of EG,243.) they are a prescence, almost a mass of sorts, a pressure that creates a dazzling sensation. FFW, 57 I saw the lines of the world. I actually perceived the
most extraordinary profusion of fluorescent white lines which crisscrossed everything around me. ,JTI,252...filaments of light began to radiate from everything on that prairie.
At first it was like the explosion of an infinite number of short fibers, then the fibers became long threadlike strands of luminosity bundled together into beams of vibrating light
that reached infinity. There was really no way for me to make sense of what I was seeing, or to describe it, except as filaments of vibrating light. The filaments were not
intermingled or entwined. Although they sprang, and continued to spring, in every direction, each one seperate, and yet all of them were inextricably bundled together...I was
seeing the Eagle's emanations POS,110 and the force that keeps them apart and bundles them together...what he had seen was intent, the force permeates everything. POS,110
almost instantaneously I saw a most brilliant array of live, compelling fibers of light. FFW,240 I thought I must have fainted or that the blow had made me fall asleep.
Suddenly, I was looking at something literally beyond words. Bright strings of light shot out from everywhere, going everywhere, strings of light which were like nothing that
had ever entered my thoughts. ...I made your assemblage point shift...and for an instant you were dreaming the filaments of the universe., TAOD, 16

HOW ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARRANGED IN THE UNIVERSE?

THE EMANATIONS ARE GROUPED IN CLUSTERS CALLED THE GREAT BAND OF EMANATIONS
the Eagle's emanations are always grouped in clusters ..the old seers called those clusters the great bands of emanations. FFW,176.

THE GREAT BAND OF EMANATIONS


HOW WOULD YOU DESCRIBE THE GREAT BANDS?

THE GREAT BANDS ARE CLUSTERED IN NO REAL ORDER, LIKE A PILE OF HAY HELD IN MID-AIR.
The great bands are neither flat nor round, but indescribably clustered together, like a pile of hay, which is held together in midair by the force of the hand that pitched it. Thus,
there is no real order to the emanations; to say that there is a central part or that there are edges is misleading, but necessary to understanding. FFW,180

ARE THEY REALLY BANDS?

THEY AREN'T REALLY BANDS BUT THE NAME STUCK


They aren't really bands but the name stuck. FFW,176.

HOW MANY GREAT BANDS ARE THERE IN THE UNIVERSE?

THERE ARE AN INFINITY OF GREAT BANDS IN THE UNIVERSE


There are an infinity of great bands, FFW,177

THERE ARE 48 GREAT BANDS IN THE EARTH,


Seers have found out..that in the earth there are only 48 such bands. There are 48 types of organizations on the earth, 48 types of clusters or structures. Organic life is one of
them. FFW,177

THE EARTH'S 48 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS


WHAT DO THE EARTH'S 48 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS PRODUCE?

Each of the earth's 48 great bands of emanations produces numerous bubbles on each band. These bubbles are like containers that are filled with a portion of the band's
emanations. Each bubble may represent the emanations or energy associated with a living creature.

think of great bands as being like trees. All of them bear fruit; they produce containers filled with emanations; yet only eight of those trees bear edible fruit, that is, bubbles of
awareness. Seven have sour fruit, but edible nonetheless, and one has the most juicy, lucious fruit there is. FFW,178..

HOW ARE THE EARTH'S 48 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS DIVIDED?

The earth's 48 great bands are divided into three sections: first, 40 bands that produce bubbles with emanations that produce no energetic awareness, second, 7 bands called the
inorganic being band that produce bubbles that represent creatures called inorganic beings, and finally, one band called the organic being band that produces bubbles that
represent creatures called organic beings.

THE ORGANIC BEING BAND


WHAT DOES THE ORGANIC BEING BAND PRODUCE?

THE ORGANIC BEING CLUSTER PRODUCES ALL THE ORGANIC BEINGS


There is an immeasurable cluster that produces organic beings. FFW,177 organic beings belong to the great same band. FFW,177.

WHAT DOES THE ORGANIC BEING CLUSTER LOOK LIKE?

THE ORGANIC BAND IS FLUFFY,TRANSPARENT, WITH A PECULIAR ENERGY


the emanations of that organic band have a sort of fluffiness. They are transparent and have a a unique light of their own, a peculiar energy. They are aware, they jump. That's
the reason why all organic beings are filled with a peculiar consuming energy. FFW,177
HOW ARE THE ORGANIC BEINGS ALIGNED ON THE BAND?

THE ORGANIC BEINGS ARE BUBBLES FORMED ON DIFFERENT PLACES ON THE BAND: SOME IN THE CENTER AND SOME NEAR THE EDGES
Think of it as an enormously wide band of luminous filaments, luminous strings with no end. Organic beings are bubbles that grow around a group of luminous filaments.
Imagine that in this band of organic life some bubbles are formed around the luminous filaments in the center of the band, others are formed close to the edges; the band is
wide enough to aomadate every kind of organic being with room to spare. In such an arrangement, bubbles that are close to the edges miss altogether the emanations that are in
the center of the band, which are shared only by the bubbles that are aligned with the center. By the same token, bubbles in the center miss the emanations from the edges.
FFW,177.

THE INORGANIC BEING BAND


WHAT DO THE SEVEN INORGANIC BANDS PRODUCE?

THE INORGANIC CLUSTER PRODUCES ALL THE INORGANIC BEINGS


The same situation (as in the organic band) is prevalent in the inorganic bands.The three bundles of awareness produce specific kinds of inorganic beings in each of the seven
great bands. FFW,180 The seers counted 7 bands that produced inorganic bubbles of awareness. FFW,177

THE OTHER 40 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS FOR EARTH


WHAT ARE THE OTHER 40 GREAT BANDS LIKE?

THE OTHER 40 BANDS PRODUCE BUBBLES/VESSELS WITHOUT AWARENESS


There are 40 bands that produce bubbles without awareness those are bands that generate only organization. FFW,177.. The product of the other forty great bands is not
awareness at all, but a configuration of inanimate energy. (called vessels) ..vessels are rigid recepticles that hold emanations without being fields of energetic awareness. Their
luminosity comes only from the energy of the encased emanations. FFW,182

WHAT DO THESE OTHER 40 BANDS LOOK LIKE?

THEY ARE OPAQUE AND DARKER THAN THE BANDS WITH AWARENESS
The other bands are darker, but with a quality of opaqueness. FFW,177..

WILL/INTENT
WHAT SUSTAINS OR CONTROLS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS?

WILL/INTENT IS THE FORCE THAT SUSTAINS OR CONTROLS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS


I was seeing the Eagle's emanations and the force that keeps them apart and bundles them together...what he had seen was intent, the force permeates everything..POS,110
....the energy that comes out of of the alignment of emanations. FFW,189... Intent is the power that upholds the universe, It is a force that gives focus to everything. It makes the
world happen...TSC,40...it is what makes the world... EG,148 it is present throughout everything there is. FFW,98 Without intent there was nothing. EG,243... intent is
everywhere .. EG,148 ...underneath the dry leaves is the ground, the enormous earth. intent is the principle underneath everything. TSC,40. Will is a force which was the true
link between men and the world. SR,147

WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN WILL AND INTENT?

WILL IS THE IMPERSONAL FORCE OF EAGLE'S EMANATIONS AND INTENT IS THE PERSONALIZED FORCE
will is the impersonal force of alignment which changes into intent, the personalized force, which is at the service of each individual...FFW,237 ...intent is the purposeful
guiding of will. FFW,190 they realized that will was the force that kept the Eagle's emanations separated and was not responsible for our awareness, but also for everything in
the universe. They saw that this force had total consciousness and that it sprang from the very fields of energy that made the universe. They decided then that intent was a more
appropriate name for it than will. POS,113,114. ...the new seers took a close look and called it will,the will of the Eagle's emanations or intent. FFW,98 ...alignment is a unique
force because it either helps the assemblage point, or it keeps it glued to its customary position....the aspect of alignment that keeps the assemblage point stationary is will ....
and the aspect that makes it shift is intent. FFW,237.. That blackness, that silence, gives rise to the intent to direct the second attention, to command it, to make it do things. This
is why it is called will. The intent and the effect are will.. they are tied together. EG,143

Will and Intent are essentially the same thing. Will is used when describing the force that is holding up the universe in an objective manner and intent is used when that force
changes due to some personal interaction. However, will has also been confusingly described as also a personalized power.

Will is something else, something very clear and powerful which can direct our acts. Will is something a man uses.. to win a battle which by all calculations, should lose. Will..
has to do with astonishing feats that defy our common sense. It is kind of a control over ourselves. Will is a power. And since it is a power it has to be controlled and tuned and
that takes time. SR,146.
DJ said that will can be described as the maxium control of the luminosity of the body as a field of energy; or it can be described as a level of proficiency, or a state of being
that comes abruptly into the daily life of a warrior at any given time. .EG,142.
Will was allegedly cultivated only by sorcerers. it came to the practitioners veiled in mystery and purportedly gave them the capacity to perform extraordinary acts. ,TOP,83.
what a sorcerer calls will is a power within ourselves. it is not a thought, or an object, or a wish. SR,147 What you yourself call will is character and strong disposition..what a
sorcerer calls will is a force that comes from within and attaches itself to the world out there. SR,148Will is what can make you sueed when your thoughts tell you that you're
defeated. Will is what makes you invulnerable. Will is what sends a sorcerer through a wall; through space; to the moon, if he wants. SR,147.

Whatever term is used, the meaning is the same.. there is a universal force which holds everything in place and that force can be manipulated. However, for simplicity we will
use the term which involves personal interaction - intent.

WHAT IS INTENT?

INTENT IS AN ABSTRACT UNMEASUREABLE, INDESCRIBABLE, INDEFINABLE, NEITHER GOOD NOR EVIL FORCE THAT YOU CANNOT SEE OR FEEL IT
AND YET IT EXISTS.
Intent is .....an unmeasurable, prevailing (, POS, 28), indescribable, indefinable (POS,235), ....something that cannot be seen or felt, something that does not seem to exist but
yet does. POS,170.. ...intent has no desires of its own. EG,149. .....there is no way of knowing what intent is. POS,134 it is an abstract force, neither good nor evil... TSC,85
Everything in the world is a force, a pull or a push. SRP,139... ....the force that changes and reorders things or keeps them as they are (POS, 28,97) force in the universe
POS,10, blind, impersonal, ceaseless burst of energy that makes us behave in the ways we do..FFW,189 ...made up of pure energy.. POS,112 the nagual never ends..it has no
limits..,TOP,138 Will is a force, a power. SR,148. intend it with your intent, which is the layer beneath your thoughts. TSC,142

INTENT IS CONNECTED TO EVERYTHING


that absolutely everything that exists in the entire cosmos is attached to intent by a connecting link. POS,10,22... people and all living creatures are slaves of intent. We are in its
clutches. It makes us do whatever it wants. It makes us act in the world. It makes us die. EG,148

WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT NAMES OF INTENT BESIDES WILL?

THE NAMES OF INTENT


.....Intent which sorcerers call the spirit, the abstract, the nagual.. POS, 28 .....the spirit is the force that sustains the universe (POS,114) Don Juan had explained the nagual to me
as being the indescribable force, the source of everything... the nagual is in everything. SRP,198 The nagual is aware of everything...,TOP,129. there was only one thing which
was indispensable for anything we did. He called it the spirit. ,JTI, the rolling force or the tumbling or circular force. FFW,241...the tumbler is the force from the Eagle's
emanations..FFW,241. The left side, called the naugal, .states of heightened awareness, or the site of the second attention. EG,163. ....will is such a complete control of the
second attention that it is called the other self. EG,144..will belongs to the other self. EG,143.......Powers that guide can be called...forces, spirits, airs, winds, or anything like
that. ,JTI,86.
Since intent is the undescribable force of the universe, it thus has many names. Everything is just an interpretation of that force.

HOW DOES INTENT APPEAR TO PEOPLE?

INTENT MANIFESTS ITSELF DIFFERENTLY IN DIFFERENT THINGS


it is an all-encompassing force that manifests itself differently in different things. TSC,83.

CAN INTENT COMMUNICATE WITH US?

YES, DIRECT CONTACT WITH INTENT IS CALLED SILENT KNOWLEDGE


silent knowledge.. this is direct contact with intent. POS,115... Silent Knowledge has complete mastery, complete knowledge of everything.. but it cannot think, therefore, it
cannot speak of what it knows..it is of course, intent- the spirit, the abstract. , POS,155
Everything has a form... but besides the outer shape, there is an inner awareness that rules things. This silent awareness is the spirit. TSC,83. This energy communicates with us.
TSC,83.

ANOTHER NAME FOR SILENT KNOWLEDGE IS THE THIRD POINT


silent knowlege is the third point because in order to get to it one had to pass the second point, the place of no pity. (ruthlessness) POS,242

HOW DOES INTENT COMMUNICATE WITH US?

Voice of the spirit

WHAT IS THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT?

THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT IS MORE OF A FEELING


The voice of the spirit is an abstraction that has nothing to do with voices, and yet we may at times hear voices...TSC,85 ...don't expect a shout from the treetops... what we call
the voice of the spirit is more of a feeling. Or it can be an idea that suddenly pops into your head. Sometimes it can be a longing to go somewhere vaguely familiar, or a longing
to do something also vaguely familiar. TSC,84 If the spirit (intent) speaks to you, using its silent words, you will certainly know immediately what the spirit is. , POS,51 .It was
not a voice it was lots of voices. TSC,85. ....will is very quiet, unnoticeable EG,143

HOW DO WE UNDERSTAND THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT/INTENT?

INTENT CAN ONLY BE UNDERSTOOD THROUGH EXPERIENCE AND WE CAN ONLY TALK ABOUT ITS EFFECTS.
there is no way to talk about it except metaphorically.. TSC,40 the nagual is only effect. ,TOP,138. in order to talk about it we must borrow from the island of the tonal(reason),
therefore it is more convienient not to explain it but simply recount its effects. ,TOP,129. silent knowledge can't be reasoned out. It can only be experienced. POS,247 The left
side is perhaps comprehended, if comprehension is what takes place, with the total body, thus its resistence to conceptualization. EG,163.. By intending it, but not with your
thoughts.. Intent is so far away from thoughts that we can't talk about it; we can't even feel it. But we can certainly use it. TSC,142

DESCRIPTION OF EXPERIENCING THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT


.... Taisha's experience description of.. (jumping and dancing to people singing in the wind)..TSC,84... When I finally came to sit down next to Clara, I was perspiring, but it
was not a healthy physical sweat, It was more like the cold sweat of exhaustion. TSC,84...

HOW CAN WE HEAR THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT?

WHEN WE ARE ABSOLUTELY QUIET AND BALANCED


The voice of the spirit comes from nowhere.. it comes from the depth of silence, from the realm of not-being. That voice can only be heard when we are absolutely quiet and
balanced. TSC,87.

INTENT ONLY RESPONDS TO POWER NOT PRAYER


a force that has no interest whatsoever in us, but that nevertheless responds to our own power. Not to our prayers, mind you, but to our power. TSC,85 it is where power hovers,
but that was only a way of alluding to it. By reason of its effect, perhaps the nagual can be best understood in terms of power. ,TOP,138. But the spirit is nobody's guardian..
TSC,85

HOW DOES INTENT AFFECT US?

Intent is continously being produced from the Eagle's emanations and is hitting us all the time. We are not aware that it is constantly hitting us but it is the force that gives us
both life and eventually caries us to our death. That force is named the rolling force.

ROLLING FORCE
WHAT IS THE ROLLING FORCE?

THE ROLLING FORCE IS THE INTENT FORCE FROM THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS THAT CONTROL ALL ASPECTS OF LIFE AND DEATH FOR THE
ORGANIC AND INORGANIC BEINGS
The rolling force is an eternal line of iridescent rings or balls of fire, that roll onto living beings ceaselessly. FFW,243
The rolling force or balls of fire are expression of a force that pertains to all details of life and death. FFW,242. The rolling force is the means through which the Eagle
distributes life and awareness for safekeeping..but it is also a force..that makes all living beings die. FFW,243

DEATH IS THE ROLLING FORCE.


Death is the rolling force. FFW,245.

WHAT MAKES UP THE ROLLING FORCE?

THE BALANCE BETWEEN THE TWO FORCES(TUMBLING AND CIRCULAR) IS A DELICATE ONE
The balance of the two forces in every living being is a delicate one. FFW,248.

The tumbling force and the circular force.

TUMBLING FORCE
WHAT IS THE TUMBLING FORCE?

THE TUMBLING FORCE IS THE PART OF THE ROLLING FORCE THAT RELATES TO DESTRUCTION AND DEATH
the tumbling aspect of the RF relates exclusively to destruction and death. FFW,247. a ceaseless force that strikes us every instant of our lives. FFW,241.

CIRCULAR FORCE
WHAT IS THE CIRCULAR FORCE?

THE CIRCULAR FORCE IS THE PART OF THE ROLLING FORCE THAT MAINTAINS LIFE AND AWARENESS, FULFILLMENT AND PURPOSE
the circular aspect.. is what maintains life and awareness, fulfillment and purpose. FFW,247. it strikes all living beings ceaselessly, but for a different purpose. It strikes them to
give them strength, direction, awareness; to give them life. FFW,248

WHY IS IT CALLED THE CIRCULAR FORCE?

THE CIRCULAR FORCE COMES IN RINGS, THREADLIKE LOOPS OF IRIDESCENCE


The reason they call it the circular force is that it comes in rings, threadlike loops of iridescence - a very delicate affair indeed... FFW,248

ARE THEY REALLY CIRCLES?

YOU ONLY SENSE THE FEELINGS OF RINGS WHICH FIT ALL ORGANIC AND INORGANIC BEINGS
There are no circles to speak of, just a circular force..the feelings of rings..there are no different sizes either. It's one indivisible force that fits all living beings, organic and
inorganic. FFW,248.

HOW DO THE TWO FORCES HIT US?

THE CIRCULAR FORCE HITS US JUST BEFORE THE TUMBLING FORCE


The new seers saw that both forces are fused but are not the same. the circular force comes to us just before the tumbling force...they are so close to each other that they seem
the same. FFW,248.
B.) LUMINOUS BEINGS/ LUMINOUS EGGS
WHAT ARE ALL LIVING CREATURES REALLY?

ALL LIVING CREATURES ARE ENERGY BUBBLES MADE FROM THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS
living creatures are really luminous beings that look like bubbles of whitish light...sentient beings are minute bubbles made out of those filaments, microscopic points of light,
attached to the infinite emanations... FFW,66,67 we are a feeling and that what we call our body is a cluster of luminous fibers that have awareness. TOP,94 (our energy body)..
it is linked to some luminous lines of energy crisscrossing the universe. TSC,138 The double is nearly infinite.. for just as the physical is in communication with other physical
bodies, the double is in communication with the universal life force. TSC,186 (the double) it is inherently the energy of a luminous being, EG,23 Luminous Beings ...the energy
essence of human beings TAOD, 5 we are luminous beings. We are perceivers. We are an awareness; we are not objects; we have solidity. We are boundless. TOP,97. human
beings are frail creatures composed of many layers of luminosity SRP,253

DOES EVERY CREATURE HAVE A BODY OF ENERGY?

YES, EVERYTHING HAS A BODY OF ENERGY


Not only living beings but everything in our world glimmers with an inner light of its own TAOD,175 All of us luminous beings have a double. TOP,58..the double is oneself
and cannot be faced in any other way. the double is not a matter of personal choice..TOP,58

It is not clear if inanimate objects have energy associated with them.

WHAT ARE SOME OTHER NAMES FOR THIS BODY OF ENERGY?

luminous egg, luminous ball (the egg)is our energy self (which is our double). TAOD,11 ..cocoons and containers are fields of energetic awareness. FFW,182 energy body,
other, double, self, (the dreaming body is known by different names FFW, 291) the energetic or nonrational side, which sorcerers call the double TSC,xii The ethereal
body.TSC,114. The other is the self..the double is the self TOP,46

Again, like the term intent, the energy body has many names. The term luminous egg/ball is the energy body but is used as the container of the energy body.

WHAT EXACTLY IS THE ENERGY BODY?

PURE ENERGY
Since it's pure energy, EG,23

THE ENERGY BODY IS PURE ENERGY SO HAS AN APPEARANCE BUT NO MASS


A ghostlike configuration made of pure energy....has only appearance but no mass. EG,23

IT IS THE AWARENESS OF OURSELVES AS LUMINOUS BEINGS


As far as I know, the double is the awareness of our state as luminous beings. TOP,60

THE DOUBLE BEGINS IN DREAMING, THE DOUBLE IS A DREAM


....the double begins in dreaming..the double is a dream..TOP,64.

THE DOUBLE IS THE SORCERER HIMSELF, DEVELOPED THROUGH HIS DREAMING.


The double is the sorcerer himself, developed through his dreaming. A double is an act of power to a sorcerer, but only a tale of power to you. TOP,47. ...instead of eyes, the
dreaming body has just the glow of awareness (two points of intense amber lights..FFW,197) FFW,199...in the case of Genaro, his double is indistinguishable from the original.
That's because his impeccability as a warrior is supreme. TOP,48

A 3-D IMAGE OF THE BODY WHEN SECOND ATTENTION IS FIXED


a whitish, phantomlike emanation, which is projected by the fixation of the second attention into a 3-D image of the body. EG,23....

A PERFECT REPLICA OF THE DREAMER'S BODY


...the double is a perfect replica of the dreamer's body.(it looks exactly like oneself. SRP,176) EG,23

IT WAS TWICE THE SIZE OF THE PERSON WHO HAD IT


they had always called that shape the double, because it was twice the size of the person who had it. SRP,199.

IT WAS SHINY
..It was like you, but very shiny.(may refer to Naugal) SRP,149

FOR A SORCERER THAT SEES THE DOUBLE IS BRIGHTER


for a sorcerer that sees the double is brighter. TOP,46.

NO WAY OF KNOWING BUT IT IS REAL


..there is no way of knowing what the other is made of..but it is real..TOP,46
It is not a ghost, but as real as anything we deal with in the world. EG,23

THE DOUBLE IS SOLID AND CORPOREAL..SOLIDITY, CORPOREALNESS ARE MEMORIES.


(the double is solid and corporeal)..solidity, corporealness are memories. therefore, like everything else we feel about the world, they are memories we accumulate. memories of
the description. You have the memory of my solidity, the same way you have the memory of communicating through words. Thus, you talked with a coyote and you feel me as
being solid. TOP,51.

OTHER ALWAYS COME SHROUDED IN WIND


Dreaming body or the other (this term belongs to the old seers...it gives me a feeling of darkness, of shadows...the other always comes shrouded in wind FFW,291).... FFW,199

How the energy body is described depends on the sorcere's interpretation.. in the end its just energy.

DOES OUR ENERGY BODY BELONG TO THE PHYSICAL BODY?

THE ENERGY BODY IS THE COUNTERPART TO THE PHYSICAL BODY


Energy body...it's the counterpart of the physical body. EG,23 The soft body is a mass of energy...we are aware of only its hard, outer casing.TSC,133 The double. The
counterpart of the physical body, which by know you must know.. is not merely a projection of the mind. TSC,114. . ...the double is our energy source. The physical body is
merely the receptacle where that energy has been placed. TSC,237. the double is both inside and outside the physical body... at the same time... TSC, 159.

WHAT IS THE REAL DIVISION IN HUMANS?


THE REAL DIVISION IS BETWEEN THE PHYSICAL BODY WHICH HOUSES THE MIND AND THE ENERGY BODY WHICH HOUSES OUR ENERGY
The body-mind dualism is a false dichotomy. The real division is between the physical body, which houses the mind, and the ethereal body or the double which houses our
energy. TSC,62. but our division is not between the mind and the body, but between the body, which houses the mind or the self, and the double, which is the receptacle of our
basic energy. TSC,43 Human beings are divided in two. EG,163.... all the faculties, possibilities, and accomplishments of sorcery, from the simplest to the most astounding, are
in the human body itself. EG,163. The two sides of a human being are totally seperate EG,228. The tonal and the nagual are the two inherent parts of ourselves.. they cannot be
led into each other. TOP,244.

WHAT SEPERATES THE PHYSICAL BODY AND THE ENERGY BODY?

THE TWO SIDES ARE SEPERATED BY A MEMBRANE


the membrane that seperates their two sides. EG,230

WHAT DOES OUR ENERGY LOOK LIKE?

OUR ENERGY WAVERS LIKE A HEAT WAVE, IT SCINTILLATES


. our energy wavers..TAOD,164...organic beings energy are more like heat waves. FFW,121...our energy scintillates. TAOD,175

WHAT DETERMINES THE LUMINOSITY OF A LIVING CREATURE?

THE LUMINOSITY IS DETERMINED BY THE PARTICULAR PORTION OF EMANATIONS FOUND IN THAT PARTICULAR COCOON.
the luminosity of living beings is made by the particular portion of the Eagle's emanations they happen to have inside their luminous cocoons. FFW,66,67

WE ARE LUMINOUS BECAUSE WE ARE PIECES OF THE SUN


We are pieces of the sun. (we are all like the sun, but very, very faint) That is why we are luminous beings. But our eyes can't see that luminosity because it is very faint. Our
light is too weak, but it is light anyway. SRP,123.

ARE THE EMANATIONS INSIDE THE BUBBLES THE SAME AS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS OUTSIDE?

THE EMANATION PATTERNS ARE THE SAME INSIDE AND OUT BUT SOME OF OUR EMANATIONS ARE LOCATED AS MUCH AS 3 FEET OUTSIDE THE
PHYSICAL BODY.
The emanations inside and the emanations outside are the same filaments of light. FFW,66,67 Human beings are also composed of an incalculable number of the same
threadlike energy fields.POS,13, FFW,62 some beams of light or energy allegedly crisscross the earth... these beams do not fluctuate as everything else in the universe does, but
are fixed into a pattern. This pattern coincides with hundreds of points in the luminous body...since the luminous body is quite big, some of the points are as much as three feet
away from the physical body. In a sense they are outside of us, and yet they are not; they are on the periphery of our luminosity and thus still belong to the total body. EG,196.

WHAT DO YOU CALL THE EMANATIONS OUTSIDE THE PHYSICAL BODY BUT STILL WITHIN THE COCOON?

THE EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON BUT LOCATED OUTSIDE THE PHYSICAL BODY IS CALLED THE ETHEREAL NET
The ethereal net is the luminosity that surrounds the physical body... TSC,134

WHAT DO YOU CALL THE EMANATIONS OUTSIDE THE COCOON?

WE CALL THE EMANATIONS OUTSIDE THE COCOON, THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE


...emanations at large.. are called this because they are immense. FFW,225.. The emanations outside the cocoon.. are called emanations at large. FFW,141

WHAT SHAPE DO THE EMANATIONS FORM?

THE EMANATIONS AGGLOMERATE INTO A GIANT LUMINOUS EGG


These Eagle's emanations form an encased agglomeration that manifests itself as a ball of light the size of a person's body with the arms extended laterally, like a giant luminous
egg. POS,13, FFW,62 ..human beings were, for those who saw, luminous beings composed of something like fibers of light, which rotated from the front to the back and
maintained the appearance of an egg. SR,106 ..men are fibers of light.. like white cobwebs. Very fine threads that circulate from the head to the navel. Thus a man looks like an
egg of circulating fibers. And his arms and legs are like luminous bristles, bursting out in all directions. SR,23 When you see them, they seem to have fibers, but those fibers are
really like layers, like an onion. EG,45

WHAT DO SORCERER'S EGGS LOOK LIKE?

SORCERERS HAVE EGGS SHAPED LIKE TOMBSTONES


Average human beings are like eggs... sorcerers are like tombstones; only we are round at both ends. SRP,210.

WERE OUR LUMINOUS SHAPES ALWAYS SHAPED LIKE AN EGG?

THE LUMINOUS SHAPE KEEPS CHANGING THROUGHOUT TIME, OUR SHAPES TODAY ARE REALLY MORE LIKE A BALL AND THE EGG SHAPE IS
REALLY ASSOCIATED WITH PEOPLE OF ANCIENT TIMES.
Don Juan had the impression that our energy shape keeps on changing through time. He said that every seer he knew, himself included, saw that human beings are shaped more
like balls or even tombstones than eggs. But, once in awhile, and for no reason known to them sorcerers see a person whose energy is shaped like an egg. Don Juan suggested
that people who are egglike in shape today are more akin to people of ancient times. TAOD,5

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE LUMINOUS EGG?

THE EGG IS A CONTAINER THAT HOLDS OUR ENERGY BODY


...the egglike shape is an external cocoon, a shell of luminosity that houses a most intriguing, haunting, mesmeric core made up of concentric circles of yellowish luminosity,
the color of a candle's flame.... .EG,220.... the egg shaped shells were actually dull. the luminosity emanated from a brilliant core; the shell in fact dulled its radiance. EG,220...

WHAT ARE SOME CHACTERISTICS OF THE LUMINOUS EGG?

THE EGG IS MUCH BIGGER THAN THE HUMAN BODY, 7 FT HIGH BY 4 FT WIDE
...much bigger than the human body TAOD, 5... they were enormous, perhaps seven feet high by four feet wide or even larger. EG,41

THE EGGS HAVE A CERTAIN CONSISTENCY (DESCRIPTION OF)


... Consistency of luminous egg.. description. SRP,79,80,82 Zuleica ordered me to massage that place, to manipulate it by moving the fingers of both my hands right on that
point as if I were playing a harp. She assured me that sooner or later I would end up feeling my fingers going through something as thick as water, and that finally I would feel
my luminous shell. EG,253.

THE LUMINOUS EGGS ARE BRIGHT BLOBS OF LIGHT, VIBRANT AND FILLED WITH WHITENESS
....bright shapes that resemble giant eggs (a field of energy.) FFW, 115 The ones without spots... were dazzling bright... They were vibrant, filled with energy and whiteness.
EG,45The double is white, yellowish white, like the sun. SRP,123 .....a blob of light FFW,270 ..the dreaming body is really just a blob of light. FFW,198
LUMINOUS EGGS HAVE SETS OF LONG FIBERS COMING FROM THE NAVEL AREA
The most astonishing part of the egg-like creatures was a set of long fibers that came out of the area around the navel; those fibers were of the uttermost importance in the life of
a man. SR,106 Then I realized that the energy to move them had come from a sticklike protuberance that acted upon them as a tentacle. It was balanced at the midpoint of my
body.EG,155. everyman is in touch with everything else, not through his hands, though, but through a bunch of long fibers that shoot out from the center of his abdomen. SR,23
They are the tentacles that come out of a man's body which are apparent to any sorcerer who sees. SR,106.

THE EGGS SHOW EVERYTHING WE FEEL OR ARE IN IT'S FIBERS IN AREAS OF BRIGHTNESS
..we are luminous beings and everything we are or everything we feel shows in our fibers.. indications in the luminous fibers, areas of brightness. TOP,30.

HUMAN LUMINOUS EGGS HAVE A BRIGHTNESS PECULIAR TO THEM ONLY


Humans have a brightness peculiar only to them. That's the only way to tell them apart from other luminous living beings. TOP,30.

ARE MEN AND WOMEN'S EGGS DIFFERENT?

YOU CAN TELL THE DIFFERENCE BY THE SHAPE OF SOME FILAMENTS CALLED ROOTS
Our visions differed in that she could distinguish men from women by the shape of some filaments that she called roots. EG,46

WOMEN HAVE THICK FILAMENTS GROWING INWARD FROM THE GENITALIA THAT ARE USED TO NOURISH THE EMBRYO
Women.. had thick bundles of filaments that resembled a lion's tail; they grew inward from the place of the genitalia....those roots were the givers of life. EG,46

MEN HAVE SHORT FILAMENTS THAT ARE FLOATING ALMOST SEPARATELY FROM THEIR LUMINOUS EGG
Men.. had short filaments that were alive and floating almost seperately from the luminous mass of their bodies. EG,46.

WHAT CAUSES THE INTENSE SHINE IN THE LUMINOUS EGG?

The assemblage point

WHAT IS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT?

THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS A DOT WITH AN INTENSE SHINE IN THE LUMINOUS EGG.
Assemblage point...a round spot of intense brilliance, TAOD,7, POS,13 a dot with an intense shine, on the glow of awareness; FFW,239

HOW BIG IS IT?

IT IS ABOUT THE SIZE OF A TENNIS BALL


the size of a tennis ball, TAOD,7, POS,13

WHERE IS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ON THE LUMINOUS BODY LOCATED?

IT IS LOCATED PERMANANTLY INSIDE THE LUMINOUS BALL, FLUSH WITH ITS SURFACE, HIGH ON THE GLOW OF AWARENESS
the AP is not in the physical body but in the luminous shell, in the cocoon itself. FFW,127......it has nothing to do with (the physical body )..but it is part of the luminous egg.
TAOD,11 permanently lodged inside the luminous ball, flush with its surface, TAOD,7, POS,13...it is high on the glow of awareness...almost on the crest, on the surface of the
cocoon.. FFW,239

WHERE IS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ON THE PHYSICAL BODY LOCATED?

IT IS LOCATED ABOUT 2 FEET BACK FROM THE CREST OF A PERSON'S RIGHT SHOULDER
about two feet back from the crest of a person's right shoulder blade.... TAOD,7, POS,13

WHAT IS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT'S PURPOSE?

THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MAKES US PERCEIVE/IT IS THE MARK OF LIFE AND CONSCIOUSNESS BECAUSE DEAD PEOPLE DON'T HAVE ONE
...it makes us perceive...perception is assembled there, on that point...all living beings have such a point of brilliance, TAOD,7, POS,13, FFW,136......there is no trace of an
assemblage point on a dead being, because the assemblage point and its surrounding glow are the mark of life and consciousness. ..the glow is extremely dim in people who
have been rendered unconscious or are about to die and it is totally absent in corpses.

WHAT IS THE GLOW OF AWARENESS/MAN'S BAND OF AWARENESS?

THE GLOW OF AWARENESS ALWAYS SURROUNDS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT INTENSIFYING THE AMBER LUMINOSITY OF THE EMANATIONS
PASSING THROUGH THE GLOW.
(the glow of awareness) always surrounds it(the assemblage point), greatly intensifying the luminosity of the filaments passing directly through that glow. TAOD,7. (the glow
of) awareness is a glow in the cocoon of living beings... man's awareness is a glow of amber luminosity more intense than the rest of the cocoon.. FFW, 67,68 " called man's
band of awareness" FFW,239

WHAT DOES THE GLOW OF AWARENESS LOOK LIKE?

IT IS A SPHERICAL GLOW SLIGHTLY BIGGER THAN THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT


Glow of awareness.. a spherical glow, slightly bigger than the assemblage point, TAOD,7

THE GLOW HAS MANY DIFFERENT SHADES OF AMBER


..the glow of awareness has different colors..they are not colors but different casts of amber. FFW,179

WHERE IS IT LOCATED?

THE GLOW IS LOCATED ON A NARROW VERTICAL BAND ON THE EXTREME RIGHT SIDE OF THE SURFACE OF THE COCOON, RUNNING ITS ENTIRE
LENGTH OR IT IS ALWAYS WHERE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS.
The glow is on a narrow vertical band on the extreme right side of the cocoon, running along its entire length. FFW, 67,68...
...normally the glow of awareness is seen on the surface of the cocoon of all sentient beings. FFW,130 ...the glow of awareness is always present wherever the assemblage point
is, perception is automatically assembled there. TAOD,8

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE EGG'S LONG FIBERS THAT COME OUT FROM THE NAVEL ARE?

THE FIBERS DO NOT PROTECT YOU BUT INSTEAD THEY GUIDE YOUR NAGUAL'S PERCEPTION LIKE THE WAY YOUR EYES GUIDE THE TONAL'S
PERCEPTION
I had long, powerful fibers, which were not there to protect me, for there was nothing to protect, or to be protected from, but that they were there to guide my nagual's perception
in very much the same way my eyes guided my normal tonal's perception. TOP,250 I had three thick tentacles in my midsection which I could use as crutches to lift up my
whole body. EG,260. the will was a force that emanated from the umbilical region through an unseen opening below the navel, an opening he had called the gap. TOP,82..... it
comes out through the belly, (navel area) where the luminous fibers are. One can feel it coming out (from the belly) SR,148 The energy needed in order to move and seek in
dreaming stems from the area an inch or two below the belly button. He called that energy will, or the power to select, to assemble. EG,136.

WITH THE FIBERS YOU CAN PERCEIVE EVERYTHING AT ONCE


They told me that my fibers were all around me, that through them I could perceive everything at once, and that one single fiber was enough for a leap from the rock into the
ravine, or up from the rock to the ravine. ..TOP,250

THE FIBERS JOIN A MAN TO HIS SURROUNDINGS AND KEEP HIM BALANCED AND STABLE
These fibers join a man to his surroundings; they keep his balance; they give him stability. SR,23.

THE FIBERS ARE NOT LIKE TOUCHING, IT IS SORT OF LIKE A FEELING.


La Gorda signaled me to use my midsection. When I did that I did not have to bend over to touch the ground; there was something in me like a tentacle which I could feel. But
I could not tell what I was feeling. There were no particular tactile qualities on which to base distinctions. EG,161.

THE FIBERS FEEL LIKE A LONG ITCHING


a most peculiar sensation of a long itching...TOP,250

WHAT KIND OF FIBERS DO PEOPLE HAVE?

WEAK PEOPLE HAVE SHORT, ALMOST INVISIBLE FIBERS


Weak persons have very short, almost invisible fibers; SR,106.

STRONG PEOPLE HAVE BRIGHT LONG FIBERS


strong persons have bright, long ones SR,106

WHAT CAN YOU TELL ABOUT SOMEONE FROM THEIR FIBERS?

WHEN A SORCERER SEES SOMEONE'S FIBERS THEY CAN TELL IF A PERSON IS SICK OR HEALTHY, BAD OR GOOD OR CAN SEE AND CAN DEAL WITH
THEM ACCORDINGLY
Sorcerers act toward people in accordance to the way they see their tentacles. SR,106 ..you can tell from the fibers if a person is healthy, or if he is sick or if he is mean, or
kind, or treacherous. You can also tell from the fibers if a person can see. SR,106. Had I known (CC) what was going to take place, my fibers would have been agitated and
would have interfered with DG. SR,107.

HOW DO THE EGGS MOVE?

THE EGGS MOVE IN A UNPLEASANT,JERKY FLOATING MANNER LEAVING A DEEP FURROW IN THE ENERGY IN THE EARTH
....giant,luminous shape that floats, making, as it moves, a deep furrow in the energy of the earth, just as if the luminous shape had a taproot that was dragging. TAOD,5 the
luminous eggs did not walk. They moved in a floating manner, yet they were grounded. The way they moved was not pleasing. Their movements were stilted, wooden, and
jerky. When they were in motion the whole egg shape became smaller and rounder; they seemed to jump or jerk, or shake up and down with great speed. The result was a most
annoying nervous shivering. EG,44.

DOES THE EGG HAS ANY WEAKNESSES?

THE EGG HAS A GAP IN ITS COCOON JUST BELOW HIS NAVEL
Man has a gap below his navel. It's not really below the navel itself, but in his cocoon, at the height of his navel. The gap is more like a dent, a natural flaw in the otherwise
smooth cocoon. FFW,245. It is at the place of your luminous fibers (at your abdominal area) SR,147

WHAT IS THE LUMINOUS GAP'S PURPOSE?

EVERY LIVING CREATURE HAS A GAP, WITHOUT A GAP, YOU WOULD NEVER DIE.
Every living being has a gap. If it didn't have one it wouldn't die. FFW,246

THE GAP IS AN OPENING WHICH ALLOWS OUR WILL TO SHOOT OUT


it's an opening. it allows a space for the will to shoot out like an arrow. SR,147.

WHEN DOES THIS GAP OPEN?

THE GAP OPENS AS ONE DEVELOPS ONE'S WILL


There is a gap in us; like the soft spot on the head of a child which closes with age, this gap opens as one develops one's will. SR,147

ARE ALL GAPS THE SAME?

EACH GAP IS DIFFERENT IN SIZE AND CONFIGURATION


The gaps are different, however, in size and configuration. FFW,246

MAN'S GAP IS A BOWL-LIKE DEPRESSION THE SIZE OF A FIST


Man's gap is a bowl-like depression the size of a fist, a very frail vulnerable configuration. FFW,246.

OTHER ORGANIC BEINGS GAPS ARE SIMILAR TO MAN'S GAP BUT SOME ARE WEAKER AND SOME ARE STRONGER
the gaps of other organic beings are very much like man's; some are stronger than ours and others are weaker. FFW,246

HOW DOES THE EGG PROTECT ITSELF FROM THE ROLLING FORCE?

THE EGG HAS A PROTECTIVE SHIELD IN FRONT TO PROTECT US FROM THE TUMBLERS CALLED THR FRONT PLATE
..the front of the egglike cocoon of man has a protective shield, which seers call the front plate. FFW,240

WHAT IS THE FRONT PLATE?

THE FRONT PLATE IS AN ALMOST IMPREGNABLE SHIELD ONE FIFTH THE THICKNESS OF THE TOTAL COCOON
It is almost impregnable, unyielding shield that protects us against the onslaught of a peculiar force (death force)..FFW,238. The front plate is about one-fifth the thickness of
the total cocoon. FFW,240...
HOW DO PEOPLE SEE THE LUMINOUS EGGS?

THE LUMINOSITY OF A HUMAN CAN ALMOST BE SEEN THROUGH LOOKING BUT THE ONLY TRUE WAY IS BY THE SORCERER'S SEEING
Man's luminosity can be seen almost as if one were using the eyes alone. FFW,141 ...seers see them (assemblage and glow) without their eyes. TAOD, 7

DESCRIPTION OF SEEING A LUMINOUS EGG: CC SEES DJ AND DG AS TWO BALLS OF FIRE WITH FIBERS
As I kept staring at them, my eyes went involuntarily out of focus. I knew I had definitly crossed them, because I was seeing four of them. the left eye image of DJ became
superimposed on the right eye image of don Genaro; the result of the merger was that I saw an iridescent being standing in between don Juan and don Genaro....it was not a
man as I ordinarily see men. It was rather a ball of white fire; something like fibers of light covered it. ...I was seeing two strange elongated luminous objects. They looked like
white iridescent footballs with fibers, fibers that had a light of their own. TOP,217

ANALOGY OF THE LUMINOUS BALL: A BALL OF JACK CHEESE


The luminous shape of man is like a ball of jack cheese with a thick disk of darker cheese injected into it. He drew an egglike shape and divided it in four longitudinal sections,
saying that he would immediately erase the division lines because he had drawn them only to give me an idea where the band was located in the cocoon of man. He then drew a
thick band at the line between the first and second sections and erased the division lines. He explained that the band was like a disk of chedder cheese that had been inserted into
the ball of jack cheese. Now if that ball of jack cheese were transparent.. you would have a perfect replica of man's cocoon. The chedder cheese goes all the way inside the ball
of jack cheese. It's a disk that goes from the surface on one side to the surface of the other side. The AP of man is located high up, three-fourths of the way toward the top of the
egg on the surface of the cocoon. FFW,140.

HOW IS THE DOUBLE DIVIDED/HOW DOES THE ENERGY CIRCULATE IN THE ENERGY BODY?

THE DOUBLE IS DIVIDED INTO A LOWER (ABDOMEN) AND AN UPPER SECTION (CHEST) WHERE TWO DIFFERENT CURRENTS OF ENERGY CIRCULATE
He picked up a twig and drew an oval shape on the soft ground. Then he added a horizontal line that transected it midway. pointing to the two partitions...he explained that the
double is divided into a lower and an upper section, which corresponds roughly in the physical body to the abdomen and chest cavities. Two different currents of energy
circulate in these two sections. TSC,235
WHEN THESE TWO SECTIONS BECOME SEPARATED IN THE DOUBLE WE BECOME UNBALANCED
Usually, in life, these two energies become seperated in the double, causing weaknesses and unbalance in the physical body. TSC,236

THE DOUBLE IS ALSO DIVIDED INTO LEFT AND RIGHT SIDES WHERE TWO DIFFERENT PATTERNS OF ENERGY CIRCULATE
He drew another line, this time down the center of the elliptical shape, dividing it lengthwise into two, which, he stated, corresponds to the right and left sides of the body.
These two sides also have two specific patterns of energy circulation. TSC,236

LOWER SECTION

LOWER SECTION CIRCULATES ORIGINAL ENERGY WE HAD WHILE STILL IN THE WOMB
In the lower one circulates the original energy we had while still in the womb. TSC,235

THE ORIGINAL ENERGY SINKS DOWN TO THE GENTIAL AREA


The original energy sinks down into the genital area. TSC,236

UPPER SECTION

THE UPPER SECTION CIRCULATES THOUGHT ENERGY WHICH ENTERS OUR BODY WITH THE FIRST BREATH
In the upper section circulates the thought energy. This energy enters the body at birth with the first breath. TSC,235

THOUGHT ENERGY IS ENHANCED BY EXPERIENCE AND RISES UPWARD INTO THE HEAD
...he said that thought energy is enhanced by experience and rises upward into the head. TSC,235

RIGHT SECTION

ON THE RIGHT SIDE THE ENERGY CIRCULATES UP ON THE FRONT PART OF THE DOUBLE AND DOWN THE BACK SIDE OF IT
In the right side, energy circulates up on the frontal part of the double, and down on the back of it. TSC,236

LEFT SECTION

ON THE LEFT SIDE THE ENERGY CIRCULATES DOWN ON THE FRONT PART OF THE DOUBLE AND UP THE BACK SIDE OF IT
On the left side, energy circulates down on the frontal part of the double and up on the back. TSC,236

HOW DOES THE DOUBLE PERCEIVE?

THE DOUBLE HAS AN INDEPENDENT PERCEPTION/IT DEALS WITH ENERGY


.....its perception, although affected by our normal way of perceiving the daily world, is an independent perception. It has its own sphere...that sphere is energy...it deals with
the energy in terms of energy. CC TAOD, 31,32

HOW DOES THE DOUBLE PERCEIVE ENERGY IN DREAMING?

THERE ARE THREE WAYS IT DEALS WITH ENERGY IN DREAMING:


There are three ways it deals with energy in dreaming: CC TAOD, 31,32

ONE: IT CAN PERCEIVE ENERGY AS IT FLOWS


it can perceive energy as it flows, or it can use energy to boost itself like a rocket into unexpected areas, (it can use currents of energy that exist in the universe to propel itself.
All it has to do is isolate them, and off it goes with them.) CC TAOD, 31,32

TWO: IT CAN PERCEIVE AS WE ORDINARILY PERCEIVE THE WORLD


or it can perceive as we ordinarily perceive the world. (It sees energy directly as a light or as a vibrating current of sorts or as a disturbnce. CC TAOD, 31,32

THIRD: IT FEELS ENERGY AS A JOLT OR AS A SENSATION THAT CAN EVEN BE PAIN


Or it feels it directly as a jolt or as a sensation that can even be pain.) CC TAOD, 31,32...

WHAT THINGS CAN PERCEIVE THE DOUBLE?

ANIMALS AND INFANTS CAN PERCEIVE THE DOUBLE


Animals and infants have no problem perceiving the double and they are often disturbed by it. TSC,219.

WHAT CAN THE DOUBLE DO?


IT CAN PERFORM ACTS BEYOND THE POSSIBILITY OF THE PHYSICAL BODY
Since it's pure energy, EG,23 it can perform acts that are beyond the possibility of the physical body EG,23

IT HAS INCONCEIVABLE POWER


(when the double emerges) ..one is capable of performing inconceivable feats. TSC,237. The double has inconceivable power. TOP,77

IT COULD TURN INTO ANYTHING YOU WANT/OR DO ANYTHING


He said I must struggle to fall asleep; that I no longer had a body and was free to turn into anything I wanted. TDJ,136 (The double can do).. anything we want it to do; it can
jump over trees or fly through the air or become large or small or take the shape of an animal. Or it can become aware of people's thoughts or become a thought and hurl itself
in an instant over vast distances...it can even act like the self... if you know how to use it, you can appear in front of someone and talk to him as if you really there. TSC,136

IT COULD TRANSPORT ITSELF IN ONE INSTANT TO THE ENDS OF THE UNIVERSE


.....it can transport itself in one instant to the ends of the universe (the journey of the energy body depends exclusively on the position of the assemblage point TAOD,171)
EG,23 ..the dreaming body is a surge of energy that is transported by the movement of the AP to any place in this world, or to any place in the seven worlds available to man.
FFW,199.

THE DOUBLE CAN GAZE AT THE EAGLE


The dreaming body is very strong.. it is very easy for the DB to gaze at the Eagle's emanations interruptedly for long periods of time, but it is also very easy in the end for the DB
to be totally consumed by them. FFW,200.

THE DOUBLE CANNOT EAT OR DRINK


The dreaming body cannot handle the intent of eating or drinking. EG,145. (DG trying to eat desc. TOP,47)...The dreaming body has a different intent from the intent of the
physical body. EG,146 Example of .EG,146.

IT CAN DO ANYTHING, YET IT CHOOSES TO BE UNOBTRUSIVE AND GENTLE


it can do anything and yet it chooses to unobtusive and gentle. TOP,60

THE DOUBLE NEVER MAKES MISTAKES OR MISINTERPRETS THINGS/ALWAYS DIRECT AND TO THE POINT
You said it to my double just a moment ago. my double never ever makes mistakes or misinterprets things. TSC,218. It's your double that's talking. It's always direct and to the
point and since you have never allowed it expression, it is full of hatred and bitterness. TSC,222

THE ENERGY BODY IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OUR WELL BEING


he said that perhaps our greatest human fallacy is to believe that our health and well-being is in the realm of the body when, in essence, the control of our lives is in the realm of
the double. TSC,236 This fallacy stems from the fact that the body controls our awareness. TSC,236

WHAT IS THE PHYSICAL BODY?

THE PHYSICAL BODY IS JUST A COVERING OR A CONTAINER FOR OUR ENERGY BODY.
The physical body is a covering, a container if you will. TSC,133

THE BODY IS DIVIDED INTO THREE MAIN CHAMBERS OF ENERGY: ABDOMEN, CHEST AND HEAD
she went on to explain that the body is divided into three main chambers of energy: the abdomen, chest and head. She touched my stomach just below the navel, then my solar
plexus and then the center of my forehead. She explained that these three points are the key centers of the three chambers. TSC,71.

THE EXACT MIDPOINT OF THE BODY (WHICH YOU SHOULD MEASURE) IS A TRUE CENTER OF ENERGY IN ALL OF US
DJ had insisted that I measure my body to the hundredth of an inch and establish its exact midpoint, lengthwise as well as width. He had always said that such a point is a true
center of energy in all of us. FFW,125

THERE IS A DELICATE GLOW AROUND THE STOMACH AND IS ALWAYS BEING PULLED AROUND BY EVERYTHING
Human beings had a very delicate glow around the stomach and that glow was always being pulled by everything around.

THE FEELINGS/WORLD WERE CREATED FROM THE STOMACH


What was in front of my eyes was rather like a feeling or a mood; and the center from where all those changes radiated was definitely in my stomach. I had made that
connection not as a thought or a realization but as a bodily sensation that suddenly became fixed and predominant. The fluctuations around me came from my stomach. I was
creating a world, an endless run of feelings and images. TOP,72.

WHERE DO MEN AND WOMEN STORE THEIR ENERGY?...

MEN STORE IT IN THEIR MIDSECTION, WOMEN STORE ENERGY IN THEIR WOMB


she said that Pablito was giving Josefina energy by placing his midsection, where men have a surplus of it, over Josefina's womb, where women store their energy. EG,55. In a
woman both the attention and the energy for dreaming originate from the womb. EG,136.

WHERE ARE THE ENERGY CENTERS IN THE PHYSICAL BODY?

THERE ARE SEVEN MAIN GATES.


there are seven main gates. TSC,159.

SOME (GATES) ARE CLOSE TO THE SKIN, OTHERS ARE DEEP INSIDE THE BODY
Some (gates) are close to the skin, others are deep inside the body... TSC,159.

FIRST GATE

THE FIRST GATE IS IN THE SOLE OF THE FOOT AT THE BASE OF THE BIG TOE
By opening our gates... the first gate is in the sole of the foot, at the base of the big toe.. using his index finger and thumb as a vise, he pressed the round protuberance of my big
toe at the sole of my foot, and the toe joint at the top of my foot.. TSC,232

SECOND GATE

THE SECOND GATE IS THE AREA THAT INCLUDES THE CALVES AND THE INNER PART OF THE KNEE
The second gate is the area that includes the calves and the inner part of the knee.. TSC,232

THERE IS A CENTER OF PERCEPTION ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE CALVES


human beings have a superb center of perception on the outside of the calves, EG,256

SKIN OUTSIDE THE CALVES RELAXED OUR PERCEPTION IS ENHANCED


and that if the skin in that area (on the outside of the calves) could be made to relax or to be soothed, the scope of our perception would be enhanced in ways that would be
impossible to fathom rationally. EG,256.(see gazing)

THIRD GATE
THE THIRD GATE IS AT THE SEXUAL ORGANS AND TAILBONE
third is at the sexual organs and tailbone...TSC,232. I was just about to tell her that an enormous gate is in the sexual organs. TSC,160.

FOURTH GATE

THE FOURTH AND THE MOST IMPORTANT GATE IS IN THE AREA OF THE KIDNEYS..
the fourth and the most important is in the area of the kidneys.. TSC,232.

JUST BELOW THE NAVEL IS A KEY CENTER OF POWER AND THAT ALL BODY MOVEMENTS INCLUDING BREATHING MUST ENGAGE THIS POINT OF
ENERGY
....He explained that just below the navel was a key center of power and that all body movements, including one's breathing had to engage this point of energy...TSC,132..

FIFTH GATE

THE FIFTH GATE IS IN BETWEEN THE SHOULDER BLADES..


the fifth is in between the shoulder blades.. TSC,232.

SIXTH GATE

THE SIXTH GATE IS AT THE BASE OF THE SKULL.


the sixth is at the base of the skull. TSC,232.

SEVENTH GATE

THE SEVENTH GATE IS AT THE CROWN OF THE HEAD.


and the seventh is at the crown of the head. TSC,232.

THE HEAD HAS AN INVISIBLE LINE OF ENERGY COMING OUT DIRECTLY FROM THE TOP OF THE HEAD TO THE UNIVERSE'S ENERGY/ IT LINKS US TO
INTENT
She said that an invisible line of energy flows out directly from the top of the head, upward to the realm of not-being. Or it can flow from the realm of not-being down
into us via an opening at the very center of the top of the head. If you like, you can call it the life line that links us to a greater awareness... TSC, 114. For instance a line
of energy that extends up from the top of the head gives the double its purpose and direction. That line suspends and pulls the double whichever way it wants to go. If it
wants to go up, all it has to do is intend up. If it wants to sink into the ground, it just intends down. It's that simple. TSC, 138.
C.) AWARENESS/PERCEPTION
WHAT IS THE DEFINITION OF AWARENESS/PERCEIVING?

PERCEIVING IS THE ABILITY TO DETECT ENERGY FIELDS WITH YOUR SENSES


Perceiving is the capacity of living beings to apprehend with their senses fields of energy selected by their AP. POS,225 For them to be aware means that the emanations that
cause awareness are encased inside a receptacle... FFW,99,100

PERCEIVING IS THE PRECONDITION OF BEING ALIVE


For seers, to be alive means to be aware. FFW,99,100. ......Perceiving is understood by sorcerers as the precondition of being alive. TAOD,45

PERCEPTION AND AWARENESS ARE A SINGLE FUNCTIONAL, INEXTRICABLE UNIT WHICH HAD TWO DOMAINS.
The core of our being is the act of perceiving, and that the magic of our being was the act of awareness. For him perception and awareness were a single functional, inextricable
unit, a unit which had two domains. SRP,240.

AWARENESS GIVES RISE TO PERCEPTION


awareness gives rise to perception FFW,126

HOW DOES THE EAGLE GIVE US AWARENESS?

THE EAGLE GIVES AWARENESS THROUGH IT'S EMANATIONS.


..The Eagle bestows awareness through its emanations. FFW,178,179

HOW DOES THE EAGLE GIVE US AWARENESS THROUGH IT'S EMANATIONS?

THE EAGLE GIVES US AWARENESS BY MEANS OF 3 GIANT BUNDLES OF EMANATIONS THAT RUN THROUGH AND CRISSCROSS THE EIGHT GREAT
ORGANIC BANDS
The way that the Eagle bestows awareness is by means of three giant bundles of emanations that run through eight great bands. FFW,178,179 The three bundles with all their
casts crisscross the eight bands..FFW,180

HOW DO WE PERCEIVE THE 3 GIANT BUNDLES?

WE PERCEIVE THE BUNDLES BY FEELING A CERTAIN COLOR


These bundles are quite peculiar, because they make seers feel a hue. FFW,178,179

ONE BUNDLE GIVES THE FEELING OF BEING BEIGE-PINK, ANOTHER PEACH AND THE OTHER AMBER.
One bundle gives the feeling of being beige-pink, something like the glow of pink-colored street lamps; another gives the feeling of being peach, like buff neon lights; and the
third bundle gives the feeling of being amber, like clear honey. So it is a matter of seeing a hue when seers see that the Eagle bestows awareness through its emanations..
religious men don't see God's love, but if they would see it, they would know that it is either pink, peach, or amber. FFW,178,179

WHAT IS ASSOCIATED WITH EACH BUNDLE?

THE PINK BUNDLE IS PLANTS, THE PEACH IS INSECTS AND THE AMBER BUNDLE IS ASSOCIATED WITH HUMANS AND ANIMALS
in the organic band, the pink bundle belongs mainly to plants, the peach band belongs to insects, and the amber band belongs to man and other animals. FFW,180 Man is
attached to the amber bundles. FFW,178,179

WHAT IS THE AMBER BUNDLE LIKE?

THE AMBER BUNDLE HAS MANY SLIGHT COLORS


The amber bundle of awareness has an infinitude of subtle variants, which always denotes differences in quality of awareness. FFW,179

PINK AND PALE GREEN AMBER IS THE MOST COMMOM, ANIMALS ARE MORE YELLOW AND HUMANS MORE WHITE
Pink and pale-green amber are the most commom casts.FFW,179A human being, or any other living creature, has a pale yellow glow. Animals are more yellow, humans are
more white. SRP,210.

BLUE-AMBER IS UNUSUAL AND PURE AMBER IS MOST RARE, FOUND ONLY IN SORCERERS, SOME SORCERERESSES ARE GREENISH
Blue-amber is more unusual, but pure amber is by far the most rare. FFW,179 but a sorcerer is more amber, like clear honey in the sunlight. Some women sorceresses are
greenish. The Nagual said that those are the most powerful and the most difficult. SRP,210.

HOW IS THE ENERGY OF OUR WORLD ARRANGED?

THE ENERGY CONSISTS OF ENDLESS LAYERS OF SHIMMERING HUES


the energy of our world consists of layers of shimmering hues. (There is an endless number of them TAOD,176.) TAOD,176

THE TOP LAYER IS WHITE WHICH IS THE PRESENT POSITION OF MAN'S ASSEMBLAGE POINT
The top layer is whitish; ( it is the hue of the present position of mankind's assemblage point TAOD,176) TAOD,176

ANOTHER LAYER ADJACENT TO THE WHITE LAYER IS CHARTREUSE WHICH IS A PAST HUE OF HUMANS
another, immediately adjacent to it, is chartreuse (a past hue of humans) TAOD,176

ANOTHER LAYER DISTANT TO THE WHITE LAYER IS AMBER WHICH IS THE HUE OF OLD AND NEW SORCERERS
and another one, more distant yet ,is amber (the hue of the ancient sorcerers and sorcerers of today) TAOD,176.

WHAT DETERMINES THE CAST/COLOR?

THE AMOUNT OF ENERGY THAT ONE HAS DETERMINES THE COLOR


The amount of energy that one saves and stores determines the cast. Countless numbers of warriors have begun with an ordinary pink amber cast and have finished with the
purest of all ambers. FFW,179

HOW DO LIVING THINGS PERCEIVE?

WE PERCEIVE SOMETHING WHEN WE MATCH THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE WITH A PORTION OF OUR OWN EMANATIONS
the portion of emanations inside man's cocoon is in there only for awareness, and that awareness is matching that portion of emanations with the same portion of emanations at
large. FFW,225 ...whatever we perceive is made up of portions of cocoons or vessels with emanations. FFW,182...to perceive is to match the emanations contained inside our
cocoon with those that are outside...FFW,62.

THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE BRIGHTENS THE EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON,


when seers see perception they witness that the luminosity of the Eagle's emanations outside those creatures' cocoons brightens the luminosity of the emanations inside their
cocoons. FFW,66,67
THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE THEN EXERT A PARTICULAR PRESSURE (THE FORCE OF INTENT) ON OUR EMANATIONS
Seers can also see how the emanations outside the cocoon exert a particular pressure on the portion of emanations inside. FFW,66,67..

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE PUTS PRESSURE ON OUR EMANATIONS?

OUR EMANATIONS STOP MOVING AND ARE FIXATED. THIS FIXATION IS THE AWARENESS OF EVERY SPECIFIC BEING
The outside luminosity attracts the inside one; it traps it, so to speak, and fixes it. The fixation is the awareness of every specific being. FFW,66,67 ....seers maintain, naturally,
that awareness always come from outside ourselves, that the real mystery is not inside us. Since by nature the emanations at large are made to fixate what is inside us. FFW,74
When seers see that the pressure of the emanations at large bears down on the emanations inside, which are always in motion, and makes them stop moving, they know that the
luminous being at that moment is fixated by awareness... this means that seers see something indescribable, the meaning of which they know without a doubt. It means that the
voice of seeing has told them that the emanations inside the cocoon are completely at rest and match some of those which are outside. FFW,74...

SORCERERS CAN TELL WHAT LIVING CREATURES CAN PERCEIVE BY KNOWING WHICH EMANATIONS AT LARGE WOULD MATCH THE EMANATIONS
INSIDE THEIR COCOON
seers can see for instance, the emanations inside any living creature and can tell which of the outside emanations would match them.. (would they know what those creatures
can perceive?)..FFW,62.

HOW DOES OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT HELP US TO PERCEIVE?

ONLY A SMALL NUMBER OF EMANATIONS PASS THROUGH THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT


..out of the millions of the universe's luminous energy filaments passing through the luminous ball, only a small number pass directly through the assemblage point...

LIKE A MAGNET THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT PICKS AND GROUPS A SMALL NUMBER OF EMANATIONS (CLUSTERING) INTO A STEADY PERCEPTION OF
THE WORLD
...the assemblage point, by focusing its glowing sphere on the universe's filaments of energy that pass directly through it, automatically and without premeditation assembles
those filaments into a steady perception of the world. TAOD,7, POS,13... The AP is like a luminous magnet that picks emanations and groups them together whenever it moves
within the bounds of man's band of emanations. FFW,142

THE GLOW OF AWARENESS TOUCHES THE EMANATIONS AND THEY BECOME ACTIVE AND THEN CAN BE ALIGNED
when the glow of awareness touches them (the emanations) they become active and can be aligned with the corresponding emanations at large. Once that happens the unknown
is perceived and becomes the known. FFW,226.

THE BUNDLES OF EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON BECOME ALIGNED WITH THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE
the AP radiates a glow that groups together bundles of encased emanations. These bundles then become aligned, as bundles, with the emanations at large. Clustering is carried
out even seers deal with the emanations that are never used. FFW,142.. when we, as serious adult human beings, look at a tree.. our AP align an infinite number of emanations
and achieve a miracle. Our AP make us perceive a cluster of emanations that we call tree. FFW,157

THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ALSO HAS THE ABILITY TO MAKE US DISREGARD EMANATIONS
for the effect of the AP is not only to make us perceive clusters of emanations, but also to make us disregard emanations. FFW,142

WHAT ARE SOME WAYS TO REFINE OUR PERCEPTION?

SKIMMING IS WHEN THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT USES ONLY SOME PARTS OF THE EMANATIONS ALREADY SELECTED FOR ALIGNMENT AND MAKES
OUR PERCEPTION MORE REFINED
..the AP not only effects the alignment needed for perception, but also obliterates the alignment of certain emanations in order to arrive at a greater refinement of perception, a
skimming, a tricky human construct with no parallel...man's AP takes some parts of the emanations already selected for alignment and makes a more palatable construct with it.
FFW,157

WE MUST FIX AND STABILIZE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO PERCEIVE COHERENTLY


..if the assemblage point does not become stable there is no way we can perceive coherently. We would then experience a kaleidoscope of disassociated images. TAOD,77

IT'S VERY IMPORTANT TO BE ABLE TO FIX THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT FOR THAT GIVES THE NEW PERCEPTION ORDER AND CLARITY. THIS IS CALLED
ACQUIRING COHESION
..that as important as it is to displace the assemblage point, it is even more important to make it stay fixed on its new position, wherever that new position might be.TAOD,77
..to enter in the second attention by retaining the assemblage point on its new position and keeping it sliding back to its original spot. TAOD,16 To fixate the assemblage point
on any new spot means to have acquired cohesion..you have been doing just that in your dreaming practices. TAOD,16 ...( to perceive a new and total world there must be
energetic uniformity and cohesion. Just like we perceive this world...with an energetic self as a cohesive luminous egg....this is acquired by moving the assemblage point into a
certain position and fixing it there.) TAOD,14. ..you needed cohesion,that is, you needed to maintain your assemblage point fixed on that position. TAOD,77

THE MORE RIGID AND STATIONARY THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS, THE GREATER CONFIDENCE IN OURSELVES AND THE GREATER FEELING OF
KNOWING THE WORLD
..the more rigid and stationary it is,the greater our confidence in ourselves, the greater our feeling of knowing the world, of being able to predict. TAOD,73...

CRAZY PEOPLE CANNOT FIX THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINTS SO THEY ONLY EXPERIENCE CHAOS
..insane people imagine a reality of their own because they don't have any preconceived purpose at all. Insane people bring chaos into the chaos. Sorcerers bring order to the
chaos. TAOD,78

WHAT DETERMINES WHAT WE CAN PERCEIVE?

THE POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT DICTATES HOW WE ACT, FEEL AND PERCEIVE
the position of the AP dictates how we behave and how we feel.. FFW,218 Don Juan said that perception is the hinge for everything man is or does, and that perception is ruled
by the location of the assemblage point POS, 70 Everything we think, everything we say depends on the position of the assemblage point. POS,101.. the coherent but irrational
realization that everything is inextricably tied to the position where the AP is located. FFW,302. The particular alignment that we perceive as the world is the product of the
specific spot where our AP is located on our cocoon. FFW,126 ...the position of the AP is what dictates what our senses perceive. FFW,143. Our senses perceive the way they
do because a specific feature of our awareness forces them to do so.. FFW,53

PERCEPTION DEPENDS ON WHICH EMANATIONS OF YOURS ARE BEING ALIGNED WITH THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE.
..it is a condition of alignment.. the emanations inside the cocoon become aligned with those outside that fit them. FFW,66,67

WHEN THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS ON ITS HABITUAL POSITION PERCEPTION AND AWARENESS SEEMS TO BE NORMAL
...when the assemblage point is on its habitual position, perception and awareness seems to be normal.. TAOD, 6 .....(our world) exists in the habitual position of the
assemblage point. TAOD,64 ...

CAN THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVE?

THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT CAN MOVE FROM ITS USUAL SPOT


the assemblage points of human beings can dislodge themselves from the spot where they are usually located. TAOD, 6

MOVING THE GLOW OF AWARENESS


The old seers could move the glow of awareness, to make it spread from its original setting on the surface of the cocoon inward across its widths. FFW,68

WHAT MOVES OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT?

INTENT IS THE FORCE/PRESSURE THAT MOVES OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT


the force that moves the assemblage point (POS,112,170)
the pervasive force that causes us to perceive. We do not become aware because we perceive: rather, we perceive as a result of the pressure and intrusion of intent. POS,14 ...the
mere contact with the spirit could bring about any movement of the AP. POS, 129 sorcerers believe that in order to make their AP shift to precise spots we must engage intent.
POS,134 ...The AP is displaced through energy currents. Jolts of energy, originating outside or inside our energy shape. These are usually unpredictable currents that happen
randomly, but with sorcerers they are very predictable currents that obey the sorcerer's intent. TAOD, 11

THE EARTH'S BOOST AND THE ROLLING FORCE ALSO HELP OUR AP MOVE.
two forces that aid our AP to move: the earth's boost and the rolling force. FFW,275

WHAT HAPPENS IF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVES?

IF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVES,THEN OUR PERCEPTION MOVES ACCORDINGLY BECAUSE WE USE MILLIONS OF NEW EMANATIONS
...when the assemblage point is displaced to another position, a new conglomerate of millions of luminous energy filaments come together on that point. TAOD,8 Therefore, if
that point changes positions, man's perception of the world changes accordingly. The sorcerer who knew exactly where to place his assemblage point could become anything he
wanted. POS, 70 If the AP is displaced from that position, the world will cease to be what it is to us. FFW,302. If the AP aligns emanations inside the cocoon in a position
different from its normal one, the human senses perceive in inconceivable ways FFW,144.

ANY MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT NO MATTER HOW SLIGHT RESULTS IN A NEW PERCEPTION
..no matter how minute the displacement, different and unaccoustomed energy filaments begin to pass through it, engaging awareness and forcing the assembling of those
unaccoustomed energy fields into a steady, coherent perception. TAOD,19 ..when their assemblage points and surrounding glowing sphere are on a different position than the
habitual one, their unusual behavior seems to be the proof that their awareness is different, that they are perceiving in a different manner. TAOD, 6, POS,13..

THE FARTHER THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVES, THE MORE UNUSUAL OUR PERCEPTION
..the greater the displacement of the assemblage point from its customary position, the more unusual the consequent behavior and, evidently, the consequent awareness and
perception. TAOD,11 the oddity of my sensorial experience was determined by the depth to which my AP had moved into man's band of emanations. FFW,139.

THE DEEPER THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVES, THE HARDER IT IS TO EXPLAIN THE NEW KNOWLEDGE
..the deeper the assemblage point moves, the greater the feeling that one has knowledge and no words to explain it. POS,93

ALL THE EXPERIENCES THAT WE LIVE ARE RECORDED WHATEVER POSITION THE AP IS FIXED AT
(the position of the assemblage point records all the experiences that we live under that position..like bookkeeping) TAOD,145 ..information, in the form of experiences in the
complexity of awareness can be stored there.(shift in AP).. the information is stored in the experience itself..POS,245,246

SOMETIMES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVES BY ACCIDENT AND AVERAGE PEOPLE EXPERIENCE IT BY BECOMING TONGUE TIED AND CONFUSED
Sometimes the AP of average persons can move without a known cause and without their being aware of it, except that they become tongue-tied, confused and evasive. POS,93

WHEN MAN'S AP MOVES BEYOND A CRUCIAL LIMIT, THE RESULTS ARE ALWAYS THE SAME FOR EVERY MAN. THE TECHNIQUES TO MAKE IT MOVE
MAY BE AS DIFFERENT AS THEY CAN BE, BUT THE RESULTS ARE ALWAYS THE SAME
.....when man's AP moves beyond a crucial limit, the results are always the same for every man. The techniques to make it move may be as different as they can be, but the
results are always the same, meaning that the AP assembles other worlds aided by the boost from the earth...the boost from the earth is the same for every man. FFW,232.... the
awareness of the earth can give us the boost to align other great bands of emanations and the force of that new alignment makes the world vanish. FFW,235.

THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT CAN EVEN ASSEMBLE TOTAL OTHER WORLDS ENTIRELY DIFFERENT FROM OURS WHEN IT MOVES BEYOND A CERTAIN
LIMIT
once that AP moves beyond a certain limit, it can assemble worlds entirely different from the world we know. FFW,160.... when the AP assembles a world, that world is total.
FFW,235.

WHAT KIND OF MOVEMENTS CAN THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT DO?

Shift of the assemblage point and Movement of the assemblage point

WHAT IS A SHIFT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT?

A SHIFT IS A DISPLACEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO ANY POSITION ON THE SURFACE OF THE LUMINOUS BALL
....A displacement to any position on the surface or in the interior of the luminous ball. TAOD,9 a shift was a small movement within the energy fields we perceived as the
world of everyday life. POS,225

THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS CONSTANTLY SHIFTING


..Our AP are constantly shifting.. imperceptible shifts.. POS,134

OTHER ORGANISMS CAN SHIFT THEIR AP


..other organisms can shift their AP...but it is not a voluntary thing with them. FFW,156

WHAT IS A MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT?

A MOVEMENT IS A DISPLACEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO A POSITION OUTSIDE THE LUMINOUS BALL/BEYOND THE HUMAN REALM
A displacement to a position outside the luminous ball..engage filaments of energy beyond the human realm TAOD,9, A movement was a profound change of position, so
extreme that the assemblage point might even reach other bands of energy within our total luminous mass of energy fields POS,225. The assemblage point can be made to move
to positions outside the luminous egg, into the energy filaments of the universe at large. TAOD,19

WHEN THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVES OUTSIDE THE LUMINOUS EGG THE ENERGY SHAPE OF A HUMAN CHANGES LIKE INTO A SMOKING PIPE
AND KEEPS CHANGING UNTIL THE BALL BECOMES A THIN LINE OF ENERGY
.....(when the assemblage point moves outside the energy shape it pushes the countour of the energy shape out, without breaking its energy boundaries)...the end result is a total
change in the energy shape of a human being. Instead of a ball or an egg, he becomes something resembling a smoking pipe. The tip of the stem is the assemblage point, and the
bowl of the pipe is what remains of the luminous ball. If the assemblage point keeps moving, a moment comes when the luminous ball becomes a thin line of energy. TAOD, 12

HOW DO WE FEEL WHEN THE AP MOVES?

ANY MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS LIKE DYING, EVERYTHING GETS DISCONNECTED AND THEN RECONNECTED WHERE THE
AMPLIFICATION OF ENERGY IS FELT AS A KILLING ANXIETY, IT PASSES AND IS NOT DANGEROUS
Any movement of the AP is like dying.. everything in us gets disconnected, then reconnected again to a source of much greater power. That amplification of energy is felt as a
killing anxiety. ..it passes and is not dangerous..POS,157...(the currents feel like a mild discomfort, a vague sensation of sadness followed immediately by euphoria...explained
by people as unexplainable, illfounded moodiness.) TAOD, 11

A SUDDEN SHIFT IN THE GLOW MAKES US WEAK


a sudden shift in the glow of awareness makes us weak. FFW,89

A SHIFT IN THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT TAKES IN MORE ENERGY THAN USUAL


his AP, by shifting to an unfamiliar position, takes in more energy than usual. POS,246..

OUR ENERGY SHAPE IS KEPT TOGETHER BY THE FIXATION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT, IF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT FIXATION CHANGES THEN
THE SHAPE AND POSITION OF OUR ENERGY WILL CHANGE ACCORDINGLY
We are energy that is kept in a specific shape and position by the fixating the position of the AP..if that location is changed, the shape and position of that energy will change
accordingly. TAOD,103,104

WE ARE REALLY ASLEEP WHEN THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT SHIFTS AND YOU WOULD APPEAR TO PEOPLE A BIT DIZZY
technically, as soon as the AP shifts, we are asleep. you are absolutely asleep without having to be streched out.. If people in a normal state of awareness saw you now, you
would appear to them to be a bit dizzy, even drunk. FFW,269,270. to move the AP away from its natural setting and to keep it fixed at a new location is to be asleep..FFW,238

HOW DO WE KNOW WHAT WE EXPERIENCE IS REAL?

SOMETHING OUT THERE AFFECTS OUR SENSES, THAT IS REAL


something out there is affecting our senses. This is the part that is real. FFW,53

THE UNREAL PART IS WHAT OUR SENSES TELL US WHAT IS THERE


The unreal part is what our senses tell us is there.FFW,53

THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE MAKES US PERCEIVE CERTAIN THINGS BUT THE MEANING OF WHAT WE PERCEIVE IS OUR COMMAND, OUR GIFT OF
MAGIC
...the force of the emanations at large..makes our AP select certain emanations and cluster them for alignment and perception. That's the command of the Eagle, but all the
meaning that we give to what we perceive is our command, our gift of magic. FFW,152

WE RECOGNIZE THINGS BECAUSE OF OUR SENSES, OUR PERCEPTION AND OUR THOUGHT GIVES THINGS NAMES
We can recognize it as a leaf because of our senses, our instruments of perception, and our thought that gives things names. TSC,188.

WITHOUT OUR SENSES, PERCEPTION WE WOULD EXPERIENCE THINGS AS ONLY ABSTRACT, PURE, UNDIFFERENTIATED ENERGY
Without them, the leaf is abstract, pure, undifferentiated energy. The same unreal, ethereal energy that flows through this leaf flows through and sustains everything. We, like
everything else, are real on the one hand, and only appearances on the other. TSC,188. In the cave, you were able to perceive my presence with your double. And it was only
when your reason woke up that you doubted that your experience had been real. TSC,137.

SO THEN, WHAT IS REALITY?

REALITY IS ONLY PERCEPTION/ITS WHAT YOU FELT/WHEN PERCEPTION EXPANDS NOTHING IS REAL AND NOTHING IS IMAGINARY
The trouble with you is that you understand things in only one way. You don't think a man flies; and yet a brujo can move a thousand miles in one second to see what is going
on. He can deliver a blow to his enemies long distances away. So, does he or doesn't he fly? Now, if he had simply watched you, he might have seen you flying, or he might
not. That depends on the man. TDJ,128. That is all there is in reality-what you felt. TDJ,138. When perception expands, nothing is real and nothing is imaginary... There is only
perception Close your eyes and find out for yourself. TSC.132..

THE WORLDS THEMSELVES ARE NOT MIRAGES BUT RATHER IT IS THE NEW FIXATION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT WHICH PRODUCES THE
ILLUSION OF TRUE REALITY

The soundness of the world is not a mirage...the mirage is the fixation of the AP on any spot. When seers shift their AP, they are not confronted with an illusion, they are
confronted with another world; that new world is as real as the one we are watching now, but the new fixation of their AP, which produces that new world, is as much of a
mirage as the old fixation. FFW,303.

WHAT IS THE CRITERIA FOR A REAL PERCEPTION OR A REAL WORLD/HOW DO WE KNOW WHAT WE EXPERIENCE IS REAL?

A REAL WORLD IS ONE THAT GENERATES ENERGY


Real world...is a world that generates energy..the opposite of a phantom world of projections, where nothing generates energy, TAOD, 164

IF WE SEE AN ENERGY ITEM IN OUR DREAM, WE ARE DEALING WITH A REAL WORLD
in dreams, if they see the energy of an item, they know they are dealing with a real world, no matter how distorted that world may appear to their dreaming attention. If they
can't see the energy of an item, they are in an ordinary dream and not in a real world. TAOD, 164

THERE ARE WORLDS THAT ARE AS REAL, UNIQUE, ABSOLUTE AND AS ENGULFING AS OUR OWN WORLD IS
He asserted that even though we have been energetically conditioned to perceive solely our world, we still have the capability of entering into those other realms, which are as
real, unique, absolute, and engulfing as our own world is. TAOD, ii

IN MOST OF OUR DREAMS, THERE ARE USUALLY NO ENERGETIC ELEMENTS


like most of our dreams, where nothing has an energetic effect.... TAOD, 164

WHEN DOES AWARENESS BEGIN?

AWARENESS DEVELOPS FROM THE MOMENT OF CONCEPTION


....seers saw that from the moment of conception awareness is enhanced, enriched, by the process of being alive... the awareness of an individual insect or that of an individual
man grows from the moment of conception in astoundingly different ways, but with equal consistency... awareness develops from the moment of conception. FFW,75

HOW DOES AWARENESS OR CONSCIOUSNESS BEGIN?

AWARENESS BEGINS WHEN THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE PUTS PERMANENT PRESSURE ON OUR EMANATIONS
awareness begins with the permanent pressure that the emanations at large exert on the ones trapped inside the cocoon. This pressure produces the first act of consciousness; it
stops the motion of the trapped emanations, which are fighting to break the cocoon waiting to die. FFW,91

WHAT DETERMINES HOW MUCH AWARENESS EACH CREATURE WILL HAVE?

ALL LIVING CREATURES ARE MADE UP OF A CERTAIN NUMBER OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS AND THESE EMANATIONS DETERMINE THE RANGE
OF AWARENESS OF EACH ORGANISM
all living creatures are forced to employ the Eagle's emanations without ever knowing what they are. They also realized that organisms are constructed to grasp a certain range
of those emanations and that every species has a definite range. FFW,60

DO CREATURES PERCEIVE THE SAME WHEN THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE EXERT PRESSURE ON THE SAME EMANATIONS?

THE PERCEPTIONS ARE DIFFERENT BECAUSE THEIR COCOON REACTS TO THAT PRESSURE IN EVERY CONCEIVABLE WAY
This pressure (from the emanations at large) is the same in all sentient beings. Yet the results of that pressure are vastly different among them, because their cocoons react to
that pressure in every conceivable way.FFW,74
THE DEGREE OF AWARENESS DEPENDS ON HOW MUCH PRESSURE THE CREATURE IS CAPABLE OF ALLOWING THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE TO PUT
ON OUR EMANATIONS
The degree of awareness of every sentient being.. depends on the degree to which it is capable of letting the pressure of the emanations at large carry it. FFW,75..

THE COCOON ISOLATES THE EMANATIONS THAT ARE INSIDE AND THEREBY DIRECTS THE PRESSURE
This pressure determines the degree of awareness that every living being has....but the cocoon isolates the emanations that are inside its web and thereby directs the pressure.
FFW,66,67

DOES AWARENESS GROW?

A BAND OF EMANATIONS BECOMES VERY BRIGHT AND GLOWS WITH ACCUMULATION OF EXPERIENCE
...seers knew that man's awareness grows because that at a given time in the growth of human beings a band of the emanations inside their becomes very bright; as human
beings accumulate experience, it begins to glow. In some instances, the glow of this band of emanations increases so dramatically that it fuses with the emanations from the
outside.... they concluded that awareness is the raw material and attention the end product of maturation. FFW,82.

HOW DOES CONSCIOUSNESS GROW?

CONSCIOUSNESS GROWS ONLY THROUGH STRIFE


....Consciousness is intrinsically compelled to grow, and the only way it can grow is through strife, through life-or-death confrontations. POS,216.

HOW DO WE INCREASE OUR AWARENESS?

WHEN WE CHANGE OUR ALIGNMENT WE CHANGE OUR AWARENESS


Alignment is what allows awareness to be cultivated by every living creature... FFW,66,67

HOW DOES THE GLOW INCREASE?

AFTER MAN DEVELOPS ATTENTION, THE GLOW OF AWARENESS AQUIRES DEPTH


After man develops attention.. the glow of awareness aquires depth. It is transmitted from the surface of the cocoon to quite a number of emanations inside the cocoon.
FFW,130 .the glow of awareness increases in size and intensity as the emanations inside the cocoon are aligned with the emanations at large. FFW,189

THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF AWARENESS: RIGHT AND LEFT SIDE


..two types of awareness.. the right and left side of man. FFW, 24 ...Seemingly there are two levels to the universal awareness: the level of the visible, of order, of everything
that can be thought of or named; and the unmanifested level of energy that creates and sustains all things. TSC,187

These two types of awareness are called the tonal and the nagual.

WHAT DO YOU CALL AWARENESS THAT HAS MATURED AND DEVELOPED?

ATTENTION IS SOMETHING THAT DEVELOPS FROM AWARENESS


seers arrived at the conclusion that the consciousness of adult human beings, matured by the process of growth, can no longer be called awareness, because it has been modified
into something more and intense and complex which seers called attention. FFW,82...

WHAT IS ATTENTION?

ATTENTION IS THE ENHANCING OF AWARENESS THROUGH THE PROCESS OF BEING ALIVE


...attention is the harnessing and enhancing of awareness through the process of being alive... attention is man's greatest single accomplishment. FFW,82

OUR ATTENTION CREATES OUR WORLD


we hold the images of the world with our attention. SRP,216. The naugal said that attention is what makes the world ..EG,141 ..the secret of all this is one's attention...all of this
exists because of our attention. This very rock where we're sitting is a rock because we have been forced to give our attention to it as a rock. TOP,232.

ATTENTION IS SOMETHING YOU DEVELOP UNTIL IT COVERS ALL OF THE HUMAN POSSIBILITIES
It develops from raw animal awareness until it covers the entire gamut of human alternatives. Seers perfect it even further until it covers the whole scoop of human
possibilities.... FFW,82

HOW MANY TYPES OF ATTENTION ARE THERE?

THERE ARE THREE TYPES OF ATTENTION FOR HUMAN BEINGS: THE FIRST ATTENTION,THE SECOND ATTENTION AND THE THIRD ATTENTION EACH
OF THEM ARE AN INDEPENDENT DOMAIN, COMPLETE IN ITSELF
Seers say that there are three types of attention.. they mean it just for human beings, not all sentient beings in existence. But the three are not just types of attention, they are
rather three levels of attainment. They are the first, second and third attention, each of them an independent domain, complete in itself. FFW,83..

THE FIRST AND SECOND ATTENTION ARE FOUND WITHIN THE HUMAN DOMAIN

WHAT IS THE HUMAN DOMAIN?

THE HUMAN DOMAIN CONSISTS OF ALL OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS THAT RUN THROUGH OUR LUMINOUS BODY/IT IS A SMALL PORTION
COMPARED TO THE ENTIRE AMOUNT OF EAGLE'S EMANATIONS
Human domain.. is the energy filaments that pass through the entire luminous ball. TAOD,9 ..this is whatever energy filaments pass through the space within the ball's
boundaries. TAOD, 15. a small portion of the Eagle's emanations is within reach of human awareness, FFW,59,60

THE HUMAN DOMAIN IS FURTHER SPLIT INTO:

1.) THE HUMAN KNOWN - (FIRST ATTENTION, EMPHASIZED EMANATIONS, USED EMANATIONS IN MAN'S BAND OF AWARENESS)

THE KNOWN IS EVERYTHING WE ARE CAPABLE OF CHOOSING AS PERSONS/HUMAN ALTERNATIVES


human alternatives are everything we are capable of choosing as persons.. this has to do with the level of our day-to-day range; the known..they are quite limited in number and
scope. FFW,82

THE KNOWN TAKES UP A LARGE PART OF MAN'S BAND OF AWARENESS


The emphasized emanations compose a large portion of man's band of awareness, but a very small piece of the total spectrum of emanations present inside the cocoon of man.
FFW,127

WHAT IS MAN'S BAND OF AWARENESS?

The emanations in the luminous cocoon where humans could understand.

MAN'S BAND CONTAINS MANY SINISTER THINGS


It's a very morbid sinister storehouse (man's band of awareness) FFW,??

2.) THE HUMAN UNKNOWN - (SECOND ATTENTION, UNUSED EMANATIONS IN MAN'S BAND OF AWARENESS)

ALL THE HUMAN POSSIBILITIES WE ARE CAPABLE OF ATTAINING


human possibilities are what we are not capable of choosing but what we are capable of attaining... this has nearly an inexhausible scope. FFW,83

THE DISREGARDED EMANATIONS WITHIN MAN'S BANDS ARE KIND OF A PREAMBLE TO THE UNKNOWN PROPER
The disregarded emanations within man's bands are thought of as a sort of preamble to the unknown, FFW,127,128 ..the unknown is merely the emanations discarded by the
FA. FFW,142.. inside man's cocoon the unknown is the emanations untouched by awareness. FFW,226...

THE UNKNOWN BECOMES THE KNOWN AFTER IT IS PERCEIVED


...the unknown becomes the known at a given time. FFW,49..

WHATEVER WE PERCEIVE, IT IS WITHIN REACH OF HUMAN PERCEPTION


..within reach of human perception FFW,51

THE REALM OF BIRDS AND ANIMALS OR UNKNOWN MAN


Human unknown..realm of birds or animals or man, even if it be the unknown man. TAOD,80

WE PERCEIVE UNBELIVABLE WORLDS STILL INSIDE THE HUMAN DOMAIN


..the worlds engendered by them, no matter how bizarre or wondrous or unbelievable they might be, are still worlds inside the human domain. TAOD, 9.. when the AP shifts, it
makes possible the perception of an entirely different world - as objective and factual as the one we normally perceive. POS,13, POS,225

3.) THE UNKNOWN PROPER- (SECOND ATTENTION, BEYOND MAN' S COMPREHENSION)

THE UNKNOWN PROPER CONSISTS OF THE BULK OF EMANATIONS WHICH ARE NOT PART OF THE HUMAN BAND WHICH ARE NEVER EMPHASIZED
the unknown proper consisting of the bulk of emanations which are not part of the human band and which are never emphasized. Seers call them the left side awareness, the
nagual, the other world, the unknown, the second attention. FFW,127,128

WORLDS THAT ARE BEYOND COMPREHENSION, INCONCEIVABLE WORLDS WITH NO TRACE OF HUMANNESS IN THEM...worlds that are beyond
comprehension, inconceivable worlds with no trace of human antecedants in them. TAOD,9, POS,225.

THE UNKNOWN ARE THE BANDS WHERE HUMAN TRAITS DO NOT FIGURE AT ALL
...The emanations that are inside the cocoon but out of the bounds of man's band can be perceived but in really indescribable ways.. they're not the human unknown, as is the
case with the unused emanations in the band of man, but the nearly immeasurable unknown where human traits do not figure at all. FFW,143

THE UNKNOWN IS VAST AND VERY DIFFICULT TO DESCRIBE


It is really an area of such overpowering vastness that the best of seers would be hard put to describe it. FFW,143..

THE NONHUMAN UNKNOWN/WORLDS OUTSIDE THE BAND BUT WE CAN STILL PERCEIVE

Nonhuman unknown is ..freedom from being human. Inconceivable, worlds that are outside the band of man but that we can still perceive...all-inclusive worlds..like the one
where we live; total worlds with endless realms...(get) only with a movement of the AP.. requires a great deal of detachment and no self-importance whatsoever. TAOD,80,81

THE THIRD ATTENTION IS FOUND OUTSIDE THE HUMAN DOMAIN OR THE LUMINOUS COCOON

IT IS LOCATED OUTSIDE MAN'S COCOON BUT WITHIN THE EARTH'S COCOON


..to say outside man's cocoon is the unknowable is to say that within the earth's cocoon is the unknowable. FFW,225 and the incalculable rest (emanations outside our cocoon)
is the unknowable FFW,59,60

IT IS ANYTHING THAT IS BEYOND OUR CAPACITY TO PERCEIVE


...beyond our capacity to perceive. FFW,51...it is something that will never be known to us, and yet it is there, dazzling and and at the same time horrifying in its vastness.
FFW,49... indescribable, the unthinkable, the unrealizable FFW,49

HOW DO WE ENTER INTO AN ATTENTION?

TO ENTER INTO ANY ATTENTION, WE MUST HAVE A LIFE FORCE


the prerequisite for entrance into any of the three stages of attention is the possession of life force, because without it warriors cannot have direction and purpose. EG,247.
D.) FIRST ATTENTION
WHAT IS THE FIRST ATTENTION?

THE FIRST ATTENTION IS THE ABILITY OF AVERAGE PEOPLE TO PLACE THEIR AWARENESS ON THE ORDINARY WORLD OF EVERYDAY LIFE
CALLED THE TONAL/ATTENTION OF THE TONAL
the capacity of average people to perceive and place their awareness on the ordinary world of everyday life. SRP,240... and described it as our awesome taken-for-granted
ability to impart order to our perception of our daily world. SRP,240 the awareness of our daily world TAOD, ? ....it is the consciousness that every normal person has
developed in order to deal with the daily world; EG,18. he added that ordinarily our awareness is placed on the energy that circulates in the right side of the double, which
results in our ability to think and reason and be effective in dealing with ideas and people. TSC,236

WHAT ARE THE OTHER NAMES OF THE FIRST ATTENTION?

FIRST DOMAIN/FIRST RING OF POWER/ RIGHT SIDE OF MAN/NORMAL AWARENESS/TONAL ..where the first attention prevails. EG,163. /EMPHASIZED
EMANATIONS/THE KNOWN/THIS WORLD/ REALITY/ RATIONALITY/COMMON SENSE ..also called the first ring of power SRP,240 a small one, called the first
attention TAOD, ? the right side of man. FFW,9 normal awareness. EG,163 The new seers call the emphasized emanations the right side, normal awareness, the tonal, this
world, the known, the first attention. The average man calls it reality, rationality, common sense. FFW,127.

WHAT IS THE FIRST TONAL?

EVERYTHING WE ARE OR CAN POSSIBLY THINK OF IS TONAL/IT RULES OUR LIVES/IT ORGANIZES OUR WORLD
the first attention in man is animal awareness, which has been developed, through the process of experience, into a complex, intricate, and extremely fragile faculty that takes
care of the day-to-day world in all its innumerable aspects. In other words, everything that one can think about is part of the first attention.. it is everything we are as average
men....by virtue of such an absolute rule over our lives, the FA is the most valuable asset that the average man has. FFW,83 the tonal is in everything. The tonal which is in
everything could be easily apprehended by our senses, SRP,199 The tonal is the social person. TOP,120 the tonal is the organizer of the world.. Perhaps the best way of
describing its monumental work is to say that on its shoulders rests the task of setting the chaos of the world in order. It is not farfetched to maintain.. that everything we know
and do as men is the work of the tonal. TOP,120. The right side, which he called the tonal, encompasses everything the intellect can conceive of. EG,163 The tonal is everything
we are..name it!..anything we have a word for is the tonal. And since the tonal is its own doings, then everything, obviously, has to fall under its domain. TOP,121.The tonal is
everything we know. TOP,122. The tonal is everything..and that includes not only us, as persons, but everything in our world. it can be said that the tonal is everything that
meets. TOP,122 the tonal is everything we think the world is composed of. TOP,125 The important factor to keep in mind is that everything we know about ourselves and
about our world is on the island of the tonal. TOP,124... the tonal was the order that we are aware of in our daily world and also the personal order that we carry through life on
our shoulders, like they had carried that table and bundle. The personal tonal of each of us was like that table in the valley, a tiny island filled with things we are familiar with.
SRP,255..

THE TONAL MAKES SENSE OUT OF THE THINGS/IT PUTS ORDER IN OUR PERCEPTIONS
At this moment..what is engaged in trying to make sense out of our conversation is your tonal; without it there would only be weird sounds and grimaces and you wouldn't
understand a thing I'm saying. TOP,120,121. ...order in our perception is the exclusive realm of the tonal; only there can our actions have a sequence.. TOP,263.Therefore the
view of the tonal is a tool, and as such it is not only the best tool but the only one we got. TOP,263.

THE TONAL IS BUT A REFLECTION OF THAT INDESCRIBABLE UNKNOWN FILLED WITH ORDER
The tonal of every one of us is but a reflection of that indescribable unknown filled with order; TOP,268. I've tricked your reason into believing that the tonal was accountable
and predictable...Genaro and I have laboured to give you the impression that only the nagual was beyond the scope of explanation; the proof that the tricking was successful is
that at this moment it seems to you that in spite of everything you have gone through, there is still a core that you can claim as your own, your reason. That's a mirage. Your
precious reason is only a center of assemblage, a mirror that relfects something which is outside of it. Last night you witnessed not only the indescribable nagual but also the
indescribable tonal. TOP,267
..the last piece of the sorcerers explanation says that reason is merely reflecting an outside order and that reason knows nothing about that order; it cannot explain it, in the same
way it cannot explain the nagual. Reason can only witness the effects of the tonal, but never could it understand it, or unravel it. The very fact that we are thinking and talking
points out an order that we follow without ever knowing how we do that, or what the order is. TOP,267..
I can add now that through the reason, no matter what we do with it, or how we do it, we are merely witnessing the effects of the tonal. TOP,267,268.

THERE IS NO WAY OF DESCRIBING WHAT IS BEYOND THE TONAL BECAUSE ANYTHING YOU SAY WOULD BECOME PART OF THE TONAL
(what is out there beyond the tonal island?)..there is no way of answering that. If I would say, Nothing, I would only make the nagual part of the tonal. All I can say is that
there, beyond the island, one finds the nagual....TOP,127

ANALOGY OF THE TONAL AS A TABLE IN THE RESTAURANT


(analogy of tonal as a table in a restaurant) TOP,124.

EACH PERSON HAS A TONAL AND THERE IS ALSO A COLLECTIVE TONAL CALLED THE TONAL OF THE TIMES
The tonal is an island. TOP,123. There is a personal tonal for every one of us, and there is a collective one for all of us at any given time, which we can call the tonal of the
times. TOP,124.

THE TONAL BEGINS AT BIRTH AND ENDS AT DEATH


The tonal begins at birth and ends at death. TOP,122 there's no beginning; the beginning is only in your thoughts. SR,177.

THE TONAL IS SHY AND SHRINKS WHEN EMBARASSED OR FRIGHTENED


The tonal shrinks at given times, especially when embarrassed. in fact, one of the features of the tonal is its shyness... its shyness is not really an issue..but there are certain
instances when the tonal is taken by surprise and its shyness unavoidably makes it shrink.. TOP,154. A sudden fright always shrinks the tonal TOP,173

THE TONAL IS VERY VULNERABLE. IT CANNOT WITHSTAND MALTREATMENT


The tonal is very vulnerable. it cannot withstand maltreatment. TOP,137.

EVEN IF YOU ARE YOUNG YOUR TONAL CAN STILL DETERIORATE


Youth is in no way a barrier against the deterioration of the tonal. TOP,134.

OUR EYES REFLECT THE TONAL


Our eyes are the eyes of the tonal, or perhaps it would be more accurate to say that our eyes have been trained by the tonal, therefore the tonal claims them. TOP,169

HOW DOES THE TONAL MAKE THE WORLD?

THE TONAL CANNOT CREATE OR CHANGE ANYTHING BUT IT MAKES THE WORLD BECAUSE IT FUNCTION IS TO JUDGE, ASSESS AND WITNESS/IT
MAKES UP THE RULES BY WHICH IT APPREHENDS THE WORLD
the tonal is what makes the world. the tonal makes the world only in a manner of speaking. It cannot create or change anything, and yet it makes the world because its function
is to judge, and assess, and witness. I say that the tonal makes the world because it witnesses and assesses it according to tonal rules. In a very strange manner the tonal is a
creator that doesn't create a thing. In other words, the tonal makes up the rules by which it apprehends the world...so in a manner of speaking, it creates the world. TOP,123. the
tonal did not create anything, but only witnessed and assessed. TOP,139.

WHAT POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT DOES THE TONAL RESULT FROM?

THE TONAL RESULTS FROM THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT BEING FIXATED ON ITS PRESENT POSITION
the fixation of the assemblage point on its habitual position. TAOD, ?

WHAT GREAT BANDS DOES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ASSEMBLE IN THE FIRST ATTENTION?

OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT ASSEMBLES TWO BANDS; ONE IS THE ORGANIC BAND AND THE OTHER IS A BAND THAT HAS ONLY STRUCTURE, BUT NO
AWARENESS
The world that our AP assembles for our normal perception is made up of two bands; one is the organic band, the other is a band that has only structure, but no awareness.
FFW,182

THE FIRST ATTENTION IS HOOKED TO EMANATIONS OF THE EARTH


She said that our first attention was hooked to the emanations of the earth, EG,262

THERE ARE TWO SIDES TO EVERY TONAL


There are two sides to every tonal. TOP,141 One is the outer part, the fringe, the surface of the island. That's the part related to action and acting, the rugged side. TOP,141
The other part is the decision and judgement, the inner tonal, softer, more delicate and more complex.TOP,141.

SEEING PEOPLE AS A TONAL: TYPES OF TONALS

WHAT IS SEEING PEOPLE AS TONALS?

IT ENTAILS SEEING A MAN WITHOUT THINKING THAT HE IS HOPELESS OR HELPLESS


It entails to cease judging him in a moral sense, or excusing him on the grounds that he is like a leaf at the mercy of the wind. In other words, it entails seeing a man without
thinking that he is hopeless or helpless. TOP,134.

HOW DO YOU SEE PEOPLE AS TONALS?

HE SUGGESTED I SHOULD RELAX, SHUT OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE AND LET GO, MERGING WITH THE PERSON BEING OBSERVED
He suggested I should relax, shut off the internal dialogue and let go, merging with the person being observed. TOP,135

WHAT KINDS OF TONALS ARE THERE?

PROPER TONAL: WARRIOR'S TONAL


only a warrior had a proper tonal, TOP,136 A proper tonal..is a tonal that is just right, balanced and harmonious. TOP,141. For a proper tonal everything on the island is a
challenge. TOP,143. to be maintain order is to be a perfect tonal, and to be a perfect tonal means to be aware of everything that takes place on the island of the tonal....it takes a
gigantic struggle to clean the island of the tonal. TOP,187. The proper tonal is a tonal where the two levels (outer and inner parts) are in perfect harmony and balance.
TOP,141.Whenever you are in the world of the tonal, you should be an impeccable tonal; no time for irrational crap. TOP,170

RIGHT TONAL: AVERAGE MAN CAN HAVE IT


and that the average man, at best, could have a right tonal. TOP,136.

ONE COULD TURN A RIGHT TONAL INTO A PROPER TONAL. WARRIORS COME FROM THAT STOCK
one could turn a right tonal into a proper tonal. Warriors come from that stock. TOP,142.. (question...Why did all the warriors from CC's parties have lousy tonals? ..most were
losers)

AVERAGE TONAL THE WHOLE BEING MUST BE ON THE TONAL OR YOU WILL GO BESERK
In order to be an average tonal a man must have unity. His whole being must belong to the island of the tonal. Without that unity the man would go berserk;TOP,189

HOW DOES THE FIRST ATTENTION CORRESPOND TO THE LUMINOUS BODY?

THE FIRST ATTENTION IS THE GLOW OF AWARENESS DEVELOPED TO AN EXTRA SHINE BUT ONLY FIXED TO THE SURFACE OF THE COCOON.
the first attention is the glow of awareness developed to an ultra shine.. but it is a glow fixed on the surface of the cocoon.. it is a glow that covers the known. FFW,84

HOW DOES THE FIRST ATTENTION CORRESPONDS TO THE PHYSICAL BODY?

THE FIRST ATTENTION BELONGS TO THE PHYSICAL BODY


the first attention belongs to the physical body. EG,252.... it encompasses the awareness of the physical body. EG,18.

WHAT ARE WE CAPABLE OF PERCEIVING IN THE FIRST ATTENTION?

WE CAN PERCEIVE LESS THAN ONE THOUSANDTH OF THE HUMAN DOMAIN


We perceive not all the human domain but perhaps only one thousandth of it. TAOD, 15 and that small portion is still further reduced, to a minute fraction, by the constraints of
our daily life ...FFW,59,60

PERCEPTION IN THE DAILY WORLD IS TWO DIMENSIONAL


the world of daily life consists of two points of reference.. our points of reference are obtained primarily from the sense perception..our senses perceive and differentiate what is
immediate to us and not. Using that distinction we derive the rest. POS,226...examples are..here and there, in and out, up and down, good and evil and so on...our perception is
two dimensional.. with no depth...POS,225
E.) SECOND ATTENTION
WHAT IS THE SECOND ATTENTION?

THE SECOND ATTENTION IS THE AWARENESS OF THE NAGUAL/TO PLACE YOUR AWARENESS ON THE NONORDINARY WORLD AND TO IMPART
ORDER TO IT
the second domain was the attention of the nagual the capacity of sorcerers to place their awareness on the nonordinary world SRP,240 the altogether portenous ability that all
of us have, but only sorcerers use, to impart order to the nonordinary world. SRP,240. The second attention is the counterpart to normal attentiveness. POS,112 the second face..
every Toltec warrior had two faces and faced two opposite directions. SRP,274...all of us have to have two faces to fare well in both attentions. SRP,279. The Naugal told me
that the SA is the most fierce thing there is... If it is focused on objects, there is nothing more horrendous. EG,13

WHAT ARE THE OTHER NAMES OF THE SECOND ATTENTION?

THE SECOND ATTENTION/THE SECOND RING OF POWER/SECOND DOMAIN/ATTENTION OF THE NAGUAL/THE SECOND FACE/THE LEFT SIDE/THE
SHADOW WORLD/THE REALM OF NOT-BEING...also called the second ring of power SRP,240 the left side... the mysterious side of man. FFW,9.. the supernatural.... CC
TAOD pg viii.. The residue of consciousness. EG,135. the domain of what he called the second attention, or the attention of the nagual, or the attention under the table.
SRP,256.

WHAT IS THE NAGUAL?

THE NAGUAL IS PERCEIVED WHENEVER THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS FIXED INTO ANY NEW POSITION
old sorcerers called the result of fixing the assemblage point on new positions the second attention awareness of other worlds. TAOD,16

THE NAGUAL IS THE PART OF US WE NEVER DEAL WITH


The nagual is the part of us which we do not deal with at all...TOP,124 Soledad told me that the left side is the parallel line to the one we are living in now. EG,83. The nagual is
not experience or intuition or consciousness ..TOP,138.The nagual is the part of us for which there is no description-no words, no names, no feelings, no knowledge. TOP,124...
The left side, called the naugal, is a realm of indescribable features, a realm impossible to contain in words. EG,163..
THE NAGUAL IS THE VASTEST FIELD ONE CAN IMAGINE
The SA is also called the the left-side awareness and it is the vastest field that one can imagine, so vast in fact that it seems limitless. It's a quagmire so complex and bizarre that
sober seers go into it only under the strictest conditions. FFW,84

THE NAGUAL IS BUT A REFLECTION OF THAT INDESCRIBABLE VOID THAT CONTAINS EVERYTHING
the nagual of every one of us is but a reflection of that indescribable void that contains everything. TOP,268.

THE SECOND ATTENTION IS EXHAUSTING AND IS NOT A STATE OF POWER


I was exhausted, because to be in the left side awareness is a special and frail condition which has to be used sparingly. It certainly is not a state of power EG,273.

THE NAGUAL AS A LUMINOUS GOOEY SUBSTANCE


and then you saw your naugal on her forehead... that substance was yourself.. It came out of your body and it was your naugal. by touching it, you pulled it back. SRP,198...
since all of us had the same luminosity, if my naugal touched one of them(sorcerers), I would not get weakened, as ordinarily be the case if my naugal touched an average man.
If your naugal touches us (sorcerers)... your luminosity stays on the surface. You can pick it up again and nothing is lost. SRP,198.

Probably refering to this as the energy body

THE NAGUAL ACCOUNTS FOR OUR CREATIVITY


in the life of a sorcerer it was the nagual that was accountable for creativity. TOP,136..the nagual is the only part of us that can create. TOP,139

ANALOGY OF THE NAGUAL USING RESTAURANT TABLES


(Analogy of the nagual using restaurant tables) TOP, 125,126...

The term nagual Is also used to describe the leader of a sorcerer's party as the nagual and the force inside us (energy body)

HOW DOES THE NAGUAL WORK?

THE NAGUAL CAN DO EXTRAORDINARY THINGS BUT WE DON'T KNOW HOW IT HAPPENS
The nagual can perform extraordinary things...things that do not seem possible, things that are unthinkable for the tonal. But the extraordinary thing is that the performer has no
way of knowing how those things happen.... the secret of a sorcerer is that he knows how to get to the nagual, but once he gets there, your guess is as good as his to what takes
place...one feels like one is doing something..TOP,174

THE ENTRANCE TO THE NAGUAL WAS NOT METAPHORICAL BECAUSE IT ACTUALLY APPEARS SOMETIMES AS A PLAIN DOOR, A BLACK CAVERN, A
DAZZLING LIGHT OR ANYTHING CONCEIVABLE
to call it an entrance was not metaphorical because it actually appears sometimes as a plain door, a black cavern, a dazzling light, or anything conceivable, even a dragon's eye.
..in this respect, the metaphors of China's early sages were not farfetched at all.. TSC,67.

IS THE NAGUAL GOD?

THE NAGUAL IS NOT GOD BECAUSE GOD IS PART OF THE TONAL OF OUR TIME
...the nagual is not God, because God is an item of our personal tonal and of the tonal of the times. God has no more importance other than being a part of the tonal of our
time... God is only everything you can think of, therefore, properly speaking, he is only another item on the island. TOP,125.

GOD CANNOT BE WITNESSED BUT TALKED ABOUT WHILE THE NAGUAL CAN ONLY BE WITNESSED AND NOT TALKED ABOUT
God cannot be witnessed at will, he can only be talked about. The nagual,on the other hand, is at the service of the warrior. It can be witnessed, but it cannot be talked about.
TOP,125.

WHAT BANDS DOES OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT ASSEMBLE IN THE SECOND ATTENTION?

FROM THE REMAINING 46 GREAT BANDS, THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT CAN ASSEMBLE 7 COMPLETE WORLDS, 5 OF THOSE WORLDS ARE DIFFICULT TO
ASSEMBLE
The other 46 great bands are not part of the world we normally perceive. There are other complete worlds that our AP can assemble..the old seers counted seven, one for each
band of awareness. I'll add that two of those worlds, besides the world of everyday life, are easy to assemble; the other five are something else. FFW,182

WHEN DO WE ACTUALLY PERCEIVE ANOTHER WORLD?


WE EXPERIENCE ANOTHER WORLD WHEN OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT ASSEMBLES ANOTHER GREAT BAND OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS
In order to see another world I had to perceive another great band of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,175...a true change of worlds happens only when the AP moves into man's
band, deep enough to reach a crucial threshold, at which stage the AP can use another of
the great bands. FFW,183
THE SECOND ATTENTION IS HOOKED TO EMANATIONS OF THE UNIVERSE
our second attention was hooked to the emanations of the universe. EG,262

THE EARTH'S COCOON CONTAINS THE UNKNOWN EMANATIONS


inside the earth's cocoon is.. the unknown FFW,226

HOW DOES THE SECOND ATTENTION CORRESPOND TO THE LUMINOUS BODY?

THE SECOND ATTENTION BELONGS TO THE LUMINOUS BODY


....The second attention belongs to the luminous body. EG,252....

THE SECOND ATTENTION IS A SPECIALIZED STATE OF THE GLOW OF AWARENESS


The SA is a complex and specialized state of the glow of awareness. FFW,127,128

THROUGH THE WILL WE CAN WITNESS THE EFFECTS OF THE NAGUAL


Sorcerers say that through the will they can witness the effects of the nagual. TOP,267,268.
WHERE IS THE SECOND ATTENTION ASSEMBLED?

THE SECOND ATTENTION IS ASSEMBLED ONE AND ONE-HALF FEET IN FRONT OF THE MIDPOINT BETWEEN THE STOMACH AND THE BELLY BUTTON
AND FOUR INCHES TO THE RIGHT
The second attention assembles itself approximately one and one-half feet in front of the midpoint between the stomach and the belly button and four inches to the right. EG,252

WHAT CAUSES US TO PERCEIVE THE HUMAN UNKNOWN?

The human unknown result from shifts from the assemblage point (See Awareness)

WHAT KIND OF SHIFTS ARE THERE?

SHALLOW SHIFTS

SHALLOW SHIFTS OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MAKE THE DREAMER SLIGHTLY MORE VULNERABLE TO EMOTIONS
If the shift is a shallow one...the dreamer is like almost anyone else in the street, except for a slight vulnerability to emotions, such as fear and doubt. FFW,270.

WHAT WILL YOU PERCEIVE IN A SHALLOW SHIFT?

SHIFTS GIVE RISE TO MINUTE PERCEPTION CHANGES


Shifts give rise to minute changes, which are practically unnoticeable. The challenge of the shifts is that they are so small and so numerous that to maintain cohesiveness in all
of them is a triumph. TAOD,70..even the most minute shifting, creates totally isolated islands of perception. POS,245

CHANGES IN LIGHT THAT RESULT FROM A SHIFT OF THE AP


a shift of the AP is marked by a change in light. In the daytime, light becomes very dark; at night, darkness becomes twilight. FFW,265.

SHADOW WORLD
it was a new path; (entering the shadow world) something unnamed and unimaginable from the point of view of the normal world. TSC,140.

DESCRIPTION OF SEEING NO SHADOWS


However, when I looked closer I noticed something odd in the shadows cast on the floor. A shudder went through me, for I knew the shadows were wrong. I could have sworn
that they were agitated, shimmering, dancing, but there was no wind or movement in the room. (Emilito is showing a room to Taisha in the forbidden side of the house. )
TSC,201,202.
A moment ago it was light. I could see everything clearly... what happened is that you entered into the shadow's world... I could tell by the rhythm of your breathing that you
had gone there. But I didn't want to frighten you then by asking you to look at your shadow... there were no shadows..there was light but nothing had a shadow... in the worlds
outside this one, there are no shadows. TSC,130.

WHERE IS THE SHADOW WORLD LOCATED?

THE REALM OF NOT-BEING IS LOCATED ABOVE THE HEAD AND SLIGHTLY BEHIND IT
the realm of not-being, whose entrance hovers above the head and slightly behind it. TSC,115

HEIGHTENED AWARENESS

WHAT IS HEIGHTENED AWARENESS?

HEIGHTENED AWARENESS IS A SHALLOW SHIFT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT WHERE THE GLOW GOES DEEPER IN THE LUMINOUS COCOON AND
THE SHINE IS MORE INTENSE ON THE SURFACE OF THE COCOON
HA is a shallow shift of the AP. FFW,270. HA is only an intermediate state. There is infinitely more beyond that...FFW,69.. ...a state of HA is seen not only as a glow that goes
deeper inside the egglike shape of human beings, but also as a more intense glow on the surface of the cocoon. FFW,131,132

DESCRIPTIONS OF BEING IN HEIGHTENED AWARENESS

HYPNOTIZED/LIKE DREAMING
...I could have sworn that his touch hypnotized me. I believed he had instantaneously put me to sleep and I dreamt....TAOD,24..

EARS BUZZED
my ears buzzed POS,10

EARS POPPED
My ears popped, the room became energized and everything fell into place.. (this is a recollection experience) TSC,166.

LIKE A JOLT
then he bent over and slapped me on the belly. It was not painful or pleasurable or anything I could think of. It was rather a jolt. SR,155.

IT IS NOT QUITE A PLEASING STATE


It was not quite a pleasing state. TAOD, 17

FEELING OF DRYNESS
There was no pain involved; instead it brought on a sensation impossible to describe. The closest I can come is to say that it created a feeling like dryness in me. The blows to
my back seemed to dry out my lungs and fog up everything else. Then.. everything that had become hazy after the naugal's blow became crystal clear as I breathed, as if breath
were the catalyst, the all-important factor. Same thing happened on the way back to everyday awareness. EG,165.

SPEEDING: AN INCOMPARABLE RICHNESS OF PERSONAL INTERACTION


Another feature (besides clarity) of those states of HA was the incomparable richness of personal interaction, a richness that our bodies understood as a sensation of speeding.
On the left side, there is an inherent need for economy and speed. EG,165. to la Gorda, it seemed that everything in that state (HA) went faster, yet nothing in the world had
been changed. EG,164.... everything stood by itself. It may have been that my reasoning faculties were numbed by DJ's blow, thus allowing me to perceive without their
intervention. EG,164.

INTENSITY: CAN PERCEIVE EVERYTHING AT ONCE IN A MASS OF DETAIL


intensity is the ability to perceive everything at once. in these states of HA we had perceived everything in one clump, one bulky mass of inextricable detail. EG,165. Most of
the time it was like a strange dream so intense that normal awareness paled by comparison. TAOD, 17

CLARITY
..great clarity of mind. POS,10...... On the left side I could grasp the meaning of things with precision and directness. Every facet of activity was free of preliminaries or
introductions. I acted and rested; I went forth and retreated without any of the thought processes that are usual to me. EG,165 From my experimental position, such
displacements meant that my awareness used to enter into a most disturbing state of unequaled clarity, a state of superconsciousness, which I enjoyed for short periods of time
and in which I could understand anything with minamal preambles. TAOD, 17

GREAT ALERTNESS
I couldn't believe that I was listening to her every word. Some major change had definitly taken place, transforming my habitual bored indifference into a most unusual
alertness. TSC,40.

LOSE SENSE OF SURROUNDINGS


in HA one is minimally conscious of the surroundings, because one's total concentration is taken by the details of the action. FFW,13.

FEELING OF COMPLETENESS
I had come to regard those incomprehensible states as being my true self. There was one simple reason for that- on those states I felt complete; nothing was missing from me.
The anger and the sadness were a reaction to impotence. I was more aware than ever of the limitation of my being. FFW,68

SHIFT ALONG THE MIDSECTION

A DREAMER WHO IS SHIFTING ALONG THE MIDSECTION BECOMES A BLOB OF LIGHT.


But at a certain degree of depth, the dreamer who is shifting along the midsection becomes a blob of light. FFW,270.

SHIFT IN DEPTH/TO THE LEFT

A SHIFT IN DEPTH/SHIFT TO THE LEFT WHERE YOU NEVER LOSE YOUR IDENTITY BECAUSE IT STILL USES THE SAME EMANATIONS BUT ONLY
MORE OF THEM
(for the old seers they saw that when the AP shifted it looked like it moved to the left but in fact it is a shift in depth..but the new seers kept the name...)...Since the shift of the
AP was always in depth, I had never lost my sense of identity in spite of the fact that I was always using emanations I had never used before. FFW,141
To see the glow of the AP moving inside that disk gives the feeling it is shifting toward the left on the surface of the cocoon. the transparency of the luminous egg creates the
impression of a movement toward the left, when in fact every movement of the AP is in depth, into the center of the luminous egg along the thickness of man's band. FFW,140.

SHIFTING IS ORDINARILY TOWARDS THE LEFT/A NATURAL REACTION FOR HUMAN BEINGS
the movement ordinarily is toward the left, that such a directional preference is a natural reaction of most human beings,FFW,154
A LATERAL SHIFT

A SHIFT LATERALLY ALONG THE WIDTH OF MAN'S BAND OF EMANATIONS


....a shift of the point from one side to the other along the width of man's band of emanations instead of a shift in depth. FFW,153

ON BOTH EDGES OF MAN'S BAND IS JUNK


on both edges of man's band of emanations there is a strange storage of refuse, an incalculable pile of human junk. FFW,??

ON THE RIGHT EDGE OF THE BAND IS PHYSICAL ACTIVITY, VIOLENCE, KILLING, SENSUALITY
on the right edge we find endless visions of physical activity, violence, killing, sensuality. FFW,154.

DESCRIPTION OF BEING ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF MAN'S BAND


...while I lay there, I had the most wonderful, fulfilling thoughts of love, for goodness...I felt elated.. I was moved by profound love.. I wanted to be with them, to pray to the
Lord. FFW, 149,150

THE DARK SIDE OF MAN IS LOCATED BY SHIFTING THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IN MAN'S BAND TO THE PLACE DIAMETRICALLY OPPOSED TO ITS
NORMAL POSITION
some of the obsessive visions of seers, the ones that were almost impossible to conceive, coincided with a shift of the AP to the region of man's band which is diametrically
opposed to where it is ordinarily located. those were visions of the dark side of man.. because it is somber and foreboding ..it is not only the unknown, but the who-cares-to-
know-it. FFW,143

ON THE LEFT EDGE OF THE BAND IS SPIRITUALITY, RELIGION AND GOD


On the left edge we find spirituality, religion, God. FFW,154. Genaro and I walked your assemblage point to both edges, so as to give you a complete view of the junkpile.
FFW,154.

THE MOLD OF MAN

WHAT IS IT?

IT IS A HUGE CLUSTER OF EMANATIONS IN THE GREAT BAND OF ORGANIC LIFE


....it is a huge cluster of emanations in the great band of organic life. FFW,278
THE MOLD OF MAN IS AN ENERGY PATTERN THAT SERVES TO STAMP THE QUALITIES OF HUMANNESS ON AN AMORPHOUS BLOB OF BIOLOGICAL
MATTER/THE ORIGIN OF MAN
is what puts us all together SRP,140....he talked about the mold of man in terms of a pattern of energy that serves to stamp the qualities of humanness on an amorphous blob of
biological matter. He said that it was like a gigantic die that stamps out human beings endlessly as if they were coming to it on a mass-production conveyor belt. FFW,280,281.
The mould is the source, the origin of man, since, without the mould to group together the force of life, there was no way for that force to assemble itself into the shape of man.
SRP,138. The new seers are the only ones who have the sobriety to see the mold of man and understand what it is. What they have come to realize is that the mold of man is not
a creator, but the pattern of every human attribute we can think of and some we cannot even conceive of. FFW,281 We are simply the product of its stamp; we are its
impression. The mold of man is exactly what its name tells us it is,a pattern, a form, a cast that groups together a particular bunch of fiberlike elements which we call man.
FFW,282.
IT IS A STATIC PROTOTYPE OF HUMANNESS WITHOUT ANY POWER
The new seers have seen.. that what we call God is a static prototype of humanness without any power. For the mold of man cannot under circumstances help us by intervening
in our behalf, or punish our wrongdoings, or reward us in any way. FFW,282.

IT IS AN ENTITY WHICH WE ALL SEE AT THE MOMENT OF OUR DEATH


The mold of man was definitely an entity, an entity which could be seen by some of us at certain times when we are imbued with power, and by all of us for sure at the moment
of our death. SRP,138

WHY IS IT CALLED THE MOLD OF MAN?

IT IS CALLED THE MOLD OF MAN BECAUSE THE CLUSTER APPEARS ONLY INSIDE THE COCOON OF MAN
It is called the mold of man because the cluster appears only inside the cocoon of man. The mold of man is the portion of the Eagle's emanations that seers can see directly
without any dangers to themselves. FFW,278.....
EVERY SPECIES HAS A MOLD OF ITS OWN
He said that every species has a mold of its own and every individual of every species molded by the process shows characteristics particular to its own kind. FFW,280,281.

THERE ARE TWO WAYS TO SEEING THE MOLD OF MAN: AS A MAN OR AS A LIGHT IT DEPENDS ON THE SHIFT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT:
LATERAL SHIFT IT IS A HUMAN BEING, SHIFT TO THE MIDSECTION OF MAN'S BAND IT IS A LIGHT
There are two ways of seeing the mold of man.. you can see it as a man or you can see it as a light. That depends on the shift of the AP.FFW,288. if the shift is lateral, the mold
is a human being; if the shift is in the midsection of man's band, the mold is a light. FFW,288.

THE MOLD OF MAN'S POSITION ON THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS CLOSE TO WHERE THE DREAMING BODY AND BARRIER OF PERCEPTION APPEAR
The position of the AP where one sees the mold of man is very close to that where the dreaming body and the barrier of perception appear. FFW,288.

DESCRIPTION OF SEEING THE MOLD OF MAN

He hit me on my right side, between my hipbone and ny ribcage. That blow sent me soaring into a radiant light, into a diaphanous source of the most peaceful and exquisite
beatitude. That light was a haven, an oasis in the blackness around me. I saw that light for an immeasurable length of time. The splendor of the sight was beyond anything I can
say and yet I could not figure out what it was that made it so beautiful. Then the idea came to me that its beauty t of a sense of harmony, a sense of peace and rest, of having
arrived, of being safe at long last. I felt myself inhaling and exhaling in quietude and relief. What a gorgeous sense of plentitude! I knew beyond a shadow of a doubt that I had
come face to face with God, the source of everything. And I knew that God loved me. God was love and forgiveness. The light bathed me and I felt clean, delivered. I wept
uncontrollably, mainly for myself. The sight of that resplendent light made me feel unworthy, villainous. FFW,283.
Then I heard DJ's voice in my ear. He said that I had to go beyond the mold, that the mold was merely a stage, a stopover that brought temporary peace and serenity to those
who journey into the unknown, but it was sterile, static. It was at the same time a flat reflected image in a mirror and the mirror itself. And the image was man's image.
FFW,283. I also realized it was not DJ's voice in my ear.. it sounded like it but it wasn't. FFW,284...As I gazed into the light with all the passion I was capable of, the light
seemed to condense and I saw a man. A shiny man that exuded charisma, love, understanding, sincerity, truth. A man total of all that is good. The fervor I felt on seeing that
man was well beyond anything I had ever felt in my life. I did fall on my knees. I wanted to worship God personified, but DJ intervened and whacked me on my left upper
chest, close to my clavicle, and I lost sight of God. FFW,284. I was left with a tantalizing feeling, a mixture of remorse, elation, certainties, doubts. FFW,284. Description of
CC seeing the mould of man as a man... SRP,138. It was a radiant, luminous being. I could not look at it. It blinded me. But being in its presence was enough. I felt happy and
strong. And nothing else mattered, nothing. just being there was all I wanted. SRP,139. It was simply a luminous human. SRP,140. The human mold glows and it is always
found in water holes and narrow gullies. It feeds on water. Without water there is no mould. SRP,139.

THE SHIFT BELOW/PLACE OF THE BEAST

A SHIFT THAT IS BELOW THE HABITUAL POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT/NOT A SHIFT IN DEPTH
but there are seers who can direct that movement to positions below the customary spot where the point is located. The new seers call that shift the shift below seers also suffer
accidental shifts below..FFW,154.

DOWNSHIFTS OCCUR LESS FREQUENT AS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVES FARTHER TO THE LEFT/DEPTH
..an unwitting downshift occurs periodically to every seer, but that such a downshift becomes less and less frequent as their AP move farther to the left. FFW,155

DOWNSHIFTS DIMINISHES THE POWER OF THE SORCERER CONSIDERABLY


Everytime it occurs, however, the power of a seer undergoing it dimishes considerably. It is a drawback that takes time and great effort to correct. FFW,155

THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT DOESN'T REMAIN THERE LONG IN ACCIDENTAL SHIFTS


the AP doesn't remain there long, and that's fortunate, because that is the place of beast FFW,154.

IT IS NOT GOOD TO GO BELOW EVEN THOUGH IT IS EASY TO DO


To go below is counter to our interest, although its the easiest thing to do...FFW,154.

THE OLD SORCERERS MADE THE MISTAKE OF GOING TO THE PLACE BELOW ALOT AND BECAME OBSESSED
among the many errors of judgement the old seers had committed, one of the most grievous was moving their AP to the immeasurable area below, which made them experts at
adopting animal forms. They chose different animals as their point of reference and called those animals their naugal. FFW,154. They believed that by moving their AP to
specific spots they would acquire the characteristics of the animal of their choice, its strength or wisdom or cunning or agility or ferocity. FFW,155

VISION BECOMES LIMITED IN A SHIFT BELOW


when the AP moves to the regions below its normal position, the vision of sorcerer becomes limited. FFW,168.

SHIFT BELOW IS THE SAME WORLD BUT FROM A DIFFERENT PERSPECTIVE


A shift below entailed a view, not of another world proper but our same world of everyday life seen from a different perspective. FFW,175. a shift below allows the seer a
detailed and narrow view of the world we know. So detailed is the view that it seems to be an entirely different world. It is mesmerizing view that has tremendous
appeal..minimal effort is required..FFW,183

DEATH IS MORE OF A PROBLEM IN A DOWNSHIFT THAN IT IS IN THE HABITUAL POSITION


the only problem is that in those positions of the AP, seers are plaqued by death, which happens even more brutally and more quickly than in man's position. FFW,183
THE SHIFT BELOW ALWAYS RESULTS IN A TOTAL TRANSFORMATION
A shift of the AP to the area below always results in a total transformation FFW,155

FEMALES HAVE MORE DOWNSHIFTS THAN MALES BUT CAN BOUNCE OUT OF THE POSITION EASIER.
Female seers have downshifts more often than males..but they are also capable of bouncing out of that position with no effort at all, while males linger dangerously in
it.FFW,156 He said that also women seers have an extraordinary capacity to make their AP hold on to any position in the area below.. Men cannot. FFW,156
They can therefore, reproduce an animal form with flare, ease, and a matchless ferocity. FFW,156...

WHAT CAUSES THE HUMAN UNKNOWN PROPER (NO HUMAN TRAITS)?

The unknown proper results from a displacement of the assemblage point (See Awareness)

WHAT KIND OF MOVEMENTS OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ARE THERE?

DEEP DISPLACEMENT, DEEP LEFT SIDE

BARRIER OF PERCEPTION

JUST BEFORE THE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION IS AN UNMEASURABLE AREA OF AWARENESS WHERE WARRIORS FALL PREY TO EVERY MISDEED
...there was an unmeasurable area of awareness in between the customary position of the AP and the position where there are no doubts, which is almost the place where the
barrier of perception makes its appearance. In that umeasurable area, warriors fall prey to every conceivable misdeed. He warned me to be on the lookout and not lose
confidence, for I would unavoidably be struck at one time or another by gripping feelings of defeat. FFW,279

THE WORLD DISAPPEARS WHEN THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVES PAST THE MIDLINE OF THE COCOON OF MAN
a displacement of the AP beyond the midline of the cocoon of man makes the entire world vanish from our view in one instant, as if it had been erased-for the stability, the
substantiality, that seems to belong to our perceivable world is just the force of alignment. FFW,302. He added that if the AP moves beyond a crucial threshold, the world
vanishes; it ceases to be what it is to us at man's level. FFW,155

IN THE INTERMEDIATE STAGE, BEFORE ONE ENTERS FULLY INTO THE LEFT SIDE AWARENESS, ONE IS CAPABLE OF GREAT CONCENTRATION, BUT
OPEN TO EVERY INFLUENCE.
.. in the intermediate stage, before one enters fully into the leftside awareness, one is capable of tremendous concentration, but one is also susceptible to every conceivable
influence... FFW,65

THE TRANSITION PERIOD IS ALSO WHEN THE DEEPEST LEARNING TAKES PLACE
the transition period is the time when the deepest learning takes place and that it is also a time when warriors must be supervised and explanations must be given to them so
they can evaluate them properly. If no explanations are given to them before they enter into the left side, they will be great sorcerers but poor seers, as the ancient Toltecs were.
FFW,65

THE TRANSITION PERIOD IS CALLED THE NETHERWORLD


netherworld is (the region between our world and the inorganic being's world) TAOD,248

RECOLLECTING THE DREAMING BODY WOULD PUT THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IN A POSITION TO BREAK THE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION
the recollection of the dreaming body would put my AP in a position to break the barrier of perception in order to assemble another world. FFW,291

WHAT WILL WE PERCEIVE THERE?

A SPECIAL RECESS OF AWARENESS CALLED THE WALL OF FOG OR THE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION/CRACK BETWEEN THE WORLDS
a special recess of awareness, which was the site of the keenest form of attention. EG,154. One of its main features, was that in that state we were able to perceive a colossal
bank of yellowish vapor, called the wall of fog. EG,154.

THE CRACK BETWEEN THE WORLDS IS THE CAPACITY TO CHANGE LEVELS OF ATTENTION
....the crack between the worlds was more than a metaphor. it was rather the capacity to change levels of attention. SRP,244.

IT IS A POSITION WHERE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT CANNOT ALIGN EMANATIONS AND WE EXPERIENCE IT AS A MOMENT OF PERCEPTUAL
BLANKNESS AND A BANK OF FOG APPEARS
when the AP is moving away from its customary position and reaches a certain depth, it breaks a barrier that momentarily disrupts its capacity to align emanations. We
experience it as a moment of perceptual blankness. (Nonperception where the AP had moved but not far enough to reach and light a totally new bundle of energy fields.
POS,111)....the old seers called that moment the wall of fog, because a bank of fog appears whenever the alignment of emanations falters. FFW,276
THERE ARE THREE WAYS ON INTERPRETING THIS AREA OF NONPERCEPTION: CAN BE THOUGHT OF ABSTRACTLY, IT CAN FEEL LIKE PIERCING A
TIGHT PAPER SCREEN WITH THE ENTIRE BODY OR SEEN AS A WALL OF FOG
There were three ways of dealing with it.FFW,276 (1) It could be taken abstractly as a barrier of perception; FFW,276 (2) it could be felt as the act of piercing a tight paper
screen with the entire body; FFW,276 (3) or it could be seen as a wall of fog. FFW,276

WE NEED ONLY PART OF OUR AWARENESS TO GET TO THE FOG BUT TO CROSS BODILY INTO THE OTHER WORLDS REQUIRES OUR ENTIRE BEING
..To venture behind the wall of fog, while one is in a state of HA or while is doing dreaming, entails only a very small portion of our awareness, while to cross bodily into the
other worlds entails our entire being. EG,241.

THERE IS A GREAT PRESSURE IN THE FOG


....the heavier regions...the pressure would get so great that we would die. EG,152...

YOU CAN ONLY ENTER THE FOG WITH AWARENESS OR THE LIFE FORCE IS EXHAUSTED BY THE PHYSICAL PRESSURE OF THAT WORLD
the rule says that one could only enter in there with awareness. To enter without it brings death, since without consciousness the life force is exhausted by the physical pressure
of that world... EG,244.

ANYBODY WHO HAS LIFE FORCE CAN GIVE IT TO OTHERS BY BLOWING ON THEM
anybody who has life force can give it to others by blowing on them. EG,244.

ORGANIC BEINGS/DIABLEROS COME FROM THE FOG


..That other side is the world of the diableros. TDJ,182 Allies (or call them demons. EG,158)...come from that deserted plain. And other things even more fierce. EG,158....

THE WALL IS OUTSIDE OF US AND ROTATES WHEN WE MOVE OUR HEADS


..He said that the wall was not inside us; it was certainly out in the world, dividing it in two, and rotating when we moved our heads, as if it were struck to our right temples.
EG,105.
A WOMAN MUST BE TRANSPORTED THROUGH THE FOG
A woman has to be transported through the fog..because one needs to be heavy to go through and a woman is light. EG,157

WOMEN CAN RELAX EASIER IN THE FOG


women have an easier time learning to relax in no-man's land. EG,157

STOPPING THE ROTATION OF THE WALL TO ALLOW A WARRIOR TO GO THROUGH IT


it was an accomplishment when the warrior had the serentity and control to stop the rotation of the wall...this enables the warrior to face the wall and give him the power to go
through it anytime he so desired. EG,105.

INTENT IS THE KEY TO STOPPING THE WALL


I realized that intent was the key, a special aspect of my intent because it was not my volition as I know it. It was an intense desire that was focused on the midpoint of my body.
It was a peculiar nervousness that made me shudder and then turn it into a force that did not really stop the wall... the result was that for an instant I had two points of view. I
was looking at the world divided in two by the wall of fog and at the same time I was staring directly at a bank of yellowish vapor. The latter view gained predominance and
something pulled me into the fog and beyond it. EG,239.

PIERCING THE WALL/EASIER IN DREAMING


..It is easier to pierce the wall of fog in dreaming because then it does not move. EG,105

DESCRIPTION OF THE WALL OF FOG


Earlier with DJ, I was there twice. Both times I had written off the experience because it had been brought around by the ingestion of hallucinogenic plants. EG,153.
I close my eyes and I see this wall. It's like a wall of fog. EG,58... It was three or four yards to my right (always to my right. EG,154)... and it was an inconceivable bank of
yellowish fog that... divided the world in two. It went from the ground up to the sky, to infinity. ..the half of the world to my left was intact and the half to my right was veiled in
fog.... (the fog was extending forward to the horizon and up to infintiy, thus dividing the world in two. EG,155).... the axis of the bank of fog went from east to west. Everything
to the north of that line was the world as I knew it. DJ made me turn a few degrees to my right, and I saw that the wall of fog moved as I turned my head. (The wall of fog
would turn either to the right or to the left as I turned my head, so there was never a way for me to face it. EG,155).....The world was divided in two at a level my intellect could
not comprehend. The division seemed real, but the boundry was not on a physical plane; it had to be somehow in myself. Or was it? EG,104.

ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE WALL OF FOG/NO-MAN'S LAND/LIMBO/AREA BETWEEN THE PARALLEL LINES

the space between the world we know and the other world. EG,153... It is the area between the parallel lines... we can go to it in dreaming. But in order to leave this world and
reach the other, the one beyond the parallel lines, we have to go through that area with our whole bodies...EG,153

DESCRIPTION OF NO-MAN'S LAND BEYOND THE WALL OF FOG

He pushed me into the fog...and I was looking at the desolate plain. (no-man's land) EG,155.. the sensation I had upon entering into that wall of fog was that my body was being
twisted like the braids of a rope. EG,238.
I had seen at least two aspects of it, one perfectly flat, and the other covered with small, sand-dune-like mounds. EG,153.
there was the horrible desolate plain. EG,238...We were surrounded by small round mounds that looked exactly like sand dunes. They were all around us, in every direction, as
far as we could see. They seemed to be made of something that looked like pale yellow sandstone, or rough granules of sulpher. The sky was the same color and very low and
oppressive. There were banks of yellowish fog or some sort of yellowish vapor that hung from certain spots in the sky. EG,152...there were low yellow clouds around us, but
no sky or horizon; banks of pale yellow vapor impaired visibility. It was very difficult to walk. EG,238. The further we got away from the wall, the darker it got and the more
difficult it was to move. EG,238.
I could see very well over the major part of a 180-degree range in front of my eyes. And what I saw was a cloudy, pale-yellow horizon; it seemed gaseous. A sort of lemon hue
uniformly covered all I could see. it seemed that I was on a plateau filled with vapors of sulpher. SR,130.

DESCRIPTION OF GOING THROUGH THE CRACK BETWEEN THE WORLDS/FINDING A HELPER/DIABLERO


the particular thing to learn is how to get to the crack between the worlds and how to enter the other world. There is a crack between the two worlds, the world of the diableros
and the world of living men. There is a place where the two worlds overlap. the crack is there. it opens and closes like a door in the wind. TDJ,182 It is hard to see the other side
of the boundry. it is windy, like a sandstorm. The wind whirls around. TDJ,182After this journey the man arrives at a sort of plateau. it is possible to distinguish some of its
features clearly. It is a plane above the ground. it is possible to recognize it by the wind, which there becomes even more violent; whipping, roaring all around. On top of that
plateau is the entrance to that other world. And there stands a skin that seperates the two worlds; TDJ,182.

THE PLACE OF THE YELLOW MOUNDS IS ALWAYS THE SAME IN PERCEPTION FOR ALL PEOPLE
... she contended that those yellow mounds are present here and now, and that that is the way, they look and stand always to the warrior who journeys into them. EG,163

TRAVELING THROUGH THE DESERTED PLAIN IS A MANDATORY AND A PREPARATORY STEP JOURNEY FOR A WARRIOR
Passing through the deserted plain was mandatory for all travelers who journey into the unknown. EG,157..a warrior's journey into the desolate sand dunes is a preparatory step
for the real crossing of boundaries. EG,241.

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SECOND ATTENTION

GENERAL SENSATIONS ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION

HEARING

BUZZING INSIDE THE EARS


I detected a noise that seemed to be a buzzing inside my ears. The sound became louder by degrees until it was like the vibration caused by an enormous bull-roarer. TDJ,96.
My ears began buzzing. JTI,169. Description of ears buzzing at a mitote though not under the influence... SR,55 .it took me twice as long to relax and stop my internal turmoil.
When that was done, the reflection of DJ's face and mine became instantly clear... (after seeing the inorganic being in the mirror in the water).. there was a peculiar buzzing in
my ears. FFW,112, 113. My ears were buzzing; FFW,134 I experienced a peculiar buzzing in my ears as though he had actually shouted his words, which he had not done;
however, there had been a metallic sound in his voice that was reverberating in my ears. JTI,57.
My ears buzzed and then they tingled. SRP,55

CLARITY OF HEARING
I experienced an exceptional clarity of hearing. SRP,55

VISION

TEARING
my eyes teared to the point that I could hardly make out the shape of the furniture.FFW,134

OUT OF FOCUS
My vision seemed to be totally out of focus. FFW,134
THE VISION CAN BE FLAT AND ALL AROUND ME
I noticed that my view was not unidirectional and stereoscopic from the level of the eyes, but flat and all around me.. TOP,251.

DUALISM OF PERCEPTION

REACHING THE PLACE OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE YOU PERCEIVE TWO PLACES AT ONCE CALLED HERE AND HERE, THE THIRD POINT,THREE
DIMENSIONAL
the only way to talk about the perception attained in the place of silent knowledge was to call it here and here.. not here and there.
POS,221..being in two places at once was a milestone sorcerers used to mark the moment the AP reached the place of silent knowledge. Split perception, if accomplished by
ones own means, was called the free movement of the AP...this was also called reaching out for the third point.. POS,228. but a sorcerer perceives his actions with depth..his
actions are tridimensional..with a third point of reference...POS,225...in order to reach the third point of reference one must perceive two places at once...when we perceive two
places at once total clarity is lost...POS,226

DESCRIPTION OF PERCEIVING HERE AND HERE


I was seeing the desert chaparral and the tops of the shrubs at the same time.. POS,221. there was crucial instant in which I was neither in one place nor the other, but I was
rather in both places as an observer seeing two scenes at once. TOP,73.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPERIENCE OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT BEING ON REASON AND ON SILENT KNOWLEDGE

the experience of feeling double... when the AP had aquired sufficient fluidity for him to be double, which had allowed him to be in both the place of reason and in the place of
silent knowledge, either alternately or at the same time. POS,242.
I had.. a clear knowledge of a dualism in me. Two obviously seperate parts were within my being. One was extremely old, at ease and indifferent. It was heavy, dark and
connected to everything else. It was part of me that did not care, because it was equal to anything. It enjoyed things with no expectation. The other part was light, new, fluffy,
agitated. It was nervous, fast. It cared about itself because it was insecure and did not enjoy anything, simply because it lacked the capacity to connect itself to anything. It was
alone, on the surface, vulnerable. That was the part with which I looked at the world. POS,153...this older dark side was a view of the antecedents of reason...the older side of
man and what the older side of man knows is silent knowledge. It's a knowledge you cannot voice..because it is necessary to have and to use an inordinate amounts of energy.
POS,154

WE CAN BE IN TWO PLACES AT ONCE, THAT WE CAN EXPERIENCE A PERCEPTUAL DUALISM


...we can be in two places at once, that we can experience a perceptual dualism. FFW,291 Two different feelings at the same time in a dream example. EG,131.

DOUBLE PERCEPTION DESCRIPTION.


.....double perception description. SRP,100.

(MORE ON THESE (LUMINOUS BEING)FIBERS AND THEIR MOVEMENTS..ALSO HERE AND HERE VISION..) TOP,217....MORE ON THE JUMPING OF DJ AND
DG..TOP,219.
...(more on these (luminous being)fibers and their movements..also here and here vision..) TOP,217....more on the jumping of DJ and DG..TOP,219.

COMPREHENDING/EXPLANATION IN BEING IN TWO PLACES AT ONCE


(he was aware that he was doubled but) no sorcerer knows where his other is. A sorcerer has no notion that he is in two places at once. To be aware of that would be the
equivalent of facing his double, and the sorcerer that finds himself face to face with himself is a dead sorcerer. That is the rule. That is the way power has set things up. No one
knows why. TOP,49. A sorcerer may certainly notice afterwards that he has been in two places at once. But this is only bookkeeping and has no bearing on the fact that while
he's acting he has no notion of his duality. TOP,50. The world doesn't yield to us directly, the description of the world stands in between. So..we are always one step removed
and our experience of the world is always a recollection of the experience. We are perennially recollecting the instant that has just happened, just passed. If our entire
experience of the world is recollection, then its not so outlandish to conclude that a sorcerer can be in two places at once. This is not the case from the point of view of his own
perception, because in order to experience the world, a sorcerer, like every man, has to recollect the act he had just performed, the event he has just witnessed,the experience he
has just lived. In his awareness there is only a single recollection. But for an outsider looking at the sorcerer it may appear as if the sorcerer is acting two different episodes at
once. The sorcerer, however, recollects two seperate single instants, because the glue of the description of time is no longer binding him. TOP,50.

COLORS/LIGHTS

VIOLET LIGHT
spots of intense violet light appeared. They grew large. FFW,112, 113

JET BLACKNESS

There were also spots of jet blackness. Then it turned into something like a flat picture of a cloudy sky at night, in the moonlight. Suddenly, the whole surface came into focus,
as if it were a moving picture. The new sight was a three-dimensional, breathtaking view of the depths. FFW,112, 113.

MEN'S FACES AS A PINKISH GLOW


also faces of the men seen as brighter..pinkish glow. SR,55

RED LIGHTS
Everything around me was dark. There were streaks of chartreuse phosphorescence that illuminated dark, moving clouds.... FFW,134

DESCRIPTION OF LIGHTS IN THE SECOND ATTENTION


a bright patch of light appeared, hovering about two feet from me. The illusion startled me, yet at the same time it enthralled me so that I couldn't turn my eyes away. I had the
irrational certainity that the light was alive, conscious and aware that my attention was focused on it. Suddenly the glowing sphere expanded to twice its size and became
encircled by an intense purple ring. TSC,134.

IMAGES

I HAD A SUDDEN AND STRANGE THOUGHT, VERY SIMILAR TO THOUGHTS THAT COME TO MY MIND JUST BEFORE FALLING ASLEEP. IT WAS MORE
THAN A THOUGHT; A COMPLETE IMAGE WOULD BE A BETTER DESCRIPTION OF IT.
I had a sudden and strange thought, very similar to thoughts that come to my mind just before falling asleep. It was more than a thought; a complete image would be a better
description of it. TOP,150.

CLARITY OF THINKING

CLARITY IN THE SECOND ATTENTION IS USUALLY CRYSTAL CLEAR


..everything around me was crystal clear. I had been drowsy or absent-minded before because of my inner silence. TOP,210.

THE NAGUAL IS AN ADVANTAGE ONLY THAT OUR GRASP OF THINGS IS ACCELERATED


the left side is only an advantage only in the sense that our grasp of things is accelerated. EG,299.

DETAILS

SEEING THERE IS AN INTRICACY OF DETAIL


...he was convinced that it was seeing and not a hallucination because of the intricacy of detail. TOP,151.

AT FIRST IT IS EASY TO GET LOST IN SEEING


In the beginning seeing is confusing and it's easy to get lost in it. As the warrior gets tighter, however, his seeing becomes what it should be, a direct knowing. TOP,151.

THE NAGUAL IS A DISADVANTAGE BECAUSE IT ALLOWS US TO FOCUS WITH INCONCEIVABLE LUCIDITY ONLY ON ONE THING AT A TIME, THIS
RENDERS US DEPENDENT AND VULNERABLE
It is a disadvantage because it allows us to focus with inconceivable lucidity only on one thing at a time; this renders us dependent and vulnerable. EG,299.

WEIGHT SENSATIONS

PRESSURE/HEAVINESS
I began to feel a strange pressure; it was a physical heaviness. FFW,134

FLOATING LIKE A BALLOON


I seemed to be floating like a balloon. I had a pang of terror. FFW,134

TICKLE ON THE HEAD


TICKLE ON THE HEAD/AWARENESS OF STOPPING THE WORLD
Description of tickle on head..body suspending judgement... awareness of stopping the world. SRP,82, 83.

TIME

IN THE SECOND ATTENTION, AWARENESS OF TIME STOPS


In my experience with DJ I had noticed that in such states one is incapable of keeping a consistent mental record of the passage of time. There had never been an enduring
order, in matters of passage of time, in all the states of nonordinary reality I had experienced, and my conclusion was that if I kept myself alert a moment would come when I
would lose my order of sequential time. JTI,239.
I stayed on the hilltop in a state of ectasy for what appeared to be an endless time, yet the whole event may have lasted only a few minutes.JTI,252.
He also said he had been trying to bring me back for three days and had had a very difficult time doing it. He said the only interesting part was what I saw and did after he
tossed me into the air and I flew away. All I could remember was a series of dreamlike images or scenes. They had no sequential order. I had the impression that each one of
them was like an isolated bubble, floato focus and then moving away. They were not, however, merely scenes to look at. I was inside them. I took part in them. TDJ,166
being on the left side entailed that the primacy of the immediate took precedence, which made it practically impossible for me to forsee beyond that moment... EG,311.

EMOTIONS

THERE ARE NO EMOTIONS ON THE LEFT SIDE/WARRIOR'S SHIVER


on the left side there are no tears.. and that the only expression of anguish is a shiver that comes from the very depths of the universe. It is as if one of the Eagle's emanations is
anguish. the warrior's shiver is infinite. EG,311.

ANYTHING

ANYTHING CAN ANNOUNCE ITS PRESENCE: A LOUD NOISE, A SOFT VOICE, A THOUGHT THAT ISN'T YOURS, AN UNEXPECTED SURGE OF VIGOR OR
WELL-BEING.
anything can announce its presence: a loud noise, a soft voice, a thought that isn't yours, an unexpected surge of vigor or well-being. ta,tsc,102

DESCRIPTIONS OF BEING IN THE SECOND ATTENTION

BUBBLES
I remembered what Clara had said about the house being charged with an imperceptible energy, like an electric current flowing through wires. I hadn't been aware of it earlier
because of all the activity. But now, in absolute silence, I distinctly heard a mild humming sound. Then I saw the minutest bubbles jumping all around the room at a tremendous
speed. They were frantically bumping into one another, giving off a buzzing sound like the drone of a thousand bees. The room, the entire house seemed to be charged with a
subtle electric current that filled my very being. TSC,33.
I had noticed that the air in the hall behind that door was bubbling, just like it had in the darkness of my room the first night I had slept in the house. TSC,188. On the third
shout, the air in the hall began to fizzle. Billions of tiny bubbles sparkled and glowed as if they had all lit up at the same instant. I heard a soft hum that reminded me of the
sound of a muffled generator. its mesmeric purr drew me inside.. my ears were plugged and I had to swallow repeatedly to unplug them.. I had no control over my movements
all I could do was shout Clara's and manfred's name... as I flew past them, beyond the hall, the house, beyond the trees and the hills into a blinding glare, and finally into an
absolutely black stillness. TSC,190.
I heard the mysterious sound again (moth call)...and it came to me..not as flat specks or flakes but as spherical bubbles. They floated towards me. One of them burst open and
revealed a scene to me. It was as if it had stopped in front of my eyes and opened up, disclosing a strange object. It looked like a mushroom. TOP,36.
...feeling was all that counted....they were the guage that assessed the state of being of the subject that I was seeing. The mushroom like formation was the essential shape of
human beings when a sorcerer was seeing them from far away, but when a sorcerer was directly facing the person he was seeing, the human quality was shown as an egglike
cluster of luminous fibers. TOP,37..you were not facing your friend..therefore he appeared like a mushroom. TOP,37...while the first one had been yellowish and small, the
second one was whitish, larger and contorted. TOP,37. ,,he had already pointed out that what I called coloration was not a hue but a glow of different intensities. TOP,38.
(seeing shapes of sorcerers TOP,39)

VOICES

THE VOICE THAT COMES WITH SEEING


when seers see, something explains everything as the new alignment takes place.. It's a voice that tells them in their ear what's what. If that voice is not present, what the seer is
engaged in isn't seeing...it is equally fallacious to say that seeing was hearing, because it was infinitely more than that, but that seers had opted for using sound as a guage of a
new alignment... the voice of seeing is a most mysterious inexplicable thing.. DJ personal conclusion is that the voice of seeing belongs only to man. The old seers believed it
was the voice of an overpowering entity, intimately related to mankind, a protector of man. The new seers found out that that entity, which they called the mold of man, doesn't
have a voice. .. the new seers say it's the glow of awareness playing on the Eagle's emanations as a harpist plays on a harp.. FFW,72..

VOICES HEARD IN THE SECOND ATTENTION


Then I heard a voice in my ear describing the scene, and I realized that the voice was the alien thought in my head. TDJ,154.
From then on I concentrated my attention on the voice alone. It seemed to come from my shoulder. It was perfectly clear, although it was a small voice. it was, however, not a
child's voice or a falsetto voice, but a minature man's voice. It wasn't my voice either. I presumed it was English that I heard. Whenever I tried deliberately to trap the voice, it
subsided altogether or became vague and the scene faded. I thought of a simile. The voice was like the image created by dust particles in the eyelashes, or the bloodvessels in the
cornea of the eye, a wormlike shape that can be seen as long as one is not looking at it directly; but the moment one tries to look at it, it shifts out of sight with the movement of
the eyeball. TDJ,155.
What I thought to be a voice was more like something whispering thoughts into my ear. But that was not accurate. Something was thinking for me. The thoughts were outside
myself. I knew that was so, because I could hold my own thoughts and the thoughts of the other at the same time. TDJ,155.
SEEING IN THE DARK
I was concentrating on my new unique ablitity to see in the dark. The world changed from bright to dark to bright again with every beat of my heart. TDJ,97.

CAVERN/SPONGE WORLD
I felt as if I were in a gigantic cavern. Its velvety walls enveloped me; it was dark. My attention was caught by a luminescent dot. It flickered on and off like a beacon appearing
and disappearing whenever I focused on it. Then the area in front of me became illuminated by an intense light. Then gradually everything became dark again. My breathing
seemed to cease altogether and no thoughts or images disturbed the blackness. I no longer felt my body. My last thought was that I had dissolved. TSC,214.
I remembered seeing a dark mass with myriads of pinholes. In fact, the mass was a dark cluster of little holes. I don't know why I thought it was soft. TDJ,168.
One element from the hallucinogenic experience with the mushrooms kept recurring in my thoughts: the soft, dark mass of pinholes. I continued to visualize it as a grease or an
oil bubble which begin to draw me its center. It was almost as if the center would open up and swallow me, and for very brief moments. TDJ,170,171.

DOME

Description of the dome. SRP,190,191. above me was a white shiny, inconceivably big dome. FFW,230

OTHER DESCRIPTIONS
TAISHA ABELAR'S EXPERIENCE IN THE TREE HOUSE
I began to feel the house tilting. it was barely perceptible at first, but it became more noticeable until it seemed that the floor was inclined at a fourty-five degree angle. i let out a
scream as I felt the platform tilt even more... at one point the incline was so acute that I felt as if I were actually standing up instead of lying down.. the whole tree house
seemed to be coming apart... just when I had given up all hope of pulling through, something inconceivable came to my rescue. A light spilled out from within me. it poured out
through all the openings of my body. the light was a heavy luminous fluid that fixed me to the platform by covering me like a shiny armor. It constricted my larynx and subdued
my screams; but it also opened my chest area so i could breath easier. It soothed my nervous stomach and stopped the shakings of my legs. the light illuminated the entire room
so i could see the door a few feet in front of me. As I basked in its glow, I grew calm. All my fears and concerns vanished so that nothing mattered anymore. I lay perfectly still
and tranquil until the dawn broke. TSC,204.

TAISHA ABELAR'S EXPERIENCE IN EMILITO'S ROOM


I found out it was almost impossible to walk; my legs seemed to weigh a ton. I felt the caretaker pushing and lifting me up. Suddenly an immense force sucked me in and I was
no longer walking but gliding in space... for just then another surge of energy made me accelerate at top speed... I squeezed my eyes shut but it made no difference. I saw the
same vastness before me whether my eyes were opened or closed..I was jolted by another blast of energy and I found myself drenched in perspiration... TSC,249. You are able
to perceive as I do.. but you don't have any control yet in the new world you are perceiving... that control comes with a lifetime of discipline and storing power. TSC,249.

DESCRIPTION OF SEEING AMBER COLORS OF SOMEONE


As soon as DJ mentioned that he had "tossed me into the air" I had a faint recollection of an absolutely clear scene in which I was looking straight at him from some distance
away. I was looking at his face only. It was monumental in size. It was flat and had an intense glow. His hair was yellowish, and it moved. Each part of his face moved by itself,
projecting a sort of amber light. TDJ,166.

DESCRIPTION OF INCREASING DISASSOCIATION


I felt that my condition was getting worse, for the duration of such states was increasing. I believe sharply aware of the noise of airplanes. the sound of their motors going
overhead would unavoidably catch my attention and fix it, to the point where I felt I was following the plane as if I were inside it, or flying with it. TDJ,175.... he (DJ)
concluded that I was suffering from a loss of soul... ordinarily.. the noise of a brook or a river can trap a bewitched
man who has lost his soul and carry him away to his death. TDJ,175.
There was something so exquisite in that hidden valley that it took my breath away. I stared at it so totally absorbed that I became drowsy; leaning against a boulder, I let
whatever was in the valley carry me away. and it did transport me. I felt I was at a picnic ground where a party was going full force. I heard the laughter of people.... (Clara
says.. for a moment there I thought I'd lost you)..I wanted to tell her what I dreamt because I was certain that I had dozed off for an instant. TSC,37.
For awhile, I watched the swaying branches of the tree across from me. And the motion of those branches brought me back to my childhood. I must have been four or five
years old; I was grabbing onto a handful of willow branches. It wasn't that I was remembering it; I was actually there. TSC,205.
I saw the whole scene myself, as if I had been watching a movie. SRP,76.

DESCRIPTION OF SEEING THE SPIRIT


it was at that instant that the spirit came to them...they saw a vision of heaven..where everything was alive, bathed in light. they saw a world of miraculous sights..they saw the
spirit...they could not hold on to this vision and soon forgot about it. (AP shifted back to normal awareness) POS,107,108.

LET ME SEE MY DEATH AGAIN...NOT KNOW YOU'RE TOO SOLID (??? REFERENCE TO SEEING DEATH ONLY IN THE SECOND ATTENTION)
Let me see my death again...not know you're too solid (??? reference to seeing death only in the second attention) JTI,35. In a time of sickness with the pleurisy... I was brought
so near the gates of death that I forgot my name.. I heard a voice say.. John Woolman is dead..(and that) meant no more than the death of my own will. EE,M,212, 213

DESCRIPTIONS OF OTHER WORLDS


Description of another world and being eaten. Reality of dying and visions. SRP,193.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPERIENCE OF SEEING


For an instant I actually saw a boulder the size of a mountain right behind the house. it was not as if the image had been superimposed on the scenery of the house I was looking
at. It was not the view of a real boulder either. it was rather as if the noise was creating the image of a boulder rolling on its monumental sides. i was actually seeing the noise.
SR,253
When you see there are no longer familiar features in the world. Everything is new. Everything has never happened before. The world is incredible. Nothing is no longer
familiar. Everything you gaze at becomes nothing. SR,159. Things don't disappear. They don't vanish, if that's what you mean; they simply become nothing and yet they are
still there. SR,160.
I felt the feeling of seeing coming to the top of my head, and then I knew what I've just told you... the sensations started on the top of her head and then went down her back and
around her waist to her womb. She felt it inside her body as a consuming ticklishness, which turned into the knowledge.... SRP,209. I suddenly "knew" where they lived; I had
not had a vision of their house. I simply felt that I knew it. SRP,209.
..they were thin, less than a foot wide, but long, perhaps seven feet. They were looming over me like two gigantic earthworms..I knew I was seeing ...I realized I was seeing
energy..they retained their candle like shape. TAOD,50

DESCRIPTION OF BEING SEEN


I knew that he was seeing me. I felt a strange fatigue, a laziness I had not felt until his eyes swept over me. FFW,96
.All of me saw; the entirety of what I in my normal consciousness call my body was capable of sensing as if it were an enormous eye that detected everything. FFW,234.
Example of seeing EG,37.
SENSATIONS FOLLOWING THE FOCUS OF THE SECOND ATTENTION

CAN'T TALK
I was experiencing the peculiar feeling that seems to follow the focusing of the second attention; I could not talk, or rather I could talk but I did not want to. SRP,277. You're
not solid yet...(probably an early reference to the double and the physical body out of sync.. or the assemblage point isn't fixed yet.) SR,192

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEELING IN THE SECOND ATTENTION FROM THE BODY


I felt something warm and soothing oozing out of the world and out of my own body. I knew I had discovered a secret. It was so simple. I experienced an unknown flood of
feelings. Never in my life had I had such a divine euphoria, such peace, such an encompassing grasp, and yet I could not put the discovered secret into words, or even into
thoughts, but my body knew it. JTI,252,253. Felt a strong religious love.. FFW,149,150.

STOMACH UPSET
My stomach was upset. SRP,277.

EARS BUZZING
My ears were buzzing, SRP,278

DIZZINESS
I felt dizzy. SRP,278

CONTACT WITH STRONG PEOPLE/ALLIES OUR STOMACH GLOW BECOMES AGITATED AND WE USUALLY THROW UP
In case of contact with allies or strong people, the glow would become agitated, change colour or even fade altogether. In such instances the only thing one could do was to
simply throw up. SRP,133.

FORGETTING YOUR EXPERIENCE IN THE SECOND ATTENTION


..once I was back in my normal awareness, I found it impossible to remember not only that I had entered into the second attention but that such a state existed at all. TAOD, 18
..no one can remember anything that happens while being in a state of HA. (see sorcerers recollection) FFW,25

WHY DO WE FORGET EXPERIENCES IN HEIGHTENED AWARENESS WHEN WE ARE IN NORMAL AWARENESS?

WE FORGET THE EXPERIENCE BECAUSE YOU STOP USING THE EMANATIONS YOU WERE EMPHASIZING IN THE SECOND ATTENTION AND WITHOUT
THAT EMPHASIS WHATEVER YOU EXPERIENCED VANISHES
One forgets experiences because the emanations that account for greater clarity cease to be empasized once warriors are out of HA... Without that emphasis whatever they
experience or witness vanishes. FFW,131

WHERE ARE THE MEMORIES TRAPPED?

THEY ARE NOT TRAPPED IN YOUR MIND, THEY ARE TRAPPED IN THE OTHER AREAS OF YOUR TOTAL BEING
No, the memories are not trapped in the mind. The actions of seers are more complex than dividing a man into mind and body. You've forgotten what you've done, or what
you've witnessed, because when you were performing what you've forgotten you were seeing. Everything forgotten had taken place in states in which my everyday awareness
had been enhanced, intensified, a condition that meant that other areas of my total being were used... whatever you've forgotten is trapped in those areas of your total being.. to
be using those areas is to see. FFW,70

MAYBE WE ARE PERCEIVING IN BOTH ATTENTIONS BUT CHOOSE ONLY ONE ATTENTION AND THEN UNDER DURESS THOSE MEMORIES FROM THE
OTHER COME BACK AND WE CAN HAVE TWO DISTINCT MEMORIES OF ONE EVENT
Perhaps all of us are continually perceiving in both fashions (with the first and second attention) but choose to isolate one for recollection and discard the other, or perhaps we
file it away.... under certain conditions of stress or acquiescence, the censored memory surfaces and we can then have two distinct memories of one event. SRP,240.

ITS DIFFICULT TO REMEMBER WHAT HAPPENED IN THE SECOND ATTENTION BECAUSE OF THE INFINITUDE OF POSITIONS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT
CAN ADOPT
the difficulty in remembering what takes place in HA is due to the infinitude of positions that the AP can adopt after being loosened from its normal setting. Facility in
remembering everything that takes place in normal awareness, on the other hand, has to do with the fixity of the AP on one spot, the spot where it normally sets. FFW,203.
HOW DO YOU ACT IN THE SECOND ATTENTION?

YOU STILL ACT LIKE YOURSELF IN THE NAGUAL MEANING YOU STILL HAVE YOUR FLAWS BUT YOUR CAPACITY FOR PERCEIVING,
UNDERSTANDING AND LEARNING IS GREATER
to be in left side awareness does not mean that one is immediately liberated from one's folly-it only means an extended capacity for perceiving, a greater facility to understand
and learn, and above all, a greater ability to forget. EG,185

WHAT HAPPENS TO THE PHYSICAL BODY IN THE SECOND ATTENTION?

OUR WHOLE BODY GOES INTO THE OTHER WORLD AND BECOMES SECOND ATTENTION
The body is the first attention, the attention of the tonal. When it becomes the second attention, it simply goes into the other world. SRP,284...our whole being becomes second
attention. SRP,285
The passage from one self to the other had no physicality. EG,305.

IT IS OUR PERCEPTION THAT IS LED INTO THE NAGUAL


(rather it is the perception that was led into the nagual). TOP,244.

WHAT WOULD SOMEONE SEE IF SOMEONE DISAPPEARED INTO THE NAGUAL?

THE PERSON WOULD PROBABLY WITNESS NOTHING, MAYBE SEE A BREEZE, A STRANGE LIGHT BECAUSE THEIR EXPLANATION IS LIMITED TO THE
TONAL'S WORLD
What about someone who doesn't see?...he would witness nothing, just the trees being blown by a wild wind perhaps. We interpret any unknown expression of the nagual as
something we know; in this case the nagual might be interpreted as a breeze shaking the leaves, or even as some strange light, perhaps a lightening bug of unusual size. If a
man who doesn't see is pressed, he would say that he thought he saw something but could not remember what. This is only natural. TOP,187. The man would be talking sense.
After all, his eyes would have judged nothing extraordinary; being the eyes of the tonal they would have to be limited to the tonals world and in that world there is nothing
staggeringly new, nothing which the eyes cannot apprehend and the tonal cannot explain. TOP,188.

DISAPPEARING IN THE NAGUAL/THE NAGUAL TAKES CARE OF IT


(CC asks DJ if people can see me disappear into thin air.)..That is taken care of by the nagual. I don't know how. TOP,156..(CC asks if they are in danger of being seen by
people)....No the nagual will keep everything suspended. TOP,176.

AN AVERAGE MAN WOULD LOOK AT SOMEONE EXPERIENCING THE NAGUAL AS SOMEONE WHO IS BECOMING DISASSOCIATED
In your case, I would say that an average man would think that you are disassociated, or you're beginning to become disassociated.

YOU WOULD LOOK LIKE YOU CAME FROM NOWHERE LIKE PIECES OF FOG CAUGHT IN A WEB
you came from nowhere..all of you were like fog..you were like pieces of fog caught in a web. when we poured water on you, you became solid again. SRP,280.

TO INTERACT IN LEFT SIDE AWARENESS EVERYONE MUST BE IN THAT STATE


interaction in the left-side awareness cannot take place unless all the participants share that state. EG,182.
E-2.) TOTALITY OF OURSELVES
WHERE ARE THE TONAL AND NAGUAL LOCATED?

THE ANSWER DEPENDS ON WHAT YOUR TONAL OF YOUR TIME SAYS, INSIDE, OUTSIDE? NO ONE IS RIGHT IT DOESN'T MATTER
the tonal and nagual are within ourselves...and they are not... but neither of us would be right. The tonal of your time calls for you to maintain that everything dealing with your
feelings and thoughts takes place within yourself. The sorcerers' tonal says the opposite, everything is outside. Who's right? No one. Inside outside, it doesn't really matter.

TOTALITY OF ONESELF

WHAT IS THE TOTALITY OF ONESELF?

THE TOTALITY OF ONESELF WAS WHEN THE MIND AND DOUBLE BECOME AWARE OF EACH OTHER
The counterpart of my academic development was the enhancement of my capacity for awareness and perception: together the two develop our total being. Working together as
a unit, they took me away from the taken-for-granted life that I had been born into and socialized for as a woman, to a new area of greater perceptual possibilities than what the
normal world had in store for me. TSC,xii. impeccabilty.. a way of beating around the bush...this is the time to mention the source of everything that matters...what matters to a
warrior is arriving at the totality of oneself.TOP,11. Our reason is petty and is always at odds with our bodies. This, of course, is only a way of talking, but the triumph of a man
of knowledge is that he has joined the two together. Since you're not a man of knowledge, your body does things now that your reason cannot comprehend. TOP,85. he said
reaching the second attention made the two attentions into a single unit, and that unit was the totality of oneself. SRP,256.

YOU FEEL A JOLT WHEN THE NAGUAL SURFACES FOLLOWED BY THE FEELING OF BEING SUSPENDED BECAUSE YOUR TONAL IS BECOMING AWARE
OF THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES
I was concerned with those jolts you've had because that is the way the nagual surfaces. At those moments the tonal becomes aware of the totality of oneself. TOP,133 (..they
seemed to be momentary lapses, interruptions in my flow of awareness. They always manifested themselves as a jolt in my body followed by the sensation that I was suspended
in something.. TOP,128)..

IT IS A JOLT BECAUSE YOUR NAGUAL AND TONAL RECOGNIZE EACH OTHER.. THIS OCCURS AT DEATH
It is always a jolt because that awareness disrupts the lull. I call that awareness the totality of the being that is going to die. The idea is that at the moment of death the other
member of the true pair, the nagual, becomes fully operative and awareness and memories and perceptions stored in our calves and thighs, in our back and shoulders and neck,
begin to expand and disintegrate. Like the beads of an endless broken neckllace, they fall asunder without the binding force of life. TOP,131.

WE NEED ONLY A SMALL PORTION OF THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES TO FULFILL THE MOST COMPLEX TASKS ON LIFE

the totality of ourselves is a very tacky affair...we need only a small portion of it to fulfill the most complex tasks of our life. TOP,133...arriving at the totality of oneself is not a
matter of one's desire to agree, or of one's willingness to learn. genaro thinks that your body needs time to let the whispering of the nagual sink into you. TOP,201. I should
return (to the totality of yourself)..whenever my inner voice told me to...and in the meantime I should try to assemble all the suggestions that they had made while I was
split...by turning off your internal dialogue and letting something in you flow out and expand.. That something is your perception, but don't try and figure out what I mean. just
let the whispering of the nagual guide you. TOP,202.

DIAGRAM OF THE TOTALITY OF ONESELF

The Eight Points


+---Seeing----+

/\

Nagual Will-----Feeling-----Talking---Reason Tonal

\/

+---Dreaming--+

EIGHT POINTS MAKE THE TOTALITY OF OUR BEING/BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION


The eight points make the totality of oneself. TOP,96. Genaro and I have taught you about the eight points that make the totality of our bubble of perception. TOP,247....
These are eight points on the fibers of a luminous being. TOP,95

EACH POINT IS A WORLD


Each of these six remaining points is a world, just like feeling and understanding are two worlds for you...SR,258.

THE EIGHT POINTS CORRESPOND TO AREAS OR TO CERTAIN ORGANS IN A HUMAN BEING


The eight points correspond to areas or to certain organs, in a human being.. TOP,96.

1 & 2. THE CENTER OF REASON AND TALIKING: THE HEAD


He touched my head and said that that was the center of reason and talking. TOP,96.

3. THE CENTER OF FEELING: THE TIP OF THE STERNUM


The tip of my sternum was the centre of feeling. TOP,96.

4. WILL: THE AREA BELOW THE NAVEL


The area below the navel was will.TOP,96.

5. DREAMING: THE RIGHT SIDE AGAINST THE RIBS


Dreaming was on the right side against the ribs. TOP,96.

6. SEEING: THE LEFT SIDE


Seeing on the left. he said that sometimes seeing and dreaming were on the right side.. TOP,96.

7 & 8. THE NAGUAL AND THE TONAL MAKE UP THE LAST TWO POINTS
the last two points that make the totality of man, the nagual and the tonal. I once told you that those two points were outside of oneself and yet they were not. that is the paradox
of the luminous beings. TOP,268.

THERE ARE PROBABLY ONLY EIGHT POINTS THAT A HUMAN CAN HANDLE
as far as I know there are only eight points a man is capable of handling. perhaps men cannot go beyond that. And I said handling, not understanding, did you get that?.SR,258.

SIX OF THOSE POINTS HUMANS KNOW NOTHING ABOUT


There are, however, six more points a man is capable of handling..most men know nothing about them.. .SR,258.

THE POINTS REPRESENT A HUMAN BEING AND CAN BE DRAWN IN ANY WAY
The outer form is of no importance..these points represent a human being and can be drawn in any way you want...don't call it the body.. TOP,95

DRAWING THE DIAGRAM

ALL THE POINTS COULD BE MADE TO CONNECT WITH ONE ANOTHER INDIRECTLY
He showed me in the diagram that in essence all the points could be made to connect with one another indirectly. TOP,96.

EXAMPLE OF ONE DIAGRAM


He then spilled some ashes on the ground by the lantern, covering an area about two feet square, and drew a diagram with his fingers, a diagram that had eight points
interconnected with lines.
It was a geometrical figure. he had drawn a similiar one years before when he tried to explain to me it was not an illusion that I had observed the same leaf falling four times
from the same tree.TOP,95

THE DIAGRAM HAS TWO EPICENTERS; REASON AND WILL


The diagram in the ashes had two epicenters; one he called reason, the other will. TOP,95

REASON WAS CONNECTED DIRECTLY WITH TALKING


Reason was interconnected directly with a point he called talking. TOP,95

THROUGH TALKING, REASON WAS INDIRCETLY CONNECTED TO FEELING, DREAMING AND SEEING
Through talking, reason was indirectly connected to three other points, feeling, dreaming, and seeing. TOP,95

WILL WAS DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO FEELING, DREAMING AND SEEING BUT INDIRECTLY TO REASON AND TALKING
The other epicenter, will, was directly connected to feeling, dreaming and seeing but only indirectly to reason and talking. I remarked that the diagram was different from the
one I had recorded years before. TOP,95

THE NAGUAL AND THE TONAL WERE CONNECTED DIRECTLY ONLY TO WILL, ISOLATED FROM EACH OTHER AND WERE MORE DISTANT FROM
REASON AND TALKING THAN SEEING, DREAMING AND WILL
And finally, at the outer edge of that world one encounters the other two.The other two were connected only to will and that they were removed from feeling, dreaming, and
seeing and much more distant from talking and reason. He pointed with his finger to show that they were isolated from the rest and from each other ..TOP,96.

REASON IS A SMALLER CENTER THAN WILL BECAUSE IT IS CONNECTED TO ONE POINT ONLY
This is properly a centre that is smaller than will; it is connected only with talking.. TOP,97

ANOTHER EXAMPLE OF A DIAGRAM

DRAW EIGHT POINTS ON THE GROUND AND CIRCLE THE FIRST CALLED FEELING AND IT MOVES BETWEEN REASON AND TALKING WHICH WAS A
POINT RIGHT ABOVE THE FIRST ONE
He drew..making eight points on the ground. he circled the first point. You are here...we are all here; this is feeling, and we move from here to here. he circled the second,
which he had drawn right above number one..SR,258.

WHEN HE JOINED THE OTHER POINTS THE RESULT WAS A LONG TRAPEZOID FIGURE THAT HAD EIGHT CENTERS OF UNEVEN RADIATION
he then joined some of the eight points to the others with lines; the result was a long trapezoid figure that had eight centers of uneven radiation. SR,258.

MEANINGS OF THE DIAGRAM

MOVING BETWEEN THESE TWO POINTS FEELING AND REASON IS CALLED UNDERSTANDING
he then moved his twig back and forth between the two points to portray a heavy traffic. .SR,258. he placed his twig between points one and two and pecked on the ground with
it. To move between these two points you call understanding. You've been doing that all you life. If you say you understand my knowledge, you've done nothing new.

A HUMAN IS FIRST WILL BECAUSE IT IS DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THREE POINTS AND THEN NEXT REASON
A sorcerer says,as you can see in the diagram, that a human being is first of all will, because will is directly connected to three points, feeling,dreaming, and seeing, then next, a
human being is reason. TOP,97

WE ARE FAMILIAR WITH ONLY REASON AND TALKING AND HAVE A VAGUE SENSE OF FEELING
everyone of us brings to the world eight points. Two of them, reason and talking, are known by everyone. Feeling is always vague but somehow familiar. TOP,96.

SORCERERS ARE FAMILIAR WITH DREAMING, SEEING AND WILL


But only in the world of sorcerers does one get fully acquainted with dreaming, seeing and will. TOP,96.

NAGUAL AND THE TONAL CANNOT BE REACHED BY TALKING OR REASON ONLY CAN WILL HANDLE THEM
These two points will never yield to talking or reason..only will can handle them. Reason is so far removed from them that it is utterly useless to try figuring them out. This one
of the hardest things to realize...the forte of reason is to reason out everything. TOP,96.
F.) THE THIRD ATTENTION
WHAT IS THE THIRD ATTENTION?

THE THIRD ATTENTION IS AN IMMEASURABLE CONSCIOUSNESS STATE


the third attention- an immensurable consciousness which engages undefinable aspects of the awareness of the physical and luminous bodies. EG,18

THE THIRD ATTENTION IS KEEPING THE AWARENESS WHICH IS USUALLY RELINQUISHED AT THE MOMENT OF DYING
that to cross over to freedom did not mean eternal life as eternity is commonly understood- that is as living forever. What the rule stated was that one could keep the awareness
which is ordinarily relinquished at the moment of dying...EG,178,179

A SOMERSAULT OF THOUGHT INTO THE INCONCEIVABLE WHICH IS THE ACT OF BREAKING OUR PERCEPTUAL BARRIERS. IT IS THE MOMENT IN
WHICH MAN'S PERCEPTION REACHES ITS LIMITS.
...a somersault of thought into the inconceivable which is the act of breaking our perceptual barriers. It is the moment in which man's perception reaches its limits. POS,122

WHY CAN'T WE PERCEIVE IN THE THIRD ATTENTION?

BECAUSE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT CANNOT CLUSTER ANYTHING


The unknowable is an eternity where our AP has no way of clustering anything. (that's why its unknowable) FFW,142.

THE UNKNOWABLE HAS NO ENERGIZING EFFECTS WHATSOEVER/IT IS COSTLY TO EXPERIENCE IT


the unknowable has no energizing effects whatsoever. It is not within human reach; therefore it should not be intruded upon foolishly or even prudentlythe new seers realized
that they had to be prepared to pay exorbitant prices for the faintest contact with it. FFW,50...

THE THIRD AWARENESS IS MEANINGLESS TO OUR COMPARTMENTALIZED MINDS BUT THE FOCUS WAS TO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT SUCH A STATE
CAN EXIST
this kind of awareness (of the third attention) is meaningless to our compartmentalized minds. Therefore the crux of the warrior's struggle was not so much to realize that the
crossing over stated in the rule meant crossing to the third attention, but rather to conceive that there exists such an awareness at all. EG,179.

WHAT HAPPENS TO US WHEN WE GO INTO THE THIRD ATTENTION?

THE GLOW OF AWARENESS KINDLES ALL OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON WHICH IS CALLED THE FIRE FROM WITHIN
Third attention is attained when the glow of awareness turns into the fire from within; a glow that kindles not one band at a time but all the Eagle's emanations inside the man's
cocoon. FFW,85..fire from within.. the job of realigning all those emanations paves the way for the peculiar maneuver of lighting up all the emanations inside the cocoon.
FFW,202... Yet it is nothing (the glow from a state of heightened awareness) in comparison to the glow produced by a state of total awareness, which is seen as a burst of
incandescence in the entire luminous egg. It is an explosion of light of such a magnitude that the boundaries of the shell are diffused and the inside emanations extend
themselves beyond anything imaginable. That is the moment when the fire from within consumes them. And in full awareness they fuse themselves to the emanations at large,
and glide into eternity. FFW,131,132

EVERY CELL BECOMES AWARE OF ITSELF AND WE BECOME AWARE OF THE TOTALITY OF OUR BODY
at the moment of crossing, one enters into the third attention, and the body in its entirety is kindled with knowledge. Every cell at once becomes aware of itself, and also aware
of the totality of the body. EG,178,179....
G.) SEX/CHILDREN
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF SEX?

THE EAGLE'S COMMAND SAYS THAT SEX IS FOR BESTOWING THE GLOW OF AWARENESS.
the Eagle's command says that sex is for bestowing the glow of awareness. It is the Eagle's command that sexual energy be used for creating life. Through sexual energy, the
eagle bestows awareness. So when sentient beings are engaged in sexual intercourse, the emanations inside their cocoons do their best to bestow awareness to the new sentient
being they are creating... during the sexual act, the emanations encased inside the cocoon of both partners undergo a profound agitation, the culmination point of which is a
merging, a fusing of two pieces of the glow of awareness, one from each partner, that seperate from their cocoons.FFW,76.. Sexual intercourse is always a bestowal of
awareness even though the bestowal may not be consolidated.. the emanations inside the cocoon of human beings don't know of intercourse for fun. FFW,77

WHAT HAPPENS TO WOMEN AFTER SEX?

ENERGY WORMS INSIDE A WOMAN/DESCRIPTION

men leave specific energy lines inside the body of women. They are like luminous tapeworms that move inside the womb, sipping up energy. they are put there... to ensure that
a steady supply of energy ches the man who deposited them. Those lines of energy, established through sexual intercourse, collect and steal energy from the female body to
benefit the male who left them there. TSC,52,53 ...someone (man) left his energy inside you and walked off with a ton of yours. Do you want those men you had to continue
feeding from your energy? Do you want those men to get stronger as you get stronger? Do you want to be their source of energy for the rest of your life? No. I don't think you
understand the importance of the sexual act or the scope of the recapitulation. TSC,51...
Women are reared to be easily seduced by men, without the slightest idea of the consequences of sexual intercourse in terms of energy drainage it produces in them. TSC,54.
It's bad enough that one man leaves energy lines inside a woman's body.. although that is necessary for having offspring and ensuring their survivial. But to have the energy
lines of ten or twenty men inside her feeding off her luminosity is more than anyone can bear. TSC,54
Now I know he was accurate in his assessments, because I can see the wormlike filaments in women's bodies for myself. TSC,53.

SHE CARRIES THE WORMS FOR SEVEN YEARS


A woman carries those luminous worms for seven years.. after which time they disappear or fade out. But the wretched part is that when the seven years are about to be up, the
whole army of worms, from the very first man a woman had to the very last one, all become agitated at once so that the woman is driven to have sexual intercourse again. then
all the worms spring to life stronger than ever to feed off the woman's luminous energy for another seven years. it really is a never-ending cycle. if the woman is celibate..the
worms die out.. if she can resist having sex for seven years. But it's nearly impossible for a woman to remain celibate like that in our day and age, unless she becomes a nun, or
has money to support herself. TSC,54.

WOMEN SUPPORT THE SOCIAL ORDER/BIOLOGICAL IMPERATIVE


she explained that women, more so than men, are the true supporters of the social order, and that to fulfill this role, they have been reared uniformly the world over, to be at the
service of men. it makes no difference whether they are bought right off the slave block, or they are courted and loved.. Their fundamental purpose and fate is still the same: to
nourish, shelter and serve men. TSC,52. The diabolical part of women's servile position is that it doesn't appear to be merely a social prescription.. but a biological imperative.
TSC,52. She explained that every species has a biological imperative to perpetuate itself, and that nature has provided tools in order to ensure that the merging of female and
male energies takes place in the most efficient way. She said that in the human realm, although the primary function of sexual intercourse is procreation, it also has a secondary
and covert function, which is to ensure a continual flow of energy from women to men. TSC,52....Nature's imperative is to perpetuate our species.. in order to ensure that this
continues to take place, women have to carry an excessive burden at their basic level. And that means a flow of energy that taxes women. TSC,53. Women are the foundation
for perpetuating the human species... the bulk of the energy comes from them, not only to gestate, give birth and nourish their offspring, but also for ensuring the male plays his
part in this whole process. Clara explained that ideally this process ensures that a woman feeds her man energetically through the filaments he left inside her body, so that the
man becomes mysteriously dependent on her at an ethereal level. This is expressed in the overt behavior of the man returning to the same woman again and again to maintain
his source of sustenance. TSC,53. That way..nature ensures that men, in addition to their immediate drive for sexual gratification, set up more permanent bonds with women.
TSC,54 Not only is it a biological imperative that women have sexual intercourse, but it is also a social mandate. TSC,55. She said that since we are unable to see the flow of
energy, we may be needlessly perpetuating patterns of behavior or emotional interpretations associated with this unseen flow of energy. For instance, for society to demand that
women marry or at least offer themselves to men is wrong, as it is wrong for women to feel unfulfilled unless they have a man's semen inside them. It is true that a man's energy
lines give them purpose, make them fulfill their biological destinies: feeding men and their offspring. But human beings are intelligent enough to demand of themselves more
than merely the fulfillment of the reproduction imperative: She said that, for example, to evolve is an equal if not a greater imperative than to reproduce; and that, in this case,
evolving entails the awakening of women to their true role in the energetic scheme of reproduction. TSC,55.

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE HAVE A CHILD?

THE PARENTS' GLOW OF AWARENESS DIMINISHES AND THE CHILD'S INCREASES


Seers see that on having a child, the parents' glow of awareness diminishes and the child's increases. In some supersensitive, frail parents, the glow of awareness almost
disappears. FFW,78

AS CHILDREN ENHANCE THEIR AWARENESS, A BIG DARK SPOT DEVELOPS IN THE LUMINOUS COCOON OF THE PARENTS
As children enhance their awareness, a big dark spot develops in the luminous cocoon of the parents, on the very place from which th glow was taken away. It is usually on the
midsection of the cocoon. FFW,78 These energy fibers left in women's wombs also become merged with the energy makeup of the offspring, should conception take place... It
may be the rudiments of family ties, for the energy from the father merges with that of the fetus, and enables the man to sense that the child is his own...TSC,54

WHAT HAPPENS TO YOUR LUMINOUS EGG WHEN YOU HAVE CHILDREN?

THE EGGS WILL DEVELOP BLACK SPOTS IN THEM WHICH ARE AREAS OF NO LUMINOSITY CALLED AN INCOMPLETE PERSON
..many of the luminous eggs had black spots on them, huge spots below the midsection. Others did not. La Gorda had told me that reproduction affects the bodies of both men
and women by causing a hole to appear below the stomach, but the spots on those luminous eggs did not seem like holes to me. They were areas with no luminosity, but there
was no depth to them. Those that had the black spots seemed to be mellow, tired; the crest of their egg shape was wilted, it looked opaque in comparison with the rest of their
glow. EG,45 Descriptions of...incomplete person, patches in the luminosity and how it got there.. SRP,106,107,108 ..edges taken from children. SRP,117,118

HOW DOES A BLACK SPOT DEVELOP IN THE EGG?

THE EMBRYO CONSUMES A FILAMENT LEAVING A HOLE


The embryo, in order to accomplish its growth, attaches itself to one of those nurturing roots and thoroughly consumes it, leaving only a hole. EG,46

A COMPLETE PERSON IS ONE WHO HAS NEVER HAD CHILDREN


A complete person is one who has never had children. SRP,106. ..So a sorcerer who is empty has to regain completeness. SRP,119,122. Being complete to be pushed or pulled.
SRP,139.
H.) DEATH
WHAT IS DEATH?

DEATH CAN ONLY BE TALKED ABOUT IN PERSONAL TERMS


death is nothing. Nothing! It is here yet it isn't here at all...I cannot tell you what death is like. But perhaps I could tell you about your own death. I can't talk about death except
in personal terms...I told you my son's life expanded at the time of his personal death.. death whatever it is, made his life expand. SR,195.

DEATH IS WHATEVER ONE WISHES IT TO BE/DEPENDS ON PERSONAL POWER


Death is not like a person. It is rather a presence. But one may also choose to say it is nothing and yet it is everything. One will be right on every count. Death is whatever one
wishes. it is the same for every warrior and yet it is not. Death witnesses a warrior's last dance, but the manner in which a warrior sees his death is a personal matter. it could be
anything- a bird, a light, a person, a bush, a pebble, a piece of fog, or an unknown presence. JTI,156, 157 ..(CC asks if your culture determines how you see your death.) it
doesn't matter how one was brought up. What determines the way one does anything is personal power. A man is only the sum of his personal power and that sum determines
how he lives and how he dies. JTI,157

WHERE DO WE FIND DEATH?

DEATH IS ALWAYS TO ONE'S LEFT


..death is the hunter and that it is always to one's left.JTI,35.

DEATH IS A BLACK SPOT RIGHT BEHIND THE LEFT SHOULDER


..that our death was a black spot right behind the left shoulder. POS, 34...I turned and I thought I saw a flickering movement over the boulder. A chill ran through my body, the
muscles of my abdomen contracted involuntarily and I experienced a jolt, a spasm.. JTI,33 death is our eternal companion,,it is always to our left, at an arm's length.... JTI,33

DEATH'S PRESCENCE IS MARKED AS A CHILL


and you felt its chill. It has always been watching you. it always will until the day it taps you. JTI,33. Your death gave you a little warning..it always comes as a chill.

DYING

HOW DO YOU KNOW WHEN SOMEONE IS CLOSE TO DYING?

WHEN A DARK SPOT BECAME A MOVING SHADOW THE EXACT SAME SIZE AND SHAPE OF THE PERSON IT BELONGED TO
..sorcerers knew when a person was close to dying because they could see the dark spot, which became a moving shadow the exact size and shape of the person to whom it
belonged. POS,34

YOU DON'T FEEL PAIN IN A FIGHT FOR YOUR LIFE


death is only painful only when it happens in one's bed, in sickness. In a fight for your life, you feel no pain. If you feel anything, it's exultation. POS,212.

WHY DO WE DIE?

WE DIE WHEN WE CANNOT COMMAND OUR WILL ANY LONGER


It is his will which assembles a sorcerer.. but as his old age makes him feeble his will wanes and a moment unavoidably comes when he is no longer capable of commanding his
will. He then has nothing with which to oppose the silent force of his death, and his life becomes like the lives of all his fellow men, an expanding fog moving beyond its limits.
SR,198.

HOW DOES OUR COCOON BECOME WEAK?

IF THERE IS AN INVOLUNTARY SHIFT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT THE ROLLING FORCE CRACKS THE COCOON AND THE TUMBLER HITS THE
CRACK CEASELESSLY
When the AP shifts involuntarily, the RF cracks the cocoon. FFW,245. The tumbler hits us in the gap in the cocoon ceaselessly and this is where the cocoon cracks. FFW,245.

IF THE SHIFT IS SMALL THEN THE COCOON REPAIRS ITSELF AND PEOPLE EXPERIENCE BLOTHCHES OF COLOR AND CONTORTED SHAPES
If it is a minor shift of the AP, the crack is very small, the cocoon quickly repairs itself and people experience.. blotches of color and contorted shapes, which remain even if the
eyes are closed. FFW,245

IF THE SHIFT IS BIG (WHEN USING POWER PLANTS OR DRUGS) THEN IT TAKES TIME FOR THE COCOON TO REPAIR ITSELF THESE PEOPLE
EXPERIENCE NUMBNESS AND COLD AND HAVE DIFFICULTY TALKING OR THINKING
If the shift is considerable, the crack also is extensive and it takes time for the cocoon to repair itself, as in the case of warriors who purposely use power plants to elicit that shift
or people who take drugs and unwittingly do the same. In these cases men feel numb and cold; they have difficulty talking or thinking; it is as if they have been frozen from
inside. FFW,245.

IF THE SHIFT IS DRASTIC BECAUSE OF TRAUMA OR DISEASE, THE ROLLING FORCE PRODUCES A CRACK THE LENGTH OF THE COCOON AND THE
COCOON COLLAPSES AND THE PERSON DIES
In cases in which the AP shifts drastically because of the effects of trauma or of a mortal disease, the RF produces a crack the length of the cocoon; the cocoon collapses and
curls in on itself, and the individual dies. FFW,245. As the tumbler hits us over and over, death comes to us through the gap. FFW,245.When it finds weakness in the gap of a
luminous being it automatically cracks it open and makes it collapse. FFW,245.

HOW DOES THE ROLLING FORCE KILL US?

WHEN WE BECOME WEAK, THE TUMBLER FORCE TUMBLES THE CREATURE INTO THE BEAK OF THE EAGLE TO BE DEVOURED
....Luminous organic beings meet the rolling force head on, until the day when the force proves to much for them and the creatures finally collapse. ..the tumbler then tumbles
the creature into the beak of the Eagle to be devoured... FFW,243.

WHAT HAPPENS TO US WHEN WE DIE?

DEATH HAS TWO STAGES: THE FIRST IS A MEANINGLESS BLACKOUT STAGE, THE SECOND STAGE IS WHEN DEATH DISSOLVES US INTO NOTHING
Death has two stages. The first is a blackout. it is a meaningless stage, very similar to the first effect of mescalito, in which one experiences a lightness that makes one feel
happy, complete, and that everything in the world is at ease. But that is only a shallow state; it soon vanishes and one enters a new realm, a realm of harshness and power. That
second stage is the real encounter with Mescalito. Death is very much like this. ..it is the real stage where one meets with death; it is a brief moment, after the first blackout,
when we find that we are somehow ourselves again. It is then that death smashes against us with quiet fury and power until it dissolves our lives into nothing.... SR,196.

DESCRIPTION OF DEATH COMING AND SMASHING YOU TO EXPAND AND THE DISSOLVE YOU
If you'd look closer, you'd realize that it is a cloud that looks like a shiny whorl. it would resemble, let's say, a face, right in the middle of the sky on front of you. As you
watched it, you would see it moving backward until it was only a brilliant point in the distance, and then you would notice that it began moving toward you again; it would pick
up speed and in a blink of an eye it would smash against the windshield of your car. You are strong. I'm sure it would take death a couple of whams to get to you.... the face
would enter inside you and then you'd know-it was the ally's face all the time, or it was me talking, or you writing. Death was nothing all the time. Nothing. it was a little dot
lost in the sheets of your notebook. And yet it would enter inside you with uncontrollable force and would make you expand; it would make you flat and extend you over the
sky and the earth and beyond. And you would like a fog of tiny crystals moving, moving away. SR,197

DEATH BEGINS TO ENTER US THROUGH OUR LUMINOUS GAP


Death enters through the belly..right through the gap of the will. That area is the most important and sensitive part of man. It is the area of the will and also the area through
which all of us die. SR,197,198

OUR LUMINOUS LAYERS BECOME SEPERATED PERMANENTLY BECAUSE OF JOLTS


We die because our layers become seperated.. jolts are always seperating them but they get together again. Sometimes, though, the jolt is so great that the layers get loose and
can't get back together anymore. SRP,253. When human beings are healthy they are like luminous eggs, but if they are injured they begin to peel, like an onion. SRP,254. We
can see death whirling around the man, setting its hooks deeper and deeper into his luminous fibers. We can see the luminous strings losing their tautness and vanishing one by
one. TOP,113.
Jolts of any kind seperate those layers and can even cause human beings to die. SRP,253

THE CENTER OF OUR LUMINOSITY (THE ATTENTION OF THE NAGUAL) IS ALWAYS PUSHING OUT AND THAT'S WHAT LOOSENS THE LAYERS
Death pushes the layers aparts.... the center of our luminosity, which is the attention of the nagual, is always pushing out, and that's what loosens the layers. So it's easy for
death to come in between them and push them completely apart. Sorcerer have to do their best to keep their own layers closed. SRP,254

WE DON'T REALIZE THAT WE HAVE THE SECOND ATTENTION UNTIL OUR DEATH.
Our second ring of power, the attention of the nagual remains hidden for the immense majority of us, and only at the moment of our death is it revealed to us. SRP,242

WE EXPERIENCE A JOLT WHEN WE REALIZE OUR TOTALITY AT DEATH


At those moments the tonal becomes aware of the totality of oneself. TOP,133 when we die, we die with the totality of ourselves..if we're going to die with the totality of
ourselves, why not, then, live with that totality?. TOP,133. ...It is always a jolt because that awareness disrupts the lull. I call that awareness the totality of the being that is
going to die. The idea is that at the moment of death the other member of the true pair, the nagual, becomes fully operative and awareness and memories and perceptions stored
in our calves and thighs, in our back and shoulders and neck, begin to expand and disintegrate. Like the beads of an endless broken neckllace, they fall asunder without the
binding force of life. TOP,131. if we die without erasing our false dualism of body and mind, we die an ordinary death. TSC,43

OUR ENERGY FROM ALL THE UNUSED EMANATIONS ARE RELEASED (FIRE FROM WITHIN)

at the moment of death is that all that energy is released at once.. living beings at that moment become flooded by the most inconceivable force. It is not the rolling force that
has cracked their gaps, because that force never enters inside the cocoon; it only makes it collapse. What floods them is the force of all the emanations that are suddenly aligned
after being dormant for a lifetime. There is no outlet for such a giant force except to escape through the gap. FFW,273.

THE DOUBLE BECOMES FREE


and the light part, the double, becomes free TSC,43

THE DOUBLE IS FREE ONLY FOR AN INSTANT BECAUSE IT WAS NEVER PERFECTED/WE DIE AN ORDINARY DEATH
But unfortunately, since the double was never perfected, it experiences freedom for only an instant, before it is scattered into the universe. If we die without erasing our false
dualism of body and mind, we die an ordinary death. TSC,43 (And here is the mystery of our being in a nutshell.. if you drive this concept through all religions, mystical
experiences and sages throughout time..there are no contradictions... every experience and every religion strives to have contact with the double and because everyone's rational
side interprets the double differently the experiences are different. 7/18/94)

WE EXPAND AT DEATH LIKE A FOG OF CRYSTALS


I shifted my eyes so I would see his personal life disintegrating, expanding uncontrollably beyond its limits, like a fog of crystals, because that is the way of life and death mix
and expand. SR,90. at the moment of dying, all of our being disintegrates under the attraction of that immense force. FFW,59

WE ENTER THE THIRD ATTENTION FOR AN INSTANT BUT ONLY TO PURIFY OUR AWARENESS FOR THE EAGLE TO DEVOUR US.
There is nothing gorgeous or peaceful about death.. because the real terror begins upon dying. With that incalculable force you felt in there, the Eagle will squeeze out of you
every flicker of awareness you have ever had. EG,243 ... upon dying our awareness also enters into the third attention; but only for an instant, as a purging action, just before
the Eagle devours it. EG,247. TOP,131. at the moment of dying all human beings enter into the unknowable and some of them do attain the third attention, but altogether too
briefly and only to purify the food for the Eagle. FFW,85 The seers saw that the awareness of sentient beings flies away at the moment of death and floats like a luminous
cotton puff right into the Eagle's beak to be consumed... FFW,55..

OUR PHYSICAL BODY IS RETURNED AND ABSORBED BY THE EARTH


At death, the heavier part, the body returns to earth to be absorbed by it, TSC,43
A.) INTUITION
THE NAGUAL EXISTS BELOW THE SURFACE BUT WE ARE INTUITIVELY AWARE OF IT

WE ARE DEEPER THAN WE LOOK AND HAVE NO KNOWLEDGE OF IT


...that the human psyche is infinitely more complex than our mundane or academic reasoning had led us to believe. TAOD, iii..People have no idea of the strange power we
carry within ourselves.. at this moment you have the means to reach infinity. POS,84 ..human beings have a very deep sense of magic..we are part of the mysterious....rationality
is only a veneer with us. If we scratch that surface, we find a sorcerer underneath. POS,174..

HE SAID THAT THE FEELING EVERYONE KNOWS AS INTUITION IS THE ACTIVATION OF OUR LINK WITH INTENT
He said that the feeling everyone knows as intuition is the activation of our link with intent. POS,31 and inside every human being was a gigantic, dark lake of silent knowledge
which each of us could intuit. POS,152,155

THE PRESENCE OF THE DOUBLE INSIDE US IS SO SUBTLE THAT WE CAN THROUGH OUR ENTIRE LIVES WITHOUT EVER KNOWING THAT IT IS THERE
The presence of the double inside us is so subtle that we can through our entire lives without ever knowing that it is there.TSC,159.

SOME PEOPLE CAN CONTROL THEIR DOUBLE BUT MOST OF US DO NOT EVEN KNOW IT EXISTS
Some persons are masters of the double.. they cannot only focus their awareness on it but also spur it into action. The majority of us, however, are scarcely aware that our
ethereal side exists. TSC,136.

B.)THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT'S HABITUAL POSITION HAS CHANGED


HAS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ALWAYS BEEN IN ITS CURRENT HABITUAL POSITION?

A LONG TIME AGO, OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT WAS NOT ON THE POSITION IT IS TODAY BUT RATHER ON THE PLACE OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE.
SILENT KNOWLEDGE HAD BEEN THE NORMAL POSITION OF MAN AGES AGO

....it was a general position on the AP that ages ago it had been man's normal position...POS,204.. ..there had been one time when mankind had been on the third point.
POS,243.. when silent knowledge was the first point POS,243 ...the whole of humanity has moved away from the abstract, although at one time we must have been close to it. It
must have been our sustaining force. And then something happened and pulled us away from the abstract. Now we can't get back to it POS,52

THE NORMAL POSITION OF MAN HAS CHANGED TO THE POSITION OF REASON FOR UNKNOWN REASONS
but for reasons which would be impossible to determine, man's AP moved and adopted a new one called reason. POS,204..

WHAT PROBABLY MOVED THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO ITS CURRENT HABITUAL POSITION?

THE TRUE LEADERS OF MANKIND ARE THOSE PEOPLE WHOSE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS SQUARELY ON THE POSITION OF REASON OR SILENT
KNOWLEDGE
...not every human being's AP was squarely on that position either.. This meant that the true leaders of mankind had always been the few human beings whose AP happened to
be either on the exact point of reason or of silent knowledge. The rest of humanity was merely the audience. In our day, they were the lovers of reason. In the past, they had
been lovers of silent knowledge. They were the ones who had admired and sung odes to the heroes of either position. POS,243 ..those who were on the spot itself were the true
leaders of mankind. Most of the time they were unknown people whose genius was the exercising of their reason. POS.242

TO SEE THE POSITION OF REASON YOU HAD TO BE FIXED ON THE POSITION OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE
..only those who were squarely in either position could see the other position clearly and that that had been the way the age of reason came into being. The position of reason
was clearly seen from the position of silent knowledge... POS, 243, 244

THE ONE WAY BRIDGE FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE TO REASON IS CALLED CONCERN
the one way bridge from silent knowledge to reason was called concern. That is, the concern that true men of silent knowledge had about the source of what they knew. POS,
243, 244

THE ASSEMBLAGE POSITION THE PLACE OF CONCERN WAS THE FORERUNNER OF REASON
the AP position the place of concern was the forerunner of reason... POS,204

SO AS SOON AS THE OLD LEADERS BECAME CONCERNED THEY BEGAN TO THINK ABOUT THEMSELVES

WHEN MAN BECAME AWARE THAT HE KNEW HE LOST SIGHT OF WHAT HE KNEW BECAUSE HE WANTED TO KNOW IT LIKE HE KNOWS EVERYDAY
LIFE
Sorcerers believe that when man became aware that he knew, he lost sight of what he knew. Man's error was to want to know it directly, the way he knew everyday life. The
more he wanted, the more ephemereal it became... man gave up silent knowledge for the world of reason..the more he clings to the world of reason, the more ephemereal intent
becomes.. POS,155

ANCIENT MAN KNEW IN A DIRECT FASHION WHAT TO DO BUT THIS DEVELOPED A SENSE OF SELFISHNESS WHICH DEVELOPED THE 'SELF'
...ancient man knew, in the most direct fashion, what to do, and how best to do it. But, because he performed so well, he started to develop a sense of selfness, which gave him
the feeling he could predict and plan the actions he used to performing. And thus the idea of individual 'self' appeared; an individual self which began to dictate the nature and
scope of man's actions...POS,167

HAVING A SENSE OF SELF DISCONNECTED MAN FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE


...it was self-reflection that had disconnected man from the spirit in the first place. POS,167....As the feeling of the individual self became stronger, man lost his natural
connection to silent knowledge.. POS,158

SINCE MAN COULDN'T RETURN TO SILENT KNOWLEDGE HE SOUGHT SOLACE IN HIS SELFISHNESS AND THIS FIXED HIS ASSEMBLAGE POINT INTO
PLACE
...Having lost hope of ever returning to the source of everything, man sought solace in his selfness. And in doing so, he succeeded in fixing his AP in the exact position to
perpetuate his self-image. POS,158.....

DO WE EVER WANT TO RETURN TO THE POSITION OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE?

WE LONG FOR THE POSITION OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE BECAUSE MANKIND HAD SPENT A LONGER PART OF ITS HISTORY THERE
The naugal stated that mankind had spent the longer part of its history in the position of silent knowledge, and that this explained our great longing for it. POS,243

GARDEN OF EDEN IS PROBABLY AN ALLEGORY FOR OUR LOSING OUR KNOWLEDGE OF INTENT
..... and that the Christian idea of being cast out from the Garden of Eden.. was probably an allegory for losing our silent knowledge, our knowledge of intent. POS,114
WHAT HAS HAPPENED TO HUMANS SINCE THEY CANNOT GET BACK TO THE PLACE OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE?

TO EXPRESS HIS DESPAIR FROM BEING AWAY FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE HE DOES CYNICAL OR VIOLENT ACTS WITH NO HOPE OF PEACE OR
SATISFACTION
Modern man, being heir to that development, therefore finds himself so hopelessly removed from the source of everything that all he can do is express his despair in violent and
cynical acts of self-destruction. Don Juan asserted that the reason for man's cynicism and despair is the bit of silent knowledge left in him, which does two things: one, it gives
man an inkling of his ancient connection to the source of everything, and two, it makes man feel that without this connection, he has no hope of peace, of satisfaction, of
attainment. POS,158

MODERN MAN IS NOW IN THE WORLD OF THE FUNCTIONAL AND BORING


....modern man has left the realm of the unknown and mysterious, and has settled down in the realm of the functional. He has turned his back to the world of foreboding and the
exulting and has welcomed the world of boredom. FFW,167

IT HAS MADE US BECOME DIVIDED AND WE NOW WE THINK IN OPPOSITES/PAIRS

WHY DO HUMANS THINK WE ARE DIVIDED INTO OPPOSITES?

BEING DIVIDED IS OUR HUMAN CONDITION


Being divided is our human condition.. TSC,43

WHY DO HUMANS ALWAYS MAKE PAIRS?

AS SOON AS WE BECOME TONAL WE BEGIN MAKING PAIRS BECAUSE WE SENSE THE LOSS OF THE NAGUAL
From the moment we become tonal we begin making pairs. We sense our two sides, but we always represent them with items of the tonal. We say that the two parts of us are
the soul and the body. Our mind and matter. Or good and evil. God and Satan. We never realize, however, that we are merely pairing things on the island....TOP,126.

HOW DO HUMANS THINK WE ARE DIVIDED?

WE THINK THAT THE DUALISM IN US IS BETWEEN THE MIND AND BODY


Clara explained that we are convinced that a dualism exists in us; the mind is the insubstantial part of ourselves, and the body is the concrete part. TSC,43

HOW DOES THIS BELIEF OF BEING DIVIDED HURT US?

THIS FALSE BELIEF OF OUR MIND/BODY DUALISM KEEPS OUR ENERGY FROM JOINING TOGETHER
This division keeps our energy in a state of chaotic separation and prevents it from coalescing. TSC,43

HOW ARE HUMANS REALLY DIVIDED?

Humans are divided into the only true opposites: the tonal and the nagual

WHY ARE THE TONAL AND NAGUAL REALLY THE TRUE OPPOSITES?

ALL OF THE LABELS HUMANS USE FOR THEIR DIVISIONS ARE FOUND IN THE REALM OF THE TONAL..
(CC's arguement that the Transcendental Ego is the Nagual and the Empirical ego is the tonal.) TOP,138. ...everything else you may care to say are only items on the island of
the tonal. TOP,138(using the name nagual doesn't that place it on the tonal?) ...I have named the tonal and the nagual as a true pair. That is all I have done. TOP,127.

C.) SELF-IMPORTANCE AND THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE

WHY DO WE ONLY PERCEIVE IN THE FIRST ATTENTION?

THE FIRST ATTENTION EMPHASIZES ONLY CERTAIN EMANATIONS

TO BRING OUR WORLD IN FOCUS CERTAIN EMANATIONS MUST BE EMPHASIZED


...in order for our first attention to bring into focus the world that we perceive, it has to emphasize certain emanations selected from the narrow band of emanations where man's
awareness is located. The discarded emanations are still within our reach but remain dormant, unknown to us for the duration of our lives. FFW,127.

WE CAN'T PERCEIVE THE NAGUAL BECAUSE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT CLUSTERS EMANATIONS FOR THE FIRST ATTENTION ONLY AND NEVER
CLUSTERS EMANATIONS FOR THE SECOND ATTENTION
the AP is responsible for making the first attention perceive in terms of clusters. FFW,142 An example of a cluster of emanations that receive emphasis together is the human
body as we perceive it. Another part of our total being, our luminous cocoon, never receives emphasis and is relegated to oblivion; FFW,142

WE SELECT THOSE EMANATIONS BECAUSE WE WERE TAUGHT THAT THOSE EMANATIONS ARE PERCEIVABLE AND BECAUSE OUR ASSEMBLAGE
POINT SELECT AND PREPARE THOSE EMANATIONS FOR BEING USED
Human beings repeatedly chose the same emanations for perceiving because of two reasons. First, and most important, because we have been taught that those emanations are
perceivable and second because our AP select and prepare those emanations for being used. FFW,136

WHAT DETERMINES WHAT PRECISE EMANATIONS WILL BE USED?

OUR LIMITED ENERGY IS SYSTEMATICALLY DEPLOYED IN ORDER THAT IT MAY BE USED MOST ADVANTAGEOUSLY BY THE MODALITY OF TIME
an energy that is systematically deployed, beginning at the moment of birth, in order that it may be used most advantageously by the modality of time... POS,8

WHAT IS THE MODALITY OF TIME? (TONAL OF THE TIMES)

TIME DECIDES WHICH MODE OUR REALITY IS IN OR WHAT PRECISE BUNDLE OF ENERGY FIELD WE ARE USING
the modality of time is the precise bundle of energy fields being perceived..I believe man's perception has changed through the ages. The actual time decides the mode; the time
decides which precise bundle of energy fields, out of an incalcuable number are to be used...And handling the modality of time- those few, selected energy fields- takes all our
available energy, leaving us nothing that would help us use any of the other energy fields. POS,8

TO KEEP A CONTINUITY OF PERCEPTION THESE ALIGNMENTS ARE CONSTANTLY RENEWED WHICH REINFORCES WHAT ALIGNMENT WE
HABITUATE ON
ALIGNMENT IS CEASELESSLY RENEWED IN ORDER TO GIVE PERCEPTION CONTINUITY
the new seers examined how the perception of the world of everyday life takes place and saw the effects of will. They saw that alignment is ceaselessly renewed in order to
imbue perception with continuity. FFW,190.

TO KEEP THE PERCEPTION OF OUR WORLD FRESH, THE BURSTS OF ENERGY FROM OUR HABITUAL ALIGNMENTS IS REROUTED TO REINFORCE OUR
CHOICE ALIGNMENTS
To renew alignment every time with the freshness that it needs to make up a living world, the bursts of energy that comes out of those very alignments is automatically rerouted
to reinforce some choice alignments. FFW,190.

THE HABITUAL POSITION OF MAN'S ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS BROUGHT ABOUT BY HABITUATION/CERTAIN EMANATIONS WERE ROUTINELY
ALIGNED
..the assemblage point's habitual location is not innate but brought about by habituation. (old sorcerers saw children's AP constantly fluttering).TAOD,75, 76, 77....Certain
emanations are routinely aligned because of the fixation of the AP on one specific spot; that is all there is to our world. FFW,303

WHAT ARE THE RESULTS BROUGHT ABOUT BY US BEING ON THE HABITUAL POSITION?

WE BECOME VERY SELF-REFLECTIVE

ALL LIVING BEINGS HAVE SOME DEGREE OF SELF-REFLECTION IN ORDER FOR THEM TO INTERACT BUT NONE HAS MAN'S HIGH DEGREE OF SELF-
ABSORPTION
..the awareness of all living beings has a degree of self-reflection in order for them to interact. But none except man's first attention has such a high degree of self-absorption.
FFW,93

THE FIRST ATTENTION TAKES AN INVENTORY OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS INSIDE THEIR COCOONS/ IT NOTES EVERYTHING ABOUT ITSELF/WE
ONLY QUIET OUR EMANATIONS TO REFLECT ON OURSELVES
instead, their first attention takes an inventory of the Eagle's emanations inside their cocoons. FFW,92 inventory.. human beings take notice of the emanations they have inside
their cocoons.. No other creatures do that. the moment the pressure from the emanations at large fixates the emanations inside, the first attention begins to watch itself. It notes
everything about itself, or at least it tries to, in whatever aberrant ways it can. FFW,92...seers see the emanations inside the cocoon of man are not quieted down for purposes of
matching them with those outside... human beings quiet down their emanations and then reflect on them. The emanations focus on themselves. FFW,92 the new seers realized
that all organic beings, except man, quiet down their agitated trapped emanations so that those emanations can align themselves with their matching ones outside. Human beings
do not do that; FFW,92 seers see the emanations inside the cocoon of man are not quieted down for purposes of matching them with those outside... FFW,92

WHAT IS AN INVENTORY?

THE INVENTORY IS THE MIND


The inventory is the mind. POS,173.

KNOWING AN INVENTORY IS WHAT MAKES A MAN OR SCHOLAR AN EXPERT IN HIS FIELD


Inventory..human beings are creatures of inventory. Knowing the ins and outs of a particular inventory is what makes a man a scholar or an expert in his field...POS,173.

WE MUST TAKE AN INVENTORY IT IS THE EAGLE'S COMMAND


to take an inventory is the Eagle's command. FFW,93

EXAMPLES OF OUR INVENTORYS..

LITERAL-MINDEDNESS
literal-mindedness is a major item of our inventory, and that we have to be aware of it to bypass it. TSC,85.

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE TAKE THE INVENTORY TOO FAR?

TWO THINGS MAY HAPPEN: HUMANS MAY IGNORE THE IMPULSES OF THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE (REASON) OR THEY MAY USE THEM IN A
SPECIALIZED WAY (SELF-ABSORPTION)
.... Human beings carry the command of taking an inventory to its logical extreme and disregard everything else. Once they are deeply involved in the inventory, two things
may happen. They may ignore the impulses of the emanations at large, or they may use them in a very specialized way....FFW,92 The end result of ignoring those impulses after
taking an inventory is a unique state called reason. FFW,92 The result of using every impulse in a specialized way is known as self-absorption. FFW,92.... Contrary to men of
reason, who ignore the impulse of the emanations at large, the self-absorbed individuals use every impulse and turn them all into a force to stir the trapped emanations inside
their cocoons. FFW,93

REASON

REASON IS A BY-PRODUCT OF THE HABITUAL POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT


Reason is only a by-product of the habitual position of the assemblage point TAOD,73.

OUR PERSPECTIVE IS FROM THE CENTER OF REASON ONLY REGARDLESS OF WHO WE ARE OR WHERE WE COME FROM
We function at the center of reason exclusively, regardless of who we are or where we come from.TOP,237.

HUMAN REASON IS A DULL GLOW THAT MAKES THE EGGLIKE SHELL TOUGHER MORE BRITTLE
Human reason appears to a seer as an unusually homogenous dull glow that rarely if ever responds to the constant pressure from the emanations at large - a glow that makes the
egglike shell become tougher, but more brittle... reason in the human being should be bountiful, but that in actuality it is very rare. FFW,93

MOST PEOPLE DO NOT HAVE THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT SQUARELY ON THE LOCATION OF REASON
the majority of people do not have their AP squarely on the location of reason, but in its immediate vicinity.. POS,204.

MEN OF TRUE REASON LIVE LONGER THAN SELF-ABSORBED HUMANS


The new seers saw that men of reason are bound to live longer, because by disregarding the impulse of the emanations at large, they quiet down the natural agitation inside their
cocoons. FFW,93

SELF-ABSORBED/SELF-IMPORTANCE

SELF-IMPORTANCE IS THE FORCE GENERATED BY MAN'S SELF-IMAGE, IT KEEPS THE ASSEMBLAGE FIXED
DJ described self-importance as the force generated by man's self-image... it is that force which keeps the AP fixed where it is at the present. POS,158......

SELF-ABSORPTION AS SEEN ON THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ARE INTERMITTENT BURSTS OF WHITE LIGHT FOLLOWED BY LONG PAUSES OF DULLNESS
the majority of human beings turn to self-absorption. Seers see this as intermittent bursts of white light, followed by long pauses of dullness. FFW,93

SELF-ABSORBED INDIVIDUALS USE THE IMPULSE OF THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE TO CREATE MORE AGITATION SHORTEN THEIR LIVES
The self absorbed individuals... use the impulse of the emanations at large to create more agitation, shorten their lives. FFW,93

WHY CAN'T WE BREAK FROM OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT'S HABITUAL POSITION?

THE FIRST ATTENTION CAN NEVER BE COMPLETELY OVERCOME, IT CAN ONLY BE TURNED OFF FOR A MOMENT AND REPLACED WITH THE
SECOND ATTENTION
The first attention, the attention that makes the world, can never be completely overcome; it can only be turned off for a moment and replaced with the second attention,
providing the body has stored enough of it. EG,141.

WE ARE BORN WITH A LIMITED AMOUNT OF ENERGY

HUMAN BEINGS ARE BORN WITH A FINITE AMOUNT OF ENERGY


..Human beings are born with a finite amount of energy.. POS,8

THE RIGHT SIDE CONSUMES TOO MUCH ENERGY


On the right side too much energy and time is consumed in the actions and interactions of our daily life. EG,165.

SORCERY OR THE MYSTERY OF THE WORLD IS BEYOND THE AVERAGE MAN BECAUSE HE LACKS THE ENERGY TO DEAL WITH IT
From where the average man stands..sorcery is nonsense or an ominous mystery beyond his reach. and he is right not because this is an absolute fact, but because the average
man lacks the energy to deal with sorcery. POS,8 ...you cannot witness fields of energy... not as an average man, that is.. FFW,53....moving the AP or breaking one's continuity
is not the real difficulty. The real difficulty is having energy. POS,232....

WHAT TAKES UP ALL OF OUR ENERGY?

ALL OF OUR AVAILABLE ENERGY GOES TO UPHOLDING OUR WORLD/OUR IMPORTANCE/ FIRST ATTENTION CONSUMES ALL OUR AVAILABLE
ENERGY/ALL THE GLOW OF AWARENESS
he added that we all have a determined quantity of basic energy. That quantity is all the energy we have, and we use all of it for perceiving and dealing with our engulfing
world. He repeated various times, to emphasize it, that there is no more energy for us anywhere and since our available energy is already engaged, there is not a single bit left in
us for any extraordinary perception, such as dreaming....(TAOD, )....the new seers saw that the first attention consumes all the glow of awareness that human beings have, and
not one iota of energy is left free...FFW,97...The problem is that all the energy available is consumed by the first attention. FFW,100 ..most of our energy goes into upholding
our importance. TAOD,37

SELF-IMPORTANCE IS THE SOURCE OF ALL OUR TROUBLES/ OUR PERSONAL HISTORY


Those habitual feelings and thoughts are the source of all troubles..I'm referring to your barrage of habitual feelings and thoughts, your personal history, Everything that makes
you into what you think you are, a unique and special person. TSC,38. You are not used to this kind of life; therefore the indications (omens) bypass you. Yet you are a serious
person, but your seriousness is attached to what you do, not to what goes on outside you. You dwell upon yourself too much. That's the trouble. And that produces a terrible
fatigue. TDJ,51. Seek and see the marvels all around you. You will get tired of looking at yourself alone, and that fatigue will make you deaf and blind to everything else.
TDJ,52. You are vulnerable because you feel important.. all that shame was caused by your misguided sense of personal worth. TSC,97. We do confuse ourselves
deliberately..all of us are aware of our doings. Our puny reason deliberately makes itself into the monster it fancies itself to be. It's too little for such a big mould,though.
TOP,57 the trouble with us is that we take ourselves seriously.. whatever our category our self-image falls into only matters because of our self-importance. If we weren't self-
important, it wouldn't matter at all which category we fell into. POS,250. We learn to think about everything.. and we train our eyes to look as we think about the things we look
at. We look at ourselves already thinking that we are important. And therefore we've got to feel important. SR,81.You take yourself too seriously.... you are too damn important
in your own mind. That must be changed. You are so goddamn important that you feel justified to be annoyed with everything. You're so damn important that you can afford to
leave if things don't go your way. I suppose you think that shows you have character. That's nonsense. You're weak and conceited. Self-importance is another thing that must be
dropped, just like personal history... JTI,21. ...self-importance is our greatest enemy. what weakens us is feeling offended by the deeds and misdeeds of our fellow men. Our
self-importance requires that we spend most of our lives offended by someone. FFW,27 the idea of personal self has no value whatsoever. POS,223...self-importance is not
simple and naive.. on the one hand, it is the core of everything that is good in us and on the other hand it is the core of everything that is rotten. FFW,29....for the rational man
to hold steadfastly to his self-image insured his abysmal ignorance. He ignored..the fact that sorcery was not incanations and hocus-pocus, but the freedom to perceive not only
the world taken for granted, but everything else that was humanly possible. POS,224. He had said that my reason was the demon that kept me chained, and that I had to
vanquish it if I wanted to achieve the realization of his teachings. the issue, therefore had been how to vanquish my reason. SRP,239. sorcerers believed it was the position of the
AP which made modern man a homicidal egotist, a being totally involved with his self image.POS,158 The position of self-reflection...forces the AP to assemble a world of
sham compassion, but of very real cruelty and self-centeredness. In that world the only real feelings are those convienent for the one who feels them. POS,158

MESSY LIFE
You always feel compelled to explain your acts, as if you were the only man on earth who's wrong...it's your old feeling of importance. You have too much of it; you also have
too much personal history...you don't assume responsibility for your acts; your not using death as an adviser, and above all, you are too accessible. In other words, your life is as
messy as it was before I met you. JTI,80... For you the world is weird because if you're not bored with it you're at odds with it. For me the world is weird because it is
stupendous, awesome, mysterious, unfathomable, my interest has been to convince you that must assume responsibility for being here...JTI,81

SELF-PITY
self-pity doesn't jibe with power..the mood of a warrior calls for control over himself and at the same time calls for abandoning himself. JTI,111. Don't you dare give in to self-
pity in this house. If you do, this house will reject you; it'll spit you out... TSC,65. There's no way to feel sorry for poor Manfred. No matter what form he's in, he's a warrior.
Self-pity... is inside you and expresses itself in different ways..Right now you're calling it "feeling sorry for Manfred" TSC,153.

SELF-IMPORTANCE AND SELF-PITY ARE THE SAME THING


...sorcerers had unmasked self-importance and found that it is self-pity masquerading as something else.... Self-pity is the real enemy and the source of man's misery.
....Without a degree of pity for himself, man could not afford to be as self important as he is. However, once the force of self-importance is engaged, it develops its own
momentum. And it is this seemingly independent nature of self-importance which gives it its fake sense of worth. POS,158

THIS SELF-ABSORPTION IS REINFORCED BY THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE

THE HABITUAL POSITION OF MAN'S ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS MAINTAINED BY THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE
The position of the AP on man's cocoon is maintained by the internal dialogue, and because of that, it is a flimsy position at best. That's why men and women lose their minds
so easily, especially those whose internal dialogue is repetitious, boring, and without any depth. FFW,173

WE MAINTAIN OUR WORLD WITH OUR INTERNAL TALK WE REPEAT THE SAME CHOICES OVER AND OVER UNTIL THE DAY WE DIE BECAUSE WE
KEEP ON REPEATING THE SAME INTERNAL TALK OVER AND OVER UNTIL THE DAY WE DIE.
You talk to yourself too much. you're not unique at that. Everyone of us do that. We carry on an internal talk... we talk about our world. In fact we maintain our world with our
internal talk. Whenever we finish talking to ourselves the world is always as it should be. We renew it, we kindle it with life, we uphold it with our internal talk. Not only that,
but we also choose our paths as we talk to ourselves. thus we repeat the same choices over and over until the day we die because we keep on repeating the same internal talk
over and over until the day we die. SR,218.
AS LONG AS YOU REMAIN SELF-IMPORTANT YOU CANNOT APPRECIATE THE WORLD AROUND YOU, ALL YOU SEE IS YOURSELF APART FROM
EVERYTHING ELSE
As long as you feel that you are the most important thing in the world you cannot really appreciate the world around you. You are like a horse with blinders, all you see is
yourself apart from everything else. JTI,23

HOW DOES OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE AND SELF-ABSORPTION DEVELOP?

AT BIRTH WE ARE ALL NAGUAL AND OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS NOT FIXED

BEFORE BIRTH THE DUALITY BETWEEN THE TONAL AND NAGUAL DOESN'T EXIST
She said that before birth, man's imposed duality doesn't exist, TSC,43

BUT AT THE MOMENT OF BIRTH, THE TONAL AND NAGUAL BECOME OPERATIVE
every human being had two sides, two seperate entities, two counterparts which became operative at the moment of birth; one was called the tonal and the other the nagual.
TOP,119.

AT BIRTH THE TWO SIDES ARE SEPERATED BY THE PULL OF MANKIND'S INTENT: ONE PART TURNS OUTWARD AND BECOMES THE PHYSICAL BODY
AND THE OTHER INWARD AND BECOMES THE DOUBLE
but that from birth on, the two parts are seperated by the pull of mankind's intent. One part turns outward and becomes the physical body; the other, inward and becomes the
double. TSC,43

AT BIRTH WE ARE ALL NAGUAL AND FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER


At the time of birth, and for awhile after, we are all nagual. TOP,126.

AT FIRST INFANTS HAVE NO FIXED ASSEMBLAGE POINT AND IT MOVES THROUGHOUT MAN'S BAND
The seers see that infants have no fixed AP at first. Their encased emanations are in a state of great turmoil, and their AP shift everywhere in the band of man, giving children a
great capacity to focus on emanations that later will be throughly disregarded.FFW,151 The fact of the matter is that many children can see. FFW,151

BUT AFTER A SHORT TIME AFTER BIRTH, THE TONAL BEGINS TO DEVELOP AND BEGINS TO OVERTAKE THE NAGUAL

WE SENSE, THEN, THAT IN ORDER TO FUNCTION WE NEED A COUNTER PART TO WHAT WE HAVE. THE TONAL IS MISSING AND THAT GIVES US,
FROM THE VERY BEGINNING, A FEELING OF INCOMPLETENESS
We sense, then, that in order to function we need a counter part to what we have. The tonal is missing and that gives us, from the very beginning, a feeling of incompleteness.
TOP,126.

BUT FROM BIRTH THE TONAL BEGINS TO DEVELOP..


We begin to groom it at the moment of birth. The moment we take the first gasp of air we also breathe in power for the tonal. So, it is proper to say that the tonal of a human
being is intimately tied to his birth. TOP,122

WHEN THE TONAL DOES DEVELOP, IT BEGINS TO OUTSHINE THE NAGUAL


Then the tonal starts to develop and it becomes utterly important to our functioning, so important that it opaques the shine of the nagual, it overwhelms it. From the moment we
become all tonal we do nothing else but to increment that old feeling of incompleteness which accompanies us from the moment of our birth, and which tells us constantly that
there is another part to give us completeness. TOP,126. Our first ring of power is engaged very early in our lives and that we live under the impression that that is all there is to
us. SRP,242

WHY DOES THE TONAL START TO DEVELOP?

PEOPLE START TO TEACH US HOW AND WHAT TO PERCEIVE

FROM OUR TEACHERS, WE LEARN WHAT TO PERCEIVE


we perceive this is a hard fact. But what we perceive is not a fact of the same kind, because we learn what to perceive... FFW,53

THE ISLAND OF THE TONAL IS MADE BY OUR PERCEPTION WHICH HAS BEEN TRAINED TO FOCUS ON CERTAIN ELEMENTS
I have called that view the island of the tonal. I've said that everything we are is on that island. The sorcerer's explanation says that the island of the tonal is made by our
perception, which has been trained to focus on certain elements and all of them together form our view of the world. TOP,245

WE LEARN MOODS LIKE SOLACE, HAVEN AND FEAR


Solace, haven, fear, all of them are moods that you have learned without ever questioning their value. TOP,26.

EVERYONE A CHILD WHO COMES INTO CONTACT WITH IS A TEACHER


He pointed out that everyone who comes into contact with a child is a teacher who incessantly describes the world to him, JTI,ix.

WE START TO DEVELOP AN INTERNALIZED DIALOGUE WITHIN OURSELVES WHICH BEGINS TO TAKE UP ALL OUR ENERGY AND FIXES THE
ASSEMBLAGE POINT INTO PLACE

AS INFANTS WE ARE TAUGHT TO REPEAT AN ENDLESS DIALOGUE ABOUT THEMSELVES AND THIS ENDLESS DIALOGUE BECOMES INTERNALIZED
AND THAT FORCE ALONE KEEPS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT FIXED
Human beings when they are infants..are taught by everyone around them to repeat an endless dialogue about themselves. The dialogue becomes internalized and that force
alone keeps the AP fixed..infants have hundreds of teachers who teach them exactly where to place their AP. FFW,151 The internal dialogue is a process that constantly
strengthens the position of the AP, because that position is an arbitrary one and needs steady reinforcement. FFW,151 ....the new seers say that when we were taught to talk to
ourselves, we were taught the means to dull ourselves in order to keep the AP fixed on one spot. FFW,168.

THERE COMES A MOMENT WHEN THE CHILD PERCEIVES THE WORLD AS DESCRIBED AND BEGINS AN ENDLESS FLOW OF PERCEPTUAL
INTERPRETATIONS (CALLED THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE) WHICH IS RARELY OPEN TO QUESTION
until the moment when the child is capable of perceiving the world as it is described....we have no memory of that portentous moment, simply because none of us could
possibly have had anything else. From that moment on, however, the child is a member. He knows the description of the world; and his membership becomes full-fledged, I
suppose, when he is capable of making all the proper perceptual interpretations which, by confirming to that description, validate it. the reality of our day-to-day life consists of
an endless flow of perceptual interpretations which we, the individuals who share a specific membership, have learned to make in common... The idea that the perceptual
interpretations that make up the world have a flow is congruous with the fact that they run uninterruptedly and are rarely, if ever, open to question. In fact, the reality of the
world we know is so taken for granted that the basic premise of sorcery, that our reality is merely one of many descriptions, could hardly be taken as a serious proposition.
JTI,ix. We are all born that light and bouncy, but we become earth bound and fixed. We make ourselves that way. TOP,39.

WE BEGIN TO THINK VERY QUICKLY THAT WHAT WAS TAUGHT TO US AND WHAT WE CAN SEE IS OUR ONE AND ONLY REALITY AND OUR
PERCEPTION CLOSES.
THE SELF-REFLECTED VIEW IS AT FIRST A DESCRIPTION BUT IT KEEPS BEING GIVEN TO US UNTIL ALL OF OUR ATTENTION IS CAUGHT BY IT AND
IT BECOMES A VIEW
That view is first a description, which is given to us from the moment of our birth until all of our attention is caught by it and the description becomes a view.TOP,244. For a
sorcerer, reality, or the world we all know, is only a description ...what I held in my mind was merely a description of the world; a description that had been pounded into me
from the moment I was born. JTI,ix. We are perceivers.The world we perceive though is an illusion. it was created by a description that was told to us since the moment we were
born.FFW,74. We the luminous beings are born with two rings of power, but we use only one to create the world. That ring, which is hooked very soon after we are born, is
reason, and its companion is talking. between the two they concoct and maintain the world. So, in essence, the world that your reason wants to sustain is the world created by a
description and its dogmatic and inviolable rules, which the reason learns to accept and defend. The secret of the luminous beings is that they have another ring of power which
is never used, the will. The trick of the sorcerer is the same trick of the average man. Both have a description; the average man upholds his with reason; the, other upholds it
with his will. Both descriptions have their rules and the rules are perceivable, but the advantage of the sorcerer is that will is more engulfing than reason. FFW,74.

WE LIVE IN A BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION WHICH CLOSES SOMETIME AFTER BIRTH AND WE WITNESS OUR OWN SELF-REFLECTION ON ITS WALLS
Sorcerers say that we are inside a bubble. it is a bubble into which we are placed at the moment of our birth. At first the bubble is open, but then it begins to close until it has
sealed us in. That bubble is perception. We live in that bubble all our lives. And what we witness on its round walls is our own reflection.TOP,244.. If what we witness on the
walls is our own reflection then the thing thats being reflected must be the real thing.The thing reflected is our view of the world. TOP,244.The bubble is opened in order to
allow the luminous being a view of his totality. ..Naturally, this business of calling it a bubble is only a way of talking, but in this case it is an accurate way...TOP,245

WE THINK THAT THE WORLD IS SOLID AND FILLED WITH OBJECTS AND FORGET IT IS JUST A DESCRIPTION POUNDED INTO US EVERYDAY
SINCE BIRTH

WE BEGIN TO THINK OF THE WORLD AS A PLACE OF OBJECTS AND SOLIDITY


The world of objects and solidity is a way of making our passage on earth convenient. It is only a description that was created for us. We, or rather our reason, forget that the
description is only a description and thus we entrap the totality of ourselves in a vicious circle from which we rarely emerge in our lifetime. TOP,97. there was no world at large
but only a description of the world which we had learned to visualize and take for granted. TOP,122....we think it is a world of objects and its not... the world is not as solid and
as real as our perception has been led to believe, but it isn't a mirage either.. FFW,52.. .To believe that the world is only as you think it is, is stupid. JTI,64. ...human beings
employ the Eagle's emanations and interpret them as reality. But what man senses is such a small portion of the Eagle's emanations that its ridiculous to put much stock in our
perceptions and yet it isn't possible for us to disregard our perceptions. FFW,60. the basic premise of sorcery...that for a sorcerer, the world of everyday life is not real, or out
there, as we believe it is. JTI,ix. ...Sorcerers call it the secret of the luminous beings and it is the fact that we are perceivers. We men and all the other luminous beings on earth
are perceivers. That is our bubble, the bubble of perception. Our mistake is to believe that the only perception worthy of acknowledgement is what goes through our reason.
Sorcerers believe that reason is only one center and it shouldn't take so much for granted. TOP,246 the conviction that there is a real you is a result of the fact that you have
rallied everything you've got around your reason.TOP,267

WE REGARD THE VISUAL AS THE ONLY REALITY BECAUSE WE RELY ON LANGUAGE AND REASON
Because we rely on language and reason.. it is the level of the visible that we regard as reality. it appears to have an order, and is stable and predictable. Yet in actuality, it is
elusive, temporary and ever changing. What we judge as permanent reality is only the surface appearance of an unfathomable force. TSC,187.

THERE IS ONLY PERCEPTION AND THE NAGUAL AND THINGS LIKE EVIL, THE DEVIL, WITCHCRAFT COMES FROM OUR REASON
...Turn everything into what it really is: the abstract, the spirit, the nagual. There is no witchcraft, no evil, no devil. There is only perception. POS,216

EVIL IS A CONCATENATION OF THE MIND BECAUSE OF THE FIXATION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ON ITS HABITUAL POSITION
evil is merely a concatenation of the human mind, overwhelmed by the fixation of the assemblage point on its habitual position. TAOD,239

AND WHAT HAS BEEN TAUGHT TO US IS BASED UPON WHATEVER SOCIETY WE ARE IN AT THE TIME

THE PARAMETERS OF OUR NORMAL PERCEPTION HAS BEEN IMPOSED ON US AS PART OF OUR SOCIALIZATION
It is a sorcerer's idea that the parameters of our normal perception have been imposed upon us as part of our socialization, not quite arbitrarily but laid down mandatorily
nonetheless. TSC,viii

WE ARE FIXED FOREVER IN OUR THOUGHTS AND ACTIONS TO FOLLOW THE PATH THAT HABITUAL MAN HAS LINED UP FOR US.
Our fellow men are black magicians. And since you are with them, you too are a black magician. think for a moment. Can you deviate from the path that they've lined up for
you? No. Your thoughts and your actions are fixed forever in their terms. That is slavery..TOP,26. He said I was pimping for someone else. That I was not fighting my own
battle, but the battles of some unknown people..and that in his world of precise acts and feelings and decisions was infinitely more effective than the blundering idiocy I called
my life. JTI,58. ...our thoughts think us, our feelings feel; we do not have much say in the matter...the Buddha explains, "All that we are is the result of what we have thought."
EE,M,10,11

OUR REALITY IS CONTINUALLY UPHELD BECAUSE WE HAVE ALL BEEN TAUGHT THE SAME TO AGREE ON WHAT IS REAL

FOR THINGS TO BE REAL IN OUR WORLD WE HAVE TO AGREE UPON THEM


Things are real only after one has learned to agree on their realness. What took place this evening... cannot possibly be real to you, because no one could agree with you about it.
TOP,25. let's say that when every one of us is born we bring with us a little ring of power. That little ring is almost immediately put to use. So every one of us is already hooked
from birth and our rings of power are joined to everyone else's. In other words, our rings of power are hooked to the doing of the world in order to make the world.... for
instance, our rings of power, yours and mine, are hooked right now to the doing in this room. We are making this room. Our rings of power are spinning this room into being at
this very moment. JTI,211...every one of us knows the doing of rooms because, in one way or another, we have spent much of our lives in rooms. JTI,212 All I did was to hook
my ring of power to your own doing... you yourself did the rest and so did the others... we all have been taught to agree about doing..you don't have any idea of the power that
that agreement brings it....but, fortunately, not-doing is equally miraculous, and powerful. JTI,212.

OUR REALITY IS FURTHER ENHANCED BECAUSE HUMANS CAN SKIM THEIR PERCEPTIONS

SKIMMING MAKES OUR PERCEPTION EVEN MORE REAL THAN OTHER CREATURES
The skimmings of men are more real than what other creatures perceive. FFW,158

THE PROBLEM WITH SKIMMING IS THAT IS MAKES THINGS SO REAL WE FORGET WE HAVE CONSTRUCTED THEM BY COMMANDING OUR
ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO APPEAR WHERE THEY DO
that is our pitfall. they are so real to us that we forget we have constructed them by commanding our AP to appear where they do. We forget they are real to us only because it is
our command to perceive them as real. We have the power to skim the top off the alignments, but we don't have the power to protect ourselves from our own commands. That
has to be learned. FFW,158.

D.) INVENTORY AND SHIELDS


AND BY THE TIME WE OUR TEENAGERS, SOCIETY HAS FILLED US UP WITH ITS INVENTORY LIKE AN ENORMOUS WAREHOUSE WITH NO SAY
FROM US AND IT USUALLY NEVER CHANGES

WE ARE LIKE A GIANT WAREHOUSE THAT STORES OUR FEELINGS, IDEAS, BEHAVIOR PATTERNS ETC.,
try to imagine yourself as a giant warehouse.. in that wherehouse, someone other than yourself has stored feelings, ideas, mental dialogues and behavior patterns. Since it is
your wherehouse, you can go in there and rummage around any time you want and use whatever you find there.TSC,74.

OUR PROBLEM IS THAT WE HAVE NO SAY OVER OUR INVENTORY AND USUALLY OUR INVENTORY NEVER CHANGES
the problem is that you have absolutely no say over the inventory, for it was already established before you came into possession of the wherehouse. Thus you are drastically
linked in your selection of items... she added that our lives seem to be an uninterrupted time line because in our wherehouses the inventory never changes. TSC,74.

AND OUR ENERGY FIELD IS CONSTANTLY LESSENED AND MADE MORE RIGID AS WE GET OLDER AND IT BECOMES HARDER TO CHANGE

THE WEB GETS PORTIONS OF ITSELF LOST OR ENTWINED IN OTHER PEOPLE'S BANDS OF ENERGY AND GETS TORN TO SHREDS
This web of energy gets torn to shreds during daily living. Huge portions of it become lost or entwined in other people's bands of energy. If a person loses too much vital force,
he becomes ill or dies. TSC,134...

MAN'S INVENTORY ALSO TOUGHENS THE COCOON TO THE POINT OF MAKING IT INFLEXIBLE
Man's inventory not only takes it all, but it also toughens the cocoon to the point of making it inflexible. FFW,100

AND SO FINALLY, WE DEVELOP OUR CONTINUITY FOR ALL OF OUR LIVES

WHAT IS CONTINUITY?

CONTINUITY IS THE IDEA THAT WE ARE A SOLID BLOCK AND OUR WORLD IS NOT CHANGEABLE
continuity..the idea that we are a solid block.. in our minds, what sustains our world is the certainty that we are unchangeable... we may accept that our behavior or our reactions
and opinions can be modified, but the idea that we can change appearances, to the point of being someone else.. is not part of our underlying order of our self-reflection....
POS,172

ONE ASPECT OF THESE MANDATORY PERCEPTION PARAMETERS IS AN INTERPRETATION CENTER


One aspect of these obligatory parameters is an interpretation system, TSC,viii

WHAT IS AN INTERPRETATION SYSTEM?

AN INTERPRETATION SYSTEM PROCESSES SENSORY DATA INTO MEANINGFUL UNITS AND USES THE SOCIAL STRUCTURE AS A WAY TO INTERPRET
THESE UNITS
which processes sensory data into meaningful units and renders the social structure as a structure of interpretation. TSC,viii

OUR INTERPRETATION REQUIRES FAITHFUL AND BLIND ADHERENCE TO ALL ITS CONCEPTS/ NONE OF WHICH CALLS FOR THE POSSIBILITY OF
DIRECTLY PERCEIVING ENERGY
Our normal functioning within the social order requires a blind and faithful adherence to all its precepts, none of which calls for the possibility of directly perceiving energy.
For example, DJ maintained that it is possible to perceive human beings as fields of energy, like huge, oblong, whitish luminous eggs. TSC,viii

WE STIFLE OUR POTENTIAL TO SEE AND THAT EVENTUALLY THE SEER IS FILLED WITH BITTERNESS AND HATRED AND FINALLY DESTROYS US
Yet in spite of the clarity and accuracy of the seer's assessment's, we never pay attention to it or give the seer a chance to make itself heard. Through a continual suppression, we
stifle its growth and prevent it from developing its full potential. TSC,99. In the end, the seer inside us is filled with bitterness and hatred.. the ancient men of wisdom who
invented the recapitulation believed that since we never stop subduing the seer, it finally destroys us.TSC,99.

WHAT PROTECTS US AND KEEPS US FROM EXPERIENCING THE NAGUAL?

THE TONAL PROTECTS US


The tonal is rightfully so, a protector, a guardian - a guardian that most of the time turns into a guard. TOP,120

HOW DOES THE TONAL HELP PROTECT US FROM THE NAGUAL?

THE TONAL SUPRESSES THE NAGUAL


The tonal's great art is to supress any manifestations of the nagual in such a manner that even if its presence should be the most obvious thing in the world, it is unnoticeable.
TOP,131

THE FIRST ATTENTION BLOCKS OUT THE UNKNOWN SO WELL THAT IT DOESN'T EXIST FOR US/WE NEVER BELIEVE WHAT IS HAPPENING TO US
The first attention works very well with the unknown. It blocks it; denies it so fiercely that in the end, the unknown doesn't exist for the first attention. FFW,94..the world kept
him so busy that he had neither the time nor the inclination really to examine the matter.. the spirit tried, uselessly, to reveal their connection. Using an inner voice, the spirit
disclosed its secrets, but the man was incapable of understanding the revelations. Naturally he heard the inner voice, but he believed it to be his own feelings he was feeling and
his own thoughts he was thinking. POS, 23, reason doesn't deal with man as energy. FFW, 130....we are not aware of being linked to everything else..POS,114 ....being too
rational is a handicap. POS,174 Our great enemy is the fact that we never believe what is happening to us. SRP,55... It was stupidity that forced us to discard anything that did
not form with our self-reflective expectations...as average men, we were blind to the most crucial piece of knowledge available to a human being: the existence of the AP and
the fact that it could move.POS,224. Mr. Abelar promised that he himself would guide me to deliberately open the first gate after I had successfully accomplished the abstract
flight. he emphasized that in order to open the gates, a complete change of attitude is necessary because our preconceived notion that we are solid is what keeps the double
imprisoned, rather than any physical structure of the body itself. TSC,160.

ONE OF THE SELF'S STRONGEST LINES OF DEFENSE IS INDEED OUR RATIONALITY


One of the self's strongest lines of defense is indeed our rationality.. TAOD,83

WE ARE BARRED FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE BY NATURAL BARRIERS, SPECIFIC TO EACH INDIVIDUAL
Don Juan remarked that each of us was barred from silent knowledge by natural barriers, specific to each individual; and that the most impregnable of CC barriers was the drive
to disguise my complacency as independence. POS, 62.. (Like things he didn't want to do were disguised as things he chose not to do.. but really he was too lazy to do them.)

THE TONAL USES SHIELDS TO PROTECT US

SHIELDS ENGAGE ALL OF OUR AWARENESS AND THIS KEEPS US FROM SEEING THE ROLLING FORCE
We have consuming interests that engage all of our awareness. We are permantely worried about our station, our possessions. These shields, however do not keep the tumbler
away, they keep us from seeing it directly, protecting us in this way from getting hurt from seeing the balls of fire hitting us. FFW,241

THE ROLLING FORCE IS LETHAL WHEN WE CAN SEE IT, BUT OTHERWISE WE ARE OBLIVIOUS TO IT BECAUSE WE HAVE PROTECTIVE SHIELDS
...It's lethal when seen, but otherwise we are oblivious to it, in our ordinary lives, because we have protective shields. FFW,241

AVERAGE PEOPLE HAVE SPECIAL SHIELDS TO PROTECT THEMSELVES.. PEOPLE ARE BUSY DOING WHAT PEOPLE DO
An average man is equally surrounded by those inexplicable forces is oblivious to them because he has other kinds of special shields to protect himself.... People are busy doing
that which people do. Those are their shields. SR,216,217.
WHAT ARE SOME EXAMPLES OF A SHIELD?

TAKING AN INVENTORY MAKES US INVULNERABLE WHICH IS WHY THE INVENTORY CAME INTO EXISTENCE IN THE FIRST PLACE
taking an inventory makes us invulnerable. That is why the inventory came into existence in the first place. FFW,94

WRITING
writing was the best protective shield that I had. TOP,31.I was indulging in being broad minded and good...a warrior never lets his guard down..be yourself...it is not a matter
whether you like it or not. What matters is, what can you use as a shield?TOP,76.

DOES THE TONAL ALWAYS PROTECT US?

AS A RULE THE TONAL MUST DEFEND ITSELF AT ANY COST, EVERYTIME IT IS THREATENED
...as a rule the tonal must defend itself, at any cost, every time it is threatened; so it is of no real consequence how the tonal reacts in order to accomplish its defence. TOP,173.

WHAT WOULD HAPPEN TO US IF OUR TONAL DID NOT PROTECT US?

THE NAGUAL COULD DESTROY THE TONAL WHEN IT COMES OUT


The nagual once it learns to surface, may cause a great damage to the tonal by coming out without any control. TOP,157.

A THREAT TO THE TONAL ALWAYS RESULTS IN DEATH


The tonal must be protected at any cost. The crown has to be taken away from it, but it must remain as the protected overseer. Any threat to the tonal always results in its death.
And if the tonal dies, so does the whole man. TOP,157. (SEE HUMAN SHIELDS)

WHAT ARE THE DRAWBACKS TO BEING PROTECTED BY THE TONAL?

THE TONAL'S ORIGINAL FUNCTION IS TO PROTECT OUR BEING (MAKING SENSE OUT OF THINNGS) BUT IT EVENTUALLY BECOMES A GUARD
BECAUSE IT LIMITS OUR PERCEPTION
I would say then that the tonal is a guardian that protects something priceless, our very being. Therefore, an inherent quality of the tonal is to be cagey and jealous of its doings.
And since its doings are by far the most important part of our lives, it is no wonder that it eventually changes, in every one of us, from a guardian into a guard. TOP,120,121. A
guardian is broad-minded and understanding.. a guard is a vigilante, narrow-minded and most of the time despotic. I say,then, that the tonal in all of us has been made into a
petty and despotic guard when it should be a broad-minded guardian. TOP,121.

so don juan's references to the guardian was not the guardian itself but to the tonal in which it must be overcome before we can enter into the other side 10/23/94

SHIELDS ARE A GREAT HELP AND A HINDERANCE, THEY GIVE US A FALSE SENSE OF SECURITY
Shields are great help and a great hinderance to us. They pacify us and at the same time fool us. They give us a false sense of security. FFW,241

WHY DON'T PEOPLE BREAK THEIR SELF-REFLECTION?

THE THINGS PEOPLE DO ARE SHIELDS AGAINST THE FORCES THAT SURROUND US; WHAT WE DO AS PEOPLE GIVES US COMFORT AND MAKES US
FEEL SAFE
Your problem is that you confuse the world with what people do. Again you're not unique at that. Every one of us does that. The things people do are shields against the forces
that surround us; what we do as people gives us comfort and makes us feel safe; what people do is rightfully important, but only as a shield. We never learn that the things we
do as people are only shields and we let them dominate, and topple our lives. In fact I could say that for mankind, what people do is greater and more important than the world
itself. SR,219. Our flaw is to insist on remaining on our monotonous, tiring, but convenient island. the tonal is the villain and it shouldn't be. TOP,155.

PEOPLE ARE AFRAID OF FREEDOM OF PERCEPTION BECAUSE IT DISRUPTS OUR COMFORTABLE SPOTS OF SELF-REFLECTION AND IT REQUIRED A
HUGE AMOUNT OF STRENGTH TO DO IT
People might not appreciate that, and that's because they don't want to be free. freedom is frightening. FFW,290. Cutting our chains (ego) is marvelous but also very
undesirable for nobody wants to be free....the chains imprison us, but by keeping us pinned down on our comfortable spots of self-reflection, they defend us from the onslaughts
of the unknown. POS,101...the average man trembles at the possibility of freedom. POS,224...the strangest part of this mystery (moving the AP) is that it is so easy to
accomplish.. but what is not easy is to convince ourselves that it is possible. There, right there, is our safety catch. We have to be convinced. And none of us wants to be.
FFW,237. it took enormity of strength to let go of the intent of everyday life....EG,308.

DOES THE TONAL EVER NOTICE THE NAGUAL?

SOMETIMES THE TONAL NOTICES THE NAGUAL AND THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES ARISES
..on certain occasions, however, or under certain special circumstances, something in the tonal itself becomes aware that there is more to us. It is like the voice that comes from
the depths, the voice of the nagual. You see the totality of ourselves is a natural condition which the tonal cannot obliterate altogether, and there are moments, especially in the
life of a warrior, when the totality becomes apparent. At those moments one can surmise and assess what we really are. TOP,131.

THE TONAL IS ALWAYS USED BUT SOMETIMES THE NAGUAL ACTS OUT AND TERRIFIES THE TONAL
..the tonal rules and yet it is very vulnerable. the nagual..never, or almost never, acts out; but when it does, it terrifies the tonal. TOP,157.

IS IT EASY TO EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL ?

FOR AVERAGE PEOPLE IT IS A ONE-SHOT AFFAIR THAT IS THE RESULT OF A RANDOM MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT
He called the mystical experience a chance seeing, a one-shot affair that has no significance whatsoever because it is the result of a random movement of the AP. FFW,282. .
Sometimes if we have enough personal power we can catch a glimpse of the mould even though we are not sorcerers; when that happens we say that we have seen God.
SRP,139..

PROBABLY EVERY PERSON HAS HAD A CHANCE TO MOVE THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT
possibly every human being under normal living conditions had had at one time or another the opportunity to break away from the bindings of convention...not social
convention..but the conventions binding our perception. A moment of elation would suffice to move our AP and break our conventions. (see moving the AP) So, too, a moment
of fright, ill, health, anger, or grief. POS,215,232,242.

MYSTICS
all the mystics and spiritual teacher's had moved their assemblage points, either through discipline or accident, to a certain point and then they returned to normalcy carrying a
memory that lasted them a lifetime. POS,215

WHAT DO WE DO WHEN THE TONAL EXPERIENCES THE NAGUAL?

WHEN AN INVENTORY FAILS OR WE ENCOUNTER PHENOMENOM THAT WE CANNOT EXPLAIN, THE PERSON EITHER ENLARGES HIS INVENTORY OR
HIS WHOLE WORLD OF SELF-REFLECTION COLLAPSES (STOPPING THE WORLD)
when an average person's inventory fails, the person either enlarges his inventory or his whole world of self-reflection collapses. POS,173. Interpretation system..(when we
encounter phenomenom that is beyond our sytem of interpretation we have two options)...Sometimes as a fluke, an average person ends up performing it (moving the
assemblage point and fixating it) and entering into another world. But this is immediately explained away as insanity or hallucination. TAOD,190

1. REVAMP OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM

1. REVAMP OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM; THIS MEANS TO ENLARGE WHAT WE EXPERIENCE AS REALITY WHICH DOES NOT ENDANGER OUR
INTEGRETY OF REALITY.
Revamp our interpretation system...to enlarge its capabilities..reality becomes fluid and the scope of what can be real is enhanced without endangering the integrity of reality.
TAOD.97

CREATE SOMETHING OUR MIND CAN HANDLE

WE CAN TRANSFORM A FIELD OF ENERGY INTO ANYTHING WE WANT, THE RANGE IS SO BROAD ESTABLISHING UNITS ARE USELESS BUT WE
USUALLY TRANSFORM IT INTO SOMETHING FAMILIAR LIKE THE IMAGE OF A PHYSICAL BODY
the second attention is unavoidaby drawn to focus on our total being as a field of energy, and transforms that energy as anything suitable. The easiest thing is of course the
image of the physical body, with which we are already thoroughly familiar from our daily lives and the use of our first attention. What channels the energy of our total being to
produce anything that might be within the boundaries were, except that at the level of luminous beings the range is so broad that it is futile to try and establish limits- thus, the
energy of a luminous being can be transformed through will into anything. EG,23. since I was a Catholic (Taisha)... my own way of adapting my inventory would be to turn the
spirit into a sort of a guardian angel; a kind, protective male that watches over me. TSC,85 ...Social part... since we can't directly perceive energy, we process our perception to
fit a mold. This mold is the social part of perception. .. it deliberately reduces the scope of what can be percieved and makes us believe that the mold into which we fit our
perception is all that exists.... TAOD, 3.

WE CONFORM THE WORLD/UNKNOWN THINGS TO OUR THOUGHTS


Your knowledge of the world told you that in the bushes one can find only animals prowling or men hiding behind the foliage. You held that thought, and naturally you had to
find ways to make the world conform to that thought. let's not call it thinking then. It is rather the habit of having the world conform to our thoughts. When it doesn't, we simply
make it conform. TOP,27.

WHAT MADE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVE LATERALLY IN MAN'S BAND WAS A HUGE DESIRE TO RENDER THE INCOMPREHENSIBLE INTO WHAT
IS MOST FAMILIAR TO US: THAT IS WHY WE SEE THE MOLD OF MAN AS A MAN AND THE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION AS A WALL OF FOG
I asked him why it was that I always saw the mold of man as a male. he said that it was because my AP did not have the stability then to remain completely glued to its new
position and shifted laterally in man's band. It was the same case as seeing the barrier of perception as a wall of fog. What made the AP move laterally was a nearly unavoidable
desire, or necessity, to render the incomprehensible in terms of what is most familiar to us: a barrier is a wall and the mold of man cannot be anything else but a man. he thought
that if I were a women I would see the mold as a woman. FFW,287.

THE AVERAGE MAN CALLS UNUSUAL PERCEPTIONS WITCHCRAFT


the average man, incapable of finding the energy to perceive beyond his daily limits, called the realm of extraordinary perception sorcery, witchcraft, or the work of the devil,
and shied away from it without examining it further. POS,216...

WE EXPLAIN SHIFTS AS FANTASIES IF IT IS MINIMAL AND HALLUCINATIONS IF THE SHIFT IS CONSIDERABLE


If the shift is minimal, the results are explained as fantasies of the mind. If the shift is considerable, the results are called hallucinations. FFW,?? (missed one, anyone know?)

THE AVERAGE MAN BELIEVES THAT THE INEXPLICABLE FORCES WILL EVENTUALLY BE EXPLAINED
The world is indeed full of frightening things and we are helpless creatures surrounded by forces that are inexplicable and unbending. The average man, in ignorance, belives
that those forces can be explained or changed; he doesn't really know how to do that, but he expects that the actions of mankind will explain them or change them sooner or
later. SR,214.

FOR AN AVERAGE MAN, WHEN THE AP SHIFTS, THEY THINK THEY ARE LOSING THEIR MIND
when a person's AP loses its rigidity (shifts) then if they're not warriors, they think they're losing their minds.. if they're warriors, they know they've gone crazy, but they
patiently wait. To be healthy and sane means that the AP is immovable. When it shifts, it literally means that one is deranged. FFW,138

COINCIDENCE

WE TAKE IT FOR GRANTED THAT ATTENTION CAN BECKON AN EVENT AND WE TALK ABOUT IT IN TERMS OF COINCIDENCE
But that was also the function of attention in general (the more it is exercised the better chance of getting the desired results,) a function so taken for granted in our daily life that
it has become unnoticeable; if we encounter a fortuitous occurrence, we talk about it in terms of accident or coincidence, rather in terms of our attention having beckoned the
event. EG,139...

REPAIRING THE CONTINUITY

IF CONTINUITY BREAKS IT'S ALWAYS INSTANTLY REPAIRED


..continuity is so important in our lives that if it breaks it's always instantly repaired. POS, 176

WHENEVER THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT SHIFTS WE COMPENSATE FOR IT SO WE ARE CONSTANTLY REBALANCING OURSELVES AND GO AS IF
NOTHING HAS HAPPENED TO US
since the AP normally shifts during dreams...whenever we undergo an induced shift we are all experts at immedietely compensating for it. We rebalance ourselves constantly
and activity goes on as if nothing has happened to us. FFW,285. the event was so farfetched for me that I could not even begin to understand it in any logical way. As usual
when things of that nature confronted me, I would lump them into an amorphous category of "perceptions under conditions of severe stress". I argued that in cases of severe
stress, perception could be greatly distorted by the senses. My explanation did not explain anything but seemed to keep my reason pacified. EG,140.

WHEN OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT DOES MOVE ACCIDENTLY OUR SOCIAL BACKGROUNDS RETURN IT TO ITS HABITUAL SPOT
But ordinarily, whenever we had a chance to move our AP we become frightened. Our religious, academic,social backgrounds would come into play. They would assure our
safe return to the flock; the return of our AP to the prescribed position of normal living. POS,215,232,242.

EVERYTHING WE DO IS REALLY A DISGUISE


everything we do is in some way merely a disguise. Everything we do.. is a matter of doing. A man of knowledge could hook himself to everyone's doing and come up with
weird things. But they are not weird, not really. They are weird only to those who are trapped in doing... JTI,211

WHEN HUMANS TRY TO FIGURE IT ALL OUT ALL YOU ARE DOING IS TRYING TO MAKE THE WORLD MORE FAMILIAR
So when you're trying to figure it out, all you're doing is trying to make the world more familiar. You and I are right here, in the world that you call real, simply because we
both know it. You don't the world of power, therefore you cannot make it into a familiar scene. JTI,137

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE REVAMP OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM?


PROBLEMS THAT SOME SEERS CAUSE WITH THEIR INTERPRETATIONS OF WHAT THEY EXPERIENCE/ THE MISINTERPRETATION OF THE EAGLE
More important than seeing itself is what seers do with what they see... look at what some seers have done to us. We are stuck with their vision of an Eagle that rules us and
devours us at the moment of our death...DJ thought it would be accurate to say that there is a force that attracts our consciousness much as a magnet attracts iron
shavings.FFW,58.. our flaws remain with us even after we become seers... so when you see the that force (Eagle), you may very well agree with the lax seers who called it the
Eagle.. on the other hand, you may resist the temptation to acsribe human attributes to what is incomprehensible, and actually improvise a new name for it, a more accurate one.
FFW,59...

WHY DO PEOPLE THINK THE MOLD OF MAN IS GOD?

WE THINK THE MOLD IS GOD BECAUSE WE ARE WHAT IT STAMPS US WITH


The mold is our God because we are what it stamps us with and not because it has created us from nothing and made us in its image and likeness...FFW,281

WHY ARE MANY PEOPLE WHO HAVE SEEN THE MOLD OF MAN ARE WRONG ABOUT WHAT HOW THEY INTERPRET IT?

THEY BELIEVE IT IS AN OMNIPOTENT CREATURE/PROTECTOR OF MAN


Mystics and old seers have seen the mold of man but could not understand what it is. Mystics, throughout the centuries, have given us moving accounts of their experiences.
But these accounts, however beautiful, are flawed by the gross and despairing mistake of believing the mold of man to be an omnipotent, omniscient creature; and so is the
interpretation of the old seers, who called the mold of man a friendly spirit, a protector of man. FFW,281
Anyone who sees the mold of man automatically assumes that it is God. FFW,282 He said that if we call it God it is the truth. The mould is God. SRP,139..

ALL PEOPLE'S BELIEF IN GOD IS BASED ON FAITH AND IS A SECOND HAND CONVICTION
..he said my belief was based on faith and as such, was a secondhand conviction that did not amount to anything; my belief in the existence of God was, like everyone else's,
based on hearsay and not on the act of seeing. FFW,282.

IT IS ARROGANT AND SELF CENTERED TO PRAY TO THE MOLD OF MAN


in DJ's opinion to fall on our knees in the prescence of the mold of man reeks of arrogance and human self centeredness. FFW,281.

WE REGARD THAT THE IDEA OF OUR GOD UNCHALLENGABLE


one of the most sturdy aspects of our inventory... like a powerful glue that bound the AP to its original position. FFW,277

E.) THE TRICKERY OF LANGUAGE


WHEN THE NAGUAL IS EXPERIENCED, WHY IS IT SO DIFFICULT TO EXPLAIN AND DESCRIBE?

THE TONAL IS CONVINCED BY REASON/THE NAGUAL WITH ACTIONS YOU CANNOT EXPLAIN THE NAGUAL WITH THE TONAL
Your tonal has to be convinced with reasons, your nagual with actions, until one props the other.TOP,157. Whenever you are in the world of the nagual, you should be
impeccable; no time for rational crap. SRP,198. The tonal and nagual are two different worlds. in one you talk, in the other you act. SRP,235. I've never put a ban on talking..we
can talk about the nagual to your heart's content, as long as you don't try to explain it. ...I said that the nagual is only for witnessing..so we can talk about what we witnessed and
about how we witnessed it. You want to take on the explanation of how all that is possible, though and that is an abomination. You want to explain the nagual with the tonal.
TOP,186 You know very well that we make sense in talking only because we stay within certain boundries, and those boundaries are not applicable to the nagual. TOP,187.

REASONING STOPS IN THE SECOND ATTENTION


my reasoning faculties ceased to function. Literally, I felt as though a dark blanket had covered me and obscured my thoughts. And I let go of my reason with the abandon of
one who doesn't have a worry in the world. I was convinced that if I wanted to dispel the obscuring blanket, all I had to do was feel myself breaking through it. In that state, I
felt I was being propelled, set in motion. Something was making me move physically from one place to the other. I did not experience any fatigue. The speed and ease with
which I could move elated me. POS,216... Reason craps out in an instant when it is out of its safe narrow bounds. (?) (missed this one, anyone know?)

WE HAVE NO WAY TO TALK ABOUT THE EXPERIENCE BECAUSE WE HAVE NO WORDS TO DESCRIBE THE EXPERIENCE (THE WORDS ARE NOT PART
OF OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM)
My difficulty in grasping his concepts and methods stemmed from the fact that the units of his description were alien and incompatible with those of my own. JTI,ix Sure I can
explain anything, he said, laughing, But could you understand it? JTI,190. Don't take that leap in the sense that you understand a leap...once again, this is only a way of
speaking. As long as you think that you are a solid body you cannot conceive what I am talking about. TOP,95. Of course you cannot understand it.. you are trying to think
about it and what I said does not fit with your thoughts. SR,82 What I perceived in those states of altered consciousness was incomprehensible and impossible to interpret by
means of our everyday mode of understanding the world. In other words, the condition of inapplicability entailed the cessation of the pertinence of my world view. SR,9. Our
difficulty in understanding (DJ's teachings) it stems, no doubt, from the alien units of meaning with which it deals. SR,10. I instantly realized that I had entered again into a state
in which I could think coherently, but I could not talk. don Juan told me not to worry. He said our speech faculty is extremely flimsy and attacks of muteness are common
among sorcerers who venture beyond the limits of normal perception. ..he warned me that it was not possible to rely on my rationality to understand my experience, not because
my rationality was in any way impaired but because what had taken place was a phenomenon outside the parameters of reason. TAOD,72,73 I became incapable of rendering
intelligently what I saw . My sensation was that I had reached states of perception for which I had no lexicon. TAOD,198 emanations cannot be rendered at all in a language of
comparisons. FFW,62 The journey (entering the unconscious fully aware) cannot be adequately described. EE. M,10. he said that if he attempted to explain the perceptual bias
of the second attention in terms of the perceptual bias of the first attention, he would only trap himself hopelessly in words. EG,265. Freedom...cannot be an investment...an
adventure with no end, in which we risk our lives and much more for a few moments of something beyond words, beyond thoughts or feelings. TAOD,81 One could come into
it by changing levels of awareness, therefore HA was an entrance..but even the entrance could not be explained. One could only make use of it. POS,97 Dreaming can only be
experienced. TAOD, ii,iii.
To explain what we are and what we do is the most trying thing in the world. I wish I could make it clearer, but I can't. So, it's pointless to keep insisting on explanations when
there are none. TSC,175 .....beware of the frustrating desire to explain the sorcery experience in cogent, well-reasoned terms. the sorcerers experience is so outlandish.. that
sorcerers consider it an intellectual experience, and use it to stalk themselves with. Their trump card as stalkers, though, is that they remain keenly aware that we are perceivers,
and that perception has more possibilities than the mind can conceive of.. in order to protect themselves from that immensity..sorcerers learn to maintain a perfect blend of
ruthlessness, cunning, patience and sweetness. POS, 246,247 For the nagual there is no land, or air, or water..so the nagual glides, or flies. or does whatever it may do, in
naguals time and that has nothing to do with tonal's time. The two things don't jibe. TOP,189. The view of the nagual must prevail if one is going to use the nagual the way
sorcerers do. TOP,262 there is nothing of that sort in the nagual. (order in our perception) . TOP,263
I can't describe it..not because it is a personal matter, but because there is no way to describe it. TOP,174.... not because I don't want to, but simply because I can't. My tonal
stops there....TOP,175. the reason why I never wanted to discuss your encounters with power plants, or let you talk obsessively about them; there was no point in elaborating
about the unspeakable. Those were true excursions into the nagual, the unknown. TOP,238.
Whenever the nagual prevails, even if it is only for an instant, there is no way of describing the feeling that the body experiences. TOP,228. In the case of seeing..thinking is not
the issue at all, so I cannot tell you what it is like to see. SR,86. Seeing is very difficult and is not a matter of talk. SR,105. There is really no way to talk about it.(seeing)
SR,170. ...For awhile you were all nagual and could not talk. TOP,154....The affairs of the nagual can be witnesses only with the body, and not the reason. TOP,155

WORDS ONLY CONFUSE,TRICK,FAIL US WHEN DESCRIBING THE NAGUAL


..in the sorcerer's world there are only contradictions of terms.. in practice there are no contradictions. POS,166...the problem with words was that any attempt to clarify the
sorcerers description only made them more confusing. POS,225 We always get tricked by words... TAOD, ii,iii That's the flaw with words. They always force us to feel
enlightened, but when we turn around to face the world they always fail us and we end up facing the world as we always have, without enlightenment. TOP,29 (See sorcerers
way: action) Definitions change as knowledge increases.. POS,7 The danger of definitions is that they simplify matters to make them understandable; in this case, in defining
attention, one runs the risk of transforming a magical, miraculous accomplishment into something commonplace. FFW,82

WE USE MANY WORDS TO EXPLAIN ONE KIND OF EXPERIENCE


...nagualism, knowledge, witchcraft, mastery of intent, the search for total freedom..POS,7

EVERY EXPERIENCE CAN BE DIFFERENT FOR EVERY PERSON


It is impossible to explain that knowing..because it is different for every man. SR,68.

KNOWLEDGE AND LANGUAGE CAN EXIST INDEPENDENT OF EACH OTHER

KNOWLEDGE AND LANGUAGE CAN EXIST INDEPENDENT OF EACH OTHER


Knowledge and language can exist independent of each other, they are seperate..... there is no way to talk about the spirit because the spirit can only be experienced.... POS, 52
....we begin tosee ..and then we begin to know without having to use words.. POS,9 ...and. above all, I understood that that knowledge could not be turned into words. That
knowledge was there for everyone. It (silent knowledge) was there to be felt, to be used, but not to be explained. POS,97

WE HAVE DIFFICULTY ACCEPTING THE NAGUAL BECAUSE WE THINK THAT WE COULD NEVER KNOW THINGS WITHOUT WORDS OR THOUGHTS
that is to know that ... knowledge and language can exist independent of each other...the crux of our difficulty to going back to the abstract was our refusal to accept that we
could know without words or even without thoughts. POS,52

USING FEELINGS AS THOUGHTS


My reactions to his comments were not thoughts proper but rather complete units of feeling, which had all the innuendos of meaning that I usually associate with thinking.
TOP,209.

WHY DO PEOPLE USE METAPHORS TO EXPLAIN THE NAGUAL?

SOMETIMES A SORCERER HAS TO CHANGE A DESCRIPTION INTO SOMETHING KNOWN TO HELP NOVICES UNDERSTAND AN UNKNOWN
CONCEPT/USING SYMBOLIC TERMS
.... he was of course tailoring his description to fit my mentality..... TAOD, ii,iii. Those are ways of talking about mysteries for which there are no words. TOP,85. Everything
one sees is so unique that there is no way to talk about it except by comparing it to something known to us..... TAOD,7
...we are so visual, so ruled by our predator's perception, that everything we must see must be rendered in terms of what the predator's eyes normally sees. TAOD, 7
Don Juan explained that the events unleashed by sorcerers as a result of silent knowledge were so simple and yet so abstract that sorcerers had decided long ago to speak of
those events only in symbolic terms. POS, 61
I said that we talked, but that wasn't so. To say that we had a conversation is only a way of arranging it so I can talk about it. The deer and I did something, but at the time it was
taking place I needed to make the world conform to my ideas... I had been talking all my life.. therefore my habits prevailed and were extended to the deer. When the deer came
to me and did whatever it did, I was forced to understand it as talking. The world..had to conform to its description; that is, the description reflected itself. ..another point..was
that we had learned to relate our selfs to our description of the world in terms of what he called habits. the way to overcome them is to persist in acting like a warrior. the rest
comes of itself and by itself. TOP,28.

WHY WILL WE PROBABLY NEVER BE ABLE TO EXPLAIN THE NAGUAL?

FOR ANY ATTEMPT AT EXPLAINING THE MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT, THE PERSON WOULD HAVE TO HAVE THE ABILITY TO GO FROM
THE PLACE OF REASON AND THE PLACE OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE AT WILL.
for a movement of my AP to make sense, I would need to have energy to fluctuate from the place of reason to the place of silent knowledge.. POS,220..in other words, the
experiences from moving the AP can be described, to at least yourself, only when the position of the AP has become part of your new continuity. This occurs only when the
person has enough energy to move the AP to that position at will. Before that the experience is only thought of as a hallucination or a something that doesn't fit in with your
rationality so it can't be thought of as something that makes sense.
Paradoxically, I found what he was saying incomprehensible, yet also familiar and believable. ... that was so because he was directly addressing a part of me that was not quite
rational and had the ability to grasp things directly, especially if a sorcerer spoke to it directly... something in the intensity of his eyes forced me to listen and follow his
explanations. TSC,138.

WHICH PEOPLE ARE THE CLOSEST PEOPLE FOR EXPLAINING THE NAGUAL?

POETS AND POEMS ARE THE CLOSEST PEOPLE WHO CAN EXPLAIN THE NAGUAL
Don Juan said that poets were keenly aware of our connecting link with the spirit, but that they were aware of it intuitively, not in the deliberate, pragmatic way of sorcerers.
Poets have no first hand knowledge of the spirit..that is why their poems cannot really hit the center of true gestures of the spirit. they hit pretty close to it ,though.... poets can
explain what can hardly be explained. POS, 63,121

2. OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM COLLAPSES (STOPPING THE WORLD) AND WE PERCEIVE THINGS WITHOUT INTERPRETATION.

2. DISREGARD OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM (STOPPING THE WORLD) TO PERCEIVE THINGS WITHOUT INTERPRETATION: OUR REALITY AS WE
KNOW IT IS SHATTERED
Disregard our interpretation system..the scope of what can be perceived without interpretation grows inordinately. the expansion of our perception is so gigantic that we are left
with very few tools for sensory interpretation and thus, a sense of an infinite realness that is unreal or an infinite unrealness that could very well be real but is not. TAOD,97

IF THE NEW ITEMS OF THE INVENTORY CONTRADICT THE INVENTORY'S UNDERLINING ORDER, THE PERSON MIND COLLAPSES (STOPPING THE
WORLD)
The average person is willing to incorporate new items into his inventory if they don't contradict the inventory's underlying order. But if the items contradict that order, the
person's mind collapses.POS,173. Sorcerers count on this when they attempt to break the mirror of self-reflection. POS,173.

IT IMPOSSIBLE TO RESTORE A SHATTERED CONTINUITY


...it is impossible to restore a shattered continuity.... it is impossible of using the continuity dictated by the new position of their AP...the new continuity does not offer the
assuredness they need to function as if they were in the world of everyday life. The sorcerers don't resolve this problem with continuity, the spirit resolves it...that is why
impeccability is all that counts.... and that seems to beckon a solution... POS,231.
A.) SORCERY

1. SORCERY EXPLAINED

WHEN WE EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL WE MUST REVAMP OUR UNDERSTANDING OF THE WORLD
through usage this specific way of perceiving becomes a system of interpreting sensory data...(when we move beyond our world) there is no sense to what we perceive ..the new
sensory data has rendered our system inoperative; it can no longer be used to interpret what we are perceiving.. (but our rationality comes back and takes a chaotic perception
and makes it into a comprehensible world) TAOD,75,76,77... I would have given anything to be crazy. That would have absolved some part of me from the crushing
responsibility of revamping my understanding of the world. (after CC realizes that the allies were actual entities.) SRP,134.

HOW DO WE REVAMP OUR UNDERSTANDING OF THE WORLD?

WE TURN TO SORCERY AND THE SORCERY'S WAY WHICH TELLS US THAT OUR PERCEPTION IS FIXED AND CAN BE CHANGED
....First, by making us realize we process our perception to fit a mold and second, by fiercely guiding us to perceive energy directly.....like the one used to teach us to perceive
the world of daily affairs. TAOD,3

WHY SHOULD WE REVAMP OUR WORLD?

HUMANS MUST FREE THEIR PERCEPTION IN ORDER TO EVOLVE


in order to evolve, humans must free their awareness from its bindings to the social order. Once awareness is free, intent will redirect it into a new evolutionary path.
TAOD,176

THE PURPOSE OF HUMANS IS ONLY TO LEARN


...man lives only to learn. And if he learns it is because that is the nature of his lot, for good or bad. TDJ,64.

ALL LIVING CREATURES EXIST TO ENHANCE AWARENESS


the reason for the existence of all sentintent beings is to enhance awareness. FFW,54..

HUMANS NEED SPIRITUALITY, NOWADAYS MORE THAN EVER


Nowadays, more than ever, man needs to renew himself and experience emptiness and freedom. TSC,103....man's predicament is that he intuits his hidden resources, but he
dares not use them... man needs now, more so than ever, to be taught new ideas that have to do exclusively with his inner world- sorcerer's ideas, not social ideas, ideas
pertaining to man facing the unknown, facing his personal death. ..he needs to be taught the secrets of the AP. POS, 233

WHAT IS SORCERY?

SORCERY IS THE PATH THAT TEACHES US TO FREE ENERGY. PERCEIVE ENERGY DIRECTLY AND EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL
For don Juan, sorcery was the act of embodying some specialized theoretical and practical premises about the nature and role of perception in molding the universe around us.
TAOD, I.. And that is sorcery: the ability to use energy fields that are not employed in perceiving the ordinary world we know. Sorcery is a state of awareness. Sorcery is the
ability to perceive something which ordinary perception cannot. POS,8 DJ had taught us sorcery as a pragmatic endeavor by means of which any of us can directly perceive
energy. TSC,viii...sorcery is the act of reaching the place of silent knowledge. POS,247...he also taught me the art of freedom and that means that I learned to see the flow of
energy. TSC,53

FREE EXISTING ENERGY IN US BY FOLLOWING THE SORCERER'S WAY, DEVELOP THE ENERGY BODY AND ENTER OTHER WORLDS WITH ALL OUR
PHYSICALITY
in terms of practicalities, the trajectory of sorcery is, first, to free the existing energy in us by impeccably following the sorcerers' path; second, to use that energy to develop the
energy body by means of dreaming; and third, to use awareness as an element of the environment in order to enter with the energy body and all our physicality into other
worlds.TAOD ? She went on to elaborate that abstract sorcerers seek freedom through enhancing their capacity to perceive, while concrete sorcerers. like the traditional ones
who lived in ancient Mexico, seek personal power and gratification through increasing their self-importance. TSC,151. We are a group consisting of sixteen people, myself
included and one being: Manfred... ten of the people are women. All of us do the same thing: we have dedicated our lives to developing our double. We use our ethereal bodies
and defy many of the natural laws of the physical world. Now, if that's being a sorcerer, then all of us are sorcerers. If not, then we're not. TSC,161.

SORCERY IS INTERFERENCE/KEY JOINT WHICH AFFECTS THINGS


Sorcery is to apply one's will to a key joint.. sorcery is interference. A sorcerer searches and finds the key joint of anything he wants to affect and then he applies his will to it. A
sorcerer doesn't have to see to be a sorcerer, all he has to know is how to use his will. SR,199.

SORCERY IS MORE THAN BLACK MAGIC, IT IS COLD, ABSTRACT, IMPERSONAL


Sorcery is more than black cats and naked people dancing in a graveyard at midnight, putting hexes on people.. sorcery is cold, abstract, personal. That's why we call the act of
perceiving it the sorcerer's crossing, or the flight to the abstract. To withstand its awesome pull we have to be strong and determined; it's not for the timid or weak-hearted.
TSC,248.

SORCERY IS A JOURNEY OF RETURN. WE RETURN VICTORIOUS TO THE SPIRIT, HAVING DESCENDED INTO HELL. AND FROM HELL WE BRING
TROPHIES. UNDERSTANDING IS ONE OF OUR TROPHIES.
sorcery is a journey of return. We return victorious to the spirit, having descended into hell. And from hell we bring trophies. Understanding is one of our trophies. POS,167

SORCERY TRUTHS THAT HAVE NO RATIONAL FOUNDATIONS AND ARE TRUTHS FOUND ONLY FOR PEOPLE WHO PERCEIVE ENERGY DIRECTLY AND
SEE THE ESSENCE OF EVERYTHING
Sorcery truths.. these have no rational foundations and no relation whatsoever to the facts of our daily world but which are self evident truths for the sorcerers who perceive
energy directly and see the essence of everything. TAOD, 5

WHY IS IT CALLED SORCERY?

CALLING THE KNOWLEDGE SORCERY OBSCURES EVEN MORE THE ALREADY OBSCURE PHENOMENA PRESENTED IN THE TEACHINGS
Following don Juan's suggestion, I have refrained from using shamanism, a category proper to anthropology, to classify his knowledge. I have called it all along what he
himself called it: sorcery. On examination, however, I realized that calling it sorcery obscures even more the already obscure phenomena he presented to me in his teachings.
TAOD,i., POS,7

IT DOESN'T MAKE ANY DIFFERENCE WHAT TERMS ARE USED TO DESCRIBE SORCERY AS LONG AS THE TRUTHS HAVE BEEN VERIFIED BY SEEING.
it does not make any difference what terms are used (to describe sorcery) as long as the truths have been verified by seeing... FFW,65,66

THE TERMS SORCERER'S USE ARE NEVER A FIGURE OF SPEECH BECAUSE IT STEMS FROM SEEING AND EMBRACES EVERYTHING THAT SEERS CAN
ATTAIN
if the terms we propose originate in our reason they can only communicate the mundane agreement of everyday life. When seers propose a term.. it is never a figure of speech
because it stems from seeing and embraces everything that seers can attain. FFW,65,66
SORCERY CONTRADICTION

HOW CAN MAN KEEP THE BONDS OF HIS HUMANNESS AND STILL VENTURE GLADLY AND PURPOSEFULLY INTO THE ABSOLUTE LONELINESS OF
ETERNITY? WHENEVER YOU RESOLVE THIS RIDDLE, YOU'LL BE READY FOR THE DEFINITIVE JOURNEY.
how can man keep the bonds of his humanness and still venture gladly and purposefully into the absolute loneliness of eternity? Whenever you resolve this riddle, you'll be
ready for the definitive journey. FFW,116.

THE RIDDLE OF THE SPIRIT, OR THE PARADOX OF THE ABSTRACT - SORCERER'S THOUGHTS AND ACTIONS PROJECTED BEYOND OUR HUMAN
CONDITION.
the riddle of the spirit, or the paradox of the abstract - sorcerer's thoughts and actions projected beyond our human condition. POS,12.

THE RIDDLE OF THE HEART; THE PUZZLEMENT SORCERERS FEEL UPON BEOMING AWARE OF TWO THINGS: FIRST THAT THE WORLD APPEARS TO
US TO BE UNALTERABLY OBJECTIVE AND FACTUAL, BECAUSE OF PECULIARITIES OF OUR AWARENESS AND PERCEPTION; SECOND, THAT IF
DIFFERENT PECULIARITIES OF PERCEPTION COME INTO PLAY, THE VERY THINGS ABOUT THE WORLD THAT SEEM SO UNALTERABLY OBJECTIVE
AND FACTUAL CHANGE.
..is the riddle of the heart; the puzzlement sorcerers feel upon beoming aware of two things: first that the world appears to us to be unalterably objective and factual, because of
peculiarities of our awareness and perception; second, that if different peculiarities of perception come into play, the very things about the world that seem so unalterably
objective and factual change. POS,12 ( In other words, Don Juan thought that if you learn to relive or undergo certain experiences that your assemblage point will shift. Thus
art of stalking is just a way to practice moving the assemblage point. If you move the assemblage point your perception changes.. if your perception changes then your world
view changes.)

SORCERY'S NEGATIVE REPUTATION

FOR THE AVERAGE MAN SORCERY IS A NEGATIVE BUSINESS


...for the average man..sorcery is a negative buisness....but it serves to attract interest.. but for the new seers to be sorcerers would be like entering a dead-end street. (DJ is
talking about how the old sorcerers became doomed when they became obsessed with the unknown universes.) FFW,17

THE WORD SORCERER CONNOTES BELIEFS AND ACTIONS THAT ARE NOT PART OF WHAT THE NEW SORCERERS DO
We are sorcerers interested in power, in gathering energy, not losing it... I don't feel at ease with the word sorcerer.. he said (Don Juan).. because it connotes beliefs and actions
that are not part of what we do. TSC,161. ...In this house are sorcerers... the nagual, myself (Clara), Manfred and the fourteen others you haven't met yet. We are all sorcerer's,
all abstract beings. If you want to think of sorcery as something concrete, involving rituals and magic potions, all I can tell you is that there are sorcerers who are as concrete as
that, but you won't find them in this house. TSC,150.

2. TYPES OF SORCERERS

WHAT IS A SORCERER?

ANYONE WHO SUCCEEDS IN MOVING THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO A NEW POSITION IS A SORCERER.
A sorcerer to us, is someone who, through discipline and perserverance, can break the limits of natural perception... TSC,150. Anyone who succeeds in moving his assemblage
point to a new position is a sorcerer.POS,94

YOU DO NOT HAVE TO BE AN APPRENTICE OF SORCERY TO MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT


one did not have to be an apprentice of sorcery to reach this threshold (see moving the AP)POS,101

ONLY A SORCERER CAN EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL


while the naugal which is in everything manifested itself only to the eye of the sorcerer. SRP,199

THE ONLY DIFFERENCE BETWEEN AN AVERAGE MAN AND A SORCERER IS WHAT ONE EMPHASIZES: THE SORCERER USES THAT THRESHOLD AS A
POINT OF REFERENCE AND AN AVERAGE MAN DOES HIS BEST TO FORGET ALL ABOUT IT.
and the only difference between an average man and a sorcerer, in such cases, is what each emphasizes. A sorcerer emphasizes crossing this threshold and uses the memory of
it as a point of reference. An average man does not cross the threshold and does his best to forget all about it. POS,101....

SORCERERS CAN CHANGE THEIR AWARENESS ON EITHER SIDE OF THE DOUBLE AT WILL, WITH A BREATH AND ARE AS EFFICIENT AT SORCERY OR
MARTIAL ARTS AS READILY AS THEY CAN MANIPULATE INTRICATE ACADEMIC CONSTRUCTS
I asked him if there are some people who can focus their awareness on either side of the double at will. .. sorcerers can do that... the day you can do that, you'll be a sorceress
yourself. TSC,237. He said that some people can shift their awareness to the right or the left side of the double, after they have successfully completed the abstract flight,
simply by manipulating the flow of their breath. Such people can practice sorcery or martial arts as readily as they can manipulate intricate academic constructs. TSC,237.

CHARACTERISTICS OF SORCERER'S

SORCERER'S ARE MYSTERIOUS


Sorcerer's are extremely mysterious beings... because most of the time they act from the energy of their double. TSC,231.

SORCERERS AS STORYTELLER
Sorcerers were storytellers.. storytelling for them was not only the advance runner that probed their perceptual limits but their path to perfection, to power, to the spirit. POS,124

SORCERER'S CREATE ILLUSIONS


Sorcerer's create illusions. TSC,155.

COMPARING SORCERER'S TO PRIESTS AND NUNS: NO REAL DIFFERENCE IN LIFESTYLES


she saw no difference in terms of life-style between sorcerers and true nuns and priests. She pointed out that not only were true nuns and priests complete as a rule, but they did
not even weaken themselves with sexual acts... that is the reason why they will never be exterminated, no matter who tries to exterminate them... those who are after them are
always empty; they don't have the vigour that true nuns and priests have... we have given up the world and yet we are in the midst of it. SRP,212.
SHINE OF A SORCERER'S EYE

INTENSITY IS AN AUTOMATIC RESULT OF THE MOVEMENT OF THE AP..IT IS AN ASPECT OF INTENT SO IT IS CONNECTED TO THE SHINE OF A
SORCERER'S EYES..
intensity is an automatic result of the movement of the AP..it is an aspect of intent so it is connected to the shine of a sorcerer's eyes...POS,246 it's shown in the eyes of a
sorcerer.. like a shimmering film over the eyes...the eyes of a sorcerer are brilliant.. POS,134.

THE GREATER THE SHINE, THE MORE RUTHLESS THE SORCERER...THIS IS BECAUSE THE FIRMER THE GRIP OF THE AP ON THE PLACE OF NO
PITY..THE MORE THE EYES SHOWN.
the greater the shine, the more ruthless the sorcerer...this is because the firmer the grip of the AP on the place of no pity..the more the eyes shown. POS,134...
TYPES OF SORCERER'S

MASTER SORCERER

a master sorcerer was an eagle, or rather could make himself into an eagle. SR,98.. a master sorcerer could take his disciple on a journey with him and could actually pass
through the ten layers of the other world. SR,99 (SEE OTHER WORLDS)The master provided that he was an eagle, could start at the very bottom layer and then go through
each successive world until he reached the top. Evil sorcerers and dilettantes could be at best... go through only three layers. SR,99 You start at the very bottom and then your
teacher takes you with him in his flight and soon, boom!. You go through the second; and boom! SR,99
He is a being who shapes and molds perception the way you paint a picture with your brushes. but that doesn't mean that he is abitrary. When he manipulates perception with
his intent, his behavior is impeccable. TSC,92... when a consummate sorcerer is ready to leave the world, all he has to do is manipulate perception, intend a door, step through it
and disappear. TSC,92.
She's so far removed from human beings and their concerns that her energy might completely disrupt you. By now, there's no difference between her physical body and her
ethereal double. What I mean to say is that she is a master sorceress. TSC,173.

EVIL SORCERER
an evil sorcerer was a "tecolote", an owl.... an evil sorcerer was a child of the night and for such a man the most useful animals were the mountain lion or other wild cats, or the
night birds, especially the owl. SR,98

LYRIC SORCERER
the brujos liricos, lyric sorcerers, meaning the dilettante sorcerers, preferred other animals-a crow for example. SR,98.

PHONY SORCERER
a phony sorcerer tries to explain everything in the world with explanations he is not sure about.. and so everything is witchcraft. SR,127.

BETTER TO SEE THAN BE A SORCERER


To be a sorcerer is a terrible burden...it is much better to learn to see. A man who sees is everything, in comparison, the sorcerer is a sad fellow. SR,199.

SEERS

THERE ARE MANY KINDS OF SEERS


Seers ..come in all shapes and sizes..there are scores of imbeciles who become seers...the characteristic of miserable seers is that they forget the wonder of the world... they
become overwhelmed by the fact that they can see and believe its their genius that counts. ...Description of the two kinds of seers (FFW,29)

SEERS HAVE A HARD TIME COPING WITH SEEING


Seers ordinarily go to pieces on finding out that existence is incomprehensibly complex and that our normal awareness maligns it with its limitations. FFW,70..

WHAT ARE SOME OTHER NAMES OF SORCERY?

THE ART OF EMPTINESS/THE ART OF FREEDOM


The art of emptiness was the technique practiced by Chinese men of wisdom who wanted to go through the dragon's eye... today, we call it the art of freedom. We feel it's a
better term because that art really leads to an abstract realm where humanness doesn't count... everything we have heard about this realm, from sages and seers who sought it,
smacks of human concerns. But we, the ones who practice the art of freedom, have found out from firsthand experience that this is an inaccurate portrayal. in our experience,
whatever is human in that realm is so unimportant that it is lost in the vastness. TSC,65. The art I am going to teach you is called the art of freedom. An art infinitely difficult to
practice, but even more difficult to explain...TSC,43...

WHAT IS THE ULTIMATE GOAL OF SORCERY?

THE ULTIMATE GOAL OF SORCERY IS TO LIGHT ALL THE EMANATIONS INSIDE THEIR COCOON (LIGHT THE FIRE FROM WITHIN) WHICH MAKES US
ENTER INTO THE THIRD ATTENTION/THIRD POINT (COMPLETE FREEDOM FROM PERCEPTION)/THIS MAKES US SLIP BY THE EAGLE WITHOUT BEING
CONSUMED IN FULL AWARENESS
the final purpose for the impeccability code is that one day their individual connecting link with intent had to set them free to light the fire from within. POS,115 A perfect
recapitulation could change a warrior as much, if not more, than the total control of the dreaming body. In this respect, dreaming and stalking led to the same end, the entering of
the third attention. It was important for a warrior to know and practice both. EG,288
Warriors have only one thing in mind-their freedom. to die and be eaten by the Eagle is no challenge. On the other hand, to sneak around the Eagle and be free is the ultimate
audacity. EG,296.
...the supreme accomplishment of human beings.. is to attain that level of attention (third) while retaining the life-force, without becoming a disembodied awareness moving
like a flicker of light up to the Eagle's beak to be devoured. FFW,85. The real hope for us lies in the center.... he said touching my forehead and the center of my chest.. for in
the wall that divides the two sides of the double is a hidden door that opens into a third, thin, secret compartment. Only when this door opens can one experience true freedom.
TSC,237.
....The aim of sorcerers is to reach a state of total awareness in order to experience all the possibilities available to man. This state of awareness even implies an alternative way
of dying. POS,15. Sorcerers' purpose is to free their perception. Sorcerers don't make up the world they are perceiving; they perceive energy directly, and then they discover that
what they are perceiving is an unknown world. TAOD,79 The new seers aim to be free. FFW,132 ....the new seers are the warriors of total freedom, that their only search is the
ultimate liberation that comes when they attain total awareness. FFW,146. She revealed in a confiding tone that we die because the possiblity that we could be transformed
hasn't entered our conception. She stressed that this transformation must be accomplished during our lifetime, and that to succeed in this task is the only true purpose a human
being can have. All other attainments are transient, since death dissolves them into nothingness.. the transformantion entails a total change.. and that is accomplished by the
recapitulation; the conerstone of the art of freedom. TSC,43 Abstract....the search for freedom, the freedom to perceive, without obsessions, all that's humanly possible. TAOD
2..to be abstract means to make yourself available to the spirit by being aware of it.. not thinking abstractly POS,223. Freedom.....of perception...the third point....it is intent, the
spirit, the somersault of thought into the miraculous; the act of reaching beyond our boundaries and touching the inconceivable. POS, 224, 228.. cannot be an investment...an
adventure with no end, in which we risk our lives and much more for a few moments of something beyond words, beyond thoughts or feelings..to seek freedom is the only
driving force..to fly off into that infinity out there..to dissolve..to lift off..to be like a flame of a candle, which in spite of being up against the light of a billion stars, remains
intact, because it never pretended to be more than what it is: a mere candle TAOD,81
they were warriors of total freedom..not caught by death..but choose the moment and their departure from this world...at that moment they would be consumed by the fire from
within and vanish from the face of the earth. FFW,13.. the new seers let the mastery of awareness develop to its natural end, which is to extend the glow of awareness beyond
the bounds of the luminous cocoon in one single stroke. (see third attention) FFW,85. He asserted that for the new seers to enter into the third attention is also a gift, but has a
different meaning. It is more like a reward for an attainment. FFW,85

THE EAGLE FOR PURPOSES OF ENHANCING AWARENESS ALLOWS BEINGS TO SLIP BY IT WITHOUT BEING CONSUMED
It is only from the Eagle's actions that a seer can tell what it wants. The Eagle, although it is not moved by the circumstances of any living being, has granted a gift to each of
those beings. In its own way and right, any one of them, if it so desires, has the power to keep the flame of awareness, the power to disobey the summons to die and be
consumed. Every living thing has been granted the power, if it so desires, to seek an opening to freedom and go through it. it is evident to the seer who sees the opening and to
the creatures who go through it, that the Eagle has granted that gift in order to perpetuate awareness. EG,173.

TO HELP GUIDE BEINGS PAST THE EAGLE, THE EAGLE CREATED THE NAGUAL
For the purpose of guiding living things to that opening, the Eagle created the Naugal.(this refers to living beings.. not intent or will) EG,173

IS SORCERY A BETTER LIFE THAN THE AVERAGE NORMAL ONE?


A SORCERER IS ONLY SLIGHTLY BETTER OFF THAN THE AVERAGE MAN. SORCERY DOES NOT HELP HIM LIVE A BETTER LIFE; IN FACT, I SHOULD
SAY THAT SORCERY HINDERS HIM; IT MAKES HIS LIFE CUMBERSOME, PRECARIOUS.
There is very little to sorcery once you find out its trick. A sorcerer is only slightly better off than the average man. Sorcery does not help him live a better life; in fact, I should
say that sorcery hinders him; it makes his life cumbersome, precarious.SR,214.

BY OPENING HIMSELF TO KNOWLEDGE A SORCERER BECOMES MORE VULNERABLE THAN THE AVERAGE MAN
By opening himself to knowledge a sorcerer becomes more vulnerable than the average man. On the one hand his fellow men hate him and fear him and will strive to end his
life; on the other hand the inexplicable and unbending forces that surround every one of us, by right of our being alive, are for a sorcerer a source of greater danger. To be
pierced by a fellow man is indeed painful, but nothing in comparison to being touched by an ally. A sorcerer, by opening himself to knowledge, falls prey to his will; thus he
must feel and act like a warrior. What helps a sorcerer live a better life is the strength of being a warrior. SR,214.

3. THE HISTORY OF SORCERY

HOW DID SORCERY START?

A GROUP KNOWN AS THE TOLTECS/SORCERERS OF ANTIQUITY PROBABLY ATE SOME POWER PLANTS FOR SOME REASON AND AFTER SOME TIME
BEGAN TO ANALYZE THEIR EXPERINECE
The way the Toltecs first started on the path of knowledge was by eating power plants.. whether prompted by curiosity, or hunger, or error they ate them. it was only a matter of
time before some of them began to analyse their experiences. FFW,17

WHAT IS A TOLTEC?

ANTHROPOLOGICAL IT WAS A CULTURE OF NAHUATL-SPEAKING PEOPLE IN CENTRAL AND SOUTHERN MEXICO WHICH WAS ALREADY EXTINCT
BY THE TIME OF THE SPANISH CONQUEST
The anthropological meaning was... a culture of Nahuatl-speaking people in central and soutern Mexico which was already extinct at the time of the Spanish conquest.
SRP,163.

A TOLTEC IS ONE WHO KNOWS BOTH THE MYSTERIES OF STALKING AND DREAMING
A Toltec is the receiver and holder of mysteries. SRP,163.
A sorcerer is a Toltec when that sorcerer has received the mysteries of stalking and dreaming. SRP,215.

WHAT DOES THE WORD "TOLTEC" MEAN?

TOLTEC MEANS "MAN OF KNOWLEDGE" AND DOES NOT REFER TO THE TOLTEC EMPIRE.
Toltec means "man of knowledge" and does not refer to the Toltec Empire. FFW,18.

WHEN DID THE TOLTECS EXIST?

PROBABLY THE LAST LINK IN A CHAIN PERHAPS THOUSANDS OF YEARS BEFORE THE SPANISH CONQUEST
Toltecs existed ages (centuries or perhaps even millennia FFW,18) before the Spaniards came to Mexico...last link in a chain of knowledge that extended over thousands of
years FFW,16 Sorcerers of antiquity.. men who existed in Mexico perhaps thousands of years before the Spanish Conquest, ( perhaps as far back as ten thousand years
ago..ruled from seven thousand to three thousand years ago..from then on, sorcerers have been regrouping, restructuring what was left of the old ones. TAOD,59)

WHERE DID THEY LIVE?

ALL SUCH MEN OF KNOWLEDGE LIVED WITHIN A VAST GEOGRAPHICAL AREA, NORTH AND SOUTH OF THE VALLEY OF MEXICO
..all such men of knowledge lived within a vast geographical area, north and south of the valley of Mexico..FFW,18

WHAT KIND OF JOBS DID THEY DO?

CURING, BEWITCHING, STORYTELLING, DANCING, BEING AN ORACLE, PREPARING FOOD AND DRINK. THOSE LINES OF WORK FOSTERED SPECIFIC
WISDOM, WISDOM THAT DISTINGUISHED THEM FROM AVERAGE MEN
and were employed in specific lines of work: curing, bewitching, storytelling, dancing, being an oracle, preparing food and drink. Those lines of work fostered specific wisdom,
wisdom that distinguished them from average men...they were also people who fitted into the structure of everyday life, very much as doctors, artists, teachers, priests and
merchants in our time do. They practiced their professions under the strict control of organized brotherhoods and became proficient and influential... FFW,18

WHAT SORCERY DID THEY DEVELOP?

THEY KNEW THE ART OF HANDLING AWARENESS/THEY KNEW THOUSANDS OF POSITIONS OF THE SECOND ATTENTION
they knew the art of handling awareness. FFW,16 men whose greatest accomplishment had been to build the structures of sorcery, emphasizing practicality and concreteness.
He rendered them as men who were brilliant but lacking in wisdom. TAOD, pg The Toltecs had divided their secret knowledge into two sets of five categories each: the earth
and the dark regions, fire and water, the above and below, the loud and the silent, the moving and the stationary. ... the old seers secret knowledge of the earth was employed
either to groom or to destroy anything that stands on the ground. FFW,98,99 Toltec power stand (description of and turning to the north) SRP,273,274. Holding the images of
dreams was a Toltec art. SRP,242.
They put all their eggs in one basket: the fixation of the assemblage point on the thousands of positions it can adopt...out of all the marvelous things the old sorcerers learned
exploring those thousands of positions, only the art of dreaming and the art of stalking remain. TAOD,69... the old seers aimed at lighting up all the emanations inside their
cocoons, one band at a time, They succeeded, but oddly enough the accomplishment of lighting up one band at a time was instrumental in their becoming imprisoned in the
quagmire of the second attention. FFW,85
...(they were the only ones able to change their energetic shape into a straight line.)..they were trying to bend themselves into circles, which they couldn't quite make..they had
also succeeded in stretching the duration of their consciousness. So they are alive and conscious to this day. TAOD, 12,13...they exist today in one of the layers of the universe.
TAOD, 171.
..they coined the name allies (inorganic beings) and the allies taught them to move the assemblage point out of the egg's boundaries into the nonhuman universe...into worlds
beyond the human domain. TAOD,49. The old sorcerers used to love their allies...more than they loved their own kind. TAOD,52,58
The dreaming emissary became the most vital entity for the (old Sorcerers) TAOD,67
(they could transform themselves into whatever by keeping the uniformity and cohesion of their assemblage point..their AP was very fluid ..they would shift their AP, stalk their
perception, rearrange their cohesiveness to fit their new state of awareness..) TAOD,78
They preferred shifts of the AP...and were after the human unknown. TAOD,79

WHAT WERE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE TOLTECS?

POWERFUL SORCERERS, SOMBER THEY LEANED TOWARD ACTION. THEIR BID IS TO DOMINATE, TO MASTER EVERYBODY AND EVERYTHING.
....powerful sorcerers, somber...they would influence and victimize people by fixating the awareness of their victims whatever they chose. FFW,16. Everything the Toltecs do is
very simple. SRP,258. The ancient sorcerers were not given to thought. They leaned toward action. POS,42. Their bid is to dominate, to master everybody and everything.
FFW,122 they did not seek order which was a great mistake..and a deadly consequence was their assumption that the unknown and the unknowable are the same thing.
FFW,49. they were all action and no real knowledge... when it came time for them to understand what they had seen, they couldn't do it. FFW,70,71

THEY WERE SIMILAR TO THE ANCIENT CHINESE.. THEY WANTED TO UNDERSTAND THE UNIVERSE ETC..
the people of pre-Hispanic Mexico were very similar in many respects to the ancient Chinese. Perhaps because they both may have had the same origins, they shared a similar
world view. The ancient Indians of Mexico.. had a slight advantage.. because the world in which they lived was in transition. This made them extremely eclectic and curious
about every facet of existence. They wanted to understand the universe, life, death and the range of human possibilities in terms of awareness and perception. Their great drive
to know led them to develop practices that enabled them to arrive at unimaginable levels of awareness. They made detailed descriptions of their practices and mapped the realms
that those practices unveiled. This tradition they handed down from generation to generation, always shrouding it in secrecy. TSC,122.

WHAT HAPPENED TO THE TOLTECS?

THEY BECAME BOGGED DOWN IN THE SECOND ATTENTION/THE SPANISH CAME AND CONQUERED THEM AND ONLY A FEW SURVIVED
The cultural context of DJ's knowledge. He did not know that himself. He viewed it as the product of a sort of Pan-Indianism. His conjecture about its origin was that at one
time, in the Indian world prior to the Conquest, the handling of the second attention became vitiated. It was developed without any hinderance over perhaps thousands of years,
to the point that it lost its strength. The practioners of that time may have had no need for controls, and thus without restraint, the second attention, instead of becoming
stronger, became weaker by virtue of its increased intricacy. Then the Spanish invaders came and destroyed the Indian world.. Only a handful of warriors survived... whatever
DJ knew about the second attention was the restructured version, a new version which had built in restraints because it had been forged under the harshest conditions of
suppresion..EG,187. ..demise of the Toltecs FFW,19
Just as in China, where there were ancient beliefs so farfetched that they have turned into legends, here in Mexico we also have our share of beliefs and legends...here in
Mexico, there were two cultures that collided head on: the Spaniards and the Indians... We know everything about ancient Spain but not ancient Mexico simply because the
Spaniards were the victors and tried to obliterate Indian traditions. But in spite of their systematic and relentless efforts, they didn't succeed completely. TSC,101.
SORCERERS OF TODAY/NEW SEERS

HOW THE NEW SEERS DEVELOPED


(how the new seers developed. FFW,20, 21)

HOW THE NEW SEERS TAUGHT THEIR IDEAS


(new seers of how they teach their ideas.. FFW,187)

WHAT IS THE PHILOSOPHY AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE NEW SEERS?

THEY CHANGED THE OLD SORCERY TO FIT THEIR NEEDS


Sorcerers of today.... ..men renowned for their sound minds and their capacity to rectify the course for sorcery if they deemed it necessary.... they were through with description,
comparison, and conjecture of any sort. FFW, 61.

THE HARSH CONDITIONS FOR THE OLD SEERS HELPED DEVELOP THE NEW SORCERERS
(after the Spanish conquest..the tonal of the Indians were obliterated..except for the sorcerers whose tonal)..took refuge in their nagual....The men of knowledge of today are the
product of those conditions and are the ultimate connoisseurs of the nagual since they were left there thoroughly alone. There, the white man has never ventured. In fact, he
doesn't even have the idea it exists. TOP,138.

THEY DIDN'T WANT CONCRETE THINGS


...they have no interest in concrete gains. There are no social functions for them, as there were for the sorcerers of the past. So you'll never catch them being the official seers or
the sorcerers in residence. TAOD, 2

THEY DIDN'T WANT RITUALS OR THE UNKNOWN


Because we are interested in something beyond the aberrant esoteric rituals and incanations of those sorcerers of ancient times. You see, we believe that their bizarre practices
and obsessive search for power resulted only in a greater enhancement of the self. TSC,123..This is a dead-end road, for it never leads to total freedom. Which is what we
ourselves are after. The danger is that one can easily become swayed by the mood of those sorcerers. TSC,123.
We are sorcerers from the same tradition as those of ancient times. We have inherited all their esoteric rituals and incantations, but although we know how to use them we aren't
interested in making them work. TSC,154.

THEY ONLY WENT INTO THE INORGANIC WORLDS AS ONLY A TRAINING EXERCISE
They (would go into other worlds (inorganic) only as an exercise)..they prefer movements of the AP...they were after the nonhuman unknown. TAOD, 79.

THE WORLD'S PRODUCED ARE OF NO VALUE FOR A WARRIOR


...most of the time the worlds the AP had assembled had been so close to the world of everyday life as to be virtually phantom worlds. Those visions are the product of man's
inventory..they are no value for warrior's..because they are produced by a lateral shift of the AP.

THEY MAPPED THE UNKNOWN TO MAKE IT SEPERATE FROM THE UNKNOWABLE


through the use of controlled seeing, the new seers began to map the unknown (making it available to our perception) in order to seperate it from the unknowable.FFW,51

THEY DIDN'T WANT TO TALK ABOUT RANDOM CASES OF PEOPLE WHO ENTER THE UNKNOWN
the new seers did not consider it worthwhile to discuss the random cases of men and other sentient beings who enter the unknown and the unknowable without being aware of
it; he referred to this as the Eagle's gift. FFW,85

THE NEW SEERS WERE PROFOUNDLY DISTURBED BY THE FACT THAT AWARENESS FORESTALLS DEATH AND AT THE SAME TIME INDUCES IT BY
BEING FOOD FOR THE EAGLE. SINCE THEY COULD NOT EXPLAIN IT, FOR THERE IS NO RATIONAL WAY TO UNDERSTAND EXISTENCE, SEERS
REALIZED THAT THEIR KNOWLEDGE IS COMPOSED OF CONTRADICTORY PROPOSITIONS
The new seers were profoundly disturbed by the fact that awareness forestalls death and at the same time induces it by being food for the Eagle. Since they could not explain it,
for there is no rational way to understand existence, seers realized that their knowledge is composed of contradictory propositions.... the new seers found unquestionable truths
by means of seeing. Those truths are arranged in terms of supossedly blatent contradictions. FFW,91
HOW DO THE NEW SORCERERS ORGANIZE THEIR LINEAGE?

THERE ARE TWO BRANCHES OF THAT LINEAGE, EACH HAS EIGHT MEMBERS. THE MEMBERS OF CLARA'S BRANCH ARE THE GRAUS AND THE
MEMBERS OF MY BRANCH ARE THE ABELARS.
We are a lineage, but not a family lineage. In this house there are two branches of that lineage, each has eight members. The members of Clara's branch are the Graus and the
members of my branch are the Abelars. Our origin is lost in time. We count ourselves by generations. I can teach what my group knows to someone who is like me. In this case,
you are an Abelar (Nelida talking to Taisha.) TSC,189.

EXPLANATION OF THE NAUGAL'S GROUP

EG,174-178.... Stop at pg. 174... end of second full paragraph.

SHAMINISM
WHAT IS IT?

SHAMINISM IS DESCRIBED AS A BELIEF SYSTEM... ....WHICH MAINTAINS THAT AN UNSEEN WORLD OF ANCESTRAL SPIRITUAL FORCES, GOOD AND
EVIL, IS PERVASIVE AROUND US AND THAT THESE SPIRITUAL FORCES CAN BE SUMMONED OR CONTROLLED THROUGH THE ACTS OF
PRACTITIONERS, WHO ARE THE INTERMEDIARIES BETWEEN THE NATURAL AND THE SUPERNATURAL REALMS. DON JUAN CALLED THE
SUPERNATURAL THE SECOND ATTENTION.
Shaminism is described as a belief system... ....which maintains that an unseen world of ancestral spiritual forces, good and evil, is pervasive around us and that these spiritual
forces can be summoned or controlled through the acts of practitioners, who are the intermediaries between the natural and the supernatural realms. don juan called the
supernatural the second attention. TAOD i.

WHO PRACTICES SHAMINISM?

1. Native people of northern Asia , TAOD, i


2. Certain North American Indian tribes, TAOD, i
3. Toltecs

OTHER SORCERERS
to this day there are scores of sorcerers all over, Mexico, descendents of those conquerors, who follow the Toltec ways but don't know what they are doing, because they are not
seers. ..they copied the procedures of the Toltec seers without having the Toltec's inner knowledge...FFW,19

MAZATEC SORCERER
SRP,186.

TARAHUMARA INDIAN
TDJ,91

REFERENCES
Pima Indians.. JTI,57

MITOTE
a long peyote ceremony for peyoteros and apprentices. TDJ,142.

DIABLERA

a helper is the aid of a diablero. A helper is a spirit that lives on the other side of the world and helps a diablero to cause sickness and pain. It helps him kill. (not the same as an
ally) To tame an ally is hard work. it is easier to get a helper on the other side. TDJ,181.
B.) SORCERER'S WAY

1. RATIONAL FOR THE SORCERER'S WAY

HOW DOES SORCERY TEACH US TO REACH THIS ULTIMATE GOAL?

Sorcerer's follow a series of guidelines called the sorcerer's way or impeccability

WHAT IS THE DEFINITION OF THE SORCERER'S WAY?

THE SORCERER'S WAY ARE CHOICES WE MAKE IN LIFE THAT ARE DESIGNED TO CHANGE THE WAY WE LOOK AND ACT TOWARDS THINGS.
the sorcerer's way is a specific sequence of actions. POS,158 ...a chain of behavioral choices for dealing with the world, choices much more intelligent than those our
progenitors taught us. These sorcerers' choices are designed to revamp our lives by altering our basic reactions about being alive. TAOD, ? ...dusting the connecting link to
intent, or stalking oneself POS, 67

MOLDING OUR LIFE SITUATION SO THAT WE CAN GET SOME ENERGY


There are two ways of facing our being alive...one is to surrender to it, either by acquiescing to its demands or by fighting those demands. The other is by molding our paticular
life situation to fit our own configurations...one's particular life situation can be molded to fit one's specification...dreamer's do that. Through molding this awareness of being
alive (molding one's life situation) we can get enough energy to reach and sustain the energy body and with it we can certainly mold the total direction and consequences of our
lives.TAOD, 33,34

ENERGY CAN BE CULMATIVE


...(energy tends to be culumative... TAOD,138)

WHAT ARE THE OTHER NAMES OF THE SORCERER'S WAY?

Sorcerer's way/warrior's way/impeccability

WHAT IS IMPECCABILITY?

IMPECCABILITY IS SIMPLY THE BEST USE OF OUR ENERGY LEVEL


impeccability is simply the best use of our energy level POS,232, FFW,30... The only thing that counts is impeccability, that is, freed energy. FFW,119 ...the only thing that
stores energy for us is our impeccability. POS,232 ...that action of rechanneling that energy is impeccability. FFW,31...it leaves us to scrounge energy for ourselves, wherever
we can find it. TAOD, ? ....learning to save energy.. POS,8 .... ..think of sorcery as learning to save energy. And this energy will enable you to handle some of the energy fields
which are inaccessible to you now. POS,8 ....to be in an impeccable state of being is to be free of rational assumptions and fears. FFW,279... ...impeccability is to do your best in
whatever you're engaged in. TOP,191..a life of impeccability by itself leads unavoidably to a sense of sobriety, and this in turn leads to the movement of the AP. FFW,195
Impeccability is indeed the only act which is free and thus the true measure of a warrior's spirit. TOP,241 impeccability the only thing that counts in the path of knowledge.
FFW,33 .......Be impeccable and you'll have enough energy to reach the place of silent knowledge. POS,267

THE RULE WAS ENDLESS AND COVERED EVERY FACET OF A WARRIOR'S BEHAVIOR
. The rule was endless and covered every facet of a warrior's behavior. EG,178. How the seers saw this rule. EG,178.

TWO TYPES OF INTERPRETATIONS OF THE RULE: UNIVERSAL AND INDIVIDUAL


two types of interpretations of the rule: universal and individual. explanations of and examples. EG,181.

WHAT IS THE RATIONALITY BEHIND SORCERY/SORCERER'S WAY?

THAT IS PROVIDED BY THE SORCERER'S EXPLANATION


sorcerer's explanation..DJ gives it to CC start, TOP,224,225 You now know about the tonal and the nagual which are the core of the sorcerer's explanation. TOP,225.

WHAT IS THE SORCERY'S EXPLANATION?

The sorcery's basic premise is that the universe is just energy

WE MUST BELIEVE THAT THE UNIVERSE IS ENERGY OR WE WILL NEVER PERCEIVE ENERGY DIRECTLY
..If we don't start out with the premise that it is a world of energy, we'll never be able to perceive energy directly. We'll always be stopped by the physical certainty of what
you've just pointed out: the hardness of objects. TAOD,4. The social base of our perception should be the physical certainty that energy is all there is. TAOD, 3

AND THAT EVERYTHING AROUND US IS ONLY A PERCEPTION

PERCEPTION IS THE UNLTIMATE MYSTERY BECAUSE IT'S TOTALLY UNEXPLAINABLE/ EVERYTHING IS PERCEPTION/EVERYTHING IS AN
UNFATHOMABLE MYSTERY
Perception is the ultimate mystery because it's totally unexplainable. Sorcerers as human beings are perceiving creatures, but what they perceive is neither good nor evil;
everything is just perception. If human beings, through discipline, can perceive more than is normally permitted, more power to them. TSC,215. Your reason is willing to admit
that the world is not as the description portrays it, that there is much more to it than meets the eye...TOP,265 The first precept of the rule is that everything that surrounds us is
an unfathomable mystery. EG,279 I've told you time and time again that the world is unfathomable..and so are we, and so is every being that exists in this world. It is
impossible, therefore, to reason out the double. You've been allowed to witness it, though, and that should be more than enough. TOP,49.The world around us is very
mysterious..it doesn't yield its secrets easily. JTI,22.

THE WORLD IS A MYSTERY

THE WORLD IS INCOMPREHENSIBLE. WE WON'T EVER UNDERSTAND IT; WE WON'T EVER UNRAVEL ITS SECRETS. THUS WE MUST TREAT IT AS IT IS,
A SHEER MYSTERY.
The world is all that is encased here...life,death,people, the allies, and everything else that surrounds us. The world is incomprehensible. We won't ever understand it; we won't
ever unravel its secrets. Thus we must treat it as it is, a sheer mystery. SR,219... The world is a mystery..and it is not at all as you picture it.... Well, it is also as you picture it,
but that's not all there is to world; there is much more to it. JTI,165.

A WARRIOR TREATS THE WORLD AS A MYSTERY/PEOPLE AS THE FOLLY


A warrior is aware of this confusion and learns to treat things properly. the things that people do cannot under any conditions be more important than the world. And thus a
warrior treats the world as an endless mystery and what people do as an endless folly. SR,220.
THE MYSTERY OF US IS OUTSIDE US/WHAT MAKES US PERCEIVE
.....The mystery is outside us... inside us we only have emanations trying to break the cocoon. And this fact aberrates us, one way or the other, whether we are average men or
warriors.. Only the new seers get around this. They struggle to see. And by means of the shifts of their AP, they get to realize that the mystery is perceiving. Not so much what
we perceive, but what makes us perceive. FFW,143

THE WORLD IS WHATEVER WE PERCEIVE IN ANY MANNER WE CHOOSE TO PERCEIVE


He was very careful to establish that the world was whatever we perceive, in any manner we may choose to perceive. SR,147.

AND THIS PERCEPTION CAN BE MANIPULATED

AWARENESS CAN BE MANIPULATED/HANDLED


Awareness can be manipulated. FFW,16. You'd be surprised what men are capable of especially if they control awareness... in the old seers excursion to the depths they found
marvels. It was routine for them to encounter allies. To say the depths is a figure of speech. There are no depths there is only handling of awareness. FFW,121

A SORCERER DOES NOT TRY TO EXPLAIN THESE FORCES BUT USES THESE FORCES BY REDIRECTING HIMSELF AND ADAPTING TO THEIR DIRECTION
The sorcerer, on the other hand, does not think of explaining or changing them; instead, he learns to use such forces by redirecting himself and adapting to their direction. That's
his trick. SR,214.

THE USE OF AWARENESS AS AN ENERGETIC ELEMENT OF OUR ENVIRONMENT/WE CAN GO PLACES WITH OUR AWARENESS
Through the medium of awareness, scouts from all over the universe come to us, and vice versa; via awareness, sorcerers go to the ends of the universe...The sorcerers can hitch
their energy body to the (glow of awareness) and go with it. the use of awareness as an energetic element of our environment is the essence of sorcery. TAOD,185..awareness
can also be used for entering into the energy fields of inanimate matter or of living beings. TAOD, 198.

PERCEPTION IS CONTROLLED BY WHERE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS FIXED SO MANIPULATING THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT BECOMES THE
MOST IMPORTANT GOAL OF A SORCERER

THE MANIPULATION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS THE MOST IMPORTANT TOPIC OF THE SORCERER'S WORLD
..the most important topic of the sorcerers' world..the position of the assemblage point... TAOD,73..the mystery of the AP is everything in sorcery..or rather, everything in
sorcery rests on the manipulation of the assemblage point. TAOD,172.. the position of the AP is everything and that the world it makes us perceive is so real that it does not
leave any room for anything except its realness. FFW,235,
All of them (sorcerers) pursued, singleheartedly, the same goal: breaking the perceptual dispositions and biases that imprison us within the boundaries of the normal everyday
world and prevent us from entering other perceivable worlds. TSC,xi.

THE MASTERY OF AWARENESS IS WHAT GIVES THE AP ITS INITIAL BOOST TO DISLODGE IT FROM ITS ORIGINAL POSITION
the mastery of awareness is what gives the AP its initial boost to dislodge it from its original position...our enemy and at the same time our friend is our internal dialogue, our
inventory. Be a warrior; shut off your internal dialogue; make your inventory and then throw it away. The new seers make accurate inventories and then laugh at them.....
without the inventory the AP becomes free.. FFW,277.

THE NEW SEERS SAY THAT SINCE THE EXACT POSITION OF THE AP IS AN ARBITRARY POSITION CHOSEN FOR US BY OUR ANCESTORS, IT CAN
MOVE WITH A RELATIVELY SMALL EFFORT; ONCE IT MOVES, IT FORCES NEW ALIGNMENTS OF EMANATIONS, THUS NEW PERCEPTIONS.
moving the AP is complex because it required a tremendous discipline on everybody's part; it required that the internal dialogue be stopped, that a state of HA be reached and
that someone walk away with one's AP. The explanation behind all these complex procedures was very simple; the new seers say that since the exact position of the AP is an
arbitrary position chosen for us by our ancestors, it can move with a relatively small effort; once it moves, it forces new alignments of emanations, thus new perceptions.
FFW,152

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE SECOND ATTENTION FOR NEW SORCERERS?

THE SECOND ATTENTION IS THE TRAINING GROUND FOR WARRIORS WANTING TO REACH THE THIRD ATTENTION
the battlefield of warriors was the second attention, which was something like a training ground for reaching the third attention. EG,18.

WHY DO SORCERER GO TO OTHER WORLDS?

SORCERERS GO INTO OTHER WORLDS TO GET ENERGY, POWER, SOLUTIONS TO GENERAL AND PARTICULAR PROBLEMS, OR TO FACE THE
UNIMAGINABLE.
....Sorcerers go into other worlds to get energy, power, solutions to general and particular problems, or to face the unimaginable. POS,13

WHERE DOES THE ENERGY COME FROM TO MOVE THE AP?

THE ENERGY NECESSARY TO MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT COMES FROM THE REALM OF THE INORGANIC BEINGS
..the energy necessary to move the assemblage points of sorcerers comes from the realm of the inorganic beings. TAOD, 181.

THE SECOND ATTENTION IS NECESSARY TO PERCEIVE OURSELVES AS LUMINOUS BODIES


the SA is the awareness we need in order to perceive our luminous cocoon and to act like luminous beings. EG,18

YOU MUST EXERCISE YOUR SECOND ATENTION TO GET YOUR DESIRED RESULTS
The second attention served the function of a beckoner, a caller of chances. The more it is exercised, the greater the possibility of getting the desired result. EG,139.

BUT TO MANIPULATE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MEANS TO HAVE FREED INTERNAL ENERGY

IN ORDER TO PERCEIVE THE SECOND ATTENTION WE NEED INTERNAL ENERGY TO MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT
He had maintained that in order to perceive energy in such a fashion, we need freedom from our normal capacity to perceive. TSC,viii.. In order to accomplish the feat of
heightening our perception, we need internal energy. Thus the problem of making internal energy available to fulfill such a task becomes the key issue for students of sorcery.
TSC,viii The difficulty is in breaking the retaining wall we all have in our mind that holds us in place. To break it all we need is energy. Once we have energy, seeing happens to
us itself. The trick is in abandoning our fort of self-complacency and false security. TAOD, 9. Don Juan explained to me that, for us to perceive those other realms, not only do
we have to covet them but we need to have sufficient energy to sieze them. Their existence is constant and independent of our awareness, he said, but their inaccessibility is
entirely a consequence of our energetic conditioning. In other words, simply and solely because of that conditioning, we are compelled to assume that the world of daily life is
the one and only possible world. TAOD, ii. ...the most difficult thing in the warrior's path is to make the AP move. That movement is the completion of the warrior's quest... in
the warrior's way, the shift of the AP is everything. FFW,214......Sorcerers maintain that moving the AP is all that matters and that movement..depends on increased energy and
not instruction. POS,166. the only value of experiences (in the warrior's path) was the movement of the AP and not the content of the vision. FFW,227.. ...Sorcerers say that in
order to command the spirit, and by that they mean to command the movement of the AP, one needs energy POS,232 ...the only thing that matters is the movement of the
AP...no procedure can cause that. It's an effect that happens all by itself. POS,169 and such AP movements were ruled by the amount of energy sorcerers had at their command.
POS,152.. Once one knows that world all one needs to bring it about is to use that extra ring of power... JTI,255.

YOU MUST HAVE ENERGY TO MAKE THE AP MOVE OR THE FORCE OF ALIGNMENT WILL CRUSH YOU
For the AP to shift, one needs energy. If one doesn't have it, the naugal's blow is not the blow of freedom, but the blow of death. Without enough energy.. the force of alignment
is crushing. FFW,164 You have to have energy to sustain the pressure of alignments which never take place under ordinary circumstances. FFW,164

SINCE ALL OF OUR ENERGY IS WRAPPED UP IN DEALING WITH OURSELVES, THE SORCERER'S NEEDED A CODE OR A WAY OF LIFE THAT
FREES UP ENERGY AND CAN HANDLE THE DANGERS OF THE SECOND ATTENTION

ONLY THE SORCERER'S WAY CAN RESTORE THE ENERGY NEEDED TO REGAIN THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES
She reached inside the cave and touched the left and right sides of my forehead. Awareness must shift from here to here... as children, we can easily do this , but once the seal of
the body has been broken through wasteful excesses, only a special manipulation of awareness, right living and celibacy can restore the energy that has drained out, energy
needed to make the shift. TSC,42.

THE WARRIOR'S WAY AQUIRED THE INTERNAL STRENGTH THEY NEEDED TO SHIFT THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT IN THEIR DREAMS
With the warrior's path, the new seers fortified themselves and aquired the internal strength (sobriety) they needed to guide the shift of the AP in dreams. FFW,195.

HOW DOES THE SORCERER'S WAY/IMPECCABILITY FREE OUR EXISTING ENERGY?

THE SORCERERS CUT DOWN ANYTHING THEY THINK IS SUPERFLUOUS IN THEIR LIVES AND REDEPLOY THAT ENERGY IN A MORE INTELLIGENT
MANNER/LOSE OUR SELF-REFLECTION
....It was implicit that one could have been capable of such an extraordinary effort only by being frugal with any other activity that did not deal directly with such predetermined
actions. TDJ,193....the sorcerers' way is the best means of energy redeployment ...TAOD,138 ...Sorcerers get that energy by redeploying, in a more intelligent manner, the
energy they have and use for perceiving the daily world. TAOD,32. The sorcerers redeployed their energy by cutting down anything they consider superfluous in their lives.
TAOD,?...sorcerers get extra energy from eradicating unnecessary habits. FFW,97 Eradicating self-will is the means by which we realize the supreme goal of the spiritual life.
This is what all the great mystics have done and done completely, through years of strenuous effort. EE, M,173... Of course you need to gather energy..but right now you must
do it by demolishing your indulgence in absurdities. There is plenty of energy you can harness simply by not doing the things you are accustomed to, like complaining, or
feeling sorry for yourself or worrying about things that can't be changed. Defusing these concerns will give you a positive, nurturing energy that will help to balance and heal
you. TSC,95 Because the spirit had no perceivable essence, sorcerers deal rather with the specific instances and ways in which they are able to shatter the mirror of self-
reflection. POS,170 This crossing of the threshold (moving the assemblage point) happens when the spirit cuts our chains of self-reflection. POS,101 eradicating unecessary
habits detaches awareness from self-reflection and allows it (I think he means either awareness or glow of awareness) the freedom to focus on something else. FFW,97 ...the
sorcerer's way ...makes the person ...aware that self-importance is the force which keeps the AP fixed. For this reason, the thrust of the warriors' way is to dethrone self-
importance. And everything sorcerers do is toward is toward accomplishing this goal.. POS,158, TAOD,37 much of my endeavors with you has been geared to show you that
without self-importance we are invulnerable. FFW,28. ...I personally have initiated you in all kinds of sorcery procedures, but only for purposes of luring your first attention
away from the power of self-absorption, which keeps your AP rigidly fixed. FFW,138. ..self-importance figures as the activity that consumes the greatest amount of energy,
hence, their effort to eradicate it. FFW,31. ...example of shattering self-importance. POS,171....the only worthwhile course of action, whether for sorcerers or average men, is to
restrict our involvement with our self-image. POS,165...feeling important makes one heavy, clumsy and vain. to be a man of knowledge one needs to be light and fluid.
SR,8....War, for a warrior, is the total struggle against that individual self that has deprived man of his power. POS,158.. ..self-importance, lack of purpose, unchecked
ambition, unexamined sensuality, cowardice; and you must be relentless in your fight against them... she said she had just been trying to illustrate to me that our attitudes and
feelings were our real enemy. TSC,153... and that they were just as damaging and dangerous as any bandit armed to the teeth that we that we might encounter on the road.
TSC,154.
...it calls for frugality, thoughtfulness, simplicity, innocence and above all it calls for a lack of self-reflection. POS,232, FFW,30... close the door of self-reflection. POS,267 ...It
doesn't matter what anybody says or does... You must be an impeccable man yourself. The fight is right here in this chest...if you are impeccable.. you wouldn't have time for
petty fights. it takes all the time and all the energy we have to conquer the idiocy in us. And that's what matters. The rest is of no importance. SRP,213. One must overcome
everything...by letting it turn into nothing. SR,169. It doesn't matter whether you like or dislike the guardian. As long as you have a feeling toward it, the guardian will remain
the same monstrous, beautiful or whatever. If you have no feeling toward it... the guardian will become nothing and will still be there in front of you. SR,170. You thought it
was ugly (guardian). its size was awesome. it was a monster. You know what all those things are. So the guardian was always something you knew you did not see it. I have
told you already, the guardian had to become nothing and yet it had to stand in front of you. it had to be there and it had, at the same time, to be nothing. SR,170. The goal of
everything I was taught was the redistribution of my normal energy, and the enhancement of it, so that it could be used for the out-of-the-ordinary feats of perception demanded
by sorcery training. The idea behind the training is that as soon as the compulsive patterns of old habits, thoughts, expectations and feelings is broken by means of the
recapitulation one is indisputably in the position to accumulate enough energy to live by the new rationales provided by the sorcery tradition-and to substantiate those rationales
by directly perceiving a different reality. TSC,xiii

GOOD SUMMERIZATIONS

POS,158-losing self-importance
POS,167-why we need to lose self-importance-essence of why everything Don Juan did what he did.

HOW DOES LOSING YOUR SELF-IMPORTANCE FREE OUR ENERGY?


(The lose of self-importance can also be thought of the lose of socialization.. simply to lessen the control that society has over us)

WHEN SELF-IMPORTANCE IS CURTAILED, THE ENERGY IT REQUIRES IS NO LONGER EXPENDED.


.When self-importance is curtailed, the energy it requires is no longer expended. POS,167

WHEN OUR WAREHOUSE IS EMPTY/INVENTORY IS DISCARDED THEN ENERGY CAN FLOW THROUGH US/WHEN WE BECOME NOTHING
If our warhouse is empty, the body itself is empty, and energy from infinity can flow through it. Clara reiterated that in order to empty ourselves, we have to sink into a state of
profound recapitulation and let energy flow through us impeded. Only in quiescence.. can we give the seer in us full reign or can the impersonal energy of the universe turn into
the very personal force intent. When we have emptied ourselves sufficiently of our obsolete and encumbering inventory... energy comes to us and gathers itself naturally; when
enough of it coalesces, it turns into power. TSC,102
Chinese sages of ancient times used to say that in order to know your worth, you have to slip through the eye of the dragon.. she said those sages were convinced that the
boundless unknown is guarded by an enormous dragon whose scales shine with a dazzling light. They believed that the courageous seekers who dare to approach the dragon are
awed by its blinding glare, by the power of its tail that with the minutest flicker crushes anything in its way, and by its burning breath that turns to ashes everything within its
reach. But they also believed that there is a way to slip by that unapproachable dragon. Clara said that they were confident that by merging with the dragon's intent, one can
become invisible and go through the dragon's eye... it means that through recapitulation, we can become empty of thought and desire, which for those ancient seers meant to
become one with the dragon's intent, therefore invisible. TSC,65.
Warriors prepare themselves to be aware, and full awareness comes to them only when there is no more self-importance left in them. Only when they are nothing do they
become everything. FFW,147.

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE FREE OUR ENERGY?

IT AUTOMATICALLY MOVES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT AND THIS SERVES AS THE BASIS FOR A CLEAR CONNECTING LINK WITH THE NAGUAL
That increased energy then serves as the springboard that launches the assemblage point, automatically and without premeditation, into an inconceivable journey. Once the
assemblage point has moved, the movement itself entails moving from self-reflection, and this in turn, assures a clear connecting link with the spirit. POS,167 By seperating the
social part of perception, you'll perceive the essence of everything. TAOD, 3 If you want to find your life, you have to lose it. (Jesus)...
I have the greatest ambition imaginable. I want to make myself zero. (Gandhi)..... EE,M,173...

ANY MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT AWAY FROM ITS HABITUAL SPOT MEANS A MOVEMENT FROM SELF-REFLECTION/SELF-IMPORTANCE
He explained that sorcerers had discovered that any movement of the AP means movement away from the excessive concern with that individual self which was the mark of
modern man.... It was therefore safe to say that any movement of the AP away from its customary position resulted in a movement away from man's self-reflection and its
concomitant: self-importance. .... sorcerers knew by means of their practical actions, that as soon as their assemblage points move, their self-importance crumbles. Without the
customary position of their AP, their self image can no longer be sustained. And without the heavy focus on that self-image, they lose their self-compassion, and with it their
self-importance... POS,159 It was therefore safe to say that any movement of the AP away from its customary position resulted in a movement away from man's self-reflection
and its concomitant: self-importance. POS,158, TAOD,37

A WARRIOR ACTS FOR HIMSELF BUT HIS CONTACT WITH THE SPIRIT HELPS HIS SELF BECOME ABSTRACT AND IMPERSONAL
In a way, a warrior is all for himself for a warrior everything begins and ends with himself. However, his contact with the abstract causes him to overcome his feeling of self-
importance. Then the self becomes abstract and impersonal. POS, 47
..the internal dialogue is what grounds us.. the world is such and such or so and so, only because we talk to ourselves about its being such and such or so and so. TOP,19.

THE MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT INCREASES THE PERCEPTION OF THE WARRIOR
The sorcerer's increased energy, derived from the curtailment of their self-reflection, allows their senses a greater range of perception. POS,165. The greater your energy.. the
greater your capacity to perceive extraordinary things... TSC,215 this is sorcery! You can perceive it now, because you've freed enough energy to expand your perception.
Anyone can perceive it, provided he has enough energy. The tragedy is that most of our energy is trapped in nonsensical concerns. The recapitulation is the key. it releases that
trapped energy and voila! You see infinity right in front of your eyes. TSC,248

OUR NEW COMMAND OF THE AP BECOMES THE EAGLE'S NEW COMMAND


The new seers say that realization is the technique... first of all, one must become aware that the world we perceive is the result of our AP's being located on a specific spot on
the cocoon. Once that is understood, the AP can move almost at will, as a consequence of new habits. FFW,137. The AP of man appears around a definite area of the cocoon,
because the Eagle commands it.. But the precise spot is determined by habit, by repetitious acts. First we learn that it can be placed there and then we ourselves command it to
be there. Our command becomes the Eagle's command.FFW,137. ..once the glow of awareness focuses on man's band of emanations and selects some for emphasis, it enters
into a vicious circle. The more it emphasizes certain emanations, the more stable the AP gets to be. This is the equivalent of saying that our command becomes the Eagle's
command. It goes without saying that when our awareness develops into first attention the command is so strong that to break that circle and make the AP shift is a genuine
triumph. FFW,141,142.. First you must stop your internal dialogue, then you must bring up the image of the person that you want to see; any thought that one holds in mind in a
state of silence is properly a command, since there are no other thoughts to compete with it. TOP,34.

WHEN SORCERERS MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ENOUGH, SORCERERS LEARN TO "SEE"

WHAT DOES IT MEAN TO "SEE"?

SEEING IS THE CAPACITY TO PERCEIVE ENERGY DIRECTLY


Seeing... the capacity to perceive the energetic essence of things... to perceive energy directly.(fields of energy. FFW,10).. TAOD, 3,50

SEEING IS THE ACT OF DEALING DIRECTLY WITH THE NAGUAL


seeing was the act of dealing directly with the nagual, an act that was an unavoidable end result of the teachings but an unattainable task as a task per se. TOP,232. Seeing is not
a force, but rather getting through things. SR,148. Seeing must be direct, for a warrior can't use his time to unravel what he himself is seeing. Seeing is seeing because it cuts
through all that nonsense TOP,151

SEEING IS A FEELING/DIRECT KNOWING/BODILY KNOWLEDGE


..seeing is a peculiar feeling of knowing something without a shadow of a doubt. FFW,18..the logical conclusion for my intellect would be to say that seeing is a bodily
knowledge. EG,37.Seeing is like that. Statements are made with great certainity, and one doesn't know how it happened. TOP,134. Clara said that this moment of direct
knowing was called the seer by the people who first formulated the recapitulation, because it allows us to directly see into things with unclouded eyes. TSC,99

HOW DOES SEEING COME ABOUT?

SEEING IS A RESULT OF MOVING THE AP, USING NEW ALIGNMENTS


. ..seeing is a euphemism for moving the AP, FFW,242..... seeing is not a matter of the eyes.. seeing is alignment.. the alignment of emanations used routinely is the perception
of the day-to-day world, but the alignment of emanations that are never used ordinarily is seeing. when such an alignment occurs one sees. Seeing, therefore being produced by
alignment out of the ordinary cannot be something one could merely look at.. FFW,71,72

SEEING HAPPENS BETWEEN THE WORLDS OF ORDINARY PEOPLE AND THE WORLD OF SORCERERS
Perhaps you know now that seeing happens only when one sneaks between the worlds, the world of ordinary people and the world of sorcerers....one who sees knows that to
believe that is to be pinned down in the realm of sorcerers. By the same token, not to believe that coyotes talk is to be pinned down in the realm of ordinary men. They are real
worlds. They could act upon you. JTI,254.

SEEING HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH SORCERY


He spoke about seeing as a process independent of the allies and the techniques of sorcery.SR,167. A sorcerer was a person who command an ally and thus manipulate an ally's
power to his advantage, but the fact that he commanded an ally did not mean that he could see. I reminded him that he had told me before that it was impossible to see unless
one had an ally. Don Juan very calmly replied that he had come to the conclusion it was possible to see and yet not command an ally. He felt there was nor reason why not,
since seeing had nothing to do with manipulatory techniques of sorcery, which served only to act upon our fellow men. The techniques of seeing..had no effect on men.
SR,167.....Seeing is not sorcery. yet one may easily confuse them, because a man who sees can learn, in no time at all, to manipulate an ally and may become a sorcerer. On the
other hand, a man may learn certain techniques in order to command an ally and thus become a sorcerer, and yet he may never learn to see. SR,168

WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN LOOKING AND SEEING?

SEEING IS NOT USING THE EYES ALONE


I never said that seeing is a matter of the eyes alone. SR,252

LOOKING CONSISTED IN VIEWING THE TONAL WHICH IS IN EVERYTHING AND SEEING , ON THE OTHER HAND, CONSISTED IN VIEWING THE
NAUGAL WHICH ALSO IS IN EVERYTHING
She added that we could stumble upon the most outlandish sights of the tonal and be scared of them, or awed by them, or be indifferent to them, because all of us could view
those sights. A sight of the naugal... needed the specialized senses of a sorcerer in order to be seen at all. And yet, both the tonal and naugal were present in everything at all
times. It was appropriate,therefore, for a sorcerer to say that looking consisted in viewing the tonal which is in everything and seeing , on the other hand, consisted in viewing
the naugal which also is in everything.. Accordingly, if a warrior viewed observed the world as a human being, he was looking, but if he observed it as a sorcerer, he was seeing,
and what he was seeing was properly called the nagual. SRP,199.

SWITCHING BETWEEN LOOKING AND SEEING/FUNCTION OF THE EYES


you must do it yourself (seeing) once you learn, you can see every single thing in the world in a different way...I see both ways. When I want to look at the world I see it the
way you do. Then when I want to see it I look at it the way I know and I perceive it in a different way.... SR,37..He said that the eyes of man could perform both functions
(seeing and looking) but neither of them was better than the other; however, to train the eyes to look was, in his opinion, an unnecessary loss... we need to look with our eyes to
laugh because only when we look at things can we catch the funny edge of the world. On the other hand, when our eyes see, everything is so equal that nothing is funny... our
eyes may look so we may laugh, or cry, or rejoice, or be happy. SR,83
In order to see one must learn to look at the world in some other fashion, and the only other fashion I know is the way of a sorcerer. JTI,256.

DO THINGS CHANGE WHEN YOU SEE?

THINGS DON'T CHANGE WHEN YOU SEE, YOU JUST CHANGE YOUR WAY OF LOOKING AT THEM
things don't change. You change your way of looking, that's all. SR,37.

WHEN YOU LEARN TO SEE..A THING IS NEVER THE SAME EVERY TIME YOU SEE IT, AND YET IT IS THE SAME
When you learn to see..a thing is never the same every time you see it, and yet it is the same. I told you, for instance, that a man is like an egg. Every time I see the same man I
see an egg, yet it is not the same egg....you can tell things apart. You can see them for what they really are. SR,37.

ULTIMATE REALITY

SEEING THE ULTIMATE NATURE OF THINGS


....seeing as a special capacity that one could develop and which would allow one to apprehand the ultimate nature of things. TOP,27...to lay bare the core of everything, to
witness the unknown and to glimpse into the unknowable.. FFW,70..the capacity of human beings to enlarge their perceptual field until they are capable of assessing not only
the outer appearances but the essence of everything. FFW,10..seeing entailed a very complex process by virtue of which a man of knowledge allegedly perceives the essence of
the things of the world. SR,8. the old seers actually saw the indescribable force which is the source of all sentient beings. FFW,54,55

EVERYTHING UNIMPORTANT

WHEN YOU LEARN TO SEE, EVERYTHING BECOMES UNIMPORTANT/EQUAL


Besides seeing is contrary to sorcery. Seeing makes one realize the importance of it all... the unimportance of everything. SR,168. When a man learns to see, not a single thing
he knows prevails. Not a single thing. If the Tibetans could see they could tell right away that not a single thing is no longer the same. Once we see, nothing is known; nothing
remains as we used to know it when we didn't see. When one learns to see, not a single thing is the same.. perhaps the Tibetans really see.. in which case they must have realized
that what they see makes no sense at all and they wrote that bunch of crap because it doesn't make any difference to them; in which case what they wrote isn't crap at all.
SR,194. But then when a man learns to see, he realizes that he can no longer think about the things he looks at, and if he cannot think about what he looks at everything
becomes unimportant. SR,81. Once a man learns to see he finds himself alone in the world with nothing but folly.. your acts as well as the acts of your fellow men in general
appear to be important to you because you have learned to think they are important. SR,81. you believe that (nothing matters is bad) because you're thinking..you're thinking
about life..you're not seeing. SR,80

AFTER SEEING/ UPON LEARNING TO SEE A MAN BECOMES EVERYTHING BY BECOMING NOTHING. HE SO TO SPEAK VANISHES AND YET HE'S
THERE/DEALING WITH PEOPLE
Upon learning to see a man becomes everything by becoming nothing. He so to speak vanishes and yet he's there. I would say that this is the time when a man can be or can get
anything he desires. but he desires nothing, and instead of playing with his fellow men like they were toys, he meets them in the midst of their folly. the only difference between
them is that a man who sees controls his folly, while his fellow men can't. A man who sees has no longer an active interest in his fellow men. Seeing has already detached him
from absolutely everything he knew before. The thing that should give you chills is not to have anything to look forward to but a lifetime of doing that which you have always
done. Seeing is very difficult and is not a matter of talk. SR,105.

OUR NEW ENERGY THEN BECOMES POWER

PERSONAL POWER

PERSONAL POWER IS THE ONLY THING THAT MATTERS IN THE DOINGS AND NOT-DOINGS OF WARRIORS
As is always the in the doings and not doings of warriors, personal power is the only thing that matters. TOP,106. Everything a man does hinges on his personal power..
therefore, for one who doesn't have any, the deeds of a powerful man are incredible. JTI,164. If.. your impeccability and personal power are such that you are capable of
fulfilling your tasks, you will then achieve the promise of power. And what's that promise?...it is a promise that power makes to men as luminous beings. Each warrior has a
different fate, so there is no way of telling what that promise will be for either of you. TOP,277.

WHAT IS POWER?

POWER IS A VERY PECULIAR AFFAIR..IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO PIN IT DOWN AND SAY WHAT IT IS REALLY IS
power is a very peculiar affair..it is impossible to pin it down and say what it is really is. JTI,122 Then power becomes a serious matter; one may not have it, or one may not
even fully realize that it exists, yet one knows that something is there, something which was not noticeable before. Next power is manifested as something uncontrollable that
comes to oneself. It is not possible for me to say how it comes to oneself. it is not possible for me to say how it comes or what it really is. It is nothing and yet it makes marvels
appear before your very eyes. And finally power is something in oneself, something that controls one's acts and yet obeys one's command. JTI,97. power is like that. it
commands you and yet it obeys you. JTI,122..........power.. it commands you and yet it is at your command.... JTI,134.

POWER CAN BE ANYTHING


I just saw power. It may have been anything. Power for you, this time, was a bridge. I don't know why a bridge. We are most mysterious creatures. JTI,134.

IT TAKES POWER TO EVEN CONCEIVE WHAT POWER IS


It takes power to even conceive what power is.... but I know you don't understand, not because you don't want to but because you have very little personal power. JTI,164.
Power is a very weird affair. In order to have it and command it one must have power to begin with. JTI,135.

IT IS A FEELING THAT ONE HAS ABOUT CERTAIN THINGS.


It is a feeling that one has about certain things. JTI,122 Personal power is a feeling..something like being lucky. Or one may call it a mood. JTI,157.

POWER DOES NOT BELONG TO ANYONE.


Power does not belong to anyone. JTI,164.

POWER IS PERSONAL. IT BELONGS TO ONESELF ALONE.


Power is personal. it belongs to oneself alone....JTI,122

POWER PROVIDES ACCORDING TO YOUR IMPECCABILTIY


...power provides according to your impeccabiltiy..if you had seriously used those four techniques, you would've stored enough personal power to find a benefactor. You
would've been impeccable and power would have opened all the necessary avenues. That is the rule. TOP,236.

PERSONAL POWER IS SOMETHING THAT ONE ACQUIRES REGARDLESS OF ONE'S ORIGIN.


Personal power is something that one acquires regardless of one's origin. I already have told you that a warrior is a hunter of power, and that I am teaching you how to hunt and
store it. the difficulty with you, which is the difficulty with all of us, is to be convinced. You need to believe that personal power can be used and that it is possible to store it,
but you haven't been convinced so far. JTI,157.

POWER IS WHEN ENERGY GATHERS, EITHER BY ITSELF OR UNDER SOMEONE'S COMMAND.


....Power is when energy gathers, either by itself or under someone's command. TSC,106

SOME OF US MAY GATHER IT AND THEN IT COULD BE GIVEN DIRECTLY TO SOMEONE ELSE.
Some of us may gather it and then it could be given directly to someone else. JTI,164.

THE KEY TO STORED POWER IS THAT IT CAN BE USED ONLY TO HELP SOMEONE ELSE STORE POWER.
You see, the key to stored power is that it can be used only to help someone else store power. ...DJ said he could use his personal power however he pleased, in anything he
himself wanted, but when it came to giving it directly to another person, it was useless unless that person utilized it for his own search of personal power. JTI,164.

WITH SUFFICIENT STORED PERSONAL POWER YOU CAN USE YOUR WILL AS A FUNCTIONING UNIT
that you have stored sufficient personal power to enable you to turn your will into a functioning unit. TOP,82.

WE NEED PERSONAL POWER TO BOOST THE TONAL


Because of its inherent weakness the tonal is easily destroyed, and thus one of the balancing arts of the warrior is to make the nagual emerge in order to prop up the tonal. I say
its an art, because sorcerers know that only by boosting the tonal can the nagual emerge....that boosting is called personal power. TOP,158.

A HUNTER OF POWER WATCHES EVERYTHING... AND EVERYTHING TELLS HIM A SECRET


A hunter of power watches everything... and everything tells him a secret. JTI,132

WITH THAT POWER, A SORCERER CAN ACCOMPLISH THEIR GOAL OF REGAINING THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES

TO COMPLETE THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT/SORCERER'S CROSSING (MAKING THE TONAL AWARE OF THE DOUBLE)/ REGAINING THE TOTALITY OF
OURSELVES / EVERY PROCEDURE WAS A STEP TOWARD FULFILLING THE GOAL OF THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT
every procedure she was going to teach me, or every task she might ask me to perform, no matter how ordinary it might seem to me, was a step toward fulfilling the ultimate
goal of the art of freedom; the abstract flight. TSC,43 But remember this... regardless of whether you are learning martial arts or the discipline I have been teaching you, the
goal of your training is to perfect your inner being so that it can transcend its outer form in order to accomplish the abstract flight. TSC,121 For sorcerers to break such
perceptual dispositions enables one to cross a barrier and leap into the unimaginable. they call such a leap the sorcerers crossing. Sometimes they refer to it as the abstract flight.
for it entails soaring from the side of the concrete to the physical, to the side of expanded perception and impersonal abstract forms. TSC,xi,xii. The apex of the special art I
want to teach you..is called the abstract flight, and the means to achieve it we call the recapitulation. TSC,42. she explained that this unimaginable flight was symbolized by
moving from the right side of the forhead to the left, but what it really meant was bringing of the ethereal part of us, the double, into our daily awareness. TSC,6 the abstract
flight takes place when we bring our double to bear on our daily lives. In other words, the moment our physical body becomes totally conscious of its energetic ethereal
counterpart, we have crossed over into the abstract, a completely different realm of awareness. TSC,62. as you continue to recapitulate, the entrance of the realm where
humanness doesn't count will appear to you... that will be your invitation for you to go through the dragon's eye. This is what we call the abstract flight. it actually entails
crossing a vast chasm into a realm that cannot be described because man isn't a measure of it. TSC,66 You were supposed to cross the chasm gently and harmoniously and wake
up with your double to full awareness in the left hallway. TSC,224. The sorcerer's crossing consists of shifting the awareness of daily life, which the double possesses, to the
double... the awareness of daily life is what we want to shift from the body to the double. TSC,224. To draw the double gently and harmoniously and shift to it our awareness of
daily life is something without parallel. TSC,225.

WINGS OF PERCEPTION/JUMPING INTO THE ABYSS

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPERIENCE


description of experience. TOP,259,260,261...the mystery or the secret of the sorcerers explanation is that it deals with unfolding the wings of perception. TOP,248. wings of
perception...first time that he saw???TOP,223....the day before they jump into the abyss...last night your bubble of perception opened and its wings unfolded. Theres nothing
else to say about it. It is impossible to explain what happened to you, so I'm not going to attempt to and you shouldn't try either. It should be enough to say that the wings of
your perception were made to touch your totality. last night you went back and forth from the nagual to the tonal time and time again...your perception unfolded its wings when
something in you realized your true nature. TOP,263

Last night was the first time you flew on the wings of your perception. ..you ventured only on the band of human perception..a sorcerer can use those wings to touch other
sensibilities, a crows...a coyote's, a cricket's or the order of other worlds in that infinite space...other planets..the wings of perception can take us to the most recondite confines
of the nagual or to inconceivable worlds of the tonal...(a sorcerer can go to the moon..he couldn't bring back a bag of rocks though)..TOP,268.

JUMP INTO THE ABYSS

jumping into the abyss, I was going to become pure perception and move back and forth between the two inherent realms of all creation, the tonal and the naugal. In my jump
my perception went through seventeen elastic bounces between the tonal and the naugal. In my moves into the naugal I perceived my body disintegrating. i could not think or
feel in the coherent, unifying sense that i ordinarily do, but I somehow thought and felt. In my moves into the tonal I burst into unity. I was whole. My perception had
coherence. i had vision of order. Their compelling force was so intense, their vividness so real and their complexity so vast that i have not been capable of explaining them to
my satisfaction. To say that they were visions, vivid dreams or even hallucinations does not say anything to clarify their nature. SRP,7.
You will enter into the nagual and the tonal by the force of your personal power alone. TOP,273.
..few warriors survive the encounter with the unknown that you are about to have; not so much because it is hard, but because the nagual is enticing beyond any statement, and
warriors who are journeying into it find that to return to the tonal or to the world of order and noise and pain, is a most appealing affair. The decision to stay or return is done by
something in us which is neither our reason nor our desire, but our will, so there is no way of knowing the outcome of it beforehand. TOP,273,274..

OVERALL SORCERER'S EXPLANATION FOR THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT (REVIEW)

WE ARE A CLUSTER OF FEELINGS, ETC THAT ARE BINDED BY LIFE


You are a cluster. This is the sorcerers explanation. The nagual is the unspeakable. All the possible feelings and beings and selves float in it like barges, peaceful, unaltered,
forever. Then the glue of life binds some of them togetherTOP,263

THE CLUSTER IS CALLED THE BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION


I have called that cluster the bubble of perception. TOP,264

AFTER WE ARE BINDED WE LOSE THE SENSE OF OUR TRUE NATURE AND ARE BLINDED BY THE TONAL
...when the glue of life binds those feelings together a being is created, a being that loses the sense of its true nature and becomes blinded by the glare and clamour of the area
where beings hover, the tonal. The tonal is where all the unified organization exists. A being pops into the tonal once the force of life has bound all the needed feelings together.
I said to you once that the tonal begins at birth and ends at death. TOP,263

THE BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION IS USUALLY SEALED AND CLOSED AND DOES NOT OPEN UNTIL THE MOMENT OF OUR DEATH
I have also said that it is sealed, closed tightly and that it never opens until the moment of our death. TOP,264

AT DEATH ALL OF THOSE SINGLE AWARENESSES DISINTEGRATE AND GO BACK AGAIN TO THE NAGUAL
I said that because I know that as soon as the force of life leaves the body all those single awarenesses disintegrate and go back again to where they came from, the nagual.
TOP,263 ....At death however, they sink deeply and move independently as if they had never been a unit.......TOP,264

SORCERER'S HAVE LEARNED HOW TO OPEN THAT BUBBLE


Yet it could be made to open. Sorcerer's have obviously learned that secret, and although not all of them arrive at the totality of themselves, they know about the possibility of it.
TOP,264

THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT MEANS TO SHIFT YOUR AWARENESS BACK AND FORTH BETWEEN YOUR BODY AND YOUR DOUBLE WHICH WOULD RESULT
IN ERASING ALL THE NATURAL BARRIERS DEVELOPED THROUGH LIFE, BARRIERS THAT SEPERATE THE PHYSICAL BODY AND THE DOUBLE
under Nelida's direction I was supposed to shift my awareness back and forth between my body and my double. this shifting was to have erased all the natural barriers
developed through life, barriers that seperate the physical body from the double. The sorcerer's plan..was to allow me to get acquainted with all of them in person, since my
double already knew them.TSC,224.

WHEN THE BUBBLE IS OPENED WE PLUNGE INTO THE NAGUAL


They know that the bubble opens only when one plunges into the nagual.. Yesterday I gave you a recapitulation of all the steps that you have followed to arrive at that point.
TOP,264.

WHEN A WARRIOR GOES INTO THE NAGUAL, HIS CLUSTER DOES NOT DISINTEGRATE BUT EXPAND A BIT WITHOUT LOSING THEIR TOGETHERNESS
What a warrior does in journeying into the unknown is very much like dying, except that his cluster of single feelings do not disintegrate but expand a bit without losing their
togetherness. TOP,263

THE FORCE AND BINDING OF LIFE MAKES ALL THAT SHUFFLING POSSIBLE
The force of life is what makes all that shuffling possible. TOP,264

ONCE THE FORCE OF LIFE IS EXHAUSTED THE CLUSTER CANNOT BE REASSEMBLED


Once the force of life is exhausted there is no way to reassemble that cluster.TOP,264

THE WILL ALLOWS A WARRIOR TO GO INTO THE NAGUAL AND BE REARRANGED


There is no way to refer to the unknown..one can only witness it. The sorcerers explanation says that each of us has a center from which the nagual can be witnessed, the will.
Thus, a warrior can venture into the nagual and let his cluster arrange and rearrange itself in any way possible. TOP,264 Your reason cannot fight the physical knowledge that
you are a nameless cluster of feelings. Your reason at this point might even admit that there is another center of assemblage, the will, through which it is possible to judge or
assess and use the extraordinary effects of the nagual. It has finally dawned on your reason that one can reflect the nagual through the will, although one can never explain it.
TOP,266.

IT'S UP TO THE WARRIOR TO DIRECT HOW THE CLUSTER WILL BE ARRANGED


I've said to you that the expression of the nagual is a personal matter. I meant that it is up to the individual warrior himself to direct the arrangement and rearrangement of that
cluster. The human form of human feeling is the original one, perhaps the sweetest form of them all to us; TOP,264

THERE ARE AN ENDLESS NUMBER OF FORMS THAT THE CLUSTER MAY ADOPT
there are..an endless number of alternative forms which the cluster may adopt. A sorcerer who is in the possession of the totality of himself can direct the parts of his cluster to
join in any conceivable way. TOP,264

THE CLUSTER OF FEELINGS CAN BE MADE TO ASSEMBLE INSTANTLY ANYWHERE


..The secret of the double is in the bubble of perception which in your case that night was at the top of the cliff and at the bottom of the gorge at the same time...the cluster of
feelings can be made to assemble instantly anywhere. In other words, one can perceive the here and the there at once. TOP,265.

WHAT ELSE DOES THE SORCERER'S WAY ACCOMPLISH?

TO TRAIN OUR RATIONAL SIDE TO NOT GO CRAZY WHEN THE IRRATIONAL SIDE BEGINS TO AWAKEN... AND IRRATIONAL THINGS BEGIN TO
HAPPEN.
The goal of a warrior's training then is not to teach him to hex or to charm, but to prepare his tonal not to crap out. A most difficult accomplishment. A warrior must be taught to
be impeccable and thoroughly empty before he could even conceive witnessing the nagual. TOP,171 One of the aims of the warrior's training was to cut the bewilderment of the
tonal until the warrior was so fluid that he could admit everything without admitting anything. TOP,176. I have endeavored to show you those forces as a sorcerer perceives
them, because only under their terrifying impact can one become a warrior. To see without first being a warrior would make you weak; it would give you a false meekness, a
desire to retreat; your body would decay because you would become indifferent. it is my personal commitment to make you a warrior so you won't crumble. SR,214,215 he said
the effects of those two techniques were ultimately devastating if they were exercised in their totality...erasing personal history and dreaming should only be help..what a
apprentice needs to buffer him is temperance and strength. That is why a teacher introduces the warrior's way, or living like a warrior. This is the glue that joins together
everything in sorcerer's world...bit by bit a teacher must forge and develop it..without the sturdiness and level-headedness of the warrior's way there is no possibility of
withstanding the path of knowledge TOP,233

TO TRAIN THE DOUBLE TO BE OF SOME PRACTICALITY IN THE ORDINARY WORLD.


by the time a warrior had conquered dreaming and seeing and he had developed a double, he must have also succeeded in erasing personal history, self-importance, and
routines. He said that all the techniques which he had taught me and which I had considered empty talk were, in essence, means for removing the impracticality of having a
double in the ordinary world, by making the self and world fluid, and by placing them outside the bounds of prediction. TOP,49.

TO BE UNBIASED WITNESSES TO WHAT THEY EXPERIENCE WHICH ALLOWS THE SORCERER TO FIND OUT WHAT WE REALLY ARE.
warriors are in the world to train themselves to be unbiased witnesses, so as to understand the mystery of ourselves and relish the exultation of finding what we really are. This
is the highest of the new seers' goals. And not every warrior attains it. FFW,167
In order to be unbiased witnesses.. we begin by understanding that the fixation of the movement of the AP is all there is to us and the world we witness, whatever that world
might be. FFW,167 seers aim to be free, to be unbiased witnesses incapable of passing judgement; otherwise they would have to assume the responsibility for bringing about a
more adjusted cycle. No one can do that. The new cycle, if it is to come, must come of itself. FFW,79

GOAL OF THE TEACHINGS WAS TO SHOW HOW TO BECOME A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE


The goal of his teachings was to show how to become a man of knowledge. TDJ,190.

FLAWS IN THE WARRIOR'S WAY

THERE IS NO FLAW IN THE WARRIOR'S WAY


There is no flaw in the warrior's way. Follow it and your acts cannot be criticized by anyone...Take yesterday for example, the warrior's way would have been, first, to ask
questions without fear and without suspicion and then let Genaro show you the mystery of the dreamer, without fighting him, or draining yourself. Today, the warrior's way
would assemble what you've learned, without presumptuousness and without piousness. Do that and no one can flaws in it. TOP,77.

NO FINAL STEP TO THE SORCERER'S EXPLANATION

NO FINAL STEP TO ANYTHING


In my opinion there is no final crossroad, no final step to anything. And since there is no final step to anything, there shouldn't be any secrecy about any part of our lot as
luminous beings..so the matter of secrecy about the sorcerer's explanation boils down to a routine, perhaps a routine as empty as any other routine. TOP,225.

CONTINUE TO #2 AND #3 TEACHING AND TEACHERS OF THE SORCERER'S WAY


B.) SORCERER'S WAY

2. TEACHING THE SORCERER'S WAY

HOW IS SORCERY TAUGHT?

SORCERY IS TAUGHT ON TWO DIFFERENT LEVELS

1. ONE WAS THE INSTRUCTION FOR THE EVERYDAY-LIFE STATE OF AWARENESS, IN WHICH THE CLEANING PROCESS WAS PRESENTED IN A
DISGUISED FASHION.
Don Juan stressed that this cleaning procedure (connecting link with intent) was extremely difficult to understand, or to learn to perform. Sorcerers, therefore, divided their
instruction into two categories.
One was the instruction for the everyday-life state of awareness, in which the cleaning process was presented in a disguised fashion. POS,10

2. THE OTHER WAS INSTRUCTION FOR THE STATES OF HEIGHTENED AWARENESS.. IN WHICH SORCERERS OBTAINED KNOWLEDGE DIRECTLY FROM
INTENT, WITHOUT THE DISTRACTING INTERVENTION OF SPOKEN LANGUAGE.
The other was instruction for the states of heightened awareness.. in which sorcerers obtained knowledge directly from intent, without the distracting intervention of spoken
language. POS,10

THE 21 ABSTRACT CORES IN SORCERY ARE TAUGHT USING STORIES AND IN DIFFERENT SHADES OF REALIZATIONS
There are twenty-one abstract cores in sorcery..and then, based on those abstract cores, there are scores of sorcery stories about the naugals of our lineage battling to understand
the spirit. POS,20 the abstract cores taught in sorcery are shades of realization, degrees of our being aware of intent. POS,106

SORCERY IS TAUGHT USING CONCRETENESS

WHAT IS CONCRETENESS?

CONCRETENESS ARE THE PRACTICES AND TECHNIQUES OF SORCERY


Concreteness...the practical part of sorcery...The obsessive fixation of the mind on practices and techniques, the unwarrented influence over people. TAOD 2.......

DO THESE CONCRETE PRACTICES OF SORCERY HAVE ANY REAL VALUE?

SORCERY PRACTICES HAVE NO INTRINSIC VALUE AND ARE ONLY USED FOR FIXING ATTENTION TO MAKE THE AP SHIFT
The old sorcerer's intricate devices, as bizarre as they were, had no other value than being the means to break the fixation of their AP and make them move. FFW,137 Sorcery
practices have no intrinsic value. FFW,137. Their worth is indirect, for their real function is to make the AP shift by making the first attention release its control on that point.
FFW,137 Yet rituals and incantations are indeed necessary at one time in every warrior's life. I personally have initiated you in all kinds of sorcery procedures, but only for
purposes of luring your first attention away from the power of self-absorption, which keeps your AP rigidly fixed. FFW,138. The real challenge for sorcerers was to find a
system of behavior that was neither petty nor caprious, but that combined the morality and the sense of beauty which differentiates sorcerer seers from plain witches. POS,94

PSEUDO TASKS TO DRAW AWAY ATTENTION FROM THE REAL TASKS


also using seeing as a pseudo task to take away attention from real task: erasing personal history and dreaming (remember he says that seeing will happen as a result of
accomplishing these things and seeing cannot be accomplished as a task only)..he also had outlined the direct encounter with the nagual without mentioning it.. (this is probably
why he used metaphors and things familiar with CC to describe the nagual)... TOP,232..

THE WARRIORS PATH


It seems that to start on the path one must first become an apprentice, then a warrior, then a man of knowledge and then they learn to see... or to put it as DJ di..first you must
dust off the link, then clean it, then command it.... and there really are no steps per se only interpreting omens which determines what your next step is.

ARE PEOPLE EVER BORN AS A WARRIOR?

NOBODY IS BORN A WARRIOR, YOU MUST MAKE YOURSELF A WARRIOR AND IT IS AN ENDLESS STRUGGLE THAT WILL GO ON TO THE VERY LAST
MOMENT OF OUR LIVES
A warrior is always ready. To be a warrior is not a simple matter of wishing to be one. it is rather an endless struggle that will go on to the very last moment of our lives. nobody
is born a warrior, in exactly the same way that nobody is born a reasonable being. We make ourselves into one or the other. TOP,62.

DO WE NEED HELP ON THE WARRIOR'S PATH?

ANOTHER SORCERER IS NEEDED TO GUIDE A NOVICE IN THE NAGUAL


We cannot be on our own while being in the left side awareness and have to be cushioned by warriors who have gained totality of themselves and know how to handle
themselves in that state. EG,299.

THE SORCERER'S JOB IS ONLY TO TELL THE WARRIOR WHAT TO DO ONLY, IT'S UP TO THE WARRIOR TO SEE IF HE/SHE HAS ENOUGH POWER TO
ACT.
When the sorcerer is dealing with the nagual, he must give the instruction, which is to show the mystery to the warrior. And that's all he has to do. the warrior who receives the
mysteries must claim knowledge as power, by doing what he has been shown. SRP,235

WHEN ONE MEETS THE NAGUAL FACE TO FACE ONE ALWAYS HAS TO BE ALONE
when one meets the nagual face to face, one always has to be alone. TOP,175.

WHY DO WE HAVE TO FACE THE NAGUAL ALONE?

SORCERERS MUST VALIDATE EVERYTHING TAUGHT TO THEM: THE REASON WHY CC AND TA NEVER MET
(the reason why CC and TA never met) we had no desire to use our energy to review any previous agreements. All of our available time and energy were employed in
validating for ourselves what DJ had painstakingly taught us. TSC,vii

WHAT ARE THE STEPS ON THE WARRIOR'S PATH?

THERE ARE NO STEPS TO ANYTHING A WARRIOR DOES ONLY PERSONAL POWER AND PERSONAL POWER DEPENDS ON IMPECCABILITY
There are no steps to anything a warrior does only personal power. EG,128... everything in a warrior's world depends on personal power and personal power depends on
impeccability. SRP,153. ... there are no procedures, methods or steps in sorcery.. POS,169.
FIRST: BECOMING AN APPRENTICE.

HOW DOES SOMEONE BECOME AN APPRENTICE?

BECOMING AN APPRENTICE WAS NOT A PERSONAL CHOICE, BUT A DESIGN OF POWER


neither is it a matter of personal choice who is selected to learn the sorcerer's knowledge that leads to that awareness. The decision of picking you was a design of power; no one
can discern the designs of power. TOP,58.

THE SPIRIT SOMETIMES HAS TO TRICK A PERSON INTO BECOMING AN APPRENTICE


..only a crackpot would undertake the task of becoming a man of knowledge of his own accord. A sober headed man has to be tricked into it. SR,28 ...because of man's
unwillingness to understand, the spirit was forced to use trickery. And trickery became the essence of the sorcerer's path. POS, 23 Sorcerer's are convinced that all of us are a
bunch of nincompoops..we can never relinquish control voluntarily (of our tonal) thus we have to be tricked...you were convinced that that trickery was directed at fooling your
reason...for me, tricking meant to distract your attention, or to trap it as the case required. TOP, 232

USING THE NAGUAL'S MARK/TRACKING A POTENTIAL APPRENTICE


Nobody is born with the nagual's mark.. the nagual's energy is lodged behind your left shoulder blade.. I had been aware that one of my left shoulder blades protruded more
than the other, causing my neck and shoulders to be tense. TSC,167. His words and mood unleashed a wealth of feelings. For as long as I can remember, I had been always
searching, looking out of windows, peering down streets as if something or someone was around the corner waiting for me. I've always had premonitions, dreams of escaping,
although i didn't know from what. It was this feeling that had compelled me to follow Clara to an unknown destination. TSC,168.

WHAT IS A NAGUAL'S MARK?

AN ENERGY LINE TO SOMEONE'S ETHEREAL BODY FROM A NAGUAL


I tied an energy line to your ethereal body the night I burst in on you... since the double is composed of pure energy it isn't that difficult to mark it. TSC,166.

WHEN DO APPRENTICES USUALLY DROP OUT?

WHEN THEIR CONTINUITY HAS BEEN SHATTERED


after the apprentice's internal dialogue has been stopped by the effect of power plants, an unavoidable impasse develops. The apprentice begins to have second thoughts about
his whole apprenticeship..power plants shake the tonal and threaten the solidity of the whole island..it is at this time that the apprentice retreats and wisely so; he wants to get
out of the whole mess. TOP,238,239.

DO APPRENTICES EVER GO BACK TO THE WARRIOR'S WAY?

IT TAKES YEARS FOR AN APPRENTICE TO GO BACK TO THE ABSTRACT


...it takes years for an apprentice to go back to the abstract, POS,52..

HOW DOES AN APPRENTICE KNOW THEY ARE FINISHED WITH THEIR APPRENTICESHIP?

A NEW CONTINUITY HAD DEVELOPED IN A CONVINCING AND AUTHENTIC MANNER


The termination of the apprenticeship meant that I had learned a new description of the world in a convincing and authentic manner and thus I had become capable of eliciting a
new perception of the world, which matched its new description. In other words, I had gained membership. JTI.xiii

HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE FOR AN APPRENTICE TO FINISH THEIR APPRENTICESHIP?

MOMENTS TO AS LONG AS YEARS


..Ordinarily, from the moment the spirit knocks, it is years before an apprentice reaches that threshold...sometimes it is reached almost immediately. POS,100...

SECOND: BECOMING A WARRIOR

WHY DOES ONE BECOME A WARRIOR?

WHEN A PERSON KNOWS WHAT THE WORLD IS REALLY LIKE AND THE ORDINARY WORLD NO LONGER BUFFERS HIM THEN HE MUST ADOPT A
NEW LIFE TO SURVIVE, HE MUST BECOME A WARRIOR
My benefactor said that when a man embarks on the paths of sorcery he becomes aware, in a gradual manner, that ordinary life has been forever left behind; that knowledge is
indeed a frightening affair; that the means of the ordinary world are no longer a buffer for him; and that he must adopt a new way of life if he is going to survive. SR,149. The
first thing he ought to do at that point is to want to become a warrior, a very important step and decision. The frightening nature of knowledge leaves one no alternative but to
become a warrior. SR,150.

HOW ARE WARRIOR'S ORGANIZED?

SORCERER'S ARE DIVIDED INTO DREAMERS AND STALKERS DEPENDING ON THEIR BASIC TEMPERMENTS
In DJ's world, sorcerers depending on their basic temperments, were divided into two complementary factions: dreamers and stalkers. (dreaming and stalking cannot exist
without the other.) TAOD,77 Entering into the second attention as stalkers do. (poor description of how) EG,293 Stalkers are inherently different than dreamers in the way they
use the world around them.. EG,294

WHAT IS A DREAMER?

DREAMERS ENTER INTO STATES OF HEIGHTENED AWARENESS BY CONTROLLING THEIR DREAMS


Dreamers are those sorcerers who have the inherent facility to enter into states of heightened awareness by controlling their dreams. This facility is developed through training
into an art: the art of dreaming. TSC,viii

WHAT IS A STALKER?

STALKERS ENTER STATES OF HEIGHTENED AWARENESS BY CONTROLLING THEIR OWN BEHAVIOR


Stalkers, on the other hand, are those sorcerers who have the innate facility to deal with facts and are capable of entering states of heightened awareness by manipulating and
controlling their own behavior. Through sorcery training, this natural capacity is turned into the art of stalking. TSC,vii

HOW DOES ONE BECOME A WARRIOR?

A WARRIOR GOES THROUGH FOUR STAGES


in terms of the warrior's connection with intent, a warrior goes through four stages. POS,10
THE FIRST IS WHEN HE HAS A RUSTY,UNTRUSTWORTHY LINK WITH INTENT.
The first is when he has a rusty,untrustworthy link with intent.POS,10

THE SECOND IS WHEN HE SUCCEEDS IN CLEANING IT.


The second is when he succeeds in cleaning it. POS,10 Sorcerer's.. were concerned with discussing, understanding and employing the connecting link of intent. They were
especially concerned with cleaning it of the numbing effects bought about by the ordinary concerns of their everyday lives. Sorcery at this level could be defined as the
procedure of cleaning one's connecting link to intent. POS,10

THE THIRD IS WHEN HE LEARNS TO MANIPULATE IT.


The third is when he learns to manipulate it. POS,10 Before anything could be attempted on the warrior's path, warriors must learn to stalk, next they must learn to intend and
only then could they move their assemblage point at will. POS,92.

THE FOURTH IS WHEN HE LEARNS TO ACCEPT THE DESIGNS OF THE ABSTRACT.


And the fourth is when he learns to accept the designs of the abstract. POS,230....

DURING THESE FOUR STAGES THE WARRIOR WILL LOSE THEIR HUMAN FORM

SORCERERS GO THROUGH TWO CYCLE: THE FIRST IS WHEN THEY HAVE A HUMAN FORM AND THE SECOND IS WHEN THEY LOSE THE HUMAN
FORM
Sorcerers like the Nagual and Genaro have two cycles.. the first is when they're human...each of us had been given a task and that task is making us leave the human form... The
second cycle is when a sorcerer is not human anymore. SRP,231. There are two basic rounds...first is called formality and rigidity and the second fluidity. TAOD,150 From
now on, you have to lead a life in which awareness has priority... you must avoid anything that is weakening and harmful to your body or your mind. Also, it is essential, for the
time being, to break all physical and emotional ties with the world.... because before anything you have to acquire unity. TSC,42. (Last part means to me that before we can be
successful in what we do we must first have control of the totality of ourselves.. this is why only a self actualized Buddhist can survive in New York.)

WHAT WILL A PERSON BECOME AFTER FINISHING THESE FOUR STAGES?

5 ATTRIBUTES OF WARRIORSHIP

THERE ARE 5 ATTRIBUTES OF WARRIORSHIP


...the most effective strategy for this consists of six elements that interplay with one another. Five of them are called the attributes of warriorship:

1. CONTROL: TO TUNE THE SPIRIT WHILE SOMEONE IS TRAMPLING ON YOU IS CALLED CONTROL
control, (my control made me fulfill the petty tyrants most asine demands. What usually exhausts us in a situation like that is the wear and tear on our self-importance. Any man
who has an iota of pride is ripped apart by being made to feel worthless.. to tune the spirit when someone is trampling on you is called control. FFW,42)

2. DISCIPLINE: TO GATHER UP INFORMATION WHILE SOMEONE IS TRAMPLING ON YOU


discipline, (to gather up all this information while they are beating you up is called discipline.. FFW,42)

3. FOREBEARANCE: TO WAIT PATIENTLY, NO RUSH, A SIMPLE HOLDING BACK OF WHAT IS DUE


forebearance, (to wait patiently-no rush, no anxiety- a simple,joyful holding back of what is due..FFW,43.. holding back with the spirit something that the warrior knows is
rightfully due...It doesn't mean that a warrior goes around plotting to do anybody mischief, or planning to settle past scores. it is something independent.. As long as the warrior
has control, discipline and timing, forebearance assures giving whatever is due to whoever deserves it..FFW,45 )

4. TIMING: THE QUALITY THAT GOVERNS THE RELEASE OF ALL THAT IS HELD BACK
timing (the quality that governs the release of all that is held back FFW,44) (these four attributes belong to the known are all that is needed to deal with petty tyrants FFW,34)

5. WILL: PERTAINS TO THE FIGHT AGAINST SELF-IMPORTANCE


will. (will belongs to the unknown FFW,34) They pertain to the world of the warrior who is fighting to lose self-importance.

THE PETTY TYRANT IN WHICH THE FIVE ATTRIBUTES ARE ENGAGED ON.
The sixth element, which is perhaps the most important of all, pertains to the outside world and is called the petty tyrant. FFW,31.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF A WARRIOR


A warrior is not a fool. A warrior is an immaculate hunter who hunts power; he's not drunk, or crazed, and he has neither the time nor the disposition to bluff, or to lie to
himself, or to make a wrong move. The stakes are much too high for that. The stakes are his trimmed orderly life which he has taken so long to tighten and perfect. He is not
going to throw that away by making some stupid miscalculation, by taking something for being something else JTI,91,92....A warrior was on permanent guard against the
roughness of human behavior. A warrior was magical and ruthless, a maverick with the most refined taste and manners, whose wordly task was to sharpen, yet disguise, his
cutting edges so that no one would be able to suspect his ruthlessness. POS,117..To be an impeccable warrior..will give you vigour and youth and power. SRP,213. Only as a
warrior can one survive the path of knowledge.. because the art of a warrior is to balance the terror of being a man with the wonder of being a man. JTI,267. any warrior could
become a man of knowledge...a warrior is an impeccable hunter that hunts power. JTI,107
I hunt in order to live. I can live off the land anywhere....to be a hunter means that one knows a great deal...it means that one can see the world in different ways. JTI,53....you
don't have to care to hunt or like it...I think the best hunters never like hunting, they do it well, that's all. JTI,54....Hunters must be exceptionally tight individuals..a hunter
leaves very little to chance. JTI,55.....a warrior..is a hunter..he calculates everything. That's control. But once his calculations are over, he acts. He lets go. That's abandon. A
warrior is not a leaf at the mercy of the wind. No one can push him; no one can make him do things against himself or against his better judgement. A warrior is tuned to survive
and he survives in the best of all possible fashions. a warrior could be injured, but not offended..for a warrior there is nothing offensive about the acts of his fellow man as long
as he himself is acting within the proper mood. CC.JTI,120. The only advantage sorcerers may have over average men is that they have stored their energy which means a more
precise, clearer connecting link with intent. POS,133,228 Second: they become warriors (capable of utmost discipline and control over themselves.)(this is an inner state..a
warrior is self-oriented, not in a selfish way, but in the sense of a total and continous examination of the self.). SR,149

WHO MAKES BETTER WARRIORS? MEN OR WOMEN?

MEN

A MALE SORCERER IS VERY DIFFICULT TO TRAIN BECAUSE HIS ATTENTION IS ALWAYS CLOSED, FOCUSED ON SOMETHING.
A male apprentice.. is extremely difficult. SRP,42 a male sorcerer is very difficult to train because his attention is always closed, focused on something. SRP,216

WOMEN

EASIER TO TRAIN THAN MEN BECAUSE WOMEN HAVE THE CRACK BETWEEN THE WORLDS IN FRONT OF THEM (BECAUSE THEY MENSTRUATE) AND
MEN HAVE TO MAKE THEIR OWN CRACK
A woman... is much more supple than a man. A woman changes very easily with the power of a sorcerer. He believed that woman are unequalled, tops. SRP,42..The reason the
Naugal believes woman are better sorcerers than men is because they always have the crack in front of them, while a man has to make it. SRP,145 women are definitely more
bizarre than men. The fact that they have an extra opening between their legs makes them fall prey to strange influences. Strange powerful forces possess them through that
opening. FFW,174 Women can be warriors..and they are even better equipped for the path of knowledge than men. But the men are a bit more resilient. I would say however,
that, all in all, women have a slight advantage. TOP,142. (DJ uses the masculine gender to describe a warrior only because CC is a man.) that's all. the rest is the same.
TOP,142. Men have sobriety and purpose, but very little talent; that is the reason why a nagual must have eight women seers in his party. Women give the impulse to cross the
immeasurable vastness of the unknown. Together with that natural capacity, or as a consequence of it, women have a most fierce intensity. FFW,156

WOMEN HAVE A HARD TIME AT THE BEGINNING TO LEARN HOW TO SHUT OFF THEIR INTERNAL DIALOGUE
I never toil, not ever. Women are like that. The most difficult part for a woman is to learn how to begin; it took me a couple of years to stop my internal dialogue by
concentrating my attention on my womb. Perhaps that's why a woman always need someone else to prod her. EG,136.... Example of how DJ got El Gorda to concentrate on her
womb. EG,137. All of use were brought up to live in a sort of limbo where nothing counts except petty immediate gratifications... an women are the masters of that state. Not
until we recapitulate can we overcome our upbringing. TSC,50.

WOMEN HAVE AN INHERENT BALANCE MORE THAN MEN


The reason the Eagle demanded twice as many female warriors as males was precisely because females have an inherent balance which is lacking in males. At the crucial
moment, it is the men who get hysterical and commit suicide if they judge that everything is lost. A woman may kill herself due to lack of direction and purpose, but not
because of the failure of a system to which she belongs. EG,222.

MEN NEED SERIOUS REASONS TO GO INTO THE UNKNOWN SAFELY, WOMEN DON'T
Male warriors must be given serious reasons before they safely venture into the unknown. Female warriors are not subject to this and can go without any hesitiation, providing
that they have total confidence in whoever is leading them. EG,247.

WOMEN ARE MORE PROFICIENT AT DREAMING AND STALKING


for women it took different configurations of the luminous body to master one or the other.(dreaming and stalking) Men.. could do both with a degree of ease, yet they could
never get to the proficiency that the woman attained in each art. EG,288.

FEMALES CAN GO TO THE LEFT SIDE EASILY


Female warriors in particular fall prey to the lure of the left side.. they are so nimble that they can go into the left side with no effort, often too soon for their own good. FFW,65

IS IT DIFFICULT IN BECOMING A WARRIOR?

IT WAS A TASK THAT TOOK ALL WE HAD


To free ourselves and dircetly perceive energy was a task that took all we had. TSC,viii The road to knowledge and power is very difficult and very long. JTI,177.

FREEDOM IS EXPENSIVE BUT THE PRICE IS NOT IMPOSSIBLE


I brought you freedom. freedom is expensive, but the price is not impossible. TOP,26. And freedom has the most devestating implications. Among them is the implacation that
warriors must purposely seek change. FFW,132

FREEDOM IS LIKE A CONTAGIOUS DISEASE, THE CARRIER IS THE NAGUAL


...freedom is like a contagious disease.. it is transmitted; its carrier is an impeccable naugal. FFW,290.

WE HAVE TO SEIZE OUR CHANCE FOR FREEDOM


We all have a chance for freedom.. but it's up to each one of us to seize it and turn it into an actuality. TSC,111

LENGTH OF TIME TO BECOME A WARRIOR

IT TAKES YEARS TO BECOME AN IMPECCABLE WARRIOR


It takes years to become an impeccable warrior. FFW,232.

THE ABSTRACT CORES REVEAL THEMSELVES EXTREMELY SLOWLY, ERRATICALLY ADVANCING AND RETREATING.
....these cores reveal themselves extremely slowly, erratically advancing and retreating. POS,251.

THIRD: BECOMING MEN OF KNOWLDEGE

WHEN DOES A MAN BECOME A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE?

WHEN A WARRIOR HAS SO MUCH PERSONAL POWER HE BECOMES A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE


personal power grows and you may have the case of a warrior who has so much personal power that he becomes a man of knowledge... JTI,122

THEY ACQUIRE FOREBEARANCE AND TIMING


Third: they aquire forebearance and timing (are not quite an inner state.) and become men of knowledge.. FFW,39

WHAT IS A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE?

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE

to become a man of knowledge was a matter of learning, having unbending intent, have clarity of mind, it was a matter of strenous labor, being a warrior, an unceasing process,
and to have an ally. TDJ,190. Learning was a process of unending quest, and the power that made the original decision, or a similar power, was expected to make similar
decisions on the issue of whether an escogido (the one who was chosen) could continue learning or whether he had been defeated. Those decisions were mainfested through
omens that occurred at any point of the teachings. TDJ,192,193 Men of knowledg have both knowledge and power. And yet, none of them could tell how they got to have
them, except that they had kept acting like warriors and at a given moment everything changed. TOP,29. a man of knowledge is one who has followed truthfully the hardships
of learning..a man who has, without rushing or faltering, gone as far as he can in unraveling the secrets of personal power. JTI,158
In order to become a man of knowledge one had to meet with the ally as many times as possible; one had to become familiar with it. SR,6,7. A man of knowledge is one who
has followed truthfully the hardships of learning.. a man who has, without rushing or without faltering, gone as far as he can in unraveling the secrets of power and knowledge.
Not anyone (can be a man of knowledge) (then what must a man do to become a man of knowledge) He must challenge and defeat his four natural enemies. A man can call
himself a man of knowledge only if he is capable of defeating all four of them. TDJ,82. Anybody who defeats them becomes a man of knowledge. Anyone can try to become a
man of knowledge; very few men actually succeed, but that is only natural. The enemies a man encounters on the path of learning to become a man of knowledge are truly
formidable; most men succumb to them. TDJ,83. the result of the struggle could not be foreseen by any means, because becoming a man of knowledge was a temporary thing...
to be a man of knowledge has no permanence. one is never a man of knowledge, not really. Rather, one becomes a man of knowledge for a very brief instant, after defeating the
four natural enemies. TDJ,83. the predilection of a man of knowledge is something he does in order to know...one can say that Sacateca dances with all he has. SR,11. A
sorcerer may have a very strong will and yet he may not see; which means that only a man of knowledge perceives the world with his senses and with his will and also with his
seeing. SR,148.the tonal and nagual are in the exclusive realm of men of knowledge. TOP,120. A man of knowledge,..develops another ring of power. I would call it the ring of
not-doing, because it is hooked to not-doing. With that ring, therefore, he can spin another world. JTI,212.

FOURTH: BECOMING A SEER

THEY LEARN TO SEE


Fourth: they learn to see. FFW,39

3. TEACHERS FOR THE SORCERER'S WAY

WHY DO WE NEED TEACHERS?

A TEACHER KEEPS US GOING


The only reason we need a teacher is to spur us on mercilessly. Otherwise our natural reaction is to stop to congratulate ourselves for having covered so much ground. POS,252

A TEACHER IS ONLY THERE TO CONVINCE US WE CAN DO IT


What we need is a teacher to convince us that there is incalculable power at our fingertips. ..to convince us of the power hidden in his being and that he can reach it. POS,8,9

A TEACHER GIVES US A MINIMAL CHANCE


intermediaries, besides providing a minimal chance - the awareness of intent- help shatter people's mirrors of self-reflection. POS,166 The naugal provides a minimal chance of
being made aware of a sequence of actions (in which to move your assemblage point) but it is not instruction...the minimal chance is being made aware of the spirit.. POS,166.

SOME PEOPLE DON'T NEED A TEACHER

THESE PEOPLE GET THEIR HARMONY DIRECTLY FROM THE SPIRIT


But their are examples of people, sorcerers or average men, who need no one. They get peace, harmony, laughter, knowledge, directly from the spirit. They need no
intermediaries POS,166

WE DON'T NEED ANYONE TO TEACH US SORCERY BECAUSE THERE IS REALLY NOTHING TO LEARN
Everything I put you through.. each of the things I've shown you was only a device to convince you that's there more to us than meets the eye. We don't need anyone to teach us
sorcery, because there is really nothing to learn. POS,8,9

IF WE NEED HELP, IT IS NOT IN METHODS BUT IN EMPHASIS


If we need help, it is not in methods, but in emphasis. If someone makes us aware that we need to curtail our self-importance, that help is real. POS,167.

ANY HUMAN BEING WHO WOULD FOLLOW A SPECIFIC AND SIMPLE SEQUENCE OF ACTIONS CAN LEARN TO MOVE HIS ASSEMBLAGE POINT
...any human being who would follow a specific and simple sequence of actions can learn to move his assemblage point. POS,166

IMPECCABLE MEN NEED NO ONE TO GUIDE THEM


.. impeccable men need no one to guide them, that by themselves, through saving their energy, they can do everything that seers do.....FFW,195,196

ALL THAT IS REQUIRED IS IMPECCABILITY, ENERGY, AND THAT BEGINS WITH A SINGLE ACT THAT HAS TO BE DELIBERATE, PRECISE, AND
SUSTAINED. IF THAT ACT IS REPEATED LONG ENOUGH, ONE REQUIRES A SENSE OF UNBENDING INTENT, WHICH CAN BE APPLIED TO ANYTHING
ELSE. IF THAT IS ACCOMPLISHED THE ROAD IS CLEAR. ONE THING WILL LEAD TO ANOTHER UNTIL THE WARRIOR REALIZES HIS FULL POTENTIAL
All that is required is impeccability, energy, and that begins with a single act that has to be deliberate, precise, and sustained. If that act is repeated long enough, one requires a
sense of unbending intent, which can be applied to anything else. If that is accomplished the road is clear. One thing will lead to another until the warrior realizes his full
potential...FFW,195,196

WHY DO PEOPLE HAVE A HARD TIME WITHOUT A TEACHER?

MOST OF US ARE UNWILLING TO ACCEPT THAT WE NEED SO LITTLE TO GET ON WITH IT


..our difficulty with this simple sequence of actions is that most of us are unwilling to accept that we need so little to get on with it. We are geared to expect instruction,
teaching, guides, masters. And when we are told that we need no one, we don't believe it. We become nervous, then distrustful and finally angry and disappointed. POS,167.

SOME THINGS THAT A TEACHER DOES

A TEACHER SETS UP THEIR ACTS CAREFULLY


Don Juan explained that he had carefully chosen the props for his act (get CC to AP on ruthlessness) to break my continuity (see inventory) POS,173 All a teacher can do then is
set up various situations in which the student's mindset of the world breaks down. ..after the apprentice had made his decision to join the world of sorcerers, the teacher gave him
a pragmatic chore, a task that he had to fulfill in his day-to-day life. He explained that the task, which is designed to fit the apprentice's personality, is usually a sort of farfetched
life situation which the apprentice is supposed to get into as a means of permanently affecting his view of the world. TOP,241.

THE TEACHER INTRODUCES THE IDEA THAT THE WORLD IS ONLY A VIEW AND THAT EVERY EFFORT IS GEARED TO PROVE THIS POINT BUT STILL
THE APPRENTICE WILL HAVE DIFFICULTY ACCEPTING THIS IDEA
The first act of a teacher is to introduce the idea that the world we think we see is only a view, a description of the world. Every effort of a teacher is geared to prove this point
to his apprentice.TOP,229 But accepting it seems to be one of the hardest things one can do; we are complacently caught in our particular view of the world, which compels us
to feel and act as if we knew everything about the world. A teacher, from the very first act he performs, aims at stopping that view. TOP,229

HOW DOES A TEACHER DECIDE ON AN APPRENTICE?

A TEACHER NEVER SEEKS APPRENTICES AND NO ONE CAN SOLICIT THE TEACHINGS..IT'S ALWAYS AN OMEN WHICH POINTS OUT AN APPRENTICE.
A teacher never seeks apprentices and no one can solicit the teachings..it's always an omen which points out an apprentice. TOP,227....the decision as to who can be a warrior
and who can only be a hunter is not up to us. That decision is in the realm of the powers that guide men. JTI,91 and it is not possible for the naugal to choose his own
apprentices according to his own volition..... POS,10,11

WHEN AN ORDINARY MAN IS READY, POWER PROVIDES HIM WITH A TEACHER, AND HE BECOMES AN APPRENTICE. WHEN THE APPRENTICE IS
READY, POWER PROVIDES HIM WITH A BENEFACTOR, AND HE BECOMES A SORCERER
when an ordinary man is ready, power provides him with a teacher, and he becomes an apprentice. When the apprentice is ready, power provides him with a benefactor, and he
becomes a sorcerer. TOP,172.

THE NAGUAL AS IT REFERS TO THE PERSON

WHAT IS A NAGUAL?

LEADER OF A PARTY OF SORCERERS


....leader of a party of sorcerers. TAOD, 10

SOMEONE WHO HAS A DOUBLE LUMINOUS BALL


refers to any person, male or female, who possesses a specific kind of energy configuration, (four compartments instead of two) which to a seer appears as a double luminous
ball... TAOD, 10 ...unlike the average human being, who has two sides only, a left and a right, the naugal has a left side divided into two long sections, and a right side equally
divided into two. EG,174....that extra load of energy is turned into a measure of strength and the capacity for leadership TAOD, 10. A nagual, to begin with, is a person with
extraordinary energy. TSC,148.

SOMETIMES VERY RARELY A NAGUAL CAN HAVE THREE COMPARTMENTS IN THEIR LUMINOUS BALL
He explained that difference in terms of an energy configuration seen only by sorcerers: instead of having four compartments of energy, as he himself had, I had only three.
TAOD iii.

DON JUAN WAS CALLED THE NAGUAL BECAUSE OF A MENACING SHAPE THAT CAME OUT OF HIM TWICE AS BIG
The reason we called Don Juan the Nagual.. is because he was split in two. In other words, any time he needed to, he could get into another track that we don't have ourselves;
something would come out of him, something that was not a double but a horrendous, menacing shape that looked like him but was twice his size. We call that shape the naugal
and anybody who has it is, of course, the Nagual. SRP,175.

THE NAGUAL COMES IN PAIRS, MALE AND FEMALE


The Naugal comes in pairs, male and female. A double man and a double woman become the Naugal only after the rule has been told to each of them, and each of them has
understood it and accepted it in full. EG,174.

A NAGUAL HAS NO SELF-IMPORTANCE


is someone flexible enough to be anything... it means to have no points to defend.. it means that, among other things, that a naugal has no obsessions.. FFW,55,56... Naguals
have no self-importance whatsoever... and it is precisely for this reason that we can adore them. TSC,147.

SOMEONE TO WHOM THE RULE HAS BEEN REVEALED


a double being to whom the rule has been revealed. (Eagle's purpose..EG,173). But it is not until he is taught the rule of the naguals that he actually becomes a nagual
himself.TSC,148.

THE NAGUAL SEEKS THE HIDDEN PASSAGEWAY


Whether it be in the form of a human being, an animal, a plant, or anything else that lives, the naugal by virtue of ite doubleness is drawn to seek the hidden passageway.
EG,173,174.

A NAGUAL IS A CONDUIT FOR THE SPIRIT


...the naugal, is a naugal because he can reflect the abstract, the spirit, better than others. But that's all. Our link is with the spirit itself and only incidentally with the man who
brings us its message... TAOD, 11... a naugal can only be a conduit for the spirit POS,10,11. has sobriety, endurance, stability.. their energy allows them to channel peace,
harmony, laughter and knowledge directly from the source, from intent and transmit them to their companions. POS,10,11 ....the naugal taps intent ...formulates, then guides the
consequences that that force can have on his disciples... without the naugal's molding intent there would be no awe.. and the apprentices would be learning only a trade: healer,
sorcerer, diviner, charlatan, or whatever. POS, 28 being around a naugal the apprentice automatically experiences a shift in his awareness because the naugal is a conduit for the
spirit and the spirit is what makes the AP move. POS,129,170 the naugal entices the AP into moving by helping to destroy the mirror of self-reflection. But that is all the naugal
can do. The actual mover is the spirit, the abstract, ..the naugal, being the conduit of the abstract, is allowed to express it through his actions. POS,170. All a nagual can do is
fulfill the spirit's bidding, or fail miserably. TSC,148.

A NAGUAL GUIDES PEOPLE TO THE NAGUAL


First he guided us to take the rule as a map; then he guided us to the understanding that one can attain a paramount awareness, because there is such a thing; and finally he
guided us to an actual passageway into that other concealed world of awareness. EG,179,.. for a little more explanation.. EG,179,180

A NAGUAL TRIES TO BREAK THE APPRENTICE'S SELF-IMPORTANCE


..what the naugal aims at with his apprentices is the shattering of their mirror of self-reflection. POS,165 ...Don Juan says to CC ... "the only concrete help you ever get from me
is that I attack your self-reflection. If it weren't for that, you would be wasting your time. This is the only real help you've gotten from me....I've taught you all kinds of things in
order to trap your attention.. You'll swear, though, that that teaching has been the important part. It hasn't There is very little value in instruction." POS,166....

A NAGUAL CAN DEVIATE THE APPRENTICE'S ATTENTION


the art of a teacher was to deviate the apprentice's attention from the main issue. TOP,231.

A NAGUAL NEVER MAKES A MISTAKE


... a nagual never makes such a careless mistake because he is always aware of what he does. TSC,164.

HOW DOES ONE BECOME A NAGUAL?

THEY ARE CHOOSEN BY THE SPIRIT


They certainly inherit their post; but not like kings... A nagual has to be singled out by the spirit. For unless the spirit chooses him, he cannot set himself up as a leader.
TSC,148.

ADVANTAGES/DISADVANTAGES OF A NAGUAL

EASY MOVEMENT BETWEEN RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTS


..A double being has a great advantage: the condition of being double permits relatively easy movement between compartments on the right side. EG,228

THEY ARE SEDENTARY, CONSERVATIVE AND AFRAID OF CHANGE

The disadvantage of double beings is that by virtue of having two compartments they are sedentary, conservative, afraid of change. EG,228....
C.) ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION

COMPLETENESS

YOU MUST BE COMPLETE IN YOUR LUMINOSITY TO ENTER INTO THE SECOND ATTENTION
To enter into the other world one has to be complete. To be a sorcerer one has to have all of one's luminosity: no holes, no patches and all the edge of the spirit. SRP,119.
Only sorcerers who want to enter into the other world (must be complete)..There are plenty of good sorcerers who see and are incomplete. to be complete is only for us Toltecs.
SRP,211. The Nagual said that the edge of the spirit of a person who dies goes back to the givers, meaning that edge goes back to the parents. If the givers are dead and the
person has children, the edge goes to the child who is complete. And if all the children are complete, that edge goes to the one with power and not necessarily to the best or
diligent. SRP,211. The value is that we all need our edge, all our power, our completeness in order to enter into that other world. SRP,212

PHYSICAL BODY

THE BODY MUST BE STRONG SO THAT AWARENESS CAN BE KEEN AND FLUID WHEN IT FOCUSES ON THE DOUBLE (ABSTRACT FLIGHT)
The body must be tremendously strong, so that awareness can be keen and fluid in order to jump from one side of the abyss to the other in the blink of an eye. TSC,42.

ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION

WHAT ARE SOME GENERAL WAYS THAT GET US TO THE SECOND ATTENTION?

THE SECOND ATTENTION CAN BE BROUGHT ON BY MANY THINGS/THERE ARE NO HALLUCINATIONS


There are no hallucinations...if anybody suddenly sees something different, something that was not there before, it is because that person's second attention has been gathered
and that person is focusing it on something. Now whatever is gathering that person's attention might be anything, maybe its liquor, or maybe its madness, or maybe its the
Nagual's smoking mixture. The other world is the world of our second attention. SRP,282. ...moving the AP is very difficult and yet it's the simplest thing in the world..
mysticism, high fever, hunger, fear, love or hate could do it and also unbending intent, which is the preferred method of sorcerers. POS,224...Sometimes, due to natural although
dramatic circumstances, such as war, deprivation, stress, fatigue, sorrow, helplessness, men's AP undergo profound movements. POS,232... I used power plants in order to
make your AP move.. power plants have that effect; but hunger, tiredness, fever,and other things like that can have a similar effect. The flaw of the average man is that he
thinks the result of a shift is purely mental. FFW,152

THE SECOND ATTENTION IS NEVER USED UNLESS THROUGH DELIBERATE TRAINING OR ACCIDENTAL TRAUMA
The SA remains in the background for the duration of our lives, unless it is brought forth through deliberate training or accidental trauma, and that it encompasses the
awareness of the luminous body. EG,18

IS IT DIFFICULT TO ENTER THE SECOND ATTENTION?

THE ENTRANCE TO THE SECOND ATTENTION IS EASY AND ITS LURE IS NEARLY IRRESISTABLE
The great difficulty is that the entrance into the second attention is utterly easy and its lure nearly irresistable. FFW,84..

THERE IS A GUARDIAN FOR THE OTHER WORLDS


the keeper of the other world. SR,114 It's not the world of the dead or the world of anything. It's just another world. SR,114. the guardian, being the keeper, the watchman of
that world, knew many secrets that brujo was entitled to share. SR,132.

WHAT IS INTENDING?

THE MOST SOPHISTICATED CONTROL OF THE FORCE OF ALIGNMENT


...the most sophisticated control of the force of alignment.. FFW,200 .. that point (AP) can be moved from within. FFW,136

THE AP IS DISPLACED THROUGH INTENDING AND FIXATE THEM THROUGH INTENDING


...The AP is displaced through intending and fixate them through intending.. TAOD,161

HOW DOES ONE INTEND?

UNDERSTANDING INTENT'S CONTRADICTION: INTENT IS NOT SOMETHING ONE MIGHT USE OR COMMAND OR MOVE IN ANYWAY- NEVERTHELESS,
ONE COULD USE IT, COMMAND IT, OR MOVE IT AS ONE DESIRES
Intent is not something one might use or command or move in anyway- nevertheless, one could use it, command it, or move it as one desires. This contradiction.. is the essence
of sorcery. to fail to understand it had brought generations of sorcerers unimaginable pain and sorrow. Modern-day naugals, in an effort to avoid paying this exorbitant price in
pain, had developed a code of behavior called the warrior's way or the impeccable action, which prepared sorcerers by enhancing their sobriety and thoughtfulness... POS,115
to intend is to wish without wishing, to do without doing TAOD,25,26 ....most of the really unusual things that happen to seers, or to the average man for that matter, happen by
themselves, with only the intervention of intent. FFW,257 For a sorcerer, the spirit is an abstract simply because he knows it without words or even thoughts. It's an abstract
because he can't conceive what the spirit is. Yet without the slightest chance or desire to understand it, a sorcerer handles the spirit. He recognizes it, beckons it, entices it,
becomes familiar with it, and expresses it with his acts... sorcerers meet the abstract without thinking about it or seeing it or touching it or feeling its presence .. POS, 53,54.
...one could only beckon it..by acknowledging its existence POS,235..... the spirit's descent is always shrouded. It happens and yet it seems not to have happened at all.
POS,100.

THE ONLY WAY TO INTEND IS BY FOCUSING YOUR INTENT ON WHATEVER YOU WANT TO INTEND
the only way to intend is by focusing your intent on whatever you want to intend TAOD,25,26....... Sorcerers intend anything they set themselves to intend, simply by intending
it....(this statement pertains only to the realm of energy) sorceres believe that if one would intend that statement for the energy body (luminous egg) , the energy body would
understand it in terms entirely different from those of the mind. The trick is to reach the energy body. For that you need energy. ...(understanding the statement in terms of a
bodily feeling) TAOD,23 ... being a by-product of a displacement of the assemblage point, the second attention does not happen naturally but must be intended, beginning with
intending it as an idea and ending up with intending it as a steady and controlled awareness of the assemblage point's displacement. TAOD,20,21 ..to move the AP first by
setting up an unbending intent to move it and second by letting the context of the situation dictate where it should move. FFW,257 ...a progression: beginning as an idea that
comes to us more like a curiosity than an actual possibility; turning into something that can only be felt, as a sensation is felt; and finally evolving into a state of being, or a
realm of practicalities, or a preeminent force that opens for us worlds beyond our wildest fantasies. TAOD,20,21

INTENDING OCCURS WITH USAGE BUT THERE ARE NO SPECIFIC TECHNIQUES


there is no technique for intending. One intends through usage. TAOD,161.. the energy that was ordinarily used to maintain the fixed position of the AP became liberated, it
focused automatically on that connecting link...there are no techniques to do this but rather it was a matter of an instantaneous shift taking place once a certain level of
proficiency had been attained.. DJ said this level was pure understanding....a clear connection with intent. POS, 124.

SILENT KNOWLEDGE IS NEEDED TO MAKE ANY PROCESS WORK, NOT PROCEDURES


The edifice that intent flaunts before us is, then, a clearinghouse, within which we find not so much the procedures to clear our connecting link as the silent knowledge that
allows the clearing process to take place. Without the silent knowledge no process would work, and all we would have would be an indefinite sense of needing something. POS,
61.. set up your intent as a customs house..for the warrior, TOP,170

TO KNOW INTENT IS TO KNOW IT DIRECTLY THROUGH OUR CONNECTING LINK


..The only way to know intent.. is to know it directly through a living connection that exists between intent and all sentient beings. POS, 28

INTENDING RESULTS BY HOOKING OUR AWARENESS TO SOMETHING ALREADY THERE


To make sorcery work, we must know what we're doing when we intend the result-not the purpose, mind you, but the result of the sorcery act. If we intended the purpose of our
sorcery actions, we would be creating sorcery, and you and I don't have that much power. TSC,106. The intent of all sorcery acts has already been set. All we have to do is hook
our awareness to it. TSC,107. he (Emilito) said that everything I (Taisha) did was tainted by defeat. Therefore the most important thing I had to do now was to set up a new
intent. He explained that this new intent was called sorcerer's intent because it isn't just the intent of doing something new, but the intent of joining something already
established; an intent that reaches out to us through thousands of years of human toil. TSC,212.

THE INTENT OF SORCERERS DIFFERS FROM THAT OF AVERAGE PEOPLE IN THAT SORCERERS HAVE LEARNED TO FOCUS THEIR ATTENTION WITH
INFINITELY MORE FORCE AND PRECISION.
Emilito.. explained that the intent of sorcerers differs from that of average people in that sorcerers have learned to focus their attention with infinitely more force and precision.
TSC,209.

HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE TO CONNECT WITH INTENT?

IT TAKES A LONG TIME


...it will be a long time before you can apply the principle that your command is the Eagle's command. That's the essence of the mystery of intent..make a command now not to
fret, not even even at the worst moments of doubt. it will be a slow process until that command is heard and obeyed as if it were the Eagle's command. FFW,279.

WHAT CAN SORCERER'S DO WITH THEIR INTENT?

ONLY SORCERERS CAN TURN THEIR FEELINGS INTO INTENT


....only sorcerers can turn their feelings into intent. POS,227

WHEN WE BECOME WARRIORS, THOUGH, INTENT BECOMES OUR FRIEND.


..when we become warriors, though, intent becomes our friend. it lets us be free for a moment; at times it even comes to us, as if it had been waiting for us.... EG,148

WAKING UP INTENT
this was called waking up intent..this means putting someones AP in the position of silent knowledge POS,241

TECHNIQUES FOR INTENDING

SHOUTING OUT INTENT


I want you to say intent three of four times or even more, but bring it out from the depths of you.. allow the word to burst out from your midsection loud and clear. In fact, you
should shout the word intent with all your strength... shout as loud and as many times as it's needed. TSC,186. You stop when something happens or when I tell you to stop
because nothing has happened. TSC,187.
What did you make me shout for...?.. We were trying to catch the attention of your double TSC,187 What you and I want to do with all this shouting.. is to catch the attention
not of the visible reality, but rather the attention of the unseen, the force that is the source of your existence, a force that we hope will carry you across the chasm. TSC,187.

STALKERS CALLED INTENT LOUDLY. THE INDISPENSIBLE PART OF THE ACT OF CALLING INTENT WAS A TOTAL CONCENTRATION ON WHAT WAS
INTENDED
stalkers called intent loudly. Usually intent was called from within a small, dark, isolated room. A candle was placed on a black table with the flame just a few inches before the
eyes then the word intent was voiced slowly, enunciated clearly and deliberately as many times as one felt was needed. The pitch of the voice rose or fell without any thought...
the indispensible part of the act of calling intent was a total concentration on what was intended. POS,264.

INTENT IS BECKONED WITH THE EYES


......intent is beckoned with the eyes (not with the reason POS,174) ....A warrior must evoke intent. the glance is the secret. the eyes beckon intent...EG,308 ....I knew
automatically that I had to move my eyes in order to make my AP shift. I could, with my intent, align the emanations that made me see Genaro as a blob of light, or I could align
the emanations that made me see him as merely odd, unknown, strange. FFW,292 using the eyes to beckon intent was how to expedite letting go of that intent. EG,308. his eyes
turned for an instant to focus on the point of the second attention....one must focus one's attention on the luminous shell...EG,308.......to revert to the physical level all I had to do
was to focus my eyes on my body. EG,309 ...the eyes of all living beings can move someone else's AP, especially if their eyes are focused on intent POS,139

WHY IS INTENT BECKONED WITH THE EYES?

BECAUSE EYES ARE DIRECTLY CONNECTED WITH INTENT


....because eyes are directly connected with intent ... POS,133,228 the eyes are only superficially connected to the world of everyday life. Their deeper connection is to the
abstract... the average man knows the same thing about eyes but has no energy to explain it... POS,133,228

EACH SPOT TO WHICH THE AP MOVES IS INDICATED BY A SPECIFIC SHINE OF A SORCERER'S EYES.
each spot to which the AP moves is indicated by a specific shine of a sorcerer's eyes. Since eyes have their own memory, they can call up the recollection of any spot by calling
up the specific shine associated with that spot...POS,133,228

NATURALLY, IT ALSO MEANS THEY CAN RECOLLECT AT WILL, USING THE SHINE OF THEIR EYES TO MOVE THEIR AP
Naturally, it also means they can recollect at will, using the shine of their eyes to move their AP. POS,133,135, 136,174

THE REASON WHY SEEING SEEMS TO BE VISUAL IS BECAUSE WE NEED THE EYES TO FOCUS ON INTENT
....The reason why seeing seems to be visual is because we need the eyes to focus on intent. EG,308

THEY KNEW HOW TO USE THEIR EYES TO CATCH ANOTHER ASPECT OF INTENT AND CALLED THIS ACT SEEING...WHAT SILVIO MANUEL HAD
SHOWN ME WAS THE TRUE FUNCTION OF THE EYES, THE CATCHERS OF INTENT
..they knew how to use their eyes to catch another aspect of intent and called this act seeing...what Silvio manuel had shown me was the true function of the eyes, the catchers of
intent. EG,308

USING YOUR EYES AS A WAY TO MOVE THE AP

EVIL EYE
It was at that moment that he lifted his head and looked me squarely in the eyes. It was a formidable look. Yet it was not menacing or awesome in any way. It was a look that
went through me. I became tongue-tied at once and continue with the harangues about myself..DJ's look, however, numbed me to the point that I could not think coherently.
JTI,2.
my benefactor..could make a person mortally ill by merely looking at him. women would wane away after he had set eyes on them. Yet he did not make people sick all the time
but only when his personal power was involved. JTI,122 It was a penetrating glance. I felt he had actually grabbed me with his eyes. I had the sensation of two fingers gently
clasping me and I acknowleged a weird agitation, an itching, a pleasant despair in the area of my solar plexus. I became aware of my abdominal region. I sensed its heat. I
could not speak coherently any more and i mumbled, then stopped talking altogether. SR,134. he was looking in the distance, past me; his eyes were foggy, out of focus.
SR,136. he had fixed his gaze on me and I had an inexplicable feeling of vacuity, or numbness. ..it was a direct blow to your tonal. I numbed it by focusing my will..the
warrior's gaze is placed on the right eye of the other person..and what it does is to stop the internal dialogue, then the nagual takes over..thus the danger of that manoeuvre. The
gaze on the right eye is not a stare...it's rather a forceful grabbing that one does through the eye of the other person...one grabs something that is behind the eye. One has the
actual physical sensation that one is holding something with the will...this is, naturally, only a way of talking..a way of explaining weird sensations...DJ made me feel that his
eyes were actually touching me, in a physical sense..TOP,228..there's no way of exactly describing what one does..something snaps forward from someplace below the
stomach; that something has direction and can be focused on anything. It works only when the warrior learns to focus his will..there's no way of practicing it..at a given moment
in the life of a warrior it simply happens. No one knows how. The secret is in the left eye..as a warrior progresses on the path of knowledge his left eye can clasp anything.
Usually the left eye of a warrior has a strange appearance; sometimes it becomes permanently crossed, or it becomes smaller than the other, or larger, or different in some way.
TOP,229
he gave me a long, strange look that produced an itching in the pit of my stomach. It was as if he were pushing my middle section with a soft object. I felt like I was going to get
ill, but then he turned his head to the side and I regained my original feeling of well-being. TOP,10.

ROLLING THE EYES

when impatience, or despair, or anger or sadness comes a warrior's way...roll your eyes. Any direction will do; I prefer to roll mine clockwise. The movement of the eyes makes
the AP shift momentarily.. in that movement you will find relief. FFW,279.
roll eyes in a counterclockwise direction.. to avoid being dragged with him. FFW,235.

SOOTHING WITH THE EYES

his eyes were like two slits. When he looked at me he would open them a bit and the moistness of the corneas reflected the light of the latern. It was as if he were using the light
to create a mirror reflection. he played with it, shaking his head almost imperceptibly every time he focused his eyes on me. The effect was a fascinating quiver of light...the
steady flicker in his eyes were not menacing..you can soothe yourself.. you won't soothe yourself bobbing your head like that.. the secret is not in the head shake but in the
feeling that comes to the eyes from the area below the stomach. This is what makes the head shake. TOP,24... to soothe myself by reflecting a beam of light on the cornea of my
eyes... TOP,52.

HOW DOES A WARRIOR GET TO THE NAGUAL THROUGH HIS WILL?

A WARRIOR LEARNS TO FOCUS HIS WILL AS ONE SINGLE LUMINOUS FIBER FROM HIS BELLY AND CONNECTS TO THE NAGUAL
Let's say the warrior learns to tune his will, to direct it to a pinpoint, to focus it wherever he wants. it is as if his will, which comes from the midsection of his body, is one single
luminous fiber, a fiber that he can direct at any conceivable place. That fiber is the road to the nagual. Or I could also say that the warrior sinks into the nagual through that
single fiber TOP,175

WHAT CONDITIONS ALLOW FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF WILL?

THE WILL DEVELOPS IN A WARRIOR REGARDLESS OF REASON


The will develops in a warrior in spite of every opposition of reason. TOP,83..

THE WILL WORKS REGARDLESS OF OUR INDULGENCE


Our will operates in spite of our indulgence. SR,147 For example, your will is already opening your gap, little by little. SR,147 Watch carefully everything you do. the very
thing that could help you develop your will is admist all the little things that you do.

THE BODY MUST BE PERFECT FOR WILL TO WORK


The body must be perfection before the will is a functioning unit. TOP,83.

WHEN DOES WILL COME OUT?

FOLLOWING A MOMENT OF THE ABSOLUTE SILENCE, OR AT A MOMENT OF SHEER TERROR, OR PROFOUND SADNESS
It is experienced as a force that radiates out of the middle part of the body following a moment of the absolute silence, or at a moment of sheer terror, or profound sadness;
EG,142.

WHEN DOES WILL NOT COME OUT?

NO, TOO DISRUPTIVE FOR THE WARRIOR'S CONCENTRATION


but not after a moment of happiness, because happiness is too disruptive to afford the warrior the concentration needed to use the luminosity of the body and turn it into
silence.EG,142.

HOW DOES THE WILL WORK?

NO ONE KNOWS HOW THE WILL WORKS/PERCEIVING WITH YOUR WILL


Will is something very special. it happens mysteriously. There is no real way of telling how one uses it, except that the results of using the will are astounding. SR,148 An
average man can grab the things of the world only with his hands, or his eyes, or his ears, but a sorcerer can grab them also with his nose, or his tongue, or his will, especially
with his will. I cannot really describe how it is done, but you yourself, for instance cannot describe to me how you hear. It happens that I am also capable of hearing, so we can
talk about what we hear, but not about how we hear. A sorcerer uses his will to perceive the will. That perceiving, however, is not like hearing. When we look at the world or
when we hear it, we have the impression that it is out there and that it is real. When we perceive the world with our will we know that it is not as out there or as real as we think.
SR,148

DESCRIPTION OF THE ACQUIREMENT OF A WARRIOR'S WILL/ A FINE POWER IS ALWAYS HERALDED BY GREAT PAIN
and one day he succeeds in performing something ordinarily quite impossible to accomplish. he may not even notice his extraordinarily deed. But as he keeps on performing
impossible acts, or as impossible things keep on happening to him, he becomes aware that a sort of power is emerging. A power that comes out of his body as he progresses on
the path of knowledge. At first it is like an itching on the belly, or a warm spot that cannot be soothed; then it becomes a pain, a great discomfort. Sometimes the pain and
discomfort are so great that the warrior has convulsions for months, the more severe the better for him. A fine power is always heralded by great pain. SR,152
When the convulsions cease the warrior notices he has strange feelings about things. he notices that he can touch actually touch anything he wants with a feeling that comes out
of his body from a spot right below or right above his navel. That feeling is the will, and when he is capable of grabbing with it, one can rightfully say that the warrior is a
sorcerer, and that he has acquired will. SR,152.

HOW DOES A SORCERER USE DEATH TO TUNE HIS/HER WILL?

A SORCERER TUNES HIS WILL BY LETTING HIS DEATH OVERTAKE HIM, AND WHEN HE IS FLAT AND BEGINS TO EXPAND, HIS IMPECCABLE WILL
TAKES OVER AND ASSEMBLES THE FOG INTO ONE PERSON AGAIN.
A sorcerer tunes his will by letting his death overtake him, and when he is flat and begins to expand, his impeccable will takes over and assembles the fog into one person again.
SR,197,198... he opened his hands like two fans, lifted them to the level of his elbows, turned them until his thumbs were touching the sides, and then brought them slowly
together at the center of his body over his navel. He kept them there for a moment. His arms shivered with the strain. Then he brought them up until the tips of his middle
fingers touched his forehead, and then pulled them down in the same position to the center of his body. SR,198.

2. STOPPING THE WORLD

WHAT IS STOPPING THE WORLD?

STOPPING THE WORLD MEANS TO DESTROY THE CONTINUITY OF OUR WORLD


stopping the world was a technique practiced by those who were hunting for power, a technique by virtue of which the world as we know it was made to collapse. JTI,104.
Stopping the world was indeed an appropriate rendition of certain states of awareness in which the reality of everyday life is altered because the flow of interpretation, which
ordinarily runs uninterruptedly, has been stopped by a set of circumstances alien to that flow. In my case the set of circumstances alien to my normal flow of interpretations was
the sorcery description of the world.JTI,xiii,xiv. What DJ had struggled to vanquish, or rather suppress in me, was not my reason as the capacity for rational thought, but my
attention of the tonal, or my awareness of the world of common sense.... his motive for doing so...was because that the daily world exists because we know how to hold its
images; consequently, if one drops the attention needed to maintain those images the world collapses. SRP,240,241. What stopped inside you yesterday was what people have
been telling you the world is like. You see, people tell us from the time we are born that the world is such and such and so and ss, and naturally we have no choice but to see the
world the way people have been telling us it is. JTI,254.one of the easiest things one can do is to fall into it (man's band of awareness) but any person can reach that warehouse
by simply stopping his internal dialogue. FFW,??

IT CONSISTED OF INTRODUCING A DISSONANT ELEMENT INTO OUR CONTINUITY TO STOP OUR FLOW OF ORDINARY EVENTS
It consisted of introducing a dissonant element into the fabric of everyday behavior for purposes of halting the otherwise smooth flow of ordinary events-events that we
catalogued in our minds by our reason. POS,172 Don Juan's task, as a practitioner making his system accessible to me, was to dissarange a particular certainty which I share
with everyone else, the certainity that our commen-sense views of the world are final. SR,10.

OUR WORLD OF SELF-REFLECTION IS VERY FLIMSY AND WHEN OUR FEW KEY IDEAS FAILED OUR REASONING AND OUR WORLD CEASES TO
FUNCTION
the world of our self-reflection or of our mind was very flimsy and was held together by a few key ideas that served as its underlying order. When those ideas failed, the
underlying order ceased to function.. when this happens the world of reason stops. POS,172

A FEW OF THE NAGUAL'S ONSLAUGHTS SHOULD BE ENOUGH TO DISMANTLE ONE'S VIEW


A few of the nagual's onslaughts should be enough to dismantle one's view....TOP,243

STOPPING THE WORLD JUST HAPPENS


Nobody (wishes to stop the world), that's the point. it just happens. And once you know what it is like to stop the world you realize there is a reason for it. You see, one of the
arts of the warrior is to collapse the world for a specific reason and then restore it again in order to keep on living. JTI,136.

WHAT IS THE IMPORTANCE OF STOPPING THE WORLD?

IT IS ONE OF THE MAIN PROPOSITIONS OF THE SORCERER'S KNOWLEDGE


..its scope and importance as one of the main propositions of don Juan's knowledge. JTI,x.

IN ORDER TO SEE ONE FIRST HAD TO STOP THE WORLD


......DJ stated that in order to arrive at seeing one first had to stop the world. JTI,xiii,xiv.

THE ENTRANCE TO THE NAGUAL IS IN FRONT OF US ALL THE TIME BUT ONLY TO THOSE WHOSE MINDS ARE STILL AND WHOSE HEARTS ARE AT
EASE WILL SEE OR FEEL ITS PRESCENCE
the truth of the matter is that the entrance is in front of us all the time.. but only those whose minds are still and whose hearts are at ease can see or feel its presence. TSC,66...

IT IS AS NECESSARY FOR SORCERERS AS READING AND WRITING


Stopping the world.. as necessary for sorcerers as reading and writing. POS,172

HOW DO WE STOP THE WORLD?

A PRECONDITION FOR STOPPING THE WORLD WAS TO LEARN THE NEW DESCRIPTION IN ORDER TO BREAK THE DOGMATIC CERTAINITY WHICH WE
ALL SHARE
DJ's precondition for stopping the world was that one had to be convinced...one had to learn the new description in a total sense, for the purpose of pitting it against the old one,
and in that way break the dogmatic certainty, which we all share, that the validity of our perceptions, or our reality of the world, is not to be questioned. JTI,xiii,xiv.

SHUTTING OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE IS THE KEY TO STOPPING THE WORLD
Sorcerers call it stopping the internal dialogue, and they are convinced that it is the single most important technique that an apprentice can learn. TOP,229 ....Stopping the
internal dialogue is, however, the key to the sorcerers' world..the rest of the activities are only props; all they do is accelerate the effect of stopping the internal dialogue.
TOP,231 .As you know..the crux of sorcery is the internal dialogue; that is the key to everything. TOP,93. the passageway into the world of sorcerers opens up after the warrior
has learned to shut off his internal dialogue. TOP,38. to change our idea of the world is the crux of sorcery.. and stopping the internal dialogue is the only way to accomplish it.
the rest is just padding. ...nothing of what you've seen or done, with the exception of stopping the internal dialogue, could by itself have changed anything in you, or in your idea
of the world. the provision is, of course that the change should not be deranged.... that is why a teacher doesn't clamp down on his apprentice. That would only breed obsession
and morbidity. TOP,20. The difficulty for the average man is the internal dialogue. Only when a state of total silence is attained can one use the (earth) boost. FFW,232

WHAT IS SHUTTING OFF OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE?

THIS IS AN OPERATIONAL WAY OF DESCRIBING THE ACT OF DISENGAGING THE ATTENTION OF THE TONAL/THE WORLD STOPS WHEN OUR SECOND
ATTENTION BECOMES ENGAGED
DJ had asserted time and time again that the essential feature of his sorcery was shutting off the internal dialogue... stopping the internal dialogue was an operational way of
describing the act of disengaging the attention of the tonal...once we stop our internal dialogue we also stop the world. That was an operational description of the inconceivable
process of focusing our second attention. He had said that some part of us is always kept under lock and key because we are afraid of it, and that to our reason, that part of us
was like an insane relative that we kept locked in a dungeon. That part, in La Gorda's terms, our second attention, and when it finally could focus on something the world
stopped. Since we, as average men, know only the attention of the tonal, it is not too farfetched to say that once that attention is cancelled, the world indeed has to stop. The
focusing of our wild, untrained second attention has to be, perforce, terrifying. DJ was right in saying that the only way to keep that insane relative from bursting in on us was
by shielding ourselves with our endless internal dialogue. SRP,268. although I could not visualize (the nagual) and that my problem was merely one of not being capable of
completely shutting off my internal dialogue. TOP,209. The moment when the second attention hooks onto something is called stopping the world. SRP,257

SHUTTING OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE INVOLVED MORE THAN CURTAILING WORDS BUT WHERE THE ENTIRE THOUGHT PROCESSES HAVE
STOPPED... A FEELING OF BEING SUSPENDED, FLOATING
... on that occasion I also became cognizant that stopping the internal dialogue involved more than merely curtailing the words I said to myself. My entire thought processes had
stopped and I felt I was practically suspended, floating. A sense of panic had ensued from that awareness and I had to resume my internal dialogue as an antidote. TOP,19.
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE SHUT OFF OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE?

THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT THAT WAS FIXED IS NOW FREE TO MOVE


He stressed over and over that the internal dialogue is what keeps the AP fixed to its internal position. Once silence is attained, everything is possible. FFW, 150 one of the
most mystery aspects of the seers knowledge is the incredible effects of inner silence. Once inner silence is attained, the bonds that tie the AP to the particular spot where it was
placed begin to break and the AP is free to move... FFW,155

THE WORLD COLLAPSES AND EVERYTHING BECOMES POSSIBLE


Whenever the dialogue stops, the world collapses and extraordinary facets of ourselves surface, as though they had been kept heavily guarded by our words. You are like you
are, because you tell yourself that you are that way. TOP,38.
When a warrior learns to stop it, everything becomes possible; the most far-fetched schemes become attainable. the passageway to all the weird and eerie experiences that you
have had recently was the fact that you could stop talking to yourself. you have, in complete sobriety, witnessed the ally, Genaro's double, the dreamer and the dreamed, and
today you almost learned about the totality of yourself.. TOP,93.

DESCRIPTION OF STOPPING THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE

..then something in me turned off. I felt I was suspended . My ears seemed to unplug and a myraid of noises in the chaparral became audible. I felt I was falling asleep and then
all at once something caught my attention... (continuation of description of feelings...) I could see every individual bush as if I were looking at them in a dark twilight. TOP,21.
He commanded me to empty myself of thoughts and stare at the surface of the mirror. He repeated over and over that the trick was not to think at all. FFW,106. he commanded
me to turn off my internal dialogue and enter into inner silence. FFW,309.
The Naugal said that it is a moment of blackness, a moment still more silent than the moment of shutting off the internal dialogue. EG,143. ..whenever I silenced my mind, a
seemingly independent force immediately plunged me into a most detailed memory of some event in my life. TAOD, 150 My thoughts diminished in number until my mind
was perfectly blank. TOP,34.

HOW DO WE SHUT OFF OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE?

WHEN YOU WILL TO STOP YOUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE YOU SET A NEW INTENT, A NEW COMMAND.. THEN YOUR COMMAND BECOMES THE
EAGLE'S COMMAND. WE MUST FIRST WILL IT,INTEND IT TO HAPPEN
You willed to stop your internal dialogue and thus you set a new intent, a new command. Then your command became the Eagle's command. The internal dialogue stops in the
same way it begins: by an act of will FFW, 150. The way to stop talking to ourselves is to use exactly the same method: we must will it, we must intend it. FFW,151. A warrior
is aware of this (internal dialogue) and strives to stop his talking. SR,218

THE WAY TO FORGET ABOUT YOUR SELF AND FREE YOUR ENERGY IS TO LEARN HOW TO FIX YOUR ATTENTION....
...learning the warrior's way was an instance when the apprentice's attention had to be trapped rather than deviated and that he had trapped my attention by pushing me out of
my ordinary circumstances every time I had gone to see him... (maybe a hint to the sorcerers' blow?) ..context disarrangement meant that I did not know the ropes and my
attention had to be focused on everything DJ did...like hikes and hunting, roaming around the desert and the mountains...TOP,233 Later on, when I had succeeded in controlling
my attention and could work for hours at a chore without distraction... EG,136. A hen remains still and listens to her eggs underneath her, directing all her attention to them.
She listens and never lets her concentration waver. In this unbending manner she intends the chicks to hatch. It's quiet listening that animals do naturally, but which human
beings have forgotten, and therefore must cultivate. Now, doze like a hen does and listen with your inner ear while I talk. Concentrate on the warmth in your womb and don't let
your attention wander. Be aware of the sounds around you, but don't allow your mind to follow them. TSC,173. By concentrating on your breathing, you can make the solid
body dissolve, but that only the soft, ethereal part is left.... he corrected himself, saying that it is not that the physical body dissolves, but that by changing the fixation of our
awareness we begin to realize that it was never solid in the first place. This realization is the exact reversal of what took place as we matured. As infants, we were totally aware
of our double; as we grew up, we learned to put increasingly more emphasis on the physical side and less on our ethereal being. As adults we are completely unaware that our
soft side exists. TSC,133. Once one knows that world all one needs to bring it about is to use that extra ring of power... Genaro keep you busy turning over rocks in order to
distract your thoughts and allow your body to see. JTI,255

HOW DOES FIXING OUR ATTENTION MAKE US LOSE OUR SELF-REFLECTION?

WHEN WE USE OUR FULL ATTENTION OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE STOPS AND OUR AWARENESS IS REMOVED FROM OUR BODIES.
You fool it... you let your body feel as if it were sound asleep; you deliberately quiet it by removing your awareness from it. When your body and mind are at rest, your double
wakes up and takes over. TSC,140...I let go of my physical body and allowed my double to take over... If our awareness is tied to the double, we are not affected by the laws of
the physical world; rather, we are governed by ethereal forces. But as long as awareness is tied to the physical body, our movements are limited by gravity and other constraints.
TSC,137.

IF ATTENTION IS EXERCISED ENOUGH WE REACH THE SECOND ATTENTION...


.....The more it (attention) is exercised, the greater the possibility of getting the desired result.(second attention) EG,139

WHAT ARE SOME WAYS TO HELP LOSE OUR SELF-IMPORTANCE?

GENERAL

ONE CAN DESTROY SELF-IMPORTANCE THREE WAYS


self-importance was a monster that had three thousand heads. One could face up to it and destroy it in any of three ways. The first way was to sever each head one at a time; the
second was to reach that mysterious state of being called the place of no pity, which destroyed self-importance by slowly starving it; and the third was to pay for the
instantaneous annihilation of the three-thousand-headed monster with one's symbolic death. POS,252

TO GET RID OF SELF-IMPORTANCE WE MUST HAVE A GREAT STRATEGY


self-importance can't be fought with niceties...to get rid of the self-importance that is rotten requires a masterpiece of strategy. FFW,29. warriors fight self-importance as a
matter of strategy, not principle. FFW,30

WE MUST WORK CEASELESSLY TO OVERCOME OUR SELF-IMPORTANCE


..egomania is a real tyrant.. we must work ceaselessly to dethrone it. POS,85
.....it is very difficult to make the self give up its strongholds except through practice. TAOD,83 ....we both have to sweat blood before we let go of our self-reflection. POS,175..
the difficulty is that the mirror of self-reflection is extremely powerful and only lets its victims go after a ferocious struggle. POS,178..

START SLOWLY TO UNDO THE WORLD


A warrior is aware that the world will change as soon as he stops talking to himself..and he must be prepared for that monumental jolt... the world is such-and-such and so-and-
so only because we tell ourselves that that is the way it is. if we stop telling ourselves that the world is so-and-so, the world will stop being so-and-so. At this moment I don't
think you're ready for such a momentous blow, therefore you must start slowly to undo the world. SR,219.

CONVINCE OUR PHYSICAL BODY TO GIVE UP ITS CONTROL


As we let go of our ideas of the physical body, little by little or all at once.. awareness begins to shift to our soft side. In order to facilitate this shift, our physical side must
remain absolutely still' suspended as if it were in deep sleep. The difficulty lies in convincing our physical body to cooperate, for it rarely wants to give up its control. TSC,140
FEAR,AWE,POWER AND DEATH
I was in a perfect state for stopping the world...combined in that state were fear,awe, power and death; he said that such a state would be pretty hard to repeat JTI,104.

DURING THE MENSTRUAL PERIOD IT IS MORE DIFFICULT FOR A WOMAN TO FOCUS HER VIEW ON THE WORLD AND THUS EASIER FOR IT TO
COLLAPSE
Women have their own abyss. Women menstruate... that was the door for them. During their period they become something else...no matter how well-made the disguise is, it
falls away and women are bare. SRP,46....A female.. is always open because most of the time she is not focusing her attention on anything. Especially during her menstrual
period.... during that time I could actually let my attention go from the images of the world. If I don't focus my attention on the world the world collapses. SRP,216. ..When a
women menstruates she cannot focus her attention. That's the crack the Nagual told me about. Instead of fighting to focus, a woman should let go of the images, by gazing
fixidly at distant hills, or by gazing at water, like a river, or by gazing at the clouds. SRP,216.
during our menstrual periods dreaming becomes power. I get a little crazy for one thing. I become more daring... a crack opens in front of us during those days..two days before
her period a woman can open that crack and step through it into another world.... with her left hand she followed the contour of an invisible line that seemed to run vertically in
front of her at arm's length. During that time a woman, if she wants to, can let go of the images of the world... That's the crack between the worlds .. it is right in front of all of
us women. SRP,145

SEEING THE ORIGIN OF MAN HELPS FREE US FROM OUR SELF-CONCEPTIONS


an obligatory step in order to release all ties from my AP. FFW,277... to see it on my own, unaided by anyone, was an important step, because all of us have certain ideas that
must be broken before we are free. FFW,279

HAVING A PRACTICAL TASK IS NEEDED TO STOP THE WORLD


In order to stop the view of the world which one has held since the cradle, it is not enough to just wish or make a resolution. One needs a practical task; that practical task is
called the right way of walking. It seems harmless and nonsensical. As everything else which has power in itself or by itself, the right way of walking does not attract attention.
TOP,229. ..there were two major activities or techniques used to accelerate the stopping of the internal dialogue; erasing personal history and dreaming. TOP,231.

TECHNIQUE/METHODS FOR SHUTTING OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE

NOT-DOINGS

WHAT ARE NOT-DOINGS?

WHEN YOU FOCUS ON FEATURES ON SOMETHING THAT WERE ORDINARILY OVERLOOKED (ANYTHING THAT IS NOT IN OUR INVENTORY)
..a perceptual game of focusing attention on features of the world that were ordinarily overlooked, such as the shadows of things...not-doing, like everything else, is a very
important technique but it was not the main issue.TOP,242. not-doing as an unfamiliar act which engages our total being by forcing it to become conscious of its luminous
segment. EG,18 Not-doing is a term that comes to us from our own sorcerery tradition... it refers to everything that is not included in the inventory that was forced upon
us.TSC,88

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE NOT-DO?

THE SECOND ATTENTION WAS BROUGHT INTO ACTION OR WAS HARNESSED, THROUGH EXERCISES OF NON-DOING.
The second attention was brought into action or was harnessed, through exercises of non-doing. EG,135.

DOING IS ENGAGING ANY ITEM OF OUR FORCED INVENTORY, NOT-DOING IS ANYTHING THAT IS NOT PART OF OUT INVENTORY
When we engage any item of our forced inventory we are doing; anything that is not part of that inventory is not-doing. TSC,88. Not-doing... the dissonant element (see
stopping the world) or the opposite of doing. 'Doing' was anything part of a whole for which we had a cognitive account..Not-doing was an element that did not belong to the
charted whole. POS,172

DOING IS THE PROBLEM/TALKING


Doing is what makes a rock a rock and that bush a bush. Doing is what makes you yourself and me myself...that's the problem with talking..it always confuses the issues. if one
starts talking about doing, one always ends up talking about something else. it is better to just act. To look at it is doing but to see it is not-doing. JTI,188 That rock is a rock
because of all the things you know how to do to it...I call that doing. A man of knowledge... knows that the rock is a rock only because of doing, so if he doesn't want the rock to
be a rock all he has to do is not-doing. JTI,189. The world is the world because you know the doing involved in making it so.. if you didn't know its doing, the world would be
different...without that certain doing there would be nothing familiar in the surroundings. JTI,189.

ANYTHING MAY BE USED AS A NOT-DOING, PROVIDING THAT IT FORCES THE ATTENTION TO REMAIN FIXED
.....anything may suffice as a not-doing to help dreaming, providing that it forces the attention to remain fixed. EG,137

NOT-DOING IS DIFFICULT TO DO
something that is very simple but very difficult to perform...there is no way to talk about it, because it is the body that does it. not-doing is so difficult and so powerful that you
should not mention it..not until you have stopped the world; only then can you talk about it freely; if that's what you'd want to do. C,JTI,188... Not-doing is very simple but
very difficult..it is not a matter of understanding but of mastering it. JTI,194.

ONE OF THE MOST DIFFICULT PART ABOUT THE WARRIOR'S WAY IS TO REALIZE THAT THE WORLD IS A FEELING.
The most difficult part about the warrior's way is to realize that the world is a feeling.JTI,193

WHEN ONE IS NOT-DOING ONE IS FEELING THE WORLD AND ONE FEELS THE WORLD THROUGH ITS LINES
When one is not-doing, one is feeling the world, and one feels the world through its lines.(see lines of the world) DJ said that this was only an exercise, because the lines
formed by the hand were not durable enough to be of real value in a practical situation. ...JTI,193

TALKING AS DOING/EXERCISE OF NOT-DOING TO FEEL THE LINES OF THE WORLD


Talking is doing for you, but talking is not appropriate and if you want to know what I mean by not-doing you have to do a simple exercise. Since we are concerned with not-
doing it doesn't matter whether you do the exercise now or ten years from now. He made me lie down and took my right arm and bent it at my elbow. Then he turned my hand
until the palm was facing the front; he curved my fingers so my hand looked as if I were holding a doorknob, and then he began to move my arm back and forth with a circular
motion that resembled the act of pushing and pulling a lever attached to a wheel. DJ said that a warrior executed that movement every time he wanted to push something out of
his body, something like a disease or an unwelcoming feeling. The idea was to push and pull an imaginary opposing force until one felt a heavy object, a solid body, stopping
the free movements of the hand. In the case of the exercise, not-doing consisted in repeating it until one felt the heavy body with the hand, in spite of the fact that one could
never believe it was possible to feel it. I began moving my arm and in a short while my hand became ice cold. I had begun to feel a sort of mushiness around my hand. It was as
if I were paddling through some heavy viscous liquid matter. JTI,192. Not-doing is only for very strong warriors and you don't have the power to deal with it yet. Now you will
only trap horrendous things with your hand. So do it little by little, until your hand doesn't get cold any more. Whenever your hand remains warm you can actually feel the lines
of the world with it. JTI,193.

STOPPING THE WORLD BY NOT- DOING


Now in order to stop the world you must stop doing. JTI,189. in the case of this little rock..the first thing which doing does to it is to shrink it to this size. So the proper thing to
do, which a warrior does if he wants to stop the world is to enlarge a little rock, or any other thing, by not-doing. JTI,189,190 He placed the pebble on the boulder and then
asked me to come closer and examine it. He told me to look at the holes and depressions in the pebble and try to pick out the minute detail in them. He said that if I could pick
out the detail, the holes and depressions would disappear and I would understand what not-doing meant. JTI,190. Doing makes you seperate the pebble from the larger
boulder...if you want to learn not-doing, lets say you have to join them. JTI,190.
A WARRIOR ALWAYS TRIES TO NOT-DO
A warrior always tries to affect the force of doing by changing it into not-doing. Doing would be to leave the pebble lying around because it is merely a small rock. Not-doing
would be to proceed with that pebble as if it were something far beyond a mere rock. In this case, that pebble has soaked in you for a long time and now it is you, and as such,
you cannot leave it lying around but must bury it. If you would have personal power, however, not-doing would be to change that pebble into a power object. Your life is not
tight enough to do that. if you would see, you would know that your heavy concern has changed that pebble into something quite unappealing, therefore the best thing you can
do is to dig a hole and bury it and let the earth absorb its heaviness. JTI,191. Everything I have taught you so far has been an aspect of not-doing.. a warrior applies not-doing to
everything in the world, and yet I can't tell you more about it than what I have said today. You must let your own body discover the power and the feeling of not-doing.
JTI,199.

A WARRIOR DOES NOT CARE WHETHER OR NOT SOMETHING IS TRUE OR FALSE


To say no or yes to your question is doing. But since you are learning not-doing I have to tell you that it really doesn't matter whether or not all this is true. it is here that a
warrior has a point of advantage over the average man. An average man cares that things are either true or false, but a warrior doesn't. An average man proceeds in a specific
way with things he knows are true, and in a different way with things he knows are not true. If things are said to be true, he acts and believes in what he does. But if things are
said to be untrue, he doesn't care to act, or he doesn't believe in what he does. A warrior, on the other hand, acts in both instances. if things are said to be true, he would act in
order to do doing. If things are said to be untrue, he still would act in order to do not-doing. JTI,191.

INDULGING IN FEELINGS FROM NOT-DOING, DON'T SUCCUMB TO IT


He added that it was a natural tendency for all of us to indulge ourselves when feelings of that nature occurred (getting lost in a feeling), and that by indulging myself in it I had
almost turned not-doing into my familiar doing. he said that what I should have done was to maintain the view without succumbing to it, because in a way doing was a manner
of succumbing. JTI,197.

DOING AND NOT-DOING ARE LIES/DEATH IS THE ONLY REAL THING


It may hook you to another doing and then you may realize that both doings are lies,unreal and that to hinge yourself to either one is a waste of time, because the only thing that
is real is the being in you that is going to die. To arrive at that being is the not-doing of the self. JTI,200.

EXAMPLES OF NOT-DOING

1. LOSING PERSONAL HISTORY

WHY DO WE NEED TO LOSE OUR PERSONAL HISTORY?

WE MUST LOSE OUR PERSONAL HISTORY BECAUSE IT IS AN ENCUMBERING FORCE


a warrior has to erase it.. it is an encumbering force. EG,269. DJ said that everybody that knew me had an idea about me, and that I kept feeding the idea with everything I
did...you must renew your personal history by telling your parents, your relatives, and your friends everything you do...JTI,12...

YOU MUST ERASE EVERYTHING AROUND YOU UNTIL NOTHING CAN BE TAKEN FOR GRANTED, UNTIL NOTHING IS ANY LONGER FOR SURE, OR
REAL.
...how can I know who I am when I am all of this...he said sweeping the surroundings with a gesture of his head...little by little you must create a fog around yourself..you must
erase everything around you until nothing can be taken for granted, until nothing is any longer for sure, or real. Your problem now is that you're too real. Your endeavors are
too real; your moods are too real. Don't take things so for granted. You must begin to erase yourself. JTI,15.

NO PERSONAL HISTORY, THEN NO ONE IS DISILLUSIONED WITH YOUR ACTS


if you have no personal history, no explanations are needed; nobody is angry or disillusioned with your acts. And above all no one pins you down with their thoughts. JTI,12...

IT'S MORE FUN NOT HAVING A PERSONAL HISTORY


....we only have two alternatives: we either take everything for sure and real, or we don't. If we follow the first we end up bored to death with ourselves and the world. If we
follow the second and erase personal history, we create a fog around us, a very exciting and mysterious state in which nobody knows where the rabbit will pop out, not even
ourselves... when nothing is for sure we remain alert, perennially on our toes...it is more exciting not to know which bush the rabbit is hiding behind than to behave as though
we know everything. JTI,17.

HOW DO YOU ERASE YOUR PERSONAL HISTORY?

THE NOT-DOING OF YOUR PERSONAL LIFE IS TO TELL ENDLESS STORIES, BUT NOT A SINGLE ONE ABOUT YOUR REAL SELF. ONE FIRST HAVE THE
DESIRE TO DROP IT..AND THEN ONE MUST PROCEED HARMONIOUSLY TO CHOP IT OFF, LITTLE BY LITTLE.
The not-doing of your personal life is to tell endless stories, but not a single one about your real self. ...EG,269. When the Naugal trained you to keep your mouth shut about
your personal life, he intended to help you overcome your feeling of having done wrong to your family and friends who were counting on you one way or another. After a
lifetime struggle the male warrior ends up erasing himself, but that struggle takes its toll on the man. he becomes secretive, forever on guard on himself. EG,270..One day I
found out that personal history was no longer necessary for me and like drinking I dropped it...one first have the desire to drop it..and then one must proceed harmoniously to
chop it off, little by little. JTI,11. It is best to erase all personal history slowly...because that would make us free from the encumbering thoughts of other people. JTI,14..Begin
with simple things, such as not revealing what you really do. Then you must leave everyone who knows you well. This way you'll build up a fog around yourself....once people
know you, you are an affair taken for granted and from that moment on you won't be able to break the tie of their thoughts. I personally like the ultimate freedom of the
unknown. No one knows me with steadfast certainty, the way people know you, for instance. JTI,15....I'm not concerned with truths or lies..lies are only lies if you have
personal history...we mislead everybody anyway. JTI,15,16...when one does not have personal history..nothing that one says can be taken for a lie. Your trouble is that you
have to explain everything to everybody, compulsively, and at the same time you want to keep the freshness, the newness of what you do. Well, since you can't be excited after
explaining everything you've done, you lie in order to keep on going. from now on..you must simply show people whatever you care to show them, but without ever telling
exactly how you've done it. JTI,16

THE PRICE OF ERASING PERSONAL HISTORY IS SECRECY


secrecy is the price you pay for being important to society. The struggle is only for men, because they resent erasing themselves and would find curious ways to pop up
somewhere, somehow. EG,270.

IS LOSING OUR PERSONAL HISTORY EASIER FOR MEN OR WOMEN?

LOSING PERSONAL HISTORY APPLIES ONLY TO MEN BECAUSE MEN HAVE SOLID HISTORY BEHIND THEM
That only applies to men. EG,269. Being a man means that you have a solid history behind you. you have family, friends, acquantices, and every one has a definite idea of you.
Being a man means that you're accountable. You cannot disappear that easily. In order to erase yourself, you needed a lot of work....EG,269.

IT IS EASY FOR WOMEN TO ERASE THEIR HISTORY BECAUSE THEY HAVE NO SOLID HISTORY
Women are not accountable... a woman can easily disappear.. a woman can get married. A woman belongs to her husband. in a family with lots of children, the daughters
arscarded very early. No one counts them and chances are that some will vanish without a trace. Their disappearance is easily accepted. EG,269. A son feels guilty for
disappearing. A daughter does not. EG,270. A woman doesn't have to contend with that hardship. a woman isn't compelled to secrecy.. EG,270.

THREE TECHNIQUES TO BE USED ALONG WITH ERASING PERSONAL HISTORY: LOSING SELF-IMPORTANCE, ASSUMING RESPONSIBILITY, AND USING
DEATH AS AN ADVISER.
to help erase personal history three other techniques were taught: They were: losing self-importance, assuming responsibility, and using death as an adviser. The idea was that,
without the beneficial effect of those three techniques, erasing personal history would involve the apprentice in being shifty, evasive and unnecessarily dubious about himself
and his actions. TOP,233.

2. CHANGING ROUTINES, RITUALS AND HABITS

ALL OF OUR ACTIONS AS NORMAL HUMANS ARE DOINGS

ALL HABITS ARE DOINGS


any habit was, in essence, a doing, and that a doing needed all its parts in order to function. If some parts were missing, a doing was disassembled. By doing, he meant any
coherent and meaningful series of actions. in other words, a habit needed all its component actions in order to be a live activity. SRP,200.

HOW DO WE ESTABLISH NEW ROUTINES?

SORCERERS PUT STRESS ON NEW ACTIONS, NEW HABITS TO FREE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT
The spot where that point is located on the cocoon of all living creatures is not a permanent feature, but is established on that specific spot by habit. Hence the tremendous
stress the new seers put on new actions, on new practicalities. They want desperately to arrive at new usages, new habits. FFW,136 ..the way to move that point is to establish
new habits, to will it to move. FFW,219

TO TURN NEW CONCEPTS INTO A VIABLE WAY OF LIFE WE MUST HAVE REPETITION.. THAT IS THE WAY WE WERE SOCIALIZED TO FUNCTION IN
THE DAILY WORLD
..turn his concepts into a viable way of life by a process of repetition...anything new in our lives must be repeated to us to the point of exhaustion before we open ourselves to it.
repetition was the way in which our progenitors socialized us to function in the daily world. TAOD, 33,34

HOW DO WE ESTABLISH REPETITION IN OUR DAILY WORLD?

USE RITUAL BEHAVIOR


The obsessive entanglement of the first attention in self-absorption or reason is a powerful binding force, and that ritual behavior because it is repetitive, forces the FA to free
some energy from watching the inventory, as a consequence of which the AP loses its rigidity. FFW,138 The best way to make a hit on the second attention is through ritual
acts, monotonous chanting, intricate repetitious movements. EG,250.

RITUAL WORKS WELL TO TRAP OUR ATTENTION BUT DEMANDS A VERY HIGH PRICE. IT CAN CREATE MORBIDITY IN A SORCERER
ritual can trap our attention better than anything I can think of..but it also demands a very high price. That price is morbidity; and morbidity could have the highest liens and
mortgages on our awareness... POS,265

WHAT IS MORBIDITY?

MORBIDITY WAS THE ANTITHESIS OF THE SURGE OF ENERGY AWARENESS NEEDED TO REACH FREEDOM.
morbidity was the antithesis of the surge of energy awareness needed to reach freedom. morbidity made sorcerers lose their way and become trapped in the intricate, dark
byways of the unknown (reference to the inorganic's world)..strangeness is not morbidity... POS,266.

MORBIDITY IS WHEN WE CREATE HUGE MONUMENTS TO OUR OBSESSION: CHURCHES ETC..


....ritual forced the average man to construct huge churches that were monuments to self-importance....ritual also forced sorcerers to construct edifices of morbidity and
obsession. POS,265.

DISRUPTING ROUTINES

REALIZING THE INSANITY OF ROUTINES


..he tried to scare me out my wits with the heaviness of his unexpected behavior because I myself was driving him up the walls with the heaviness of my expected behavior. he
added that my routines were as insane as blowing his whistle...I don't do things out of routine. JTI,73 ..your spirit is trained to work with a signal. JTI,74...

A WARRIOR DOESN'T HAVE ROUTINES


a hunter is not at all like the animals he is after, fixed by heavy routines and predictable quirks; he is free, fluid, unpredictable. ....I am concerned with the things animals do; the
places they eat; the place, the manner, the time they sleep; where they nest, how they walk. These are the routines I am pointing out to you so you can become aware of them in
your own being. JTI,75....DJ said that he had no routines. JTI,9

ACTING FOR THE HELL OF IT, WITHOUT EXPECTING REWARDS


together with the right way of walking..a teacher must teach his apprentice another possibility, which is even more subtle: the possibility of acting without beliving, without
expecting rewards- acting just for the hell of it . I wouldn't be exaggerating if I told you that the success of a teacher's enterprise depends on how well and how harmoniously he
guides his apprentice in this specific respect. TOP,230

EXAMPLES OF ACTING FOR THE HELL OF IT


.....absurd chores such as arranging firewood in patterns, encircling his house with an unbroken chain of concentric circles drawn in the dirt with my fingers, sweeping debris
from one place to another, and so forth...wearing a black cap, or tying my left shoe first, or fastening my belt from right to left......he had planted in me the idea of acting
without really expecting anything in return. TOP,231

3. GAIT OF POWER

WHAT IS THE GAIT OF POWER?

A TECHNIQUE... CONSISTING OF RUNNING IN THE DARKNESS WITHOUT TRIPPING OR HURTING ONESELF IN ANY WAY.
a technique... consisting of running in the darkness without tripping or hurting oneself in any way. TOP,22

THE GAIT OF POWER ACTIVATES EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON


...with the gait of power.. he could activate or make dormant the emanations inside his cocoon in order to look young or old. FFW,272.

THE GAIT OF POWER IS TO LET ONE'S PERSONAL POWER FLOW OUT FREELY AND MERGE WITH THE POWER OF THE NIGHT
the gait of power is for running at night... at night the world was different, and that his ability to run in the darkness had nothing to do with his knowledge of those hills. he said
that the key to it was to let one's personal power flow out freely, so it could merge with the power of the night, and that once that power took over there was no chance for a slip-
up. JTI,169

CONSCIOUSLY WALKING IN THE DARKNESS


last night, you weren't making a project out of walking (she could walk in the dark when she wasn't concentrating on it.).. you were determined to get to the cave so your feet
automatically took you there. This afternoon, you were consciously trying to replicate last night's walking, but you failed miserably because your mind got in the way.. or
perhaps you weren't listening to the voice of the spirit that could have guided you safely... by emptying your wherehouse, you are changing your inventory. Now there is room
for something new, such as walking in the darkness. So, I thought that perhaps there might also be room for the voice of the spirit. TSC,82.
Now that its dark, try walking without looking at the ground.. not as a conscious exercise, but as a sorcerery not-doing. TSC,88
not-doing at this particular moment would be for example to force myself to trust the spirit implicitly by letting go of my calculating mind. Don't just pretend to trust while
secretly harboring doubts... only when your positive and negative forces are in perfect accord will you be capable of either feeling or seeing the opening in the energy around
you or walking with your eyes closed and be assured of success. TSC,89.

WALKING THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT: HOW THE GAIT OF POWER WORKS

ONCE INNER SILENCE HAS BEEN ATTAINED.. THE SOUND OF THE MUFFLED STEPS INSTANTLY CATCHES THE ALIGNMENT FORCE OF THE
EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON.. WHICH HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED BY INNER SILENCE
walking the assemblage point..is once warriors have attained inner silence by stopping their internal dialogue, the sound of the gait of power, more than the sight of it, is what
traps their AP. The rhythm of the muffled steps instantly catches the alignment force of the emanations inside the cocoon, which has been disconnected by inner silence.
FFW,153. That force hooks itself immediately to the edges of the band..(man's band) FFW,154.

DESCRIPTION OF ENTERING A HA/SA STATE USING THE GAIT OF POWER


Description of entering a HA/SA state using the gait of power. FFW,149,150.

DOING THE GAIT OF POWER

HOW TO DO THE GAIT OF POWER


....he began to walk around the corridor, arching his back and lifting his thighs to his chest... it's called the gait of power.. he knows several gaits of power. FFW,148...try to hear
the movement of his thighs as they went up against his chest every time he stepped. FFW,226...
DJ's trunk was bent slightly forward, but his spine was straight. His knees were also slightly bent. He walked slowly in front of me so I could take notice that he raised his knees
almost to his chest every time he took a step...JTI,169...he insisted I should first curl my fingers against my palms streching out the thumb and index of each hand. JTI,170....if I
did not focus on anything but kept scanning the ground right in front of me. JTI,171.The gait of power was similar to finding a place to rest. Both entailed a sense of abandon,
and a sense of trust. JTI,171.....the gait of power required that one keep the eyes on the ground directly in front, because even a glance to either side would produce an alteration
in the flow of movement. He explained that bending the trunk forward was necessary in order to lower the eyes, and the reason for lifting the knees up to the chest was because
the steps had to be very short and safe. he warned that I was going to stumble a great deal at first but he assured me that with practice I could run as swiftly and as safely as I
could in the daytime. The degree of concentration needed to keep scanning the area directly in front had to be total. JTI,171.

THE GAIT OF POWER IS DIFFICULT BECAUSE WE RELY ON SIGHT FOR EVERYTHING WE DO INSTEAD OF LETTING POWER BE OUR GUIDE
...he said.. the darkness was encumbering only because I relied on my sight for everything I did, not knowing that another way to move was to let power be the guide.JTI,170

4. GAZING

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF GAZING?

GAZING IS A WAY TO GET US TO ENGAGE OUR SECOND ATTENTION

Gazing was the way to trap our second attention... dreamers have to be gazers before they can trap their second attention. SRP,257. The attention under the table is the key to
everything sorcerers do..in order to reach that attention... they taught us dreaming and to teach us how to do dreaming, the Nagual taught us gazing. SRP,256.

THE OLD SORCERER'S COULD GET TO THEIR ENERGY BODIES BY SIMPLY GAZING AT OBJECTS THEY LIKED.
..gazing was the old sorcerers' technique. They were able to get to their energy bodies in the blink of an eye, simply by gazing at objects of their predilection (what they liked)
TAOD,124

THE OLD SEERS DEVELOPED COMPLEX TECHNIQUES OF GAZING IN ORDER TO DESCEND INTO THE DEPTHS OF THE INORGANIC WORLDS. FFW,120
The old seers developed complex techniques of gazing in order to descend into the depths of the inorganic worlds. FFW,120

IN EL GORDA'S OPINION GAZING IS ONE OF THE BEST WAYS TO REACH THE SECOND ATTENTION BECAUSE IT STOPS THE WORLD
Once you can stop the world you are a gazer. And since the only way of stopping the world is by trying, the Nagual made all of us gaze at dry leaves for years and years. I think
its the best way to reach our second attention. (El Gorda's opinion) SRP,257.

THE DIFFICULTY IN GAZING IS TO LEARN TO QUIET DOWN THE THOUGHTS


The difficulty in gazing is to learn to quiet down the thoughts.... (leaf gazing was used because leaves are easy to get) but anything else would do the same job. SRP,257.

HE COMBINED GAZING AT DRY LEAVES AND LOOKING FOR OUR HANDS IN DREAMING. IT TOOK ME ABOUT A YEAR TO FIND MY HANDS, AND
FOUR YEARS TO STOP THE WORLD.
He combined gazing at dry leaves and looking for our hands in dreaming. It took me about a year to find my hands, and four years to stop the world. SRP,258...

ONCE DREAMERS KNOW HOW TO STOP THE WORLD, THEY CAN GAZE AT OTHER THINGS; AND FINALLY WHEN THE DREAMERS LOSE THEIR FORM
ALTOGETHER, THEY CAN GAZE AT ANYTHING.
Once dreamers know how to stop the world, they can gaze at other things; and finally when the dreamers lose their form altogether, they can gaze at anything. SRP,258.

THERE SHOULD ALWAYS BE SOMEONE AROUND YOU WHEN YOU GAZE


... for this reason there should always be someone around when you gaze. We never know about the quirks of our second attention. Since we have never used it, we have to
become familiar with it before we could venture into gazing alone. SRP,257.

HOW LONG DO PEOPLE GAZE?

SOMETIMES FOR HOURS, SOMETIMES FOR DAYS


they used to sit... and stare in the distance with half-closed eyes for hours, sometimes for days. SRP,178. the Nagual used to make us sit by the door and gaze at those little round
hills on the other side of the valley..sometimes we used to sit there for days until the crack would open. SRP,217.

HOW DO YOU GAZE?

POSITION OF THE BODY WHILE GAZING


the position of the body was of great importance while one was gazing. one had to sit on the ground on a soft mat of leaves, or on a cushion made out of natural fibers. (she
came back with a small, thick, round cushion made out of the same natural fibre used in making nets.) The back had to be propped up against a tree, or a stump or a flat rock.
(the Nagual had made me plant those thick poles so they could use them to prop themselves.) The body had to be thoroughly relaxed. SRP,263

HOW TO USE THE EYES WHILE GAZING


the eyes were never fixed on the object, in order to avoid tiring them. the gaze consisted in scanning very slowly the object gazed at, going counterclockwise but without moving
the head. SRP,263
GAZE WITH YOUR EYES HALF-CLOSED AND BLINK THEM ALOT AND MOVE THEM FROM ONE THING TO ANOTHER
If you gaze with your eyes open, you get dizzy and the eyes get tired, but if you half-close them and blink alot and move them from mountain to mountain, or from cloud to
cloud, you can look for hours, or days if necessary. SRP,217.

USING FLUFFY, COTTON BAGS TO GAZE IN THE DARK TO ACQUIRE A HUE


She made them undress and crawl inside thick fluffy cotton bags, some poncholike garments.. (she directed me to feel its fluffiness with my naked skin, especially with the skin
of my calves.) covered them from neck to toes. She ordered them to sit back to back on a mat... and that their task was to gaze in the darkness until it began to acquire a hue.
After many sessions, they indeed began to see colors in the darkness... EG,255.

DESCRIPTION OF GAZING AT TWO HILLS IN THE DISTANCE


she told me to keep my eyelids half closed and stare at the place where two enormous round hills converged.. that particular gazing consisted of four seperate actions. The first
one was to use the brim of my hat as a visor to shade off the excessive glare from the sun and allow only a minimal amount of light to come to my eyes; then to half-close my
eyelids; the third step was to sustain the opening of my eyelids in order to maintain a uniform flow of light; and the fourth step was to distinguish the water canyon in the
background through the mesh of light fibers on my eyelashes. SRP,264.
She made me sit on the hard-packed ground with my back against a thick pole about one and a half feet high that looked like a tree stump which had been planted in the ground
almost against the wall of the house. There was a row of five such poles planted about two feet apart. SRP,248. The sun was high on the horizon and I had to tilt my head back.
I tipped my hat until I had blocked off most of the glare with the brim... as soon as I half closed my eyes, a bit of light appeared as if it were coming from the tip of my hat
literally exploded on my eyelashes, which were acting as a fliter that created a web of light. I kept my eyelids closed and played with the web of light for a moment... SRP,264.
( seeing a dark spot in a canyon ex. of distance gazing).. SRP,265,265....also DJ activity of using a cloth in front of canyon for perceptual changes.) SRP,265.

DESCRIPTION OF GAZING
..in one instant I was drawn into a vortex-like sensation, extremely like the vortexes in my dreams...my dreaming attention was multisensorial..what had begun as gazing at the
foilage of the mesquite tree had turned into a dream. TAOD,71,72 ..On the subjective level, however, I believed I was dreaming because I employed dreaming techniques to
perceive energy. TAOD,79 Description of gazing at the lava mountains. JTI,201

TYPES OF GAZING

GAZING AT LEAVES

Gazing at leaves fortifies the second attention. If you gaze at a pile of leaves for hours, your thoughts get quiet. Without thoughts the attention of the tonal wanes and suddenly
your second attention hooks on to the leaves and the leaves become second else. SRP,257 ..by staring at the foilage, I would accomplish a minute displacement of my
assemblage point. Then, by summoning my dreaming attention through staring at individual leaves, I would actually fixate that minute displacement, and my cohesion would
make me perceive in terms of the second attention. TAOD,71
Once you have trapped your second attention with dry leaves, you do gazing and dreaming to enlarge it. And that's all there is to gazing. SRP,258. The first thing the Nagual did
was to put a dry leaf on the ground and made me look at it for hours. Everyday he brought a leaf and put it in front of me. At first I thought that it was the same leaf that he
saved from day to day, but then I noticed that leaves are different. The Nagual said that when I realize that, we are not looking anymore but gazing. SRP,257. Then he put
stacks of dry leaves in front of me. He told me to scramble them with my left hand and fell them as I gazed at them. A dreamer moves the leaves in spirals, gazes at them and
then dreams of the designs that the leaves make. Dreamers can consider themselves as having leaf gazing when they dream the designs of the leaves first and then find those
same designs the next day in their pile of dry leaves. SRP,257.

GAZING AT SMALL PLANTS


First we gazed at small plants... small plants are very dangerous. Their power is concentrated; they have a very intense light and they feel when dreamers are gazing at them;
they immediately move their light and shoot it at the gazer. Dreamers have to choose one kind of plant to gaze at.SRP,258.

GAZING AT TREES
Next we gazed at trees. Dreamers also have a particular kind of tree to gaze at. ... both of us are eucalyptus gazers. SRP,258.

A GOOD TIME TO DO GAZING FOR TREE AND ROCKS: NOON WAS WHEN THEY WERE AT THEIR BEST
The time of the day was an important factor in tree and rock gazing. In the early morning, trees and rocks were stiff and their light was faint. Around noon was when they were
at their best, and gazing at that time was done for borrowing their light and power. In the late afternoon and early evening, trees and rocks were quiet and sad, especially trees...
La Gorda said at that hour trees gave the feeling that they were gazing back at the gazer. SRP,259,260.
description of gazing at leaves and rocks. EG,137

GAZING AT LIVING CREATURES


next we gazed at moving living creatures... small insects were by far the best subject. Their mobility made them innocuous to the gazer, the opposite of plants which drew their
light directly from the earth. SRP,259

GAZING AT ROCKS
The next step was to gaze at rocks... rocks were very old and powerful and had a specific light which was rather greenish in contrast with the white light of plants and the
yellowish light of mobile, living beings. Rocks did not open up easily to gazers, but it was worthwhile for gazers to persist because rocks had special secrets concealed in their
core, secrets that could aid sorcerers in their dreaming.... when I gaze into the very core of a rock.. I always catch a whiff of a special scent proper to that rock. SRP,259.

GAZING AT RAIN AND FOG


A second series in the order of gazing was to gaze at cyclic phenomena: rain and fog. She said that gazers can focus their second attention on the rain itself and move with it, or
focus it on the background and use the rain as a magnifying glass of sorts to reveal hidden features, Places of power or places to be avoided are found by gazing through rain.
Places of power are yellowish and places to be avoided are green. SRP,260
..fog was unquestionably the most mysterious thing on earth for a gazer and that it could be used in the same two ways that rain was used.... but it did not easily yield to
women.. the fog was used to uncover the ghosts of things that were no longer there and that the true feat of fog gazers was to let their second attention go into whatever their
gazing as revealing to them. SRP,260.

GAZING AT DISTANCE OR CLOUDS


..another series was distance and cloud gazing. In both, the effort of the gazers was to let their second attention go to the place they were gazing at. Thus, they covered great
distances or rode on clouds. in the case of cloud gazing, The nagual never permitted them to gaze at thunderheads. he told them that they had to be formless before they could
attempt that feat, and that they could not only ride on a thunderhead, but on a thunderbolt itself. SRP,261.

GAZING AT FIRE AND SMOKE


The last series was fire, smoke and shadow gazing. She said that for a gazer, fire is not bright but black, and so is smoke. SRP,262 (looking at the fire for an ally)...I did not
have to stare at the flames, that I should only watch in the direction of the fire. SR,231...

GAZING AT SHADOWS
Shadows.. are brilliant and have colour and movement in them. SRP,262. During the day the shadows are the doors of not-doing..but at night since very little doing prevails in
the dark, everything is a shadow, including the allies. JTI,199 ..had me gaze at the shadows of leaves and plants and trees and rocks. The shadows in the early morning don't tell
much. The shadows rest at that time. So it's useless to gaze very early in the day. Around six in the morning the shadows wake up, and they are best around five in the afternoon.
Then they are fully awake. SRP,268... The shadows tell me everything I want to know. They tell me things because they have heat, or cold, or because they move, or because
they have colors. (I learned what they mean) in my dreaming. Dreamers must gaze in order to do dreaming and then they must look for their dreams in their gazing. For
example, The nagual made me gaze at the shadows of rocks, and then in my dreaming I found out that those shadows had light, so I looked for the light in the shadows from
then on until I found it. Gazing and dreaming go together. It took me a lot of gazing at shadows to get my dreaming of shadows going. And then it took me a lot of dreaming
and gazing to get the two together and really see in the shadows what I was seeing in my dreaming. SRP,269. Description of shadow gazing. TOP,88, JTI,180,181.
Shadows are like doors, the doors of not-doing. A man of knowledge, for example, can tell the innermost feelings of men by watching their shadows. JTI,195.... you may say
that there is movement in them, or you may say that the lines of the world are shown in them, or you may say that feelings come from them..to believe that shadows are just
shadows is doing...what makes them shadows is merely our doing. JTI,196.
He marked a spot for me to stand on and told me to look at the shadows of the peaks. He said that I should watch them and cross my eyes in the same manner I ordinarily
crossed them when scanning the ground for a place to rest. He clarified his directions by saying that when searching for a resting place one had to look without focusing but in
observing shadows one had to cross the eyes and yet keep a sharp image in focus. The idea was to let one shadow be superimposed on the other by crossing the eyes. He
explained that through that process one could ascertain a certain feeling which emanated from shadows. JTI,196
I noticed that the act of looking without converging the images gave the single shadow I had formed an unbelievable depth and a sort of transparency. Then, for an instant, i lost
the notion that I was looking at a rock. I felt that I was handing in a world, vast beyond anything I had ever conceived. JTI,197.
To see the movement of shadows means that you have obviously freed a huge portion of energy with your recapitulation. TSC,73.
To observe the boulder in order to know what the boulder is, is doing, but to observe its shadow is not-doing. JTI,195. I had correctly used the shadow of the rocks as a door
into not-doing. JTI,198.

GAZING AT STARS
There were two more things that were kept seperate, star and water gazing. Stargazing was done by sorcerers who have lost their human form... SRP,262.

GAZING AT WATER
(water) especially running water, which was used by formless sorcerers to gather their second attention and transport it to any place they needed to go. All of us are terrified of
water..a river gathers the second attention and takes it away and there is no way of stopping. SRP,262. Description of watergazing experience. TOP,87.. I was sound asleep; or
perhaps I entered into a perceptual state for which I had no parallel. the closest way of describing it would be to say that I went to sleep and had a portentous dream. TOP,87. He
told me not to gaze into the water, but to focus my eyes on the surface and keep them fixed until the water turned into a green fog. Look at the water in front of you..but don't let
its sound carry you anywhere. If you let the sound of the water carry you I may never be able to find you and bring you back. SR,171 The foglike phenomenon was composed
of tiny bubbles, round objects that came into my field of vision and moved out of it with a floating quality. SR,172. DJ ordered me again to gaze only at the water and not think
at all. He said it was difficult to stare at the moving water and that one had to keep on trying. Description of bubbles SR,163,164. He said that anyone can perceive the green fog
because it was like the guardian, something that was unavoidably there, so there
was no great accomplishment in perceiving it. SR,168. At first the water had a bright green halo, or fluorescence, which soon dissolved, leaving only a stream of ordinary water.
TDJ,166

5. THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING

WHAT IS THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING?

THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING IS THE MOST EFFECTIVE WAY TO STOP THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE
(the right way of walking) is the most effective way to stop your internal dialogue. TOP,230.

IT ALSO TRAINS YOUR ATTENTION


His method was effective on two counts. It allowed me to stop my internal dialogue after years of trying, and it trained my attention. By forcing me to concentrate on the
peripheral view, DJ reinforced my capacity to concentrate for long periods of time on one single activity. EG,135,136

WHY IS THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING SO EFFECTIVE?

IT SATURATES THE TONAL WITH SO MUCH INFORMATION IT CANNOT MAINTAIN A WORLD AND THUS BECOMES SILENT
Walking in that specific manner saturates the tonal..it floods it. ..the attention of the tonal has to be placed on its creations..it is the attention that creates the order of the world
in the first place; so, the tonal must be attentive to the elements of its world in order to maintain it, and must, above all, uphold the view of the world as internal dialogue.
TOP,230.

DESCRIPTION OF HOW TO DO THE TECHNIQUE


To teach me how to master it, he used to make me walk for miles with my eyes held fixed and out of focus at a level just above the horizon so as to emphasize the periphereal
view. EG,135,136. His recommendation had been to not look at anything directly but, by slightly crossing the eyes, to keep a peripheral view of everything that presented itself
to my eyes.... if one kept one's unfocused eyes at a point just above the horizon, it was possible to notice, at once, everything in almost the 180 degree range in front of one's
eyes. He assured me that that exercise was the only way of shutting off the internal dialogue TOP,19. appropriate form of walking...I had to curl my fingers gently as I walked
so I would keep my attention on the trail and the surroundings. He claimed that my ordinary way of walking was debilitating and that one should never carry anything in the
hands. JTI,19...his idea was that by forcing the hands into a specific position one was capable of greater stamina and greater awareness. JTI,19.
The right way of walking was a subterfuge. The warrior, first by curling his fingers, drew attention to the arms; and then by looking, without focusing his eyes, at any point
directly in front of him on the arc that started at the tip of his feet and ended above the horizon, he literally flooded his tonal with information. The tonal without its one-to-one
relation with the elements of its description, was incapable of talking to itself and thus one became silent. TOP,230..the position of the fingers did not matter at all, that the only
consideration was to draw attention to the arms by clasping the fingers in various unaccustomed ways, and that the important thing was the manner in which the eyes by being
kept unfocused, detected an enormous number of features of the world without being clear about them. He added that the eyes in that state were capable of picking out details
which were too fleeting for normal vision... TOP,230.
it was obvious to me that the effect DJ had been after in making them gaze was to teach them to stop the internal dialogue.La Gorda had expressed it as quieting down the
thoughts. DJ had taught me to do the very same thing, although he had made me follow the opposite path; instead of teaching to focus my view, as gazers did, he taught me to
open it, to flood my awareness by not focusing my sight on anything. I had to sort of feel with my eyes everything in the 180-degree range in front of me, while I kept my eyes
unfocused just above the line of the horizon. SRP,267.

I told DJ that I had practised the technique for years without noticing any change... one day I had just walked for about ten minutes without having said a single word to myself.
TOP,19

6. SOUNDS

USING SOUNDS TO STOP THE WORLD


I began the exercise of listening to the sounds of the world and kept at it for two months.. it was excruciating at first to listen and not look, but even more excruciating was not to
talk to myself. By the end of the two months I was capable of shutting off my internal dialogue for short periods of time and I was capable of paying attention to sounds.
(check..1969, a little late to just start learning how to shut off the internal dialogue) SR,220 ...First of all you must use your ears to take some of the burden from your eyes. We
have been using our eyes to judge the world since the time we were born. We talk to others and to ourselves mainly about what we see. A warrior is aware of that and listens to
the world; he listens to the sounds of the world. SR,219....listening to the sounds of the world has to be done harmoniously and with great patience. SR,219.

USING SOUNDS TO FIND OUT THINGS


he said that the holes in the sounds were used by sorcerers to find out specific things. A sorcerer's ally would reveal complicated affairs through the holes in the sounds.
SR,225,226. Everything is meaningful for a sorcerer. The sounds have holes in them and so does everything around you. ordinarily a man does not have the speed to catch the
holes, and thus he goes through life without protection. SR,226.

DARKNESS JOLTS OUR PERCEPTION BECAUSE THE EYES ARE SUBSIDIARY TO THE EARS
that perception suffers a profound jolt when we are placed in states of quietude in darkness. Our hearing takes the lead then, and the signals from all the living and existing
entities around us can be detected-not with our hearing only, but with a combination of the auditory and visual senses, in that order... in darkness, especially while one is
suspended, the eyes become subsidiary to the ears. EG,236.

A FEW MORE OTHER TECHNIQUES OF NOT DOING..

WALKING BACKWARDS EG,137.

SITTING IN A WOODEN CRATE. EG,234,235

TO LIE ON THE GROUND LIKE CURLED-UP DOGS. EG,235.

LEATHER HARNESS
the leather harness is a superb device for curing maladies that are not physical. The idea is that the higher a person is suspended and the longer that person is kept from touching
the ground, dangling in midair, the better the possibilities of a true cleansing effect. EG,184. it tunes the body. EG,262. Suspended in a tree inside a tree inside a leather harness.
EG,235,236.

STRINGING ROCKS
Description at CC's favorite place. JTI,147

TASK OF REMEMBERING
Purpose of remembering. EG,165,166

CHANGING DIRECTION OF LOOKING


description of. SRP,37.

WORTHY OPPONENT
description of. TOP,239
3. POWER PLANTS

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF HALLUCINOGENIC PLANTS?

IT MOVES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT


..his urge to give me portions of hallucinogenic plants was but an effort..to shake my assemblage point and allow it to have a minimal margin of fluidity. TAOD,75....DJ said
that he had used power plants at the beginning of my apprenticeship in accordance with a recommendation of the new seers. They knew by experience and by seeing that power
plants shake the AP way out of its normal setting. The effect of power plants on the AP is in principle very much like that of dreams; dreams make it move; but power plants
manage the shift on a greater and engulfing scale. A teacher then uses the diorienting effects of such a shift to reinforce the notion that the perception of the world is never final.
FFW,286
You gathered your second attention with power plants... The nagual said that his power plants gathered the menacing side of your second attention in one clump, and that's the
shape that came out of your head... that's what happens to sorcerers when they are given power plants. if they don't die, the power plants spin their second attention into that
awful shape that comes out of their heads. SRP,249. (the power plants helped CC) by stopping your view of the world. In this respect power plants have the same effect on the
tonal as the right way of walking. Both flood it with information and force the internal dialogue to come to a stop. the plants are excellent for that, but very costly. TOP,236.
Those plants lead the apprentice directly to the nagual, and the ally is an aspect of it. TOP,237. the plants as being vehicles that would conduct or lead a man to certain
impersonal forces or powers and the states they produced as being the meetings that a sorcerer had to have with those powers in order to gain control over them. SR,6
Only the smoke can give you the necessary speed to catch a glimpse of that fleeting world. SR,9. You could also see it (the guardian) without it (little smoke). There are scores
of people who could do that. I prefer the smoke because it is more effective and less dangerous to oneself. if you try to see the guardian without the aid of the smoke, chances
are that you may delay in getting out of its way. Your movements would have been too slow. To survive in that world you need to be fast as lightning. SR,132.
Seeing is not so simple and only the smoke can give you the speed you need to catch a glimpse of that fleeting world. It's rather a fleeting world that moves and changes. One
may perhaps learn to apprehend that fleeting world by oneself, but it won't do any good, because the body decay with stress. With the smoke , one never suffers from
exhaustion. The smoke gives the necessary speed to grasp the fleeting movement of the world and at the same time it keeps the body and its strength intact. SR,112.
That's what the little smoke does. One can talk and not notice it; or one can move thousands of miles and not notice that either. That's also how one can go through things. The
little smoke removes the body and one is free.. SR,124. You were gazing at my face and saw it shining, but it was still my face. It just happens that the little smoke makes one
gaze like that. Nothing to it. SR,159.

WHO ARE POWER PLANTS GIVEN TO?

POWER PLANTS ARE GIVEN ONLY TO EMPTY PEOPLE.


Power plants are given only to empty people. power plants were given to us because the Nagual was putting a patch on our bodies. SRP,231. (CC asks DJ why he gave him
power plants) ..because your dumb..you're rather slow..and there was no other way to jolt you. There are other types of people, however , that do not seem to need them.
TOP,10.you're plugged up and only the smoke can help you. SR,111. You could of used those four techniques to clean and reorder your island of the tonal..they would've led
you to the nagual...but not all of us are capable of reacting to simple recommendations. You and I for that matter, needed something else to shake us; we needed those power
plants. TOP,235

POWER PLANTS WERE USED ONLY BY SORCERERS WHO HAD MASTERED THEIR ART.
Power plants were used only by sorcerers who had mastered their art. Those plants were such a powerful affair that in order to be properly handled, the most impecaable
attention was needed on the part of the sorcerer. It took a lifetime to train one's attention to the degree needed... complete people do not need power plants...but they would use
them to get a final and total boost (to get into the other world) SRP,232...with his power plants you learned to go very far into that other world. SRP,281.

WHAT ARE THE DANGERS OF POWER PLANTS?

THE DRAWBACK IN TAKING POWER PLANTS HAD BEEN THE TOLL THEY TOOK ON MY PHYSICAL WELL-BEING AND THE IMPOSSIBILITY OF
CONTROLLING THEIR EFFECT.
The drawback in taking power plants had been the toll they took on my physical well-being and the impossibility of controlling their effect. The world they plunged me into
was unamenable and chaotic. I lacked the control, the power,... to make use of such a world. SRP,232. Power plants had made you lopsided; they had made you cut through
your attention of the tonal and had put you directly in the realm of the second attention, but without any mystery over that attention. SRP,250. They cause untold damage to the
body. This is their drawback, especially with the devil's weed. TOP,236.

DESCRIPTION OF DISASSOCIATION
I had told him many times before, that what made me think I was ill was a series of disruptive sensorial experience that I had had as after effects of ingesting hallucinogenic
plants. I went through states of total space and time discordance, very annoying lapses of mental concentration, actual visions or hallucinations of places and people I would be
staring at as if they really existed. I could not help thinking that I was losing my mind. FFW,139.

DID DON JUAN NEED TO SMOKE THE POWER PLANTS?

HE HIMSELF (DJ) DID NOT NEED TO SMOKE ANYMORE.. (OR) THAT HE RARELY HAD TO SMOKE
He himself (DJ) did not need to smoke anymore.. (or) that he rarely had to smoke. TDJ,131... because the smoke is my ally. I don't need to smoke anymore. I call him any time,
any place... I.. go to him freely. TDJ,131.

WHY DID DON JUAN USE ANTHROPOMORPHIC QUALITIES WHEN DESCRIBING THE PLANT?

A PRESCRIBED MEANS FOR DEVIATING THE APPRENTICE'S ATTENTION AWAY FROM THE REAL ISSUE, WHICH WAS STOPPING THE INTERNAL
DIALOGUE.
I brought up the fact that he had described and discussed those plants in terms of anthropomorphic qualities. his references to them were always as if the plants had
personalities. he replied that that was a prescribed means for deviating the apprentice's attention away from the real issue, which was stopping the internal dialogue. TOP,237
they are the allies of the man of knowledge....my ally is the little smoke but that doesn't mean that my ally is in the smoking mixture or in the mushrooms or in my pipe. they all
have to be put together to get me to the ally and that ally I call little smoke for reasons of my own SR,39 The ally is not in the smoke..the smoke takes you to where the ally is
and when you become one with the ally you don't ever have to smoke again. From then on you can summon your ally at will and make him do anything you want. SR,40.

THE POWER PLANTS ARE NOT AN ESSENTIAL FEATURE TO THE SORCERER'S KNOWLEDGE
It became evident to me that my original assumption about the role of psychotropic plants was erroneous. They were not the essential feature of the sorcerers' description of the
world, but were only an aid to cement, so to speak, parts of the description which I had been incapable of perceiving otherwise. My insistence on holding on to my standard
version of reality rendered me almost deaf and blind to DJ's aims. Therefore, it was simply my lack of sensitivity which had fostered their use. JTI,xiii

THE POWER PLANTS CAN ONLY AID


Power plants are only an aid.. the real thing is when the body realizes that it can see. Only then is one capable of knowing that the world world we look at every day is only a
description. my intent has been to show you that. JTI,256.

DESCRIPTION AFTER INGESTING POWER PLANTS


Each of the peyote plants on the field shone with a bluish, scintillating light. One plant had a cery bright light. TDJ,145.
I walked through the peyote field calling the name that mescalito had given me. Something emerged from a strange, starlike light on a peyote plant. It was a long shiny object- a
stick of light the size of a man. For a moment it illuminated the whole field with an intense yellowish or amber light; then it lit up the whole sky above, creating a portentous,
marvellous sight... everything was alive. Everything had exquisite and intricate detail, and yet everything was so simple. I was everywhere; I could see up and down and all
around, all at the same time. TDJ,146.
The peyote plant in front of me began to light up again, and before I could move my eyes the long light entered again. it hovered over me. I sat up. The light touched my whole
body with quiet strength, and then rolled away out of sight. TDJ,147.

TYPES OF POWER PLANTS

MESCALITO

WHAT IS IT?

MESCALITO IS NOT AN ALLY..IT IS ANOTHER KIND OF POWER. A UNIQUE POWER. A PROTECTOR, A TEACHER
He advises. He answers whatever questions you ask. TDJ,45
Mescalito is not an ally..it is another kind of power. A unique power. A protector, a teacher... Mescalito can't be tamed (like an ally) it is outside oneself. He chooses to show
himself in many forms to whoever stands in front of him, regardless of whether that person is a brujo or a farm boy. TDJ,53. Mescalito is a teacher, not a power to be used for
personal reasons. TDJ,69. Mescalito is gentle, like a baby. Of course he is terrifying, but once you get to know him, he is gentle and kind... (he protects).. you can keep him
with you at all times and he will see that nothing bad happens to you. TDJ,88.. but that does not mean you can make fun of him. because he is a kind protector he can also be a
horror itself with those he does not like. TDJ,89.
Mescalito is a protector because he is available to anyone who seeks him. Anyone can partake of Mescalito. Not everybody likes Mescalito; yet they all seek him with the idea
of profiting without doing any work. Naturally their encounter is always horrifying... when Mescalito accepts a man completely.. he appears to him as a man, or as a light. When
a man has won this kind of acceptance, Mescalito is constant. He never changes after that... to arrive at that point..you have to be a strong man, and your life has to be truthful.
A truthful life is a life lived with deliberateness, a good, strong life. TDJ,104. He is just a protector and a teacher. He is a power. (he is not God)... Mescalito has nothing to do
with ourselves. He is outside us. Mescalito is not the same (form) for everybody. TDJ,90. There are no common forms (for Mescalito.).. he appears in any form to those who
know him a little, but to those who know him well, he is always constant. TDJ,91. He appears to them someimtes as a man, like us, or as a light. TDJ,91.Songs and naming
Mescalito description. TDJ,103. He said that the smoke was an ally was unique, and I reminded him that he had also said the Mescalito was unique. He argued that each was
unique, but the differed in quality.TDJ,138
He is like nothing you have ever seen. He is like a man, but at the same time he is not at all like one. It is difficult to explain to people who know nothing about him and want to
know everything about him all at once. And then, his lessons are as mysterious as he is himself. No man, to my knowledge, can predict his acts. You ask him a question and he
shows you the way, but he does not tell you about it in the same manner you and I talk to each other. TDJ,149.
And because it was available without any training, Mescalito was said to be a protector. To be a protector meant that it was accessible to anyone. TDJ,217.
At that moment I felt a great surge of wisdom engulfing me. A conjecture I had played with for three years turned then into a certainty. It had taken me three years to realize, or
rather to find out, that whatever is contained in the cactus Lophophora williamsii had nothing to do with me in order to exist as an entity; it existed by itself out there, at large. I
knew it then. TDJ,145.

WHAT IS ITS PURPOSE?

MESCALITO SHOWED HOW TO LIVE


Mescalito showed how to live... he has many ways of showing it.. sometimes he shows it on his hand, or on the rocks, or the trees, or just in front of you... it is a teaching in
front of you..Mescalito talks to you but not in words..he talks differently to every man. TDJ,53. Mescalito takes you out of yourself to teach you. TDJ,54 (he teaches)..by
showing things and tells you what is what. TDJ,89
Mescalito is a protector because he talks to you and can guide your acts.. Mescalito teaches the right way to live. And you can see him because he is outside of you. The smoke..
is an ally. It transforms you and gives you power without ever showing its presence. You can't talk to it. But you know it exists because it takes your body away and makes you
as light as air. Yet you never see it. But it is there giving you power to accomplish unimaginable things, such as when it takes your body away. TDJ,138. DJ believed mescalito
taught simplification of behavior. TDJ,217.

HOW DO YOU GET TO KNOW MESCALITO?

THERE WERE NO EXACT STEPS TO KNOWING MESCALITO; THEREFORE NO ONE COULD TEACH ABOUT HIM EXCEPT MESCALITO HIMSELF.
there were no exact steps to knowing Mescalito; therefore no one could teach about him except Mescalito himself. This quality made him a unique power; he was not the same
for every man.
TDJ,53. You have to be taught his ways as a child is taught how to walk .... until he himself begins to make sense to you... and then you will understand by yourself. You won't
have to tell me anything any more. TDJ,89.

YOU CAN'T TALK ABOUT MESCALITO


The opinion of those who care to talk about him (Mescalito) is not worth much... You will probably talk about him up to a certain point, and from then on you will never
discuss him. TDJ,90.

HOW DO YOU KNOW MESCALITO ACCEPTS YOU?

HE HAD ACCEPTED ME BY SHOWING HIMSELF TO ME AS A LIGHT, TWICE.


..the protector had accepted me and had made sure I knew that he had accepted me by showing himself to me as a light, twice. TDJ,149. You are on your own now.. the
protector has accepted you. I will be of very little help from now on. You don't have to tell me anything more about your relationship with him. You know his name now; and
neither his name, nor his dealings with you, should ever be mentioned to a living being. TDJ,148.

WHAT WERE THE SONGS OF MESCILITO FOR?

THE SONGS (OF MESCALITO) PURPOSE WERE FOR CALLING THE PROTECTOR AND THAT I SHOULD ALWAYS USE THEM IN CONJUNCTION WITH HIS
NAME TO CALL HIM
the songs (of Mescalito) purpose were for calling the protector and that I should always use them in conjunction with his name to call him. TDJ,148.

DEVIL'S WEED (JIMSON WEED)

WHAT IS IT?

SHE GIVES THEM A TASTE OF POWER TOO SOON WITHOUT FORTIFYING THEIR HEARTS AND MAKES THEM DOMINEERING AND UNPREDICTABLE.
the devil's weed was my benefactor's ally (Julian) TDJ,56
She distorts men. She gives them a taste of power too soon without fortifying their hearts and makes them domineering and unpredictable. She makes them weak in the middle
of their great power. There is a way to overcome it, but not to avoid it. Whoever becomes the weed's ally must pay that price. TDJ,56. Description of the parts of the devil's
weed and what they do.
TDJ,57 (1st and 2nd paragraphs) to tame the devil's weed into an ally is one of the most difficult tasks I know. She never became one with me.. perhaps because I was never
fond of her. TDJ,57. The weed is only used for power.. The man who wants his vigour back, the young people who seek to endure fatigue and hunger, the man who wants to
kill another man, a woman who wants to be in heat- they all desire power. TDJ,65. I don't like its power! There is no use for it anymore. In other times, like those my benefactor
told me about, there was reason to seek power. men performed phenomenal deeds, were admired for their strength and feared and respected for their knowledge. My benefactor
told me stories of truly phenomenal deeds, that were performed long, long ago. But now we, the Indians, do not seek that power any more.... they do not seek its power, a
power that acts like a magnet, more potent and more dangerous to handle as the root goes deeper into the ground. When one arrives to a depth of four yards- and they some
people have- one finds the seat of permanent power, power without end. Very few humans have done this in the past and nobody has done it today. TDJ,67. The devil's weed
has never protected anyone. She serves only to give power. TDJ,88 The second portion of the devil's weed is used for seeing. With it a, a man can soar through the air to see
what is going on at any place he chooses. TDJ,105. The second portion of the devil's weed is used to fly. TDJ,127. As you learn more, and take it often in order to fly, you will
begin to see everything with great clarity. You can soar through the air for hundreds of miles to see what is happening at any place you want, or to deliver a fatal blow to your
enemies far away... she will teach you unimaginable things...(for) every man is different. My benefactor never told me what he had learned. He told me how to proceed, but
never what he saw. That is only for oneself... (CC tells DJ everything) now...later you will not. TDJ,127. the devil's weed is only one path to the secrets of a man of knowledge.
There are other paths. But her trap is to make you believe that hers is the only way. I say it is useless to waste your life on one path, especially if that path has no heart. TDJ,158.
You like flattery, and the devil's weed flatters you. Like a woman, she makes you feel good. The devil's weed also requires strength, but of a different kind. It is closer to being
virile with women. The strength required by the smoke is strength of the heart. TDJ,160.

LITTLE SMOKE

WHAT IS IT?

THE SMOKE IS FOR THOSE WHO WANT TO WATCH AND SEE


the little smoke only tells me what to do. TDJ,69.. It's not the same for everybody. many fear it and won't touch it or even get close to it. The smoke is like everything else; it
wasn't made for all of us... (it is) the smoke of diviners. TDJ,70. the smoke is for those who want to watch and see. And in my opinion, the smoke is peerless. Once a man enters
into its field, every other power is at his command. it's magnificent. of course it takes a lifetime. it takes years alone to become aquainted with its two vital parts; the pipe and
the smoke mixture. The pipe was given to me by my benefactor... TDJ,70. I like the little smoke as an ally because it doesn't demand much of me. SR,40. its effect are so
dreadful that only a strong man can stand the smallest puff. Everything is terrifying and confusing at the outset, but every new puff makes things more precise. And suddenly
the world opens up anew! Unimaginable! When this happens the smoke has become one's ally and will resolve any question by allowing one to enter into inconceivable worlds.
This is the smoke's greatest property, its greatest gift. And it performs its function without hurting in the least. I call the smoke a true ally! TDJ,70,71. The smoke will come.
You will feel it. It will set you free to see anything you want to see. Properly speaking, it is a matchless ally. But whoever seeks it must have an intent and a will beyond
reproach. He needs them because he has to intend and will his return, or the smoke will not let him come back. Second, he must intend and will to remember whatever the
smoke allowed him to see, otherwise it will be nothing more than a piece of fog in his mind. TDJ,82. The smoke teaches but not as Mescalito does. TDJ,139 it does not show the
same things. It shows you how to handle its power, and to learn that you must take it as many times as you can. TDJ,140. ..what I felt was its unimaginable power. And to
handle that power.. one has to live a strong life. The idea of a strong life not only [ertains to the preparation period, but also entails the attitude of the man after the experience.
He said the smoke is so strong one can match it only with strength; otherwise, one's life would be shattered to bits. I asked him if the smoke had the same effect on everyone. He
said it produced a transformation, but not in everyone. TDJ,140. ..all that was needed with the smoke was the proper attitude. TDJ,141. the only secrets never to be revealed
(about the smoke) were how to make the mixture, how to move around, and how to return; other matters concerning the subject were of no importance. TDJ,141. DJ told CC he
had never seen anyone smoking before. TDJ,140.

4. CLEANING OUR WAREHOUSE/TONAL

WHAT IS CLEANING YOUR WAREHOUSE?

CLEANING AND REORDERING THE ISLAND MEANS REGROUPING ALL ITS ELEMENTS ON THE SIDE OF REASON
By now you must have realized that cleaning and reordering the island of the tonal means regrouping all its elements on the side of reason. TOP,245

WHY DO WE HAVE TO CLEAN OUR WAREHOUSE?

THE SECOND ATTENTION WAS REACHED ONLY AFTER WE HAVE CLEANED OUR TONAL
That attention was reached only after warriors had swept the top of their tables clean. SRP,256. The island of the tonal has to be swept clean and maintained clean. That's the
only alternative a warrior has. A clean island offers no resistence; it is as if nothing were there...TOP,171. One of the sources of your bafflement and discomfort is that your
tonal doesn't let go of your eyes. the day it does, your nagual will have won a great battle. Your obsession or, better yet, everyone's obsession is to arrange the world according
to the tonal's rules; so everytime we are confronted with the nagual, we go out of our way to make our eyes stiff and intransigent. I must appeal to the part of your tonal which
understands this dilemma and you must make an effort to free your eyes. TOP,169 .All are views that seem to be unchallengable; and as long as you three persist in using them,
your bubbles of perception have not been cleared and the sorcerers explanation will have no meaning. TOP,247 She stressed that unless this storehouse is cleared out, there is
no way for us to be what we really are. TSC,74. She explained that by storing energy, we can dissolve our preconceptions about the world and the body, thus making room in
our wherehouse for other possibilities. TSC,111 after the tonal shrinks, the warrior is closing the gate from the other. TOP,173.

THE TONAL MUST TEMPER THE NAGUAL


the nagual by itself was of no use it had to be tempered by the tonal. They said I had to leap willingly and be aware of my act....the sorcerers' secret in using the nagual was in
our perception, that leaping was simply an exercise in perception, and that it would end only after I succeeded in perceiving, as a perfect tonal, what was at the bottom of the
ravine. TOP,251.
That's what a sorcerer needs before anything else, a strong,free tonal. The stronger it gets the less it clings to its doings, and the easier it is to shrink. TOP,153.

THE MORE ITEMS YOU DISCARD THE MORE YOU MAKE ROOM FOR OTHER THINGS
It proves to me, just like when you saw the shadows moving, that you're freeing your energy. You are beginning to empty your warehouse. the more items of your inventory
you discard, the more you make room for other things. TSC,76.

HOW DO SORCERER'S CLEAN THEIR TONAL? (CALLED SHRINKING THE TONAL)

THE TEACHER TRIES TO GET THE APPRENTICE TO GROUP HIS VIEW OF THE WORLD ON ONE HALF OF OUR BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION (TONAL) AND
THE BENEFACTOR OPENS THE BUBBLE ON THE SIDE THAT HAS BEEN CLEANED(NAGUAL) AND THE APPRENTICE CAN EXPERIENCE THE TOTALITY
OF THEMSELF
. The art of the teacher was to force his disciple to group his view of the world on the right half of the bubble...the right half is the tonal. The teacher always addresses himself to
that side and by presenting his apprentice..with the warrior's way he forces him into reasonableness and sobriety, and strength of character and body; and by presenting
him..with unthinkable but real situations which the apprentice cannot cope with, he forces him to realize that his reason, although it is a most wonderful affair, can only cover a
small area. Once the warrior is confronted with his incapacity to reason everything out, he will go out of his way to bolster and defend his defeated reason, and to that effect he
will rally everything he's got around it. The teacher sees to that by hammering him mercilessly until all of his view of the world is on one half of the bubble. The other half of
the bubble which has been cleared, can then be claimed by something sorcerers call will. TOP,245,246
We can better explain this by saying that the task of the teacher is to wipe clean one half of the bubble and to reorder everything on the other half. The benefactor's task then is
to open the bubble on the side that has been cleaned. Once the seal is broken, the warrior is never the same. He then has the command of his totality. Half of the bubble is the
ultimate center of reason, the tonal. The other half is the ultimate center of will, the nagual. That is the order that should prevail; any other arrangement is nonsensial and petty,
because it goes against our nature, it robs us of our magical heritage and reduces us to nothing. TOP,246. The delicate manoeuvre of leading a luminous being into the totality
of himself requires that the teacher work from inside the bubble and the benefactor from outside. TOP,245 The teacher's task is to rearrange the view, to prepare the luminous
being for the time when the benefactor opens the bubble from the outside...TOP,244. the job of a teacher, insofar as the apprentice's perception is concerned, consists of
reordering all the elements of the island on one half of the bubble. ..the teacher reorders the view of the world. TOP,245 My task has been to disarrange your ordinary view, not
to destroy it, but to force it to rally on the side of reason. TOP,245

SORCERER'S DO NOT OBLITERATE ANYTHING FROM THE TONAL BUT ALTERS THE USE ASSIGNED TO THOSE ELEMENTS
the sorcerers' world called for a drastic transformation, the sorcerers explanation said that the island of the tonal was complete and not a single elment could be removed.
Change then, did not mean obliterating anything but altering the use assigned to those elements.. TOP,234. If you then change the facade of self-pity, you would have shifted
its place of prominence...one changes the facade by altering the use of elements of the island..(this means that you can't get rid of things on the island but since all things are
equal you can change one for the other..like replacing self-pity with death as what you think about when you start stressing.)..self-pity was useful to you because you either felt
important important and deserving of better conditions, better treatment, or because you were unwilling to assume responsibility for the acts that brought you to the state that
elicited, or because you were incapable of bringing the idea of your impending death to witness your acts and advise you...TOP,234,235 Without using those four techniques
you never could've succeeded in changing them..but changing facades means only that one has assigned a secondary place to a formerly important element. Your self-pity is
still a feature of your island; it will be there in the back in the same way that the idea of your impending death, or your humbleness, or your responsibility for your acts were
there, without ever being used. TOP,235 in order for self-pity to work you had to feel important, irresponsible and immortal. When those feelings were altered in some way, it
was no longer possible to feel sorry for yourself..the same was true with all the other elements which you've changed on your island. TOP,235 there is no way to get rid of self-
pity for good; it has a definite place and character in your island, a definite facade which is recognizable. Thus every time the occasion arises, self-pity becomes active. It has
history. TOP,234,235 The only important matter is that the tonal of a warrior must be acquainted with other alternatives. TOP,174..

ERASING PERSONAL HISTORY AND ITS THREE COMPANION TECHNIQUES ARE THE SORCERERS MEANS FOR CHANGING THE FACADE OF THE
ELEMENTS OF THE ISLAND
....erasing personal history and its three companion techniques are the sorcerers means for changing the facade of the elements of the island..for instance, by erasing personal
history, you have denied use to self-pity; TOP,235

YOU MUST TALK TO THE TONAL TO GIVE UP CONTROL

IN THE BEGINNING, ONE HAS TO TALK TO THE TONAL. IT IS THE TONAL THAT HAS TO RELINQUISH CONTROL. BUT IT SHOULD BE MADE TO DO SO
GLADLY.
In the beginning, one has to talk to the tonal. It is the tonal that has to relinquish control. But it should be made to do so gladly. For example, your tonal has relinquished some
controls without much struggle, because it became clear to it that, had it remained the way it was, the totality of you would be dead by now.In other words, the tonal is made to
give up unnecessary things like self-importance and boredom. The whole trouble is that the tonal clings to those things when it should be glad to rid itself of that crap. the task
then is to convince the tonal to become free and fluid. TOP,153. The point is to convince the tonal that there are other worlds that can pass in front of the same windows. the
nagual showed you this morning. So let your eyes be free; let them be true windows.The eyes can be the windows to peer into boredom or to peak into that infinity. TOP,170

A SHOVE BY THE NAGUAL IS ONE TECHNIQUE TO SHRINK THE TONAL AND ENTER INTO THE NAGUAL
A shove is then the technique for shrinking the tonal. One must shove at the precise instant; for that, of course, one must know how to see... once the man has been shoved and
his tonal has been shrunk, his nagual, if it is already in motion, no matter how small this motion is, will take over and achieve extraordinary deeds.....your nagual took over this
morning and you ended up in the market. TOP,154.

YOU MUST GET PERSPECTIVE ON YOUR TONAL, WATCH IT FROM A DISTANCE


..He told them that sorcerers were obligated to watch their tonals from a distance in order to have a better grasp of what was really around them..... average men does not have
the grasp that a sorcerer has because an average man is right on top of his table, holding on to every item on it. SRP,255..

IS CLEANING YOUR TONAL EASY?

THE TONAL WOULD RATHER KILL ITSELF THAN RELINQUISH CONTROL


What you were doing this morning was absurd. You call it explaining. I call it a sterile and boring insistence of the tonal to have everything under its control. Whenever it
doesn't succeed, there is a moment of bafflement and then the tonal opens itself to death...It would rather kill itself than relinquish control. And yet there is very little we can do
to change that condition...(to change)..TOP,171.

IT TAKES A LONG TRAINING TO TEACH THE TONAL NOT TO GO CRAZY WHEN THE NAGUAL COMES OUT
No one is capable of surviving a deliberate encounter with the nagual without a long training. It takes years to prepare the tonal for such an encounter. Ordinarily, if an average
man comes face to face with the nagual the shock would be so great that he would die. TOP,171.

WARRIORS KNOW WHEN TO SHRINK THE TONAL AND TO STOP IT


A grave issue for a warrior is to know exactly when to allow his tonal to shrink and stop it. This is a great art. A warrior must struggle like a demon to shrink his tonal; and yet
at the very moment the tonal shrinks, the warrior must reverse all that struggle to immediately halt that shrinking. TOP,173...

DANGERS OF HURTING OUR TONAL

ONE SHOULD GET TO THE NAGUAL WITHOUT MALIGNING THE TONAL AND ABOVE ALL WITHOUT INJURING ONE'S BODY.
...I know that what matters is not to learn a new description but to arrive at the totality of oneself. One should get to the nagual without maligning the tonal and above all
without injuring one's body. TOP,238

A SORCERER MUST TRY TO BREAK THE UNITY OF BEING ON THE TONAL WITHOUT ENDANGERING HIS BEING
a sorcerer, however, has to break that unity, but without endangering his being. A sorcerer's goal is to last..he doesn't take unnecessary risks, therefore he spends years sweeping
his island until a moment when he could in a manner of speaking, sneak off it. TOP,189

WHEN THE TONAL SHRINKS THE OPENING OF THE SECOND ATTENTION IS OPEN AND HE MIGHT BE SWEPT AWAY BY A REAL WIND IF HE DOESN'T
SHUT IT IMMEDIATELY
But when his tonal shrinks, he is on the windy side, and that opening must be shut tight immediately, or he would be swept away. TOP,173. And this is not just a way of
talking. Beyond the gate of the tonal's eyes the wind rages. I mean a real wind. No metaphor. A wind that can blow one's life away. In fact, that is the wind that blows all living
things on this earth TOP,173.

YOU SHOULD NOT LET THE TONAL SHRINK ITSELF OUT OF THE PICTURE
...the problem here is not to let the tonal shrink itself out of the picture.TOP,173...

TO MAKE YOUR TONAL FEEL SAFE IS ALWAYS THE TASK OF THE TEACHER
At this point your reason admits that the nagual is indescribable, not because the evidence has convinced it, but because it is safe to admit that. Your reason is on safe ground,
all the elements of the tonal are on its side... To make your reason feel safe is always the task of the teacher... TOP,267
5. SORCERER'S BLOW

WHAT IS HEIGHTENED AWARENESS'S PURPOSE FOR SORCERER'S?

HEIGHTENED AWARENESS PUTS US IN THE POSITION TO ENTER THE NAGUAL EASILY


HA is like a springboard. From it one could jump into infinity. POS,84...the portal of intent. POS,96.

HOW DOES A SORCERER GO INTO HEIGHTENED AWARENESS?

From a dent in the luminous egg

WHAT KINDS OF DENTS ARE THERE?

THERE ARE TWO KINDS OF DENTS: A CONCAVITY DENT AND A CREVICE DENT
There are only two types of dents. One is a concavity and the other is a crevice; each has a distinct effect. FFW, 129,130

THE CONCAVITY DENT IS TEMPORARY AND PRODUCES A TEMPORARY SHIFT


The concavity is a temporary feature and produces a temporary shift FFW, 129,130

THE CREVICE DENT IS PERMANENT AND PRODUCES A PERMANENT SHIFT


but the crevice is a profound and permanent feature of the cocoon and produces a permanent shift. FFW, 129,130

A PERMANENT DENT IS A HELP BUT ALSO A HINDERANCE BECAUSE IT MAKES YOU VULNERABLE AND MOODY
... a permanent dent in the luminous body is a great help but also a hinderance. It made all of them vulnerable and moody. EG,254.

WHAT DETERMINES THE KIND OF DENT?

THE DENT DEPENDS ON HOW PLIABLE THE COCOON IS: SOME COCOONS AREN'T AFFECTED WHILE SOME HAVE A CREVICE RUNNING ALONG ITS
ENTIRE LENGTH
Usually a luminous cocoon hardened by self-reflection is not affected at all by the naugal's blow. Sometimes, the cocoon of man is very pliable and the smallest force creates a
bowl-like dent ranging in size from a small depression to one that is a third the size of the total cocoon; or it creates a crevice that may run across the width of the egglike shell,
or along its length, making the cocoon look as if it has curled in on itself. FFW, 129,130

HOW LONG DO THE COCOONS STAY DENTED?

IT RANGES FROM AN INSTANT TO A FEW HOURS OR DAYS TO A PERMANENT DENT.


Some luminous shells, after being dented, go back to their original shape instantly. Others remain dented for hours or even days at a time, but they revert back by themselves.
Still others get a firm, impervious dent that requires another blow from the naugal on a bordering area to restore the original shape of the luminous cocoon. And a few never
lose their indentation once they get it. No matter how many blows they get from a naugal they never revert back to their egglike shapes. FFW, 129,130

HOW DOES THE DENT CHANGE OUR PERCEPTION?

THE DENT DISPLACES THE GLOW OF AWARENESS AND MAKES IT FALL ON EMANATIONS THAT ARE USUALLY NEVER USED.
the dent acts on the first attention by displacing the glow of awareness. the dent presses the emanations inside the luminous shell and the first attention shifts its emphasis under
the force of that pressure. The dent, by displacing the Eagle's emanations inside the cocoon, makes the glow of awareness fall on other emanations from areas that are ordinarily
inaccessible to the first attention. FFW, 129,130.. When a naugal presses on that point of intense luminosity, the point moves into the disk of chedder cheese. HA comes about
when the intense glow of the AP lights up dormant emanations way inside the disk of chedder cheese.FFW,140.

USUALLY THE DENT CREATES JUST A TEMPORARY HEIGHTENED ATTENTION BECAUSE THE EMPHASIZED EMANATIONS ARE SO CLOSE TO THE
HABITUAL ONES
The glow of awareness created by the dent should rightfully be called temporary heightened attention, because it emphasizes emanations that are so proximal to the habitual
ones that the change is minimal, yet the shift produces a greater capacity to understand and to concentrate and above all, a greater capacity to forget. FFW,130

THE DENT ALSO GIVES THE PERSON MORE CONTROL OVER THEIR PERCEPTION SINCE SOME EMANATIONS ARE NOW CLOSER TO THE PHYSICAL
BODY.
a dent meant bringing a distant point in my luminous shell closer to my physical body, therefore closer to control.... (that dent if permanent will give someone) the permanent
ability to focus their second attention.. EG,254...

WHAT IS THE MECHANISM FOR CREATING THE DENT?

THE DENT IS CREATED BY ONE BUBBLE OF ENERGY (NAGUAL) THAT MAKES A DENT IN ANOTHER BUBBLE OF ENERGY
In some inexplicable way, it is a matter of a glow that creates a dent in another glow... we are a bubble of energy. It isn't farfetched, then, that a bubble of energy would make a
dent in another bubble of energy. FFW,130

FROM THE MOVEMENT OF THE AP


....The new seers say that the more resilent human beings are those whose internal dialogue is more fluid and varied. FFW,173,174. The position of the warrior's AP is infinitely
stronger, because as soon as the AP begins to move in the cocoon, it creates a dimple in the luminosity, a dimple that houses the AP from then on. FFW,174.

IT'S DIFFICULT TO GET INTO HEIGHTENED AWARENESS BUT SOMETIMES HUMANS DO BY ACCIDENT VIA STRESS ETC.
...there is no survival value in HA, otherwise the whole human race would be there... They are safe from that, though, because it's so hard to get into. there is always the remote
possibility that an average man might enter into such a state. If he does, he ordinarily suceeds in confusing himself, sometimes irreperably. POS,95
our natural tendency under unusual conditions of stress is to shift from the HA state to our normal one and visa versa. EG,235

SORCERER'S MANEUVER/THE NAGUAL'S BLOW

THE NAGUAL'S BLOW DISPLACES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT


Don Juan helped me to experience inexplicable things in the second attention by means of what he called the sorcerer's maneuver: naugal's blow (FFW,128) TAOD,17 He
explained that with his blows he displaced my assemblage point. TAOD,17

FOR THIS TO WORK, IT MUST BE DONE BY A NAGUAL


The procedure of shoving a warrior into another state of consciousness is utilizable only if both participants especially the one who shoves, are impeccable and imbued with
personal power. EG,274. the naugal's blow has to be delivered on a precise spot, on the AP, which varies minutely from person to person. Also, the blow has to be delivered by
a naugal who sees. It is equally useless to have the strength of a naugal and not see, as it is to see and not have the strength of a naugal. FFW, 128
A NAGUAL HAS THE STRENGTH TO PUSH A PERSON'S ASSEMBLAGE POINT
..the old seers realized that a naugal man or a naugal women, by the fact that they have extra strength, can push the emphasis away from the usual emanations and make it shift
to neighboring ones. That push is known as the naugal's blow. With that blow they made their apprentices enter into a state of heightened, keenest, most impressionable
awareness... FFW, 128

THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT END'S UP SOMEWHERE ALONG MAN'S BAND AFTER THE NAGUAL'S BLOW
When the naugal pushes that point.. the point ends up any which way along man's band, but it absolutely doesn't matter where, because wherever it ends up is always virgin
ground. FFW,141

WHERE DOES THE NAGUAL HIT YOU?

THE NAGUAL HITS YOU BY TAPPING OR FORCEFULLY HITTING YOUR BACK AT THE HEIGHT OF THE SHOULDER BLADES WHICH CREATES A DENT
IN THE COCOON KNOCKING ALL THE AIR OUT OF YOUR LUNGS
tapping my back gently or forcefully striking it at the height of my shoulder blades. TAOD,17 ...The naugal identifies that spot by its intense luminosity and pushes it, rather
than striking it. The force of the push creates a dent in the cocoon and it is felt like a blow to the right shoulder blade, a blow that knocks all the air out of the lungs.
FFW,128,EG,164

A HIT ON THE RIGHT SHOULDER BLADE ALTHOUGH THE BODY WAS NEVER TOUCHED
..a smack on the right shoulder blade- although the body was never touched-.. POS,14

THE BLOW WAS HIGH BETWEEN THE SHOULDER BLADES


...I always felt the blow on my spine, high between my shoulder blades. EG, 164

STRIKING THE BACK WAS A TRICK TO CAPTURE YOUR ATTENTION RATHER THAN A MANEUVER TO MANIPULATE YOUR PERCEPTION/ THE SPIRIT
MOVES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT, NOT THE NAGUAL
he replied that striking my back was more a trick to trap my attention and remove doubts from my mind than a bona fida maneuver to manipulate my perception. POS,129 .. the
blow between the shoulder blades that I have delivered is only a pacifier. It serves the purpose of removing your doubts.. it doesn't do anything except give confidence to the
apprentice who is being manipulated.. the spirit moves the AP (not the naugal) POS,168

HOW DOES HEIGHTENED AWARENESS AFFECT SOMEONE IN THE EVERYDAY WORLD?

HUMAN BEINGS COULD WORK AS IF THEY WERE IN THE WORLD OF EVERYDAY IN HEIGHTENED AWARENESS
..only the emanations surrounding those we use daily suddenly became bright after the naugal's blow. The more distant ones remain unmoved, which meant to them that while
being in a state of HA, human beings could work as if they were in the world of everyday life. FFW,131

6. STORING POWER

HOW DO WE STORE POWER?

THE FIRST DELIBERATE STEP TO STORING PERSONAL POWER WAS TO ALLOW THE BODY TO "NOT-DO"
the first deliberate step to storing personal power was to allow the body to "not-do" JTI,181.

HUNTING POWER IS A PECULIAR EVENT..IT FIRST HAS TO BE AN IDEA, THEN IT HAS TO BE SET UP, STEP BY STEP, AND THEN BINGO! IT HAPPENS.
Hunting power is a peculiar event..it first has to be an idea, then it has to be set up, step by step, and then bingo! It happens. JTI,158.

THERE IS NO PLAN TO GETTING POWER, BUT A WARRIOR MUST ALWAYS BE READY


There's no plan when it comes to hunting power. Hunting power or hunting game is the same. A hunter hunts whatever presents itself to him. Thus he must always be in a state
of readiness. JTI,122... Hunting power is a very strange affair, ..there is no way to plan it ahead of time. That's what's exciting about it. A warrior proceeds as if he had a plan
though, because he trusts his personal power. He knows for a fact that it will make him act in the most appropriate fashion. JTI,159.

YOU DON'T HAVE TO BE DELIBERATE ABOUT STORING POWER, BECAUSE POWER ALWAYS FINDS A WAY
Little by little you are plugging up all your points of drainage. You don't have to be deliberate about it, because power always finds a way. Just like you, I thought I wasn't
doing anything in particular, but that was not so. JTI,177

IT MADE NO DIFFERENCE WHETHER POWER DESCENDS ON US IN A STATE OF WAKEFULNESS OR IN DREAMS; IT IS EQUALLY VALID IN BOTH
CASES,
Clara emphasized that in the final analysis, it made no difference whether power descends on us in a state of wakefulness or in dreams; it is equally valid in both cases, the latter
being, however, more elusive and potent. TSC,103.

WHAT REALLY COUNTS IS BEING AWARE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER ONE IS AWAKE OR ASLEEP... WHAT COUNTS IS BEING AWARE.
What we experience in wakefullness, in terms of power, should be put into practice in dreams... and whatever power we experience in dreams should be used while we are
awake. What really counts is being aware, regardless of whether one is awake or asleep... what counts is being aware. TSC,103.

TO MAKE A DECISION WAIT UNTIL AN INNER VOICE IS TELLING YOU SO IN THIS WAY YOU WILL GAIN PERSONAL POWER
The suggestion that I want to make at this point is that from now on you should let yourself perceive whether the description is upheld by your reason or your will. I feel that is
the only way for you to use your daily world as a challenge and a vehicle to accumulate enough personal power in order to get to the totality of yourself. ..wait until you
feel..that an inner voice is telling you so. TOP,98. Seers believe that if we let that happen (our emanations change by the emanations outside) we become what we really are-
fluid, forever in motion, eternal. FFW,74..

IT INVOLVED MAKING ONE'S PRESENCE OBVIOUS BY A CONTAINED DISPLAY OF LOUD TALK OR ANY OTHER TYPE OF NOISY ACTIVITY, AND THEN
IT WAS MANDATORY TO OBSERVE A PROLONGED AND TOTAL SILENCE.
it involved making one's presence obvious by a contained display of loud talk or any other type of noisy activity, and then it was mandatory to observe a prolonged and total
silence. JTI,104.

HOW DO WE KNOW POWER IS BEING STORED?

POWER HAS THE PECULARITY OF BEING UNNOTICEABLE WHEN IT IS BEING STORED.


Power has the pecularity of being unnoticeable when it is being stored. JTI,178.

ONE STORES POWER IS AGAIN ANOTHER FEELING. IT DEPENDS ON WHAT KIND OF PERSON THE WARRIOR IS.
one stores power is again another feeling. it depends on what kind of person the warrior is. My benefactor was a man of violent nature. He stored power through that feeling.
Everything he did was strong and direct. he left me a memory of something crushing through things. and everything that happened to him took place in that manner. There is no
way to explain it.. you have to do it yourself...JTI,122.
HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE TO STORE POWER?

IT TAKES A LIFETIME STRUGGLE TO BE BY ONESELF IN THE WORLD OF POWER


it takes a lifelong struggle to be by oneself in the world of power. JTI,137.

IT'S POSSIBLE, HOWEVER, TO STORE IT, LITTLE BY LITTLE, UNTIL ONE HAS ENOUGH TO SUSTAIN ONESELF IN A BATTLE OF POWER
It's possible, however, to store it, little by little, until one has enough to sustain oneself in a battle of power. JTI,135.

ONCE A CERTAIN LEVEL OF POWER IS REACHED, EXERCISE OR ANY TRAINING WAS UNNECESSARY
once one had arrived at a certain level of personal power, exercise or any training of that sort was unnecessary, since all one needed, to be in an impeccable form, was to engage
oneself in not-doing. JTI,195.

WAYS OF GETTING POWER....

FROM THE EARTH.

WOMEN ROLLING AROUND WILL DISTRIBUTE THE ENERGY FROM THE WOMB OVER THE REST OF THEIR BODIES
...only women could roll because they have wombs and energy came directly into their wombs; by rolling around they distributed that energy over the rest of their bodies.

A TECHNIQUE FOR MEN


in order for a man to be energized he had to be on his back, with his knees bent so that the soles of his feet touched each other. his arms had to be extended laterally, with his
forearms raised vertically, and the fingers clawed in an upright position. SRP,241,242.

FROM THE SUN

USING THE LEFT EYE


..the best way of getting energy is to let the sun inside the eyes, especially the left eye. It consisted of moving my head slowly from side to side as I caught the sunlight with my
half-closed left eye... one could use not only use the sun but could use any kind of light that could shine on the eyes. SRP,241....we take the sunlight with the left eye. She
began to move her head slowly from side to side as she glanced directly into the sun through her half closed eyes. SRP,251.

FROM THE WIND

USING THE WIND AS POWER

.during the twilight the wind becomes power...JTI,65..if it is convenient to him, the hunter hides from the power by covering himself and remaining motionless until the twilight
is gone and power has sealed him into its protection..the protection of the power seals you like in a cocoon.JTI,65.

SENSES
when we train the senses we conserve vital energy, the very stuff of life. EE,M,161.

EMPTY GOURD
He uncorked the gourd again and handed it to me. I shook it and peered inside. it was indeed empty. But when I put it to my lips, I had a most unfamiliar oral sensation.
Whatever flowed into my mouth was somehow liquid, but it wasn't anything like water. it was more like a dry, almost bitter pressure that suffocated me for an instant and then
filled my throat and entire body with a cool warmth... I took another imaginary sip and was jolted nearly out of my shoes. Something electric flowed through me and made my
toes tingle. TSC,207. The tingling went up my legs to my spine like a lightening bolt, and when it entered my head I nearly passed out. TSC,208. What's in it is called intent.
TSC,208.
Emilito explained that in his gourd he had stored his impeccable feelings, and that he had given me that sorcerer's intent to drink in order to counteract my defeatist attitude and
prepare me for his instruction. TSC,212...

JOGGING ON ONE SPOT


DJ made me jog on the spot facing the west. the idea was to draw the power from the impending twilight by raising one's arms to the sky with the fingers streched, like a fan,
and then clasp them forcefully when the arms were in the midpoint between the horizon and the zenith. TOP,62.

WALKING IN A POWER PERSON'S FOOTPRINT


He said that if I would walk in his footsteps the power that he was dissipating as he walked would be tranferred to me... I should not concern myself with anything else except
stepping in his tracks. I should not look ahead or to the side but at the ground where he was walking. JTI,141.

INORGANIC BEING WORLD

WE CAN ALSO GET ENERGY FROM THE INORGANIC BEINGS BY JUST GOING TO THEIR WORLD
To fly into other realms, to see energy, to forge the energy body etc., (you must get that energy from the inorganic being's world ...by the mere act of going there)
TAOD,181,182

SEXUAL ENERGY

WHY DO WE NEED TO SAVE SEXUAL ENERGY?

SEXUAL ENERGY NEEDS TO BE SAVED BECAUSE IT IS NEEDED IN TERMS OF SAVING ENERGY. IT IS THE FIRST STEP IN THE JOURNEY TO THE
DOUBLE
sexual energy is something of ultimate importance and that it has to be controlled and used with great care... it is needed in terms of saving and rechanneling energy. FFW,75
...to have sex is a matter of energy.. some people should never have sex.. in this way we can store the little energy we have. FFW,76.. All warriors know is that the only real
energy we possess is a life-bestowing sexual energy. This knowledge makes them permanently conscious of their responsibility. If warriors want to have enough energy to see,
they must become misers with their sexual energy. FFW,78 Seriously.. storing sexual energy is the first step in the journey toward the ethereal body, the journey into awareness
and total freedom. TSC,160.

SEXUAL ENERGY SHOULD BE SAVED FOR DREAMING


.. The naugal Elias believed sexual energy had been given to us so we can use it in dreaming.... he believed dreaming had fallen into disuse because it can upset the precarious
mental balance (mb is nothing but the fixation of the AP on one spot we're accustomed to.) of susceptible people...because if you're not careful with your sexual energy, you
will get erratic shifts of your AP... and maybe lose your mind. POS,50...

IMPECCABLE SORCERERS ARE NO LONGER INTERESTED IN SEX


by the time sorcerers eyes were really focused on intent, they were no longer interested in mesmerizing anyone. POS,140
GIFTS OF POWER

GIFT'S OF POWER ARE RARE,UNIQUE AND PRECIOUS


Gifts of power happen so rarely in one's life; they are unique and precious. take me, for instance, nobody has ever made me such a gift. SR,36 (NOT TRUE HE GOT TWO
GIFTS OF POWER FROM THE OLD SORCERER)

A WARRIOR ALWAYS GIVES THANKS FOR THE POWER HE RECEIVES


A warrior never turns his back on power without atoning for the favors received. JTI,137. I had learned the magical act of paying back to the spirit of man. SRP,111. By helping
that sick child I had merely paid back to the spirit of man for any help that my little boy may receive from strangers along his path. SRP,112
The money we gave them was a token; a warrior should give tokens like that all the time. They no doubt need the money, but need should not be an essential condsideration for
a token. The thing to look for is feeling. I was personally moved by those three. TOP,137.

POWER SPOTS

WHAT ARE POWER SPOTS?

POWER SPOTS ARE CRACKS, PASSAGEWAYS INTO THE OTHER WORLD


power spots are cracks, passageways into the other world. EG,241

CERTAIN POWER SPOTS ARE HOLES IN THIS WORLD, IF YOU ARE FORMLESS THEN YOU CAN GO THROUGH ONE OF THOSE HOLES INTO THE
UNKNOWN
.. The Naugal told me that there was a natural crack on that spot. He said that certain power spots are holes in this world; if you are formless you can go through one of those
holes into the unknown, into another world. EG,83.

THESE SPOTS GAVE OUT IMPERCEPTIBLE JOLTS OF INVIGORATING ENERGY WHICH WARRIORS COULD USE
.....these spots gave out imperceptible jolts of invigorating energy, and he remarked that average men living in natural settings could find such spots, even though they were not
conscious about having found them nor aware of their effects.... sorcerers watching men travel on foot trails notice right away that men always become tired and rest right on a
spot with a positive level of energy. If, on the other hand, they are going through an area with an injurious flow of energy, they become nervous and rush. If you ask them about
it they will tell you they rushed through that area because they felt energized. But it is the opposite- the only place that energizes them is the place where they felt
tired....POS,165. a spot meant a place where a man could feel naturally happy and strong. TDJ,31. The sheer act of sitting on one's spot created superior strength;... the enemy
weakened a man and could even cause his death. TDJ,36.

TYPES OF POWER SPOTS

THE GOOD (SPOT) ONE WAS CALLED THE SITIO AND THE BAD ONE THE ENEMY; HE SAID THESE TWO PLACES WERE THE KEY TO A MAN'S WELL-
BEING.
The good (spot) one was called the sitio and the bad one the enemy; he said these two places were the key to a man's well-being. TDJ,35.

BURIAL POWER SPOTS


The more perfect its roundness (burial place, refers to a circle)..., the greater its power. JTI,106. Description of how to bury someone. JTI,107,108....they bury themselves for
enlightment and power. JTI,108.

COLORS ASSOCIATED WITH POWER SPOTS

THE COLORS I HAD SEEN ASSOCIATION WITH EACH SPECIFIC SPOT HAD THE SAME OVERALL EFFECT EITHER OF GIVING STRENGTH OR OF
CURTAILING IT.
..the colors I had seen association with each specific spot had the same overall effect either of giving strength or of curtailing it. TDJ,36.

MANY PLACES IN THE WORLD WOULD BE COMPARABLE TO THOSE TWO, AND THAT THE BEST WAY TO FIND THEM WAS BY DETECTING THEIR
RESPECTIVE COLORS
many places in the world would be comparable to those two, and that the best way to find them was by detecting their respective colors. TDJ,36

CONDITIONS FOR USING A POWER SPOT

A POWER SPOT COULD BE UTILIZED AS LONG AS ONE HAS GATHERED ENOUGH STRENGTH IN THE SECOND ATTENTION
A power spot could be utilized as long as one has gathered enough strength in the second attention. EG,243.

YOU SHOULD NOT DISTURB THE POWER PLACE WITH UNNECESSARY FEELINGS OF FEAR OR HESITATION
I should not disturb the power place with unnecessary feelings of fear or hesitation. TOP,17.

ALL ANIMALS COULD DETECT, IN THEIR SUROUNDINGS, AREAS WITH SPECIAL LEVELS OF ENERGY. MOST ANIMALS WERE FRIGHTENED OF THESE
SPOTS AND AVOIDED THEM.
all animals could detect, in their suroundings, areas with special levels of energy. Most animals were frightened of these spots and avoided them. POS,164

DANGERS OF POWER SPOTS

POWER SPOT CAN DRAIN PEOPLE WHO WERE DISTURBED


I had to act as if nothing was out of the ordinary, because places of power, such as the one in which we were, had the potential of draining people who were disturbed. And thus
one could develop strange and injurous ties with a locale. JTI,138.

FINDING POWER SPOTS


DESCRIPTION OF HOW TO FIND POWER SPOTS
Sometimes it is necessary to find a beneficial spot quickly, out in the open...or maybe it is necessary to determine quickly whether or not the spot where one is about to rest is a
bad one.JTI,51....it consisted of gradually forcing the eyes to see seperately the same image. The lack of image conversion entailed a double perception of the world; this double
perception...allowed one the oppurtunity of judging changes in the surroundings, which the eyes were ordinarily incapable of perceiving. JTI,49... he assured me that it was not
injurious to the sight.... I should begin by looking in short glances, almost with the corners of my eyes..taking in incredibly fast glances.... looking in short glances allowed the
eyes to pick out unusual sights...they are not sights proper. They are more like feelings. If you look at a bush or a tree or a rock where you might like to rest, your eyes can
make you feel whether or not that's the best resting place...I don't care what you see..you could see an elephant. How you feel is the important issue. JTI,50. The trick is to feel
with your eyes. Your problem now is that you don't know what to feel. JTI,51..no one can tell you what you are supposed to feel. it is not heat, or light, or glare or color. It is
something else...once you learn to seperate the images and see two of everything, you must focus your attention in the area between the two images. Any change worthy of
notice would take place there, in that area...the feeling that you get is what counts. Every man is different. JTI,52..not everyone...would find their colors and their spots at the
same time. JTI,54.
whenever he had asked me to find a resting place, that I had to look without focusing on any particular spot, squinting my eyes until my view was blurred. I began to walk,
scanning the ground with my half closed eyes. JTI,160. Description of another way of scanning an area for a good spot. Using leaves, high body temp etc. JTI,161,162...He
pointed to one of the areas he had isolated as being a spot of darkness. He explained that not-doing had allowed him to single out that spot as a possible center of power or
perhaps as a place where objects might be found. JTI,203..I had not proceeded correctly.. I had not been using my eyes...one can feel with the eyes, when the eyes are not
looking right into things. TDJ,33.
the darkness around me changed. When I focused on the point directly in front of me, the whole peripheral area of my field of vision became brilliantly coloured with a
homogenous greenish yellow...at a place to my right, still in the periphery of my field of vision, the greenish yellow became intensely purple. The purple faded into a pale, but
still brilliant, color which remained steady for the time I kept my attention on it. TDJ,33
I realized another change in coloration was taking place, again on the edge of my field of vision. The uniform chartreuse I was seeing all over the area turned, at one spot to my
right, into a sharp verdigris. It remained for a moment and the abruptly metamorphosed into another steady hue, different from the other one I had detected earlier. TDJ,34.
sorcerers are capable of finding such spots by perceiving with their entire bodies minute surges of energy in their surroundings. POS,165.
POWER SPOTS CAN BE MOVED
(Power spots can be moved.).. EG,159

HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE TO FIND A POWER SPOT?

IT TAKES YEARS TO PERFECT


...in order to find the proper place to rest all I had to do was to cross my eyes...it takes years to perfect..(it takes a long time to train the eyes properly. JTI,51)

POWER OBJECTS

THERE ARE CERTAIN OBJECTS THAT ARE PERMEATED WITH POWER


There are certain objects that are permeated with power. TDJ,21.there are scores of such objects which are fostered by powerful men with the aid of friendly spirits. these
objects are tools-not ordinary tools, but tools of death. Yet they are only instruments; they have no power to teach....they are made to kill, to be hurled..they are not really
objects,rather, they are types of power..anything can be a power object..the power of an object depends on its owner, on the kind of man he is. TDJ,21. A power object is
fostered by a lesser brujo is almost a joke...a stong powerful brujo gives his strength to his tools...there are no preferences. they are all power objects, all just the same. TDJ,22.
there are limitations on those types of powers... but such a point is, I am sure, incomprehensible to you. it has taken me a nearly a lifetime to understand that, by itself, an ally
can reveal all the secrets of lesser powers, rendering them rather childish. i had tools like that at one time, when I was very young. (maiz-pinto, crystals and feathers... maiz-pito
is a small kernal of corn which has a streak of red color in the middle..a brujo owns 48.) TDJ,22. You must bear in mind that maiz-pinto is merely an instrument, not an ally.
..they are mere toys in comparison with an ally..these power objects are only necessary when a man does not have an ally. TDJ,23.

Description how the maiz-pinto kills a man. TDJ,22.

Description of corn witchcraft. TDJ,23.

MAIZ PINTO, CORN WITCHCRAFT, QUARTZ CRYSTALS

the quartz crystals were weapons used for sorcery, that they were usually hurled to kill, and that they penetrated the enemy's body and then returned to their owner's hand as
though they had never left it. JTI,205. Next he talked about the search for the spirit that would turn the ordinary crystals into weapons JTI,206 and said that the first thing one
had to do was to find a propitious place to lure out the spirit. That place had to be on a hilltop and was found by sweeping the hand, with the palm turned towards the earth, until
a certain heat was detected with the palm of the hand. JTI,206 A fire had to be made on that spot...it was at that point that one could make the ally touch the crystals to imbue
them with power. JTI,206
DJ added that a brilliantly colored feather or some highly polished quartz crystals would attract the attention of an ally, but in the long run any object whatever would be
equally effective, because the important part was not to find the objects but to find the force that would imbue them with power. JTI,206. What's the use of having beautifully
polished crystals if you never find the spirit giver of power?..on the other hand, if you don't have the crystals but do find the spirit you may put anything in its way to be
touched. JTI,206. a pair of beautifully polished crystals.... they were about five inches long and perfectly translucent. Their tips had been fashioned into a sharp point, and they
seemed to shine with a light of their own. TSC,91. Perhaps the crystals will help you rechannel your intent and your trapped energy. TSC,93. I slid the crystals between my
index and middle fingers. The crystals fit comfortably, as if they were attached to my hands.
It is believed that sorcerers of ancient times used to hold the mental image of their enemy while in a state of intense and pinpointed concentration, a unique state that is nearly
impossible to attain and certainly impossible to describe. In such condition of mental and physical awareness, they would manipulate that image until they found its center of
energy. They used to look for an opening, localized usually in the area of the heart, like a tiny vortex around which energy circulates. As soon as they found it, they would point
at it with their dartlike crystals. TSC,101. Perhaps his body withered... or maybe the person met with an accident. It is believed that those sorcerers themselves never knew
exactly what would happen, although if their intent and power were strong enough, they would be assured of success in destroying their enemy. TSC,102.
Weapons such as crystals became an extension of the sorcerer's own body. They were filled with energy that could be channeled and projected outward across time and space.
TSC,102. The nagual gave you those crystals to help you destroy your enemies... if you had them with you this moment, you could make your sorcery passes with them and
that would help dissapate your nagging self-pity. TSC,153. You should hold the crystals weapons in your fingers and make your sorcery passes at the heart of your elusive
enemies, such as self-importance, that come to you disguised as self-pity, moral indignation or righteous sadness. TSC,153. The nagual gave you those crystals to round up your
energy... they are extraordinary for gathering our attention and fixing it. It's a quality of quartz crystals in general, and the specific intent of these crystals in particular. To
accomplish this, all you have to do is perform your sorcery passes with them. TSC,154. The nagual has many other reasons for giving you those crystals.. I know for certain is
that you will have to make a pouch for them.. a sheath with whatever material you feel is right. You can use suede, felt or quilt or even wood if that is what you want to use.
TSC,155.
A MOVEMENT OF POWER WITH THE CRYSTALS

Description of the movement. TSC,94. When you make the circles, be sure to keep your palms facing each other, And always begin by making large, smooth circles. This way
you gather energy that you can then focus onto whatever you want to affect, regardless of whether it is an object a thought or a feeling. To move the crystals and point them the
way I showed you takes the energy out of things... The effect is like defusing a bomb. This exactly what you want to do at this stage of your training. So never under any
circumstances rotate your arms in a clockwise direction while holding the crystals... you would not only make a bomb, but you would light the fuse and cause a gigantic
explosion. TSC,94.... the energy you would gather by moving the crystals in a clockwise direction is a virulent kind of energy, a devastating blast that you won't be able to
withstand at the moment. TSC,95. The use of crystals was the domain of sorcerers of ancient Mexico.. they are weapons used to destroy and enemy. TSC,100 Once you hold
crystals like these in your hands, you can't pass them on... it's not right; in fact, it's dangerous. These crystals must be treated with infinite care. They are a gift of power.
TSC,101.
Formerly (used as weapons) they were, but not today (ancient Mexico) ... We've lost the knowledge of how to turn them into weapons. TSC,101.

THE HUMAN BODY AS A WEAPON/SOURCE OF POWER


Clara said that the ultimate weapon, however, is not a crystal dart, a sword, or even a gun, but the human body. For it can be turned into an instrument capable of gathering,
storing and directing energy. TSC,102. We can regard the body either as a biological organism or as a source of power... It all depends on the state of the inventory in our
warehouse; the body can be hard and rigid or soft and pliant. TSC,102
7. DREAMING
WHAT HAPPENS IN NORMAL DREAMING?

THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT SHIFTS SLIGHTLY TO THE LEFT IN A NATURAL MANNER


..Dreaming began with a simple observation. The old seers became aware that in dreams the AP shifts slightly to the left in a most natural manner. That point indeed relaxes
when man sleeps and all kinds of unused emanations begin to glow. FFW,192 the assemblage point becomes very easily displaced during sleep (gently and naturally POS, 50)
in the course of ordinary dreams, the assemblage point becomes easily displaced by itself to another position on the surface or in the interior of the luminous egg...TAOD,18,19

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE ARE IN NORMAL SLEEP?

DURING NORMAL SLEEP, THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT SHIFTS ALONG EITHER SIDE OF MAN'S BAND ACCOMPANIED BY SLUMBER
During normal sleep, the shift of the AP runs along either edge of man's band. Such shifts are always coupled with slumber. FFW,270.

SHIFTS INDUCED BY PRACTICE OCCUR ALONG THE MIDSECTION OF MAN'S BAND AND IS NOT COUPLED WITH SLUMBER, YET THE DREAMER IS
ASLEEP
Shifts that are induced by practice occur along the midsection of man's band and are not coupled with slumber, yet a dreamer is asleep. FFW,270.

WHAT DREAMING IS NOT

DREAMING IS NOT JUST HAVING DREAMS; NEITHER IS IT DAYDREAMING OR WISHING OR IMAGINING


Dreaming is not just having dreams; neither is it daydreaming or wishing or imagining. TAOD,29

WHAT IS DREAMING?

1. PRACTICES TO RECONDITION OUR ENERGY SO THAT WE CAN


INCREASE OUR PERCEPTION (MOVE THE AP)

DREAMING SYSTEMATICALLY MOVES OUR AP


Believing that our energetic conditioning is correctable, don Juan stated that sorcerers of ancient times developed a set of practices designed to recondition our energetic
capabilities to perceive. They called this set of practices the art of dreaming. TAOD, ii Dreaming seems to be a sensation-a process in our bodies, an awareness in our minds.
TAOD ix.....The awareness of sorcerers grows when they do dreaming. TAOD,101 A warrior seeks power and one of the avenues to power is dreaming. JTI,91Dreaming is the
art of displacing the assemblage point at will from its habitual position in order to enhance and enlarge the scope of what can be perceived. TAOD, 19 dreaming is concerned
with the displacement of the assemblage point TAOD,69.,161...Dreaming is the most effective way to move the AP. FFW,191...through discipline it is possible to cultivate and
perform, in the course of sleep and ordinary dreams, a systematic displacement of the assemblage point. TAOD,18,19..they called this control of the the natural AP shift during
sleep "control dreaming" or "the art of handling the dreaming body."...to control that shift does not mean in any way to direct it, but to keep the AP fixed at the position where it
naturally moves in sleep...FFW,192 in dreaming there is really no way of directing the movement of the AP; the only thing that dictates that shift is the inner strength or
weakness of dreamers. FFW,194 ...everytime this control of your dream is exercised the inner strength gets fortified. Fortified inner strength in turn makes the AP shift into
dreaming positions which are more and more suitable for fostering sobriety, in other words, dreams by themselves become more and more manageable, even orderly..FFW,199.

2. BEING AWARE IN OUR DREAMS AND HAVING CONTROL

IN DREAMING THE PERSON HAS VOLITION AND CONTROL


....Our art as ordinary people is that we know how to hold the image of what we are looking at. ...we do that but we don't know how. We just do it; that is, our bodies do it. In
dreaming we have to do the same thing, except in dreaming we have to learn how to do it... we have to struggle not to look but to merely glance and yet hold the image. SRP,144
Dreaming was in essence the transformation of ordinary dreams into affairs involving volition. Dreamers, by engaging their attention of the nagual and focusing it on the items
and events of their ordinary dreams, change those dreams into dreaming. SRP,242. ....Only through immobilizing our attention can one turn an ordinary dream into dreaming.
EG,139..... with our attention we can hold the images of a dream in the same way we hold the images of the world.. the art of the dreamer is the art of attention.
Cc,SRP,239...As soon as one learns to do dreaming, any dream that one can remember is no longer a dream, it's dreaming. EG,140...The control and utilization of dreams.
POS,14 the purpose of dreaming, which control and dreaming. JTI,112. dreaming is the not-doing of sleep. EG,23. The dreamers do not lack sleep, but the effect of dreaming
seems to be an increase of waking time, owing to the use of an alleged extra body, the dreaming body. EG,23. You can have as many dreams as you want or as many as you
are capable of, but you must exercise adequate control and not wake up in the world we know. TAOD,40

IN DREAMING WE EXERCISE OUR ABILITY TO BE AWARE IN OUR DREAMS/DREAMING ATTENTION


the dreaming attention is the condition of being aware of the items in our dream. It is the key to every movement in the sorcerers' world. CC.TAOD, 29 Exercising the dreaming
attention is the essential point in dreaming TAOD,35 the control one acquires over one's dreams upon fixating the assemblage point on any new position to which it has been
displaced during dreams....an incomprehensible facet of awareness that exists by itself, waiting for a moment when we would entice it, a moment when we would give it
purpose; it is a veiled faculty that everyone of us has in reserve but never has the opportunity to use in everyday life. TAOD,21,22....as we tighten the control over our dreams,
we tighten the mastery over our dreaming attention....the dreaming attention comes into play when it is called, when it is given a purpose..(not a process which leads to an end
result) It is rather an awakening. Something suddenly becomes suddenly functional. TAOD, 34 dreaming seemed to begin as a unique state of awareness arrived at by focusing
the residue of consciousness (second attention), which one still has when asleep, on the elements, or the features, of one's dream... EG,135. The stronger and the more
impeccable the dreamers were, the farther they could project their second attention into the unknown and the longer their dreaming projection would last. (a matter of
energy).EG,265.
...It has to do with the unknown. It comes about when unused emanations inside man's cocoon are utilized.... in order to utilize those unused emanations, one needs uncommon,
elaborate tactics that require supreme discipline and concentration.. the concentration needed to be aware that one is having a dream is the forerunner of the second attention.
That concentration is a form of consciousness that is not in the same category as the consciousness needed to deal with the daily world. FFW,127,128

DREAMS CANNOT BE INTERFERED WITH/DREAMS MUST FOLLOW THEIR OWN COURSE


dreams cannot be interfered with, nor can they be commanded by the conscious effort of the dreamer, and yet the shift of the AP must obey the dreamer's command- a
contradiction that cannot be rationalized but must be resolved in practice..... when dreams are consciously or semiconsciously manipulated, the AP immediately returns to its
usual place. ...interfering with dreams was interfering with the natural shift of the AP... Let the dream follow its own course...FFW,193.

DREAMING POSITION IS ANY NEW POSITION TO WHICH THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT HAS BEEN DISPLACED DURING SLEEP.
Dreaming position is......any new position to which the assemblage point has been displaced during sleep. (TAOD,??), (FFW,194)

THE FARTHER THE SHIFT OF THE AP INTO THE LEFT SIDE.., THE MORE VIVID AND BIZARRE THE DREAM.
The farther the shift of the AP into the left side.., the more vivid and bizarre the dream. FFW,193. dreams are totally associated with that displacement the greater the
displacement, the more unusual the dream... TAOD,18,19

TO CONTROL THE DREAM MEANS TO FIXATE THE AP ON A CERTAIN SPOT/COHESIVENESS


Dreaming practices is a way to learn how to have cohesion.Dreaming does it by forcing dreams to fixate the assemblage point. (We fixate it by practicing the techniques of
dreaming.... sustaining the view in a dream (this means you are holding the dreaming position of your assemblage point TAOD,70) or changing dreams at will) ....through your
dreaming practices you are really exercising your capacity to be cohesive; that is to say, you are exercising your capacity to maintain a new energy shape by holding the
assemblage point fixed on the position of any particular dream you are having ...(we maintain cohesiveness) by the clarity of our perception. The clearer the view of our
dreams, the greater the cohesion. TAOD,70Those exercises were designed to keep my AP fixed at the place where it had moved in my sleep. FFW,194.... (These are tasks to
train the second attention. )EG,141.... All dreamers can direct is the fixation of their AP. Seers are like fisherman equipped with a line that casts itself wherever it may; the only
thing they can do is keep the line anchored at the place it sinks...FFW,194.
.. to wake up while dreaming while the AP is fixed in a new position. FFW,194.

THE DREAMING ATTENTION, THE ENERGY BODY, THE SECOND ATTENTION, THE RELATIONSHIP WITH INORGANIC BEINGS, THE DREAMING
EMISSARY, THEY ARE ALL BY-PRODUCTS OF ACQUIRING COHESION; IN OTHER WORDS, THEY ARE ALL BY-PRODUCTS OF FIXATING THE
ASSEMBLAGE POINT ON A NUMBER OF DREAMING POSITIONS.
The dreaming attention, the energy body, the second attention, the relationship with inorganic beings, the dreaming emissary, they are all by-products of acquiring cohesion; in
other words, they are all by-products of fixating the assemblage point on a number of dreaming positions. TAOD,69,70.. That the only thing that counts in making that shift
(into the dreaming body) is anchoring the second attention. EG,141.

THE DREAMING BODY AND THE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION ARE POSITIONS OF THE AP AND ARE ACCOMPLISHED AFTER YEARS OF PRACTICE
the dreaming body and the barrier of perception are positions of the AP, and that knowledge is as vital to seers as knowing how to read and write is to modern man. Both are
accomplishments attained after years of practice. FFW,290.

A DREAMER IS BY DEFINITION OUTSIDE THE BOUNDARIES OF THE CONCERNS OF EVERYDAY LIFE


What she meant by that was that a dreamer by definition is outside the boundaries of the concerns of everyday life. EG,262

DREAMING CAN BE AS REAL AS EVERYDAY LIFE


...what you call dreams are real for a warrior. Dreaming is real for a warrior because in it he can act deliberately, he can choose and reject, he can select from a variety of items
those which lead to power, and then he can manipulate them and use them, while in an ordinary dream he cannot act deliberately. In dreaming you have power; you can change
things; you may find out countless concealed facts; you can control whatever you want. JTI,92...
a man hunting for power has almost no limits in his dreaming. JTI,98.. dreaming entailed a peculiar control over one's dream to the extent that the experiences undergone in
them and those lived in one's waking hours acquired the same pragmatic valence. The sorcerers allegation was that under th impact of dreaming the ordinary criteria to
differentiate a dream from reality became inoperative. TOP,16. Dreamers move onward without plan or thought; they jump into the reality of the world or into the reality of
dreams TSC,231 you are dreaming, but all this is real. So real that it can kill us by disintegrating us... TSC,248 Dreaming is real when one has succeeded in bringing
everything into focus. Then there is no difference between what you do when you sleep and what you do when you are sleeping...JTI,99

HAVING A DREAM THREE TIMES IS A RULE OF THUMB TO INDICATE TRUE DREAMING


For true dreaming, he gave me a rule of thumb; if I should have the vision three times... I had to pay extraordinary attention to it; otherwise, a neophyte's attempts were merely a
stepping stone to building the second attention. EG,50.

3. DREAMING IS USED TO DEVELOP THE DOUBLE

THE TRUE GOAL OF DREAMING WAS TO PERFECT THE DOUBLE


the true goal of dreaming is to perfect the energy body. TAOD,42. (first and second gates is to forge the EB and the third gate is to let it out) TAOD,14 Dreaming is the art of
tempering the energy body, of making it supple and coherent by gradually exercising it... through dreaming we condense the energy body until its capable of perceiving.
Dreaming is a way of arriving at the energy body. TAOD,31

A DREAMER CAN CREATE AND PROJECT THE DREAMING BODY AND BE IN TWO DISTANT PLACES AT THE SAME TIME
...a dreamer can create and project the dreaming body and be in two distant places at the same time. POS, 48

DESCRIPTION OF WHAT HAPPENS TO OUR LUMINOUS BALL DURING DREAMING


What takes place in dreaming is that the right and left side awareness are wrapped up together. Both of them come to rest in one single bundle in the dent, the depressed center
of the second attention. EG,258. (see luminous ball.. massaging the SA).. the feeling of being rolled up like a cigar and placed inside the dent of the second attention was the
result of merging my right and left awareness into one in which the order of predominance has been switched and the left has gained supremacy. EG,259. In order to have
perceived the nagual, you must have used your double. You were asleep and yet aware at the same time. TSC,140.

4. DREAMING IS A WAY TO GET TO THE NAGUAL,SAFELY

DREAMING IS A DOOR TO THE NAGUAL


Through dreaming we can perceive other worlds,...(freedom to perceive worlds beyond the imagination. TAOD,81)... Dreams are, if not a door, a hatch into other worlds...
dreams are a two way street. Our awareness goes through that hatch into other realms, and those other realms send scouts into our dreams....a hatch into other realms of
perception.. TAOD,29 Dreaming practices in the world of everyday life..made perceiving energy directly dreamlike, instead of totally chaotic, until a moment when something
rearranged perception and the sorcerer found himself facing a new world. TAOD,79 dreaming gives us the fluidity to enter into other worlds by destroying our sense of
knowing this world. TAOD,73 ...the door to the second attention...the dreaming attention is like a river feeding into the second attention (ocean).. ??,?? ..dreaming is naturally a
way to store the second attention. EG,141. A warrior's greatest accomplishment in the second attention is dreaming. EG,209.
That's why the Nagual taught us dreaming (to not injure the luminous layers) Dreaming tightens the layers. When sorcerers learn dreaming they tie together their two attentions
and there is no more need for that center to push out. SRP,254 Dreaming is a practical aid devised by sorcerers..they sought the usefulness of the nagual by training their tonal
to let go for a moment, so to speak, and then grab again. This statement doesn't make sense to you. But that's what you've been doing all along; training yourself to let go
without losing all of your marbles. Dreaming..is the crown of the sorcerers' efforts, the ultimate use of the nagual. TOP,242. Dreaming was in fact a rational state ..in dreaming,
the rational awareness, is wrapped up inside the left side awareness in order to give the dreamer a sense of sobriety and rationality; but that the influence of rationality has to be
minimal and used only as an inhibiting mechanism to protect the dreamer the dreamer from excesses and bizarre undertakings. EG,261.Dreaming is the only way to gather the
second attention without injuring it, without making it menacing and awesome. SRP,249. there is a pathway to reach it, however, which is available to every one of us, but
which only sorcerers take, and that pathway is through dreaming. SRP,242.....the second attention is available to all of us...dreaming brings down the barriers that surround and
insulate the second attention. TAOD,51 The second attention is like an ocean, and the dreaming attention is like a river feeding into it. It is the condition of being aware of total
worlds, total like our world is total. TAOD, 29.

5. WE ARE TRYING TO FIND ENERGY-GENERATING ITEMS IN OUR DREAMS

BY FINDING ADEQUATE POSITIONS OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ENERGY GENERATING ITEMS BECOME AVAILABLE TO US
..we intend to find adequate positions of the assemblage point, positions that permit us to percieve energy-generating items in dreamlike states. TAOD,164 a process by which
dreamers isolate dream conditions in which they can find energy-generating elements... dreaming is `an energy-generating condition...ordinary dreams are the honing devices
used to train the assemblage point to reach the position that creates this energy-generating condition we call dreaming. TAOD,173

LOOKING FOR INORGANIC BEINGS/SCOUTS IN OUR DREAMS

WHAT ARE SCOUTS?

SCOUTS...ENERGY CHARGES THAT GET MIXED WITH THE ITEMS OF OUR NORMAL DREAMS. THEY ARE BURSTS OF FOREIGN ENERGY THAT COME
INTO OUR DREAMS, AND WE INTERPRET THEM AS ITEMS FAMILIAR OR UNFAMILIAR TO US
Scouts...energy charges that get mixed with the items of our normal dreams. They are bursts of foreign energy that come into our dreams, and we interpret them as items
familiar or unfamiliar to us. ...the mind takes those currents and turns them into parts of our dreams. TAOD,29 He said that among the multitude of items in our dreams, there
exist real energetic interferences, things that have been put in our dreams extraneously, by an alien force. TAOD,46,47

AVERAGE PEOPLE HAVE MANY SCOUTS


..average people are subject to (more energy scouts..when the dreams are normal) ..average people have stupendously strong barriers (worries about self) to protect themselves.
The stronger the barrier, the stronger the attack. TAOD,85

WE WANT TO FIND AND FOLLOW THOSE FOREIGN ELEMENTS


To able to find them (foreign energy elements) and follow them is sorcery. TAOD,46,47 Sorcerers are aware of those currents of foreign energy...they notice them and strive to
isolate them from the normal items of their dreams. TAOD,29

WHY DO WE WANT TO FOLLOW THE SCOUTS?


THE INORGANIC BEINGS SUPPLY THEIR HIGH AWARENESS, AND SORCERERS SUPPLY THEIR HEIGHTENED AWARENESS AND HIGH ENERGY
If we follow them to their source, (with the organic beings' superb consciousness, TAOD,49) they serve us as guides into areas of such mystery that sorcerers shiver at the
mention of such a possibility....TAOD,32 (the friendship) ..consists of a mutual exchange of energy. The inorganic beings supply their high awareness, and sorcerers supply
their heightened awareness and high energy...(but this forms a dependency) TAOD,52

HOW DO WE FIND SCOUTS?

SORCERERES ENTICE THEM IN DREAMING.(BY THE ACT ITSELF) ..SUSTAINING THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT'S SHIFT CREATES A DISTINCTIVE ENERGY
CHARGE WHICH ATTRACTS THEIR ATTENTION
..those beings are enticed by us,or better yet, compelled to interact with us... sorcereres entice them in dreaming.(by the act itself) ..sustaining the assemblage point's shift creates
a distinctive energy charge which attracts their attention by going through the two gates you have made your bidding known to them...(followed) by a sign..either an
appearance or some interference in your dreams (energy jolt maybe) TAOD,46,47 They isolate scouts by the exercise and control of their dreaming attention. (energy bodies
isolate the dream scouts) TAOD,32 At one moment, our dreaming attention discovers them among the items of a dream and focuses on them, then the total dream collapses,
leaving only the foreign enemy. TAOD,30

AT FIRST THE INORGANIC BEINGS MAY CAUSE GREAT FEAR


Since at the begining of dreaming we have no experience whatsoever with them, they might imbue us with fear beyond measure. That is a real danger to us. Through the
channel of fear, they can follow us to the daily world, with disastrous results for us...Fear can settle down in our lives, and we would have to be mavericks to deal with it.
Inorganic beings can be worse than a pest. Through fear they can easily drive us raving mad.... (however).. (sorcerers) turn them into allies..form associations..extraordinary
friendships TAOD,47 But it isn't desirable for dreamers to indulge in searching for scouts. TAOD,32 Avoid at any cost sending a feeling of fear or morbidity. The secret is not
to fear them.. The intent one has to send out to them has to be of power and abandon. TAOD,47,48 (see also water and FFW, ch #6.)

OTHER SCOUTS

TAOD,177,178,179

STAGES OF DREAMING

STAGES ARE BLURRED UNDER NORMAL AWARENESS


Under normal awareness that transition is blurred. but different from (experience of transition states from HA.). EG,252.

1. RESTFUL STATE

RESTFUL VIGIL IS THE PRELIMINARY STATE, A STATE IN WHICH THE SENSES BECOME DORMANT AND YET ONE IS AWARE.
Restful vigil is the preliminary state, a state in which the senses become dormant and yet one is aware. In my case, I had always perceived in this state a flood of reddish light, a
light exactly like what one sees facing the sun with the eyelids tightly closed. EG,129 I had stared at the darkness throughout many sessions and was ready to visualize the spot
of coloration. In fact, I witnesses its entire metamorphosis from plain darkness to a precisely outlined blotch of intense brightness, and then I was swayed by the external itch,
on which I focused my attention, until I ended up entering into a state of restful vigil. It was then that I first became immersed in an orange-red coloration. (dreaming
color)EG,256.
After ten to fifteen minutes of restlessness I finally succeeded in going into a state of restful vigil.EG,129..In order for me to start dreaming or to stop it all I have to do is place
my attention on my womb. I've learned to feel the inside of it. I see the reddish glow for an instant and then I'm off.. this only takes a few seconds. EG,136.... I easily entered
into the first state... I had a sensation of bodily pleasure, a tingling radiating from my solar plexus, which was transformed into the thought that we were going to have great
results. That thought turned into a nervous anticipation. I became aware of that my thoughts were emanating from the tingling in the middle of my chest. The instant I turned my
attention to it, however, the tingling stopped. It was like an electric current that I could switch on and off. EG,150,151.
She told me to keep my eyes open and fixed on a point right in front of me, at my eye level; and that this point was going to turn from darkness to a bright and pleasing orange-
red. EG.251.

2. DYNAMIC VIGIL

DYNAMIC VIGIL IN THIS STATE THE REDDISH LIGHT DISSIPATES, AS FOG DISSIPATES, AND ONE IS LEFT LOOKING AT A SCENE, A TABLEAU OF
SORTS, WHICH IS STATIC.
Dynamic vigil in this state the reddish light dissipates, as fog dissipates, and one is left looking at a scene, a tableau of sorts, which is static. One sees a three-dimensional
picture, a frozen bit of something-a landscape, a street, a house, a person, a face, anything.

3. PASSIVE WITNESSING

PASSIVE WITNESSING IN THIS STATE THE DREAMER IS NO LONGER VIEWING A FROZEN BIT OF THE WORLD BUT IS OBSERVING, EYEWITNESSING,
AN EVENT AS IT OCCURS
Passive witnessing in this state the dreamer is no longer viewing a frozen bit of the world but is observing, eyewitnessing, an event as it occurs. It is as if the primacy of the
visual and auditory senses makes this state of dreaming mainly an affair of the eyes and ears only. EG,129.

4. DYNAMIC INITIATIVE

DYNAMIC INITIATIVE IN THIS STATE I WAS DRAWN TO ACT. IN IT ONE IS COMPELLED TO ENTERPRISE, TO TAKE STEPS, TO MAKE THE MOST OF
ONE'S TIME.
Dynamic initiative in this state I was drawn to act. In it one is compelled to enterprise, to take steps, to make the most of one's time. EG,129.

WHAT'S ESSENTIAL FOR DREAMING?

1. ENERGY IS NECESSARY TO DO DREAMING

A PERSON MUST REDEPLOY ENERGY TO DO DREAMING


The redeployment of energy is necessary to do dreaming to start dreaming sorcerers need to redefine their premises and save their energy, but that redefining is valid only to
have the necessary energy to set up dreaming. TAOD,181,182 .....the energy needed to release our dreaming attention from its socialization prision comes from redeploying our
existing energy ...the emergence of our dreaming attention is a direct corollary of revamping our lives. TAOD, 37....Dreaming requires every bit of our available energy...if
there is a deep preoccupation in our life, there is no possibility of dreaming.. (preoccupation means that all your energy sources are taken on) TAOD, 150. We thought that the
essential aid to dreaming was a state of mental quietness, which DJ had called stopping the internal dialogue or the not-doing of talking to oneself. EG,135.

2. YOU MUST CONVINCE YOURSELF YOU ARE A DREAMER/ WHICH DEVELOPS INTO UNBENDING INTENT/PERSISTENCE

CONVINCE YOURSELF YOU ARE A DREAMER


....the act of convincing yourself you are indeed a dreamer, although you have never dreamt before, and the act of being convinced... it requires imagination, discipline and
purpose....you get an unquestionable bodily knowledge that you are a dreamer...You feel that you are a dreamer with all cells of your body....Intending the first gate of
dreaming was one of the means discovered by the sorcereres of antiquity for reaching the second attention and the energy body. TAOD,26 it starts with an initial act, which by
the fact of being sustained breeds unbending intent. Unbending intent leads to internal silence, and internal silence to the inner strength needed to make the AP shift in dreams
to suitable purpose. FFW,199 ...every dreamer is different. EG,129. Every one of us is different...what you call pointers would only be what I did myself did when I was
learning. We are not the same; we aren't even vaguely alike. JTI,98. Every warrior has his own way of dreaming. Each way is different. The only thing we all have in common
is that we play tricks in order to force ourselves to abandon the quest. The countermeasure is to persist in spite of all the barriers and disappointments. TOP,18. setting up
dreaming, consisted of a deadly game that one's mind played with itself, and that some part of myself was going to do everything it could to prevent the fulfillment of my task.
That could include.. plunging me into a loss of meaning, melancholy, or even suicidal depression. TOP,17. put your silent determination, without a single thought, into
convincing yourself that you have reached your energy body and that you are a dreamer...doing this will automatically put you in the position to be aware that you are falling
asleep TAOD,25, 26

THE ACTIVE ELEMENT IS PERSISTENCE


the active element of such training (being aware of your dreams) is persistence, and that the mind and all its rational defenses cannot cope with persistence. Sooner or later...the
mind's barrier's fall,under its impact and the dreaming attention blooms.
TAOD,36..practice is what counts..once you get your attention on the images of your dream, your attention is hooked for good. SRP,241. dreaming is something one performs
EG,289

3. DREAMING MUST BE DONE WITH SOBRIETY

DREAMING MUST BE SOBER


Dreaming has to be a very sober affair. No false movement can be afforded. Dreaming is a process of awakening, of gaining control. Our dreaming attention must be
systematically exercised, for it is the door to the second attention. TAOD,28.....Dreaming has to be performed with integrity and seriousness, but in the midst of laughter and
with the confidence of someone who doesn't have a worry in the world. TAOD 21,22....what we badly need is sobriety, and no one can give it to us or help us get it except
ourselves. Without it, the shift of the AP is chaotic, as our ordinary dreams are chaotic. FFW,200..dreaming is as serious as seeing or dying or any other thing in this awesome,
mysterious world. JTI,98.

4. DREAMING SHOULD BE TAUGHT WHILE IN NORMAL AWARENESS BECAUSE IT IS SAFER

DREAMING SHOULD BE TAUGHT WHILE IN NORMAL AWARENESS


Dreaming must be taught while warriors are in their normal state of awareness. because dreaming is so dangerous and dreamers so vulnerable. It is dangerous because it has
inconceivable power; it makes dreamers vulnerable because it leaves them at the mercy of the incomprehensible force of alignment. In our normal state of awareness, we have
countless defenses that can safeguard us against the force of unused emanations that suddenly become aligned in dreaming. FFW,192

5. A DREAMER MUST START FROM A POINT OF COLOR

DREAMERS MUST START FROM A POINT OF COLOR


A dreamer must start from a point of color: intense light or unmitigated darkness are useless to a dreamer in the initial onslaught. Colors such as purple or light green or rich
yellow are, on the other hand, stupendous starting points. She preferred, however, orange-red, because through experience it had proven to be the one that gave her the greatest
sensation of rest. She assured me that once I had succeeded in entering into the orange-red color I would have rallied my second attention permanently, providing that I could
be aware of the sequence of physical events. EG,251.

6. TO DO DREAMING ONE NEEDS TO MANIPULATE BOTH THE LUMINOUS AND PHYSICAL BODIES

BOTH THE PHYSICAL BODY AND THE LUMINOUS BODY NEEDS TO BE MANIPULATED
To do dreaming one needs to manipulate both the luminous body and the physical body. First, the center of assembling for the second attention has to be made accessible by
being pushed in from the outside by someone else, or sucked in from within by the dreamer. Second in order to dislodge the first attention, the centers of the physical body
located in the midsection and the calves, especially the right one, have to be stimulated and placed as close to one another as possible until they seem to join. Then the sensation
of being bundled takes place and automatically the second attention takes over. EG,259.
from the moment that the body learns to make a dent, it is easier to enter into dreaming.... ordinarily the dent is created on the spur of the moment by the dreamer when it is
needed, then the luminous shell changes back to its original shape. EG,254.
I had acquired a strange impulse, a sensation that my body had instantly learned to reproduce. It was a mixture of feeling at ease, secure, doemant, suspended without tactile
sense and at the same time fully awake, aware of everything. EG,254.

7. IN DREAMING, WE MUST FOCUS ON DREAM ITEMS THE SAME WAY WE DO IN EVERYDAY LIFE

IN DREAMING, WE MUST FOCUS ON DREAM ITEMS THE SAME WAY WE DO IN EVERYDAY LIFE
In dreaming one has to use the same mechanisms of attention as in everyday life, that our first attention had been taught to focus on the items of the world with great force in
order to turn the amphorous and chaotic realm of perception into the orderly world of awareness. EG,139.

8. TECHNIQUES TO HELP DREAMING: DISRUPTING ROUTINES THE GAIT OF POWER, NOT-DOING AND RECAPITULATION

TECHNIQUES TO HELP DREAMING: DISRUPTING ROUTINES, THE GAIT OF POWER, NOT-DOING AND RECAPITULATION
Three techniques to help dreaming: disrupting the routines of life, the gait of power, and not-doing. TOP,242...he had driven my attention away, making believe that the
important problem was not doing. he explained that disrupting routines, the gait of power and not-doing were avenues for learning new ways of perceiving the world, and that
they gave a warrior an inkling of incredible possibilities of actions. DJ's idea was that the knowledge of a seperate and pragmatic world of dreaming was made possible through
the use of those three techniques. TOP,242 ...the reason average people lack volition in their dreams is that they never recapitulated and their lives are filled to capacity with
heavily loaded emotions like memories, hopes, fears etc. sorcerers, in contrast, are relatively free from heavy, binding
emotions, because of their recapitulation..Recapitulation and dreaming go hand in hand. As we regurgitate our lives, we get more and more airborne. TAOD, 147,148...

WHERE TO DO DREAMING?

INDOORS
if dreaming is going to be done indoors, it is best to do it in total darkness, while lying down or sitting up on a narrow bed, or better yet, while sitting down inside a coffinlike
crib. EG,249.
Along the wall opposite the door was a raised platform covered with straw mats..she said it was where she did her meditation..she called it dreaming. TSC,79,80.

OUTDOORS
Outdoors, dreaming should be done in the protection of a cave, in the sandy areas of water holes, or sitting against a rock in the mountains; never on the flat floor of a valley, or
next to rivers, or lakes, or the sea, because flat areas were antithetical to the second attention. EG,249.

WHEN IS THE BEST TIME TO DO DREAMING?

EARLY MORNING OR LATE NIGHT BECAUSE OF INTERFERENCE BY PEOPLE


DJ had told us that the late night or the early morning hours were by far the best. His reason for favoring those hours was because... he said that since one has to do dreaming
within a social milieu, one has to seek the best possible of conditionds of solitude and lack of interference. The interference he was referring to had to do with the attention of
people, and not their physical prescence. For DJ it was meaningless to retreat from the world and hide, for even if one were alone in an isolated, deserted place, the interference
of our fellow man is prevalent because the fixation of their first attention cannot be shut off. Only locally, at the hours when most people are asleep, can one avert part of that
fixation for a short period of time. It is at those times that the first attention around us is dormant. EG,138.

TRY DREAMING AS A NAP DURING THE DAYTIME TO TEST CONTROL


he suggested that I should try dreaming while I took a nap during the daytime and find out if I could actually visualize the chosen place as it was at the time I was dreaming. If I
were dreaming at night, my visions of the locale should be of nighttime. He said that what one experiences in dreaming has to be congruous with the time of day when dreaming
was taking place; otherwise the visions one might have were not dreaming but ordinary dreams. JTI,152.

WHAT ARE THE POSITIONS OF DREAMING?

FOR A WOMAN
that the best position for a woman to start from is to sit with her legs crossed and then let the body fall, as it may do once the attention is on dreaming. EG,138.

LEGS IN A GROIN STRETCH SITTING UP


In the beginning..I had done it while lying on my back, until one day when DJ told me that for the best results I should sit up on a soft thin mat, with the soles of my feet placed
together and my thighs touching the mat. he pointed out that, since I had elastic hip joints, I should exercise them to the fullest, aiming at having my thighs completely flat
against the mat. he added that if I were to enter into dreaming in that sitting position, my body would not slide or fall to either side, but my trunk would bend forward and my
forehead would rest on my feet. EG,138.

WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO ENTER DREAMING?

PLACE ATTENTION ON YOUR WILL AT THE TIP OF THE STERNUM AT THE TOP OF THE BELLY
The best way to enter into dreaming was to concentrate on the area just at the tip of the sternum, at the top of the belly. He said that the attention needed for dreaming stems
from that area. The energy needed in order to move and seek in dreaming stems from the area an inch or two below the belly button. He called that energy will, or the power to
select, to assemble. In a woman both the attention and the energy for dreaming originate from the womb. EG,136.

PROTECTING THE BELLY BUTTON TO HELP HOLD OUR IMAGES


In dreaming we pay attention with the belly button; therefore it has to be protected. We need a little warmth or a feeling that something is pressing the belly button in order to
hold the images in our dreams. SRP,144. (ex. pebble belt for the bb). SRP,145.

USING CRYSTALS/PEBBLES TO HELP TURN OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE FOR PERFECT DREAMING
For perfect dreaming, the first thing you have to do is shut off your internal dialogue..put between your fingers some two-or-three inch-long crystals or a couple of smooth, thin
river pebbles. Bend your fingers slightly and press the crystals or pebbles with them... metal pins (are effective also) if they were the size and width of ones fingers. The
procedure consisited of pressing at least three items between the fingers of each hand and creating, an almost painful pressure in the hands..this has the strange property of
shutting off the internal dialogue...crystals are best..although with practice anything was suitable...Falling asleep at the moment of total silence guarantees a perfect entrance into
dreaming..and it also guarantees the enhancing of one's dreaming attention. TAOD,93,94. after getting into a state of total inner silence, with her I had to slip gently into
dreaming.. TAOD.187 from doing dreaming I had learned to enter into a state of total quietness. I was able to turn off my internal dialogue and remain as if I were inside a
cocoon peeking out of a hole. In that state I could either let go of some control I had and enter into dreaming, or I could hold onto that control and remain passive, thoughtless,
and without desires. EG,46.

WEARING A HEADBAND DURING DREAMING


You must wear a headband to sleep.. getting a headband is a tricky maneuver. I cannot give you one, because you yourself have to make it from scratch. but you cannot make
one until you have had a vision of it in dreaming... the headband has to be made according to the specific vision. And it must have a strip across it that fits tightly on top of the
head. Or it may very well be like a tight cap. Dreaming easier when one wears a power object on top of the head. You could wear your hat or put on a cowl, like a friar, and go
to sleep, but those items would only cause intense dreams not dreaming. ..the vision of the headband did not have to occur only in dreaming but could happen in states of
wakefulness and as a result of any far-fetched and totally unrelated event, such as watching the flight of birds, the movement of water, the clouds and so on. JTI,132.

OTHER THINGS USED IN DREAMING


(use of ring on finger....use of skin... skin automatically screens energy..the use of energy exchange..the use of using the reservoir of attention located behind the roof of our
mouths. .. .TAOD,94)

SETTING UP DREAMING

CONTROLLING YOUR DREAM


to set up dreaming meant to have a concise and pragmatic control over the general situation of a dream, comparable to the control one has over any choice in the desert... JTI,97.
To have a precise and practical command over the general situation of a dream TAOD,21

1. SUSTAIN THE IMAGE OF SOMETHING IN YOUR DREAM

SUSTAIN THE IMAGE IN YOUR DREAM


....don't let the dream slip into something else. (the idea is to be able to engage your dreaming attention like looking for a specific object like your hands in the dream) TAOD,21
...everytime you look at anything in your dreams it changes shape..the trick in learning to set up dreaming is obviously not just to look at things but to sustain the sight of them.
JTI,99

SELECTING WHAT YOU WANT TO DREAM ABOUT


a warrior chooses the topic by deliberately holding an image in his mind while he shuts off his internal dialogue. In other words if he is not capable of not talking to himself for
a moment and then holds the image or the thought of what he wants in dreaming, even if only for an instant, then the desired topic will come to him. TOP,18.

WE PRACTICE SUSTAINING IMAGES BY FIRST LOOKING FOR OUR HANDS OR ANY IMAGE IN OUR DREAM
..one had to deliberately dream that one was looking for and could find one's hands in a dream by simply dreaming that one lifted one's hands to the levels of the eyes. TOP,16.
...you can, of course, look at whatever you goddamn please-your toes, or your belly or your pecker for that matter. JTI,98...description of looking for hands TOP,17.....You
don't have to look at your hands...like I've said, pick anything at all. But pick one thing in advance and find it in your dreams. I said your hands because they'll always be
there..JTI,100...after years of unsuccessful attempts (to find his hands).. I finally accomplished the task. Looking at it in retrospect, it had become evident to me that I had
succeeded only after I had gained a degree of control over the world of my everyday life. TOP,16

LOOKING AT OBJECTS IN THE DREAM SHOULD BE DONE IN GLANCES/OR WE LOSE CONTROL


One only strives to immobilize the second attention only in the learning period. After that, one has to fight the inconcivable pull of the second attention and give only cursory
glances at everything. In dreaming one has to be satisfied with the briefest possible views of everything. As soon as one focuses on anything. one loses control. EG,142... ..I
realized that if I did not stare at things but only glanced at them, just as we do in our daily world, I could arrange my perception. If I took my dreaming for granted, I could use
the perceptual biases of my everyday life. After a few moments the scenery became, if not completely familiar, controllable. EG,52. ...take quick, deliberate glances at
everything present in a dream. If they focus their dreaming attention on something specific, it is only as a point of departure. From there, dreamers move on to look at other
items in the dream's content, returning to the point of departure as many times as possible. TAOD,25 Every time you isolate it (starting point item) and look at it, you get a surge
of energy, so the beginning don't look at too many things in your dreams. Four items will suffice....as soon as the images begin to shift...go back to your starting point and start
all over again. TAOD, 30,31 Remember that if you glance only briefly, the images don't shift. TAOD,30...when they (object in dreams)..change shape you must move your
sight away from them and pick something else, and then look at your hands again. It takes a long time to perfect this technique. JTI,100, 112... every time you look at your
hands you renew the power needed for dreaming, so in the beginning don't look at too many things... when you feel you can gaze at things indefinitely you will be ready for a
new technique. JTI,112 The most serious problem the dreamer has in this respect is the unbending fixation of the second attention on detail that would be thoroughly
undetected by the attention of everyday life, creating in this manner a nearly insurmountable obstacle to validation. What one seeks in dreaming is not what one would pay
attention to in everyday life. EG,142.

2. TRAVELING TO CERTAIN PLACES WHILE DREAMING

TRAVELING TO CERTAIN PLACES OF YOUR OWN VOLITION


The next step in setting up dreaming is to learn to travel... the same way you have learned to look at your hands you can will yourself to move, to go places. First you have to
establish a place you want to go to. Pick a well-known spot-perhaps your scholl, or a park, a friend's house-then, will yourself to go there....this technique is very difficult. You
must perform two tasks. You must will yourself to go to the specific locale; and then, when you have mastered that technique, you have to learn to control the exact time of
your traveling. JTI,113, In order to help yourself you should pick a specific object that belongs to the place you want to go and focus your attention on it...JTI,152. it is easier to
travel in dreaming when one can focus on a place of power, focus your attention on any object there and find it in dreaming. From the specific object you recall, you must go
back to your hands and then to another object and so on. JTI,153....after finding my hands he recommended that I should choose a locale, focus my attention on it, and then do
daytime dreaming and find out if I could really go there. He suggested that I should place someone I knew at the site, preferably a woman, in order to do two things; first to
check subtle changes that might indicate that I was there in dreaming and second to isolate unobtrusive detail, which would be precisely what my second attention would zero in
on. EG,142.

3. GETTING THE DOUBLE TO FOCUS ON ITSELF/SEEING ONESELF IN BED/DREAMING THE DOUBLE

DREAMING THE DOUBLE


Finding my hands in my dreams was the first pointer; then the exercise of paying attention was elongated to finding objects, looking for specific features, such as buildings,
streets and so on. From there the jump was to dreaming about specific places at specific times of the day. The final stage was drawing the attention of the nagual to focus on the
total self. ..this final stage was usually ushered in by a dream..in which one is looking at oneself sleeping in bed. By the time a sorcerer has had such a dream, his attention has
been developed to such a degree that instead of walking himself up...he turns on his heels and engages himself in activity, as if he were in the world of everyday life. from that
moment on there is a breakage, a division of sorts in the otherwise unified personality. the result..was the other self, an identical being as oneself, but made in dreaming.
SRP,243. there are no defintie standard steps for teaching that double, as there are no steps for us to reach our daily awareness. We simply do it by practising. ...he contended
that in the act of engaging our attention of the nagual we would find the steps. he urged me to practice dreaming without letting my fears make it into an encumbering
production. SRP,243. There are no procedures to arrive at the attention of the nagual. (dreaming) SRP,243

VIVIDNESS AND DETAILS ARE UNIMPORTANT IN DREAMING


He said that to follow them (details of the dream) was a waste of time, because details and vividness were in no way important. JTI,112.. ordinary dreams get very vivid as soon
as you begin to set up dreaming..that vividness and clarity is a formidable barrier .... JTI,112.

DON'T INDULGE IN YOUR DREAMING


(During the dream..Don't indulge) don't cling to things or situations..TAOD,41..

GATES OF DREAMING

THERE ARE SEVEN GATES OF DREAMING


There are seven gates...and dreamers have to open all seven of them, one at a time. TAOD,22 (these are entrances into the energy flow of the universe)

TWO PHASES AT EACH GATE


...there are two phases to each of the gates of dreaming..the first is to arrive at the gate; the second is to cross it. TAOD,142

FIRST GATE OF DREAMING: BEING AWARE WHEN YOU ARE FALLING ASLEEP AND DURING DREAMING

In essence, what don Juan wanted with my first task was to exercise my dreaming attention by focusing it on the items of my dreams. To this effect he used as a spearhead the
idea of being aware of falling asleep. His subterfuge (trick) was to say that the only way to be aware of falling asleep is to examine the element's of one's dreams. TAOD 35 To
ask a dreamer to find a determined item in his dreams is a subterfuge...the real issue is to become aware that one is falling asleep...this happens by sustaining the sight of
whatever one is looking at in a dream. TAOD,27, .....although it might seem that finding hands in a dream might be aimed at teaching me to command my dreams. TAOD,27,a
threshold we must cross by becoming aware of a particular sensation before deep sleep...A sensation like a pleasant heaviness that doesn't let us open our eyes. We reach that
gate the instant we become aware that we're falling asleep, suspended in darkness and heaviness......to do this..one just intends to become aware of falling asleep.. TAOD,22
..the goal of dreaming is to intend that your energy body becomes aware that you are falling asleep. Don't try to force yourself to be aware of falling asleep. Let your energy
body do it.. TAOD,22 ..between the last waking moment and the first sleeping moment, a tunnel streches down deep into consciousness. Most people do not perceive this subtle
state; indeed, you cannot be aware of it with your everyday mind. At that instant, when you are neither awake nor asleep, this tunnel opens up... EE,M,77. put your silent
determination, without a single thought, into convincing yourself that you have reached your energy body and that you are a dreamer...doing this will automatically put you in
the position to be aware that you are falling asleep. TAOD,26
Once we reach the gate, we must cross it by being able to sustain the sight of any items of our dreams. TAOD,30..the art of the dreamer is to hold the image of his dreams.
SRP,144....on reaching the first gate, they also reach the energy body. TAOD,31 to maintain (the gain of reaching the first gate) is predicated on energy alone. TAOD,32

SECOND GATE OF DREAMING

rule of the second gate..one, through practicing the drill of changing dreams, dreamers find out about scouts; two, by following the scouts, they enter into another veritable
universe; and three, in that universe, by means of their actions, dreamers find out, on their own, the governing laws and regulations of that universe. TAOD,108.the universe
behind the second gate is the closest to our own....powerful and aggressive TAOD,110.111....the second gate is reached and crossed only when a dreamer learns to isolate and
follow the energy scouts. ..waking up in another dream or changing dreams is the drill devised by the old sorcerers to exercise a dreamer's capacity to isolate and follow a scout.
TAOD,107...it is the door into the inorganic being's world...the drill is essential. TAOD,108. ..You reach the second gate of dreaming when you wake up from a dream into
another dream. ..that is to say that one is having a dream and then dream that one wakes up from it...the alternative is to use the items of the dreams to trigger another dream.
TAOD,40, 44 ..my mistake ..what I meant is that one has to change dreams in an orderly and precise manner. TAOD,44.
what is really going through the second gate ,hopping from dream to dream is the energy body. ..on crossing the second gate you must intend a greater and more sober control
over your dreaming attention: the only safety valve for dreamers. ..(the safety valve is a perfect energy body (which is the goal of dreaming) it has such a control over the
dreaming attention that it makes it stop when needed. TAOD,42

THIRD GATE OF DREAMING

(arriving at the gate)...is reached when you find yourself in a dream, staring at someone else (yourself) who is asleep. ..you actually see your body asleep. TAOD,151
(to cross the gate) ..to move around once you've seen yourself asleep. TAOD,141.. to make the energy body move on its own. TAOD,169. The energy body can now move like
energy; fast and directly. TAOD,163
..you begin to deliberately merge your dreaming reality with the reality of the daily world. (completing the energy body)..the energy body is ready to come out (ready to act). To
be successful the entire energy body must be engaged. There must be irrational fluidity. TAOD,142,143. ...while in the inorganic realm, voice your intent to transfer normal
awareness (of the daily world) to our energy bodies. TAOD,189..
..the real task of the third gate... seeing energy with your energy body. TAOD,163
...the last task of the third gate of dreaming.. stalking the stalker..to deliberately draw energy from the inorganic being's realm in order to use awareness to go on a journey
through the universe. TAOD,185

THE FOURTH GATE OF DREAMING

the energy body travels to specific concrete places and that there are three ways of using the fourth gate: one, to travel to concrete places in this world; two, to travel to concrete
places out of this world; and three, to travel to places that exist only in the intent of others. TAOD, 200.. in this state.. the corporeality of the body has no significance. It is
simply a memory that slows down the dreamer. EG,52. to wake up at any dreaming position. this maneuver is really a very complex affair- so complex that it not only requires
sobriety but all the attributes of warriorship as well, especially intent... because intent is what maintains the dreamer's sobriety, the alignment of whatever emanations have been
lit up by the movement of the AP....FFW,200....Description of this. EG,50,51,52,53. You were learning to get to your dreaming body when you dreamed that you got out of
your body. EG,139...the dream in which one was watching oneself sleep..was the time of the double. TOP,67. in order to shift into your dreaming body when awake you have to
practice dreaming until it is coming out of your ears. EG,141. (description of how to direct the dreaming body. EG,261)

THE DOUBLE DREAMS THE SELF


The self dreams the double....perhaps the ordinary dreams of the self are simple, but that doesn't mean that the self is simple. Once it has learned to dream the double, the self
arrives at this weird cross road and a moment comes when one realizes that it is the double who dreams the self. TOP,78.... you could have known then that you yourself are a
dream, that your double is dreaming you, in the same fashion that you dreamed him last night.No one knows how it happens. We only know that it does happen. TOP,79.

EXPERIENCES WHILE DREAMING

FLYING IN DREAMING
DJ taught me on this earth and in dreaming someone I could never see taught me. It was only a voice telling me what to do. The Naugal gave me the task of learning to fly in
dreaming, and the voice taught me how to do it. Then it took me years to teach myself to shift from my regular body, the one you can touch, to my dreaming body. EG,139....
By shifting my attention to my dreaming body, I could fly like a kite while I was awake. EG,140. All I needed to shift into my dreaming body was to focus my attention on
flying. EG,141. Example of EG,141. The intent of flying produces the effect of flying. EG,143.

MOVING WHILE DREAMING


to place my awareness on the midpoint of my body... and to sweep the floor with it, that is, making a rocking motion with my belly as if a broom were attached to it. I remained
in a waking state. ..in a sitting position. (experiences from this....EG,257,258) ..EG,257... she directed me to open my eyes while I was in a state of restful vigil... in order for me
to move I had to intend my moving at a very deep level. in other words, I had to be utterly convinced that I wanted to move, or perhaps it would be more accurate to say that I
had to be convinced that I needed to move. EG,260

GHOST DREAMING
(dreaming about something that doesn't exist anymore)..... whoever does ghost dreaming is marked by fate to have ghost helpers and allies... none of us has has ever done ghost
dreaming because we are not violent or destructive. EG,54.

DREAMING TOGETHER WITH OTHER PEOPLE


a group of seers who activate the same unused emanations...there are no known steps, it just happens; there is no technique to follow... in dreaming together, something in us
takes the lead and suddenly we find ourselves sharing the same view with other dreamers. What happens is that our human conditions makes us focus the glow of awareness
automatically on the same emanations that other human beings are using; we adjust the position of our AP to fit the others around us. We do that on our right side, in our
ordinary perception, and we also do it on the left side, while dreaming together. FFW,201.

UNIFORMITY IS TO HOLD, IN UNISON, THE SAME POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT.


Uniformity is to hold, in unison, the same position of the assemblage point. TAOD,77

DREAMING EMISSARY/THE VOICE OF DREAMING


Upon crossing the first or second gate of dreaming, dreamers reach a threshold of energy and begin to see things or to hear voices. Not really plural voices, but a singular
voice....It is an alien energy that has conciseness (abruptness).alien energy that purports to aid dreamers by telling them things...they can only tell what the sorcerers already
know or should know..an impersonal force that we turn into a very personal one because it has a voice...we see it or hear it because we maintain our assemblage points fixed on
a specific new position; the more intense this fixation, the more intense our experience of the emissary...It cannot be advice. It only tells us what's what, and then we draw the
inferences ourselves.
(it tells you things)..anything I focus my intent on...the DE is a force (impersonal and constant TAOD,75) that comes from the realm of inorganic beings..everyone hears the
emissary; very few see it or feel it. TAOD,64,65,66... That was when some voice began to tell me what to do. I've always felt it was a woman's voice. EG,140. Her voice was
the woman's voice that la Gorda thought she heard in dreaming. EG,249. .the nagging voice you heard, reminding you to fix your dreaming attention on the items of your
dreams, was the voice of an inorganic being. TAOD,59...what you see in dreaming as bright or dark sticks are their projections. What you hear as the voice of the dreaming
emissary is equally their projection.. TAOD,87..the voice can't lie TAOD,180 ..the nagging voice you heard, reminding you to fix your dreaming attention on the items of your
dreams, was the voice of an inorganic being. cc, taod,59 is this a reference to the dreaming emmisary???

DESCRIPTION OF CC DREAMS
None of the sensory experiences involved in dreaming are part of our normal inventory of sensory data. All of them are baffling to me. The sensation of an itch, a tingling
outside myself was localized.. the sensation of being rolled up on myself... I knew my toes were touching my forehead.. on a physical plane I was sitting down and my thighs
were against my chest. EG,259. I knew that I was dreaming. I was actually sound asleep yet I was totally aware of myself through my second attention. POS,112.... I remained
half awake, listening to the tune. It seemed as if I were entering into a state of dreaming-a complete and detailed dreaming scene appeared in front of my eyes. EG,117. (my
dreams) ..solely visual TAOD,71..
...vivid dream...I was so aware of everything, that I tried to orient myself by reading signs and looking at people....the more we walked, the greater my sensation of visceral
anxiety. My mind was curious, but my body was alarmed...we were in a reality beyond what I know to be real... (after awakening) I was numb..an unusual itching on my solar
plexus kept my breaths short and painful TAOD,24, 25 I felt a sizable jolt of nervousness in the pit of my stomach (solar plexus); it was like a punch. TAOD, 50,135 I was like
a diver, and waking up from that world was like swimming up to reach the surface. TAOD,116.... an immense fatigue had begun to make my eyes sore and itchy. Finally I gave
up my resistance and was pulled into the deepest, blackest sleep I have ever had. Yet, I was not totally asleep. I could feel the thick blackness around me. I had an entirely
physical feeling of wading through blackness. then it suddenly became reddish, then orange, then glaring white, like a terribly strong neon light. POS,108 I realized that seeing
DJ was not a consequence of light on my retina. It was rather, a bodily sense. POS,110 ...the light in the dreamed changed. Images became sharper. Ths streets...more real than
a moment before. My feet began to hurt. I could feel that things were absurdly hard. TAOD,28 Watching those people in that dream, I experienced a fear and revulsion
impossible to forget...( DJ says) ..your energy body hooked onto the foreign energy of that place and had the time of its life...you were examining alien energy for the first time
in your life. TAOD,39 ..some windlike force, which I felt as a buzzing in my ears, pulled me through the window to the outside... TAOD,42 ..pulled me into another dream
through a buzzing vortex...my dreaming practices always ended by my running out of dreaming attention and finally waking up or by my falling into a dark,deep slumber....the
only disturbance I had was a particular interference, a jolt of fear or discomfort. TAOD,45...(the jolts continued, but) whenever they happened a strange calmness always trailed
behind, a calmness that took control of me and let me proceed as if I had no fear at all. TAOD,49 It seemed at that time that every breakthrough in dreaming happened to me
suddenly without warning. TAOD,49 It had been relatively easy for me to learn to sustain the image of my hands after I had learned to command myself to look at them. My
visions, although not always of my own hands, would last a seemingly long time, until I would lose control and would become immersed in ordinary predictable dreams. I had
no volition whatsoever over when I would give myself the command to look at my hands, or to look at my hands, or to look at other items of the dreams. it would just happen.
At a given moment I would remember that I had to look at my hands and then at the surroundings. There were nights ...when I could not recall having done it at all. JTI,111.
I had begun to dream about specific places, such as the school and the houses of a few friends. JTI,152

description of the greyish bugs of matter.


TAOD,112,113,115,116,117,118

Saber toothed tiger TAOD,119., EG,53, EG,160.

another world.. bright light..dreaming EG,263,264.


8. STALKING

WHAT IS THE ART OF STALKING?

THE CONTROL OF BEHAVIOR


The control of behavior. POS,14 ....the systematic control of behavior....a specific kind of behavior with people... behavior with people.... FFW,188. ..... an art applicable to
everything. POS,80..the foundation on which everything else sorcerers did was built. POS,94...also called the art of stealth or the art of controlled folly. POS,94 ....the ability to
understand human behavior to perfection. POS,172... something one performs. EG,289 ..stalking is a procedure, a special behavior that follows certain principles. It is secretive,
furtive, deceptive behavior designed to deliver a jolt. POS,119
...the art of using behavior in novel ways for specific purposes. POS,93....a set of procedures and attitudes that enabled one to get the best out of any conceivable situation. EG,4

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF STALKING?

TO MOVE AND FIX THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT


the purpose of stalking is to move the AP as steadily and safely as possible..FFW,204. The art of stalking deals with the fixation of the assemblage point on any location to
which it is displaced. TAOD,69 Nelida is a great stalker. She stalks in dreams. her power is so unique that she can not only transport herself but bring things with her. TSC,231.
The art of stalking deals with the fixation of the assemblage point on any location to which it is displaced. TAOD,69,16.....deals with the fixation of the assemblage point.
TAOD,77 by continual practice they moved their AP move steadily... FFW,188

STALKING ALLOWS VERY SMALL SHIFTS OF THE AP PROTECTING THE WARRIOR FROM AN ABRUPT CHANGE INTO THE SECOND ATTENTION
sorcerers in an effort to protect themselves from the overwhelming effect of silent knowledge, developed the art of stalking....stalking moves the AP minutely but steadily, thus
giving sorcerers time and therefore the possibility of buttressing themselves. POS,248

HOW DOES STALKING MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT?

UNUSUAL BEHAVIOR PRODUCED A TREMOR IN THE AP...IF UNUSUAL BEHAVIOR IS PRACTICED SYSTEMATICALLY AND DIRECTED WISELY, IT
EVENTUALLY FORCED THE AP TO MOVE.
Normal human behavior in the world of everyday life was routine. Any behavior that broke from routine caused an unusual effect on our total being. That unusual effect was
what sorcerers sought, because it was cumulative ....unusual behavior produced a tremor in the AP...if unusual behavior is practiced systematically and directed wisely, it
eventually forced the AP to move. POS, 93,94........stalking started from an observation the new seers made that when warriors steadily behaved in ways not customary to them,
the unused emanations inside their cocoons begin to glow. And their AP shift in a mild, harmonious, barely noticeable fashion. FFW,188

THE FOUR FOUNDATIONS OF STALKING

THEY ARE POSITIONS OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT


The art of stalking is learning all the quirks of your disguise.. and to learn them so well no one will know you are disguised... For that you need the four steps to learning it:
POS, 78,79, 80,81..these four bases are inextricably bound together. These four bases are positions of the AP and sorcerers cultivate them by intending them...every act
performed by any sorcerer was by definition governed by these four principles. So, every sorcerer's every action is deliberate in thought and realization, and has the specific
blend of the four foundations of stalking... POS,247

YOU APPLY THESE FOUR PRINCIPLES TO THE THINGS YOU DO DAILY; SMALL THINGS AT FIRST, LEADING UP TO THE MAJOR ISSUES OF YOUR LIFE
... He made her apply the principles of stalking to the things she did daily; small things at first, leading up to the major issues of her life. EG,286.

1. RUTHLESSNESS:THE PLACE OF NO PITY/THE SECOND POINT

WHAT IS RUTHLESSNESS?

THE BASIC PREMISE OF SORCERY


...ruthlessness the basic premise of sorcery.. POS,158

THE OPPOSITE OF SELF-PITY


.... the opposite of self pity (POS,127)or self-importance (POS,162)....a total lack of pity.(POS,142) (not harshness)(not cruelty,POS,162) but charming, ......it is sobriety.
POS,162.....

IT IS THE SECOND POINT.


...it is the second point.. POS242....

ITS THE SIGHT OF THE OLDER SIDE OF MAN..THE ANTECEDENTS OF REASON.


its the sight of the older side of man..the antecedents of reason. POS,154,204.

IT HAS MANY ASPECTS..IT'S LIKE A TOOL THAT ADAPTS ITSELF TO MANY USES..IT'S A STATE OF BEING..
it has many aspects..it's like a tool that adapts itself to many uses..it's a state of being.. POS,173.

A LEVEL OF INTENT...CONTROLLED BY MY EYES


a level of intent...controlled by my eyes.. POS,173.

WHEN DO YOU EXPERIENCE RUTHLESSNESS?

WHEN A WARRIOR WAS DISTRACTED AND SHOWING NO PITY


the spirit chose a moment when the man was distracted, unguarded and showing no pity, the spirit let its presence by itself move the man's assemblage point to a specific
posititon..called the place of no pity, (this is the moment when a person loses their sense of self) POS,128..

DESCRIPTION OF FEELING RUTHLESS


I felt a sudden uncontrollable urge.. it was as if my body were disconnected from my brain... no fear or concern...uncharacteristic coldness..not hatred or anger.. not annoyance..
not resignation or patience..not kindness but a cold indifference.. a frightening lack of pity. POS, 150.. a state of superb indifference. POS,260. It was as if something inside me
had been turned off, making me indifferent and incapable of expressing my familiar emotions. TSC,193. ...at this position rationality and common sense become weak...
POS,154.

2. CUNNING, (NOT CRUELTY) BUT NICE


cunning, (not cruelty) but nice, POS, 78,79, 80,81

3. PATIENT (NOT NEGLIGANCE) BUT ACTIVE


patient (not negligance) but active POS, 78,79, 80,81
4. SWEETNESS (NOT FOOLISHNESS) BUT LETHAL
sweetness (not foolishness) but lethal. POS, 78,79, 80,81

THE SEVEN PRINCIPLE'S OF THE ART OF STALKING

1. WARRIORS CHOOSE THEIR BATTLEGROUND


The first principle of the art of stalking is that warriors choose their battleground.. a warrior never goes into battle without knowing what the surroundings are. EG,278.

1. WARRIORS STALK THEMSELVES


The very first principle of stalking is that a warrior stalks himself...he stalks himself ruthlessly, cunningly, patiently and sweetly. POS,93..when you stalk yourself you jolt
yourself, using your own behavior in a ruthless cunning way. POS,119 A stalker stalks anything, including himself. SRP,199.. an impeccable stalker can turn anything into
prey. the nagual told me that we even can stalk our own weaknesses. SRP,200.

WHY DO SORCERERS STALK THEMSELVES?

SORCERERS STALK THEMSELVES IN ORDER TO BREAK THE POWER OF THEIR OBSESSIONS.


..sorcerers stalk themselves in order to break the power of their obsessions. POS,120......when the pressure of the sorcerers connecting link is too great, sorcerers relieve it by
stalking themselves..POS,119

HOW DO STALKERS STALK THEMSELVES?

FIGURE OUT YOUR ROUTINES UNTIL YOU KNOW ALL THE DOING OF YOUR WEAKNESSES AND THEN CHANGE THEM
You figure out your routines until you know all the doing of your weaknesses and then you come upon them and pick them up like rabbits inside a cage. SRP,200.

BUT STALKING YOUR WEAKNESS IS NOT ENOUGH TO DROP THEM..YOU CAN STALK THEM NOW TO DOOMSDAY AND IT WON'T MAKE A BIT OF
DIFFERENCE.
But stalking your weakness is not enough to drop them..you can stalk them now to doomsday and it won't make a bit of difference. SRP,201

A STALKER MUST HAVE A PURPOSE TO REALLY CHANGE THEIR WEAKNESSES


What a warrior really needs in order to be an impeccable stalker is to have a purpose. SRP,201. Everybody has enough personal power for something. The trick for me was to
pull my personal power away from food to my warrior's purpose. A warrior's purpose is to enter into the other world. SRP,202

LISTENING TO POEMS
..there are many ways of stalking oneself...for example poems.. as you read, I listen and I shut off my internal dialogue and let my inner silence gain momentum. Then the
combination of the poem and the silence delivers the jolt. POS 120,121

USE THE IDEA OF DEATH TO DELIVER THAT STALKING JOLT


the best remedy for when a sorcerers awareness is bogged down with the weight of perceptual input is to use the idea of death to deliver that stalking jolt...POS,119

2. DISCARD EVERYTHING THAT IS UNNECESSARY


The second principle of the art of stalking is to discard everything that is unnecessary. EG,278

3. USE ALL YOUR CONCENTRATION TO DECIDE WHETHER OR NOT TO ENTER INTO BATTLE.
The third principle of the art of stalking is applying all the concentration you have to decide whether or not to enter into battle, for any battle is a battle for one's life. Don't
complicate things.... aim at being simple. A warrior must be willing and ready to make his last stand here and now. But not in a helter-skelter way. EG,280... to put your life on
the line. EG,282.

4. RELAX, ABANDON YOURSELF AND LET THE POWERS GUIDE US


The fourth principle of the art of stalking is to relax, abandon yourself, fear nothing. only then will the powers that guide us open the road and aid us. EG,280

5. WHEN ODDS ARE BAD, RETREAT FOR A MOMENT, OCCUPY THEIR MINDS
The fifth principle of the art of stalking is when faced with odds that cannot be dealt with, warriors retreat for a moment. they let their minds meander. They occupy their time
with something else. Anything would do. EG,281.

6. WARRIORS COMPRESS TIME EVEN FOR AN INSTANT


The sixth principle of the art of stalking is that warriors compress time; even an instant counts. In a battle for your life, a second is an eternity; an eternity that may decide the
outcome. Warriors aim at succeeding, therefore they compress time. Warriors don't waste an instant. EG,281.

7. WARRIOR NEVER PUSHES HIMSELF TO THE FRONT


The seventh principle of the art of stalking is that a stalker never pushes himself to the front. EG,290. In order to apply the seventh principle, one has to apply the other six.
EG,291 because of this he was capable of avoiding or parrying conflicts. EG,291. The art of sorcerers is to be outside everything and be unnoticeable. SRP,216.
the art of a sorcerer was to be inconspicuous even in the midst of people. he demanded that I concentrate totally on trying not to be obvious..they learned to be unnoticeable in
the middle of all this. SRP,180. The Naugal taught us to baffle people so they wouldn't notice us. SRP,93

RESULTS OF STALKING

APPLYING THE SEVEN PRINCIPLES BRINGS ABOUT THREE RESULTS.


Applying the seven principles brings about three results. EG,291

1. STALKERS LEARN TO NEVER TAKE THEMSELVES SERIOUSLY


The first is that stalkers learn never to take themselves seriously; they learn to laugh at themselves. if they're not afraid of being a fool, they can fool anyone.EG,291

2. STALKERS LEARN TO HAVE ENDLESS PATIENCE


The second is that stalkers learn to have endless patience. Stalkers are never in a hurry; they never fret. EG,291

3. STALKERS LEARN TO HAVE AN ENDLESS CAPACITY TO SURVIVE


and the third is that stalkers learn to have an endless capacity to survive. EG,291.

HOW DO STALKERS STALK?

GENERAL

STALKERS ALWAYS USE STRATEGY WHEN DOING ANYTHING


Stalkers plan and act out their plans; they connive and invent and change things whether they are awake or in dreams. TSC,231.
USING WORDS AND SOUNDS TO OPEN ANYTHING THAT WAS CLOSED
the sound and meaning of words were of supreme importance to stalkers. Words were used by them as keys to open anything that was closed. Stalkers, therefore, had to state
their aim before attempting to achieve it. But they could not reveal their true aim at the outset, so they had to word things carefully to conceal the main thrust (waking up
intent)...POS,241

STALKER CREATES IMPRESSIONS


The stalker's art was to create an impression by presenting the features they chose, features they knew the eyes of the onlooker were bound to notice (the human eye was trained
to focus only on the most salient features of anything, and those salient features were known beforehand)..By artfully reinforcing certain impressions, stalkers were able to
create on the part of the onlooker as unchallengeable conviction as to what their eyes had perceived... POS,263.. the stalkers created appearances by intending them, rather than
producing them with the aids of props. Props created artificial appearances that looked false to the eye.... POS,263...

WOMEN ARE NATURAL STALKERS


Women are natural stalkers. POS,81

SOME TYPES OF STALKING

STALKING WITH THE DOUBLE


it wouldn't be wise to talk about it because stalking means doing, not talking about doing. TSC,228 The first night you slept in the tree house.. when you were about to die of
fright. On that occassion your reason was at a loss as to how to handle the situation, so circumstances forced you to depend on the double. It was your double that came to your
rescue. it flowed out of the gates that your fear had thrown wide open. I call that stalking with the double. TSC,228.

STALKING PERCEPTION - FIXING YOUR AP INTO A NEW SPOT


The old sorcerers called the entire act of acquiring uniformity and cohesion outside the normal world stalking perception. TAOD,77.

ULTIMATE STALKING: SUSTAINING THE UNBENDING INTENT OF FREEDOM


Ultimate stalking..it is done by sustaining the unbending intent of freedom, even though no sorcerers knows what freedom really is. TAOD,181.

STALKING THE STALKER - DRAWING ENERGY FROM THE INORGANIC BEINGS WORLD
Stalking the stalker...the last task of the third gate of dreaming.. .to deliberately draw energy from the inorganic being's realm in order to use awareness to go on a journey
through the universe. TAOD,185....breaking the boundries of the normal world and using awareness as an energetic element, enter into another..using awareness as an element
of the environment bypasses the influence of the inorganic beings, but it still uses their energy. TAOD,187 (Don Juan also calls this s.t.s. as ultimate stalking) TAOD,190

Stalking the stalker and ultimate stalking are probably the same thing

SPECIFIC TECHNIQUES FOR STALKING

THE THREE BASIC TECHNIQUES OF STALKING-THE CRATE, THE LIST OF EVENTS TO BE RECAPITULATED, AND THE STALKER'S BREATH-TO BE
ABOUT THE MOST IMPORTANT TASKS A WARRIOR CAN FULFILL
her benefactor considered the three basic techniques of stalking-the crate, the list of events to be recapitulated, and the stalker's breath-to be about the most important tasks a
warrior can fulfill. EG,290.

WHAT IS THE MAIN BEHAVIORAL SITUATION THAT STALKERS WANT?

Dealing with petty tyrants

WHAT IS A PETTY TYRANT?

PETTY TYRANT IS A TORMENTOR.. SOMEONE WHO EITHER HOLDS THE POWER OF LIFE AND DEATH OVER WARRIORS OR SIMPLY ANNOYS THEM
TO DISTRACTION.
petty tyrant is a tormentor.. someone who either holds the power of life and death over warriors or simply annoys them to distraction. FFW,32..

WHAT TURNS PEOPLE INTO PETTY TYRANTS

WHAT TURNS HUMAN BEINGS INTO PETTY TYRANTS IS PRECISELY THE OBSESSIVE MANIPULATION OF THE KNOWN.
what turns human beings into petty tyrants is precisely the obsessive manipulation of the known...FFW,34

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE FOR THE SORCERER'S USE OF A PETTY TYRANT?

PETTY TYRANTS FORCED SEERS TO USE THE PRINCIPLES OF STALKING AND, IN DOING SO, HELPED SEERS TO MOVE THEIR AP
..stalking only moved the AP minimally. for maximum effect, stalking needed an ideal setting; it needed petty tyrants in positions of great authority and power. FFW,191
shifting the AP was the reason why the new seers placed such a high value on the interaction with petty tyrants...FFW,188 Petty tyrants forced seers to use the principles of
stalking and, in doing so, helped seers to move their AP. FFW,188.However hard it may be, we have to close the distance between us and those we do not like if we really want
to grow spiritually...and gradually you learn to master your mind, which means that you can transform antipathy into sympathy at will. EE,M,186. dealing with petty tyrants
helps seers to move their AP. FFW,126

TO DEAL WITH A PETTY TYRANT WE MUST BE FREE OF SELF-IMPORTANCE


in dealing with petty tyrants, warriors.. not only have a well thought out strategy but are free from self-importance. What restrains their self-importance is that they have
understood that reality is an interpretation we make. FFW,40 the mistake average men make in confronting petty tyrants is not to have a strategy to fall back on; the fatal flaw is
that average men take themselves too seriously; their actions and feelings, as well as those of the petty tyrants, are all important. FFW,40.

IF SEERS CAN HOLD THEIR OWN IN FACING PETTY TYRANTS, THEY CAN CERTAINLY FACE THE UNKNOWN WITH IMPUNITY, AND THEN THEY CAN
EVEN STAND THE PRESENCE OF THE UNKNOWABLE..
it is an outside element, the one we cannot control and probably the most important one.... by understanding the nature of man, they reached the incontestable conlusion that if
seers can hold their own in facing petty tyrants, they can certainly face the unknown with impunity, and then they can even stand the presence of the unknowable.. FFW,34..
nothing can temper the spirit of a warrior as much as the challenge of dealing with impossible people in positions of power Only under those conditions can warriors acquire the
sobriety and serenity to stand the pressure of the unknownable. The perfect ingredient for the making of a superb seer is a petty tyrant with unlimited prerogatives.. FFW,35...

DESCRIPTION OF HOW DON JUAN USED CC'S RELATIONSHIP AS A CHANCE TO DEVELOP HIS STALKING SKILLS EVEN THOUGH HE DESPISED CC.
example of stalking.. Don Juans' relationship with CC where DJ tells CC how much he despises him but DJ used the relationship as a chance to develop his stalking skills....it is
a rare opportunity for a warrior to be given a genuine chance to be impeccable in spite of his basic feelings.. POS,138,139

HOW DO STALKERS HANDLE THEMSELVES AFTER THEY HAVE MOVED THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT?
With Controlled Folly

WHAT IS CONTROLLED FOLLY?

IT IS THE BASIS FOR STALKING


controlled folly is the basis for stalking. EG,209.

ONLY THE EAGLE IS REAL AND WHAT PEOPLE DO IS FOLLY...


that the Eagle is real and final and what people do is utter folly. The two together give rise to controlled folly, which is the only bridge between the folly of people and the
finality of the Eagle's dictums. EG,211 I didn't say (your acts are) worthless. I said unimportant. Everything is equal and unimportant. For example, there is no way for me to
say that my acts are more important than yours, or that one thing is more essential than another, therefore all things are equal and by being equal they are unimportant.
SR,82....You think about your acts..therefore you have to believe your acts are as important as you think they are, when in reality nothing of what one does is important.
Nothing! SR,86.

...SO CONTROLLED FOLLY MEANS TO ACT AS IF YOUR ACTS ARE IMPORTANT WHEN YOU KNOW THEY ARE NOT
It's possible to insist, to properly insist, even though we know that what we're doing is useless.. but we must know first that our acts are useless and yet we must proceed as if
we didn't know it. That's a sorcerer's controlled folly. SR,77. I am happy that you finally asked me about my controlled folly after so many years, and yet it wouldn't have
mattered to me in the least if you had never asked. yet I have chosen to feel happy, as if I cared, that you asked as if it would matter that I care. That is controlled folly. SR,78
...I practice my contolled folly with everyone...every single time I act, my acts are sincere, but they are only the acts of an actor...that would mean that nothing matters to you
and you really don't care about anything or anybody...True I don't...he had always given me his undivided attention during every moment I had spent with him. SR,79. things
matter to you... everything I do in regard to myself and my fellow men is folly, because nothing matters. SR,80... certain things in your life matter to you because they're
important; your acts are certainly important to you, but for me not a single thing is important any longer, neither my acts nor the acts of any of my fellow men. SR,80.

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE FOR CONTROLLED FOLLY?

IT HELPS PEOPLE DEAL WITH THE EVERYDAY WORLD AND THE COMMANDS OF THE EAGLE
The stalkers are the ones who take the brunt of the daily world. They are the buisness managers, the ones who deal with people. A warrior's greatest accomplishment in the first
attention is stalking... EG,209... that helps a sorcerer deal with themselves - in their state of expanded awareness and perception - and with everybody and everything in the
world of daily affairs. POS,248 .. in the absence of self-importance, a warrior's only way of dealing with the social milieu is in terms of controlled folly. EG,210. it means that
warriors apply the seven basic principles of the art of stalking to whatever they do, from the most trivial acts to life and death situations. EG,291.

IT HELPS SORCERERS LOOK LIKE THEY CARE IN DAY TO DAY LIFE


..controlled deception or the art of pretending to be thoroughly immersed in the action at hand - pretending so well no one could tell it from the real thing... not an outright
deception but a sophisticated, artistic way of being seperated from everything while remaining an integral part of everything..POS,248

DESCRIPTION OF HOW A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE ACTS UNDER CONTROLLED FOLLY


l told you once that our lot as men is to learn, for good or bad. For me nothing matters but perhaps for you everything will. you should know by now that a man of knowledge
lives by acting, not by thinking about acting, nor by thinking about what he will think when he has finished acting. A man of knowledge chooses a path with heart and follows
it; and then he looks and rejoices and laughs; and then he sees and knows. he knows that his life will be over altogether too soon; he knows that he, as well as everybody else, is
not going any where; he knows, because he sees, that nothing is more important than anything else. in other words, a man of knowledge has no honor, no dignity, no family, no
name, no country, only life to be lived, and under these circumstances his only tie to his fellow men is his controlled folly. Thus a man of knowledge endeavors and sweats and
puffs and if one looks at him he is just like an ordinary man, except that the folly of his life is under control.. nothing being more important than anything else, a man of
knowledge chooses any act, and acts it out as if it mattered to him. His controlled folly makes him say that what he does matters and makes him act as if it did, and yet he knows
that it doesn't; so when he fulfills his acts he retreats in peace, whether his acts were good or bad, or worked or didn't, is in no way part of his concern. A man of knowledge may
choose..to remain totally impassive and never act, and behave as if to be impassive really matters to him; he will be rightfully true at that too, because that would also be his
controlled folly. SR,85.

BUT DOES CONTOL FOLLY MEAN WARRIOR'S ACTS ARE INSINCERE?

IT DOESN'T MEAN TO CON PEOPLE


...controlled folly doesn't mean to con people. EG,291 They were consumate artists in bending people to their wishes. EG,248. In order to practice controlled folly, since it is not
a way to fool or chastise people or feel superior to them, one has to be capable of laughing at oneself. EG,289.

EMOTIONS ARE STILL REAL UNDER CONTROLLED FOLLY


My laughter as well as everything I do is real. SR,84..but it also is controlled folly because it is useless; it changes nothing and yet I still do it.. SR,84

WHY SOMEONE CAN LAUGH INSTEAD OF CRY UNDER CONTROLLED FOLLY


I am happy because I choose to look at things that make me happy and then my eyes catch their funny edge and I laugh. One must always choose the path with heart in order to
be at one's best, perhaps so one can always laugh.... I interpreted what he said as meaning that crying was inferior to laughter, or at least perhaps an act that weakened us. he
asserted that there was no intrinsic difference and that both were unimportant... however, that his preference was laughter, because laughter made his body feel better than
crying...he maintained that his preference did not mean they were equal; and I insisted that our argument could be logically stretched to saying that if things are supposed to be
equal why not also choose death. SR,84..

CONTROLLED FOLLY OVER THE DEATH OF SOMEONE


Description of how a man of knowledge exercises control folly over the death of a love one. (see death) SR,90

WHY DOES A SORCERER GO ON LIVING IF NOTHING MATTERS?

A SORCERER HAS HIS WILL


I go on living though because I have my will. because I have tempered my will throughout my life until it's neat and wholesome and now it doesn't matter to me that nothing
matters. My will controls the folly of my life. SR,80. but then if nothing really matters...how can I go on living? It would be simple to die; that's what you say and believe,
because you're thinking about life, just as you're thinking now what seeing would be like.... I can only tell you that controlled folly is very much like seeing; it is something you
cannot think about.SR,86. many men of knowledge do that (choose death).. one day they may simply disappear. they choose to die because it doesn't matter to them...I choose
to live, and to laugh, not because it matters, because that choice is the bent of my nature. The reason I say I choose is because I see, but it isn't that I choose to live; my will
makes me go on living in spite of anything I may see. SR,84.

THE ACTS WHICH ARE NEVER CONTROLLED FOLLY: MEETING WITH THE ALLY
the only acts in the life of a man of knowledge which are not controlled folly are those he performs with his ally or with mescalito... my ally and Mescalito are not on a par with
us human beings. my controlled folly applies only to myself and to the acts I perform while in the company of my fellow men. SR,91.I cannot see through my ally and that
makes it incomprehensible to me, so how could I control my folly if I don't see through it?... I am only a man who knows how to see and finds he is baffled by what he sees; a
man who knows that he'll never understand all that is around him. SR,91.

RECAPITULATION
WHAT IS THE RECAPITULATION?

RECAPITULATION IS RELIVING THE TOTALITY OF ONE'S LIFE EXPERIENCES BY REMEMBERING EVERY POSSIBLE MINUTE LIFE DETAIL
Recapitulation is reliving the totality of one's life experiences by remembering every possible minute detail of them...TAOD,148 it consisted of recollecting one's life down to
the most insignificant detail. EG,287.... To recapitulate entails recalling all the people we have met, all the places we have seen and all feelings we have had in our entire lives-
starting from the present, going back to the earliest memories-then sweeping them clean, one by one, with the sweeping breath. TSC,46 Theoretically, stalkers, have to
remember every feeling that they have had in their lives, and this process begins with a breath. EG,288. the recapitulation is the forte of stalkers as the dreaming body is the
forte of dreamers. EG,287

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF RECAPITULATION?

RECAPITULATION IS THE ACT OF CALLING BACK THE ENERGY (ENERGY FIBERS) WE HAVE USED IN PAST SITUATIONS TO BE USED TO MOVE THE
ASSEMBLAGE POINT
She explained that the act of the recapitulation is the act of calling back the energy we have already spent in past actions. TSC,46 This phase (initial stages of sorcery training
for a stalker) involves the cleansing of one's habitual ways of thinking, behaving and feeling by means of a traditional sorcery undertaking, one which all neophytes need to
perform called the recapitulation. TSC,xiii The intent of its end result, which is total freedom, was established by those seers of ancient times. And because it was set up
independently from us, it is an invaluable gift. TSC,99. the essential factor in a dreamer's redefinition and redeployment of energy. Recapitulation sets free energy imprisoned
within us, and without this liberated energy dreaming is not possible. TAOD,148 The purpose of the recapitulation is to break basic assumptions we have accepted throughout
our lives.. unless they are broken, we can't prevent the power of remembering from clouding our awareness...the world is a huge screen of memories; if certain assumptions are
broken, the power of remembering is not only held in check, but even cancelled out... but what happened to you just now is that your normal ability to remember was held in
check for an instant and you saw my shadow move. TSC,73. (so the whole purpose of meditation is to forget those memories that our upbringing told us about something... if
we have no thoughts on what we are dealing with then it can become anything because we don't do anything to it.) as you grew up, your energy was harnessed by social
restraints, and so you forgot you had seen them moving, and only remember what you think is permissible to remember. TSC,74. This is what you've been doing for the past
few months with your recapitulation. You are retrieving filaments of your energy from your ethereal net that have become lost or entangled as a result of your daily living. By
focusing on that interaction, you are pulling back all that you dispersed over twenty years and in thousands of places. TSC,134. In order to live and interact we need energy..
normally, the energy spent in living is gone forever from us. were it not for the recapitulation, we would never have the chance to renew ourselves. Recapitulating our lives and
sweeping our past with the sweeping breath work as a unit. TSC,46. They are conduits (energy fibers) that will bring back the energy that you've left behind. In order to
recuperate our strength and unity, we have to release our energy trapped in the world and pull it back to us. She assured me that while recapitulating, we extend those stretchy
fibers of energy across space and time to the persons, places and events we are examining. The result is that we can return to every moment of our lives and act as if we were
actually there. TSC,47.

THOSE FOREIGN FILAMENTS ARE THE BASIS FOR OUR SELF-IMPORTANCE


Unless stalkers have gone through the preliminaries in order to retrieve the filaments they have left in the world, and particulary in order to reject those that others have left in
them, there is no possibility of handling controlled folly because those foreign filaments are the basis of one's limitless capacity for self-importance. EG,289

HOW OLD IS THE RECAPITULATION?

THE RECAPITULATION IS A VERY OLD TECHNIQUE


Although, isn't recapitulating a kind of psychotherapy?.. not at all...the people who first devised the recapitulation lived hundreds, if not thousands, of years ago.... so you
shouldn't think of this ancient renewing process in terms of modern psychoanalysis. TSC,98.

WHAT IS THE KEY TO THE RECAPITULATION?

BREATHING IS THE KEY TO GATHERING UP LOST ENERGY


The key element in recapitulation was breathing. EG,288.
She stressed that recapitulation is a magical act in which intent and the breath play indispensible roles. Breathing gathers energy and makes it circulate... it is then guided by the
preestablished intent of the recapitulation which is to free ourselves from our biological and social ties. TSC,98. The function of this breathing is to restore energy. EG,289 The
cleansing breath you do while recapitulating will eventually allow you to remember everything you have ever done, including your dreams... TSC,176.

HOW DOES BREATHING GET BACK THE LOST ENERGY?

DESCRIPTION OF HOW ENERGY FILAMENTS ARE REJECTED OR GAINED


The luminous body is constantly creating cobweblike filaments, which are projected out of the luminous mass, propelled by emotions of any sort. Therefore, every situation of
interaction,or every situation where feelings are involved is potentially draining to the luminous body. By breathing from right to left while remembering a feeling, stalkers,
through the magic of breathing, pick up filaments they left behind, the next immediate breath is from left to right and it is an exhalation. with it stalkers eject filaments left in
them by other luminous bodies involved in the event being collected. EG,289 She said that this is a mysterious way of breathing and the key to the recapitulation, because
inhaling allows to pull back energy that we lost, while exhaling permits us to expel foreign, undesirable energy that has accumulated in us through interacting with our fellow
men. TSC,46. ..(sorcerers of antiquity) breathing as a magical, life-giving act and used it, accordingly, as a magical vehicle; the exhalation, to eject the foreign energy left in
them during the interaction being recapitulated and the inhalation to pull back the energy that they themselves left behind during the interaction. TAOD,149

WHAT ARE THE RESULTS FROM THE RECAPITULATION?

YOU CAN REMEMBER MINUTE DETAILS OF YOUR LIFE VIVIDLY WITHOUT FEAR OF EMOTIONAL INVOLVEMENT
I could remember the minutest details of my life experiences without fear of any coarse emotional involvement. TSC,245. There were dozen of things...traumatic events that
stood out... although I was painfully aware of them, and during the past months of intensive recapitulating, many of them had become even more poignant and vivid. TSC,96.
As I broke off old. past links, I began forming new ones. (to Emilito for instance) TSC,241. ..whenever I silenced my mind, a seemingly independent force immediately
plunged me into a most detailed memory of some event in my life. TAOD, 150
THE RECAPITULATION MOVES YOUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT MINUTELY BUT STEADILY (GOING FROM ITS PRESENT SITE TO THE SITE IT WAS AT
WHEN THE RECAPITULATED EVENT TOOK PLACE)
..more than (an intellectual psychoanalysis). (it induces) a minute but steady displacement of the assemblage point..the assemblage point, under the impact of reviewing past
actions and feelings, goes back and forth between its present site and the site it occupied when the event being recapitulated took place. TAOD,149... recapitulation is the key to
moving the AP. Sorcerers start by thinking, by remembering the most important acts in their lives. From merely thinking about them they then move on to actually being at the
site of the event. when they can do that... they have successfully shifted their AP to the precise spot it was when the event took place. POS 134 The reason I'm talking to you
now is because by means of it (recapitulation) you have stored enough energy to break certain physical boundaries. You have perceived, if only for an instant, inconceivable
things that are not part of your normal inventory...My normal inventory is pretty weird... I'm beginning to see from recapitulating the past that I was crazy. In fact, I still an
crazy. The proof of it is that I'm here and I can't tell if I'm awake or dreaming. TSC,139.

THE RECAPITULATION DEVELOPS OUR CONTACT WITH DIRECT KNOWLEDGE


the purpose of the recapitulation is to grant the seer the freedom to see.. by giving it range, we can deliberately turn the seer into a force that is both terious and effective, a force
that will eventually guide us to freedom instead of killing us. TSC,99.
But they also assured us that by means of the recapitulation, we can allow the seer to grow and unfold as it was meant to do.... TSC,99.
This is the reason why I always insist that you tell me what you find out through your recapitulation.. you must bring the seer to the surface and give it the chance to speak and
tell what it sees. TSC,100. Now I needed to use that energy (from recapitulating) to strengthen my bond with the abstract force called the spirit. TSC,112.

IT PREPARES OUR PHYSICAL BODY FOR THE EMERGING OF THE DOUBLE


Clara prepared your physical side by teaching you to recapitulate, and loosened you gates with the sorcery passes.. my job is to help solidify your double and then teach it
stalking. TSC,228.
IT MAKES YOU LOSE THE HUMAN FORM FASTER
Her benefactor thought that a profound recapitulation is the most expedient means to lose the human form.EG,290 ..thus it is easier for stalkers, after recapitulating their lives,
to make use of all the not-doings of the self, such as erasing personal history, losing self-importance, breaking routines and so forth. EG,290

TO MAKE A FACSCIMILE OF OUR AWARENESS FOR THE EAGLE


(the purpose of the recapitulation is to make a facsimile of our life experience for the food of the Eagle)...having had what it seeks, the dissolving force then lets sorcerers go,
free to expand their capacity to perceive and reach with it the confines of time and space. TAOD, 149.. The reason why stalkers must recapitulate their lives in such a thorough
manner is that the Eagle's gift to man includes its willingness to accept a surrogate instead of genuine awareness, if such a surrogate be a perfect replica. Since awareness is the
Eagle's food, the Eagle can be satisfied with a perfect recapitulation in place of consciousness. EG,287.
Florinda said that Soledad had been inside a recapitulation crate for five years, that the Eagle had accepted her recapitulation in place of her awareness and had let her go
free.EG,292.

BREATHING REPAIRS OUR ETHEREAL NET


Breathing works on both the physical and ethereal levels.. it repairs any damage in the ethereal net and keeps it strong and pliant. TSC,134.

BREATHING CALMS OUR MIND THUS GAINING MORE ENERGY


The mind is like these shadows.. when our breathing is even, our minds are still. If it is erratic, the mind quivers like stirred leaves... if your breath is agitated, your mind
becomes restless.. to quiet the mind, it's best to begin by quieting your breathing. She told me to keep my back erect and to concentrate on my breathing until it was soft and
rhythmic, like that of an infant. TSC,69. Since emotions are directly linked to the breath.. a good way to calm ourselves is to regulate our breathing. TSC,71.For example, we
can train ourselves to absorb more energy by deliberately elongating each breath we take. TSC,71.

IT KEEPS YOUR INNER BEING IN BALANCE


the way to (keep the inner being) in balance is the unique exercise: the recapitulation. TSC,41.

IT MAKES YOU LAUGH


One of the results of a detailed recapitulation is genuine laughter upon coming face to face with the boring repetition of one's self-esteem, which is at the core of all human
interaction. EG,289.

IT ALLOWS US TO ASSESS A SITUATION IN AN INSTANT BECAUSE THE RECAPITULATION CAN LET US SEE OUR LIVES WITHOUT DELUSION SO THAT
WE CAN CHOOSE TO ACCEPT OUR USUAL BEHAVIOR OR TO CHANGE IT BEFORE IT ENTRAPS US.
Clara explained that the recapitulation reveals to us a crucial facet of our being; the fact that for an instant, just before we plunge into any act, we are capable of accurately
assessing its outcome, our chances, motives and expectations. This knowledge is never to our convenience or satisfaction, so we immediately suppress it. TSC,99. she assured
me that a deep and complete recapitulation enables us to be aware of what we want to change by allowing us to see our lives without delusion. it gives us a moment's pause in
which we can choose to accept our usual behavior or to change it by intending it away, before it fully entraps us. TSC,62.

HOW LONG DO YOU RECAPITULATE?

IT IS SOMETHING THAT NEVER ENDS BUT THE FIRST TIME IN ABSOLUTE SOLITUDE IT SHOULD TAKE EIGHT MONTHS
Weeks went by, then months... I spent all my time recapitulating and practicing kung fu... TSC,157. Most of my time was devoted to recapitulating. TSC,240 if after a month,
you don't notice any increase in energy, or any improvement in how you feel toward yourself or toward life in general, you be free to go back home...TSC,56 Armed with the
list, I went to the cave everyday. At first, recapitulating was painstaking work. I couldn't concentrate on it, for I dreaded dredging up the past. My mind would wander from
what I considered to be one traumatic event to the next, or I would simply rest or daydream. But after awhile, I became intrigued with the clarity and detail that my recollections
were acquiring. I even began to be more objective about experiences I had always considered to be taboo. Surprisingly, I also felt stronger and more optimistic. Sometimes as I
breathed, it was as if energy were oozing back into my body causing my muscles to become warm and to bulge. I became so involved in my recapitulation task that I didn't need
a whole month to prove its worth. TSC,57,58. .the recapitulation of our lives never ends, no matter how well we've done it once TAOD, 147,148 After more than eight months
of faithfully practicing the recapitulation, I was able to do it all day long without fretting or becoming distracted... TSC,131

REACHING A STANDSTILL IN THE RECAPITUALTION


I knew that the demands of the self were really outrageous... I told her (Clara) what bothered me the most was that I seemed to have reached a standstill in my recapitulation.
TSC,116...

HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE TO MAKE THE RECAPITULATION LIST?

IT TAKES WEEKS OF BRAIN RACKING WORK TO COMPILE THE LIST IN ABSOLUTE SILENCE AND SOLITUDE
it took weeks of brain racking work to compile the list. TSC,57.... during those long days I worked in absolute solitude and silence. TSC,57.

WHAT DO YOU NEED WHILE RECAPITULATING OR NEED TO DO?

TO DO THE RECAPITULATION ONLY OUR NEED OR DESIRE IS NEEDED


Each person performing it has to add his or her own intent to it, but that intent is merely the desire or need to do the recapitulation. TSC,98. Every day you sit for hours alone in
a cave recapitulating your life away. That takes courage. TSC,95.

YOU NEED SILENCE AND SOLITUDE WHEN RECAPITULATING


she had to remain hiding in his house for years...she had to fulfill the task of recapitulating and for that she needed quiet and solitude. EG,287. You need absolute solitude to
concentrate on your recapitulation. TSC,172.

DON'T TALK TO YOURSELF DURING RECAPITULATION


If you talk to yourself (during the recapitulation), you can't breath correctly. TSC,131

DO NOT FALL ASLEEP DURING THE RECAPITULATION


I warned you not to fall asleep during your recapitulation. TSC,91 I was tempted to explain away the entire event as a dream, for I often dozed off during my recapitulation.
TSC,135.

A SASH IS NEEDED TO SUPPORT YOU DURING THE RECAPITULATION AND TO KEEP YOU FROM FALLING IF YOU FALL ASLEEP
handing me a bunch of dry, copper-colored leaves... put these over your navel and tie them with your recapitulation sash... I hope you're using it properly.. the sash supports us
while we recapitulate. You're to wrap your stomach with it and tie one end of it to the stake I planted in the ground inside the cave. That way, you won't fall over and bang your
head if you doze off or in case your double decides to wake up. TSC,170.
these leaves and this sash will buffer you from the woman's onslaughts (Nelida).. and from to her blows to. TSC,172.

DO NOT WEAR SHOES WHILE RECAPITULATING


Clara had advised me to never wear shoes while recapitulating because, by constricting the feet, they impede the circulation of energy. TSC,91.

WHEN AND WHERE DO YOU RECAPITULATE?


EARLY MORNING, LATE AFTERNOON IN A CRATE, A CAVE OR A TREE
The caretaker had instructed me to go over the same events and people. I had recapitulated before, except this time I was to do it in the tree house. TSC,240... After about three
months of recapitulating in the afternoons.. Emilito changed my schedule(living in the trees).. TSC,241. (With my added energy, or the influence of being off the ground, I was
able to remember infinitely more detail. Everything was more vivid and pronounced, and less charged with the self-pity, moroseness, fear or regret that had characterized my
previous recapitulation. TSC,240.)
I relished being outdoor, especially in the late afternoons, the time I set aside for this particual task. TSC,240. Early morning and late afternoon were the most propitious times
to begin such a vast undertaking. TSC,57.

THE RECAPITULATION CRATE

building of. EG,284... he put her inside the crate daily for at least six hours.. EG,285. he had given her the crate as a tool and a symbol. it was a tool that would permit her to
learn concentration, for she would have to sit there for years, until all of her life had passed in front of her eyes. And it was a symbol of the narrow boundries of our person. Her
benefactor told her that whenever she had finished her recapitulation, she would break the crate to symbolize that she no longer abided by the limitations of her person. EG,287.
stalkers use crates or earth coffins in order to seal themselves while they are reliving, more than merely recollecting, every moment of their lives. EG,287

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE CRATE?

THE PURPOSE OF THE CRATE IS TO REDUCE THE AREA OF STIMULATION AROUND THE BODY
Recollecting was easy if one could reduce the area of stimulation around the body. This was the reason for the crate; then breathing would foster deeper and deeper memories.
EG,288

HOW DO YOU RECAPITULATE?

TWO STAGES OF RECAPITULATING: FIRST A BRIEF RECOUNTING OF ALL INCIDENTS IN OUR LIVES THAT STAND OUT FOR EXAMINATION, SECOND
A MORE DETAILED RECOLLECTION WHICH STARTS SYSTEMATICALLY FROM THE MOMENT THE STALKER STARTS AND GOES THEORETICALLY
UNTIL BIRTH
First stage: a brief recounting of all the incidents in our lives that in an obvious manner stand out for examination. EG,287.
Second stage: a more detailed recollection,which starts systematically at a point that could be the moment prior to the stalker sitting in the crate, and theoretically could extend
to the moment of birth. EG,288.

MAKING THE LIST OF THE PEOPLE AND EVENTS YOU WILL RECOLLECT
Make a list of all people you had met in your life, starting at the present Areas: jobs, schools, etc EG,288 Write down a list of the events to be relived. EG,288 I should begin
making a list of all the people I had met, starting from the present and going back to my earliest memories.... difficult but not impossible.. it's a necessary part of the
recapitulation. The list forms a matrix for the mind to hook on to. She said that the initial stage of the recapitulation consists of two things. The first is the list, the second is
setting up the scene. TSC,50.

RECAPITULATE ALL THE PROMISES EVER MADE IN YOUR LIFE


She advised me to review, during the recapitulation, all the promises I had ever made in my lifetime, especially the ones made in haste or ignorance or faulty judegement. For
unless I deliberately retrieved my intent from them, it would never rise freely to be expressed in the present. TSC,117

RECAPITULATE DIFFERENT EVENTS OF YOUR LIFE WITHOUT ANY APPARENT ORDER.. BE SILENT AND LET THE SPIRIT POINT THEM OUT
Recapitulate different events of your life without any apparent order ..be silent and then get to the event the spirit points out.
(do not let your pettiness decide the events) TAOD,150 I asked her if the order in which one recollects the past matters. She said that the important point is to re-experience the
events and feelings in as much detail as possible and to touch them with the sweeping breath, thereby releasing one's trapped energy. TSC,47.

WE SHOULD START THE RECAPITULATION FOCUSING OUR ATTENTION ON OUR PAST SEXUAL ACTIVITY
Clara explained that we must start the recapitulation by first focusing our attention on our past sexual activity... that's where the bulk of our energy is caught.. that's why we
must free those memories first... TSC,51

RECALLING THE PEOPLE ON THE LIST: TAKE THE FIRST PERSON ON THE LIST AND WORK YOUR MEMORY TO RECALL EVERYTHING YOU
EXPERIENCED WITH THAT PERSON EITHER BACKWARDS OR FORWARDS. GO THROUGH THE LIST WITHOUT DEVIATION
Take the first person on your list and work your memory to recall everything you experienced with that person.. from the moment you two met to the last time you interacted. or
if you prefer, you can work backward, from the last time you had dealings with that person to your first encounter. Go through the list without deviation, from the first person
on the list, reliving every one of my interactions with them.EG,288

RECALLING EVENTS ON THE LIST: TAKE THE FIRST EVENT ON THE LIST AND REMAIN WITH IT UNTIL ALL THE FEELINGS EXPENDED HAVE BEEN
RECOUNTED
The stalker then takes the event at the top of the list and remains with it until all the feelings expended in it have been recounted. EG,288

WRITING NAMES OF PEOPLE YOU ARE RECAPITULATING


Clara had asked me to write on the ground the names of each person I had encountered in my life; then erase it with my hand after I had breathed in the memories associated
with that person. Emilito ...had me write the names of people on dry leaves and then light a match to them after I had finished breathing in everything I had recollected about
them.. TSC,240.. Description of the box. TSC,240..As I glazed at the flames consuming each leaf, I was to draw in the energy of the fire with my eyes, always being careful not
to inhale the smoke. He instructed me to put the ashes from the leaves into a metal urn and the used matches into a paper sack. TSC,240.. Each of the matchsticks represented
the husk of the person whose name had been written on the dry leaf that had been disintegrated by that particular match. When the urn was full, I was to empty it from the top
of the tree, letting the wind scatter the ashes in all directions. I was instructed to lower the pile of burnt matches in a paper bag on a seperate rope and Emilito, handling the bag
with a pair of tongs, would put it in a special basket he always used for that purpose. he was careful never to touch the matches or the bag.. disposing of the matches... was the
final act in the process of breaking the ties with the world. TSC,241.

RECONSTRUCTING THE EVENTS/SETTING THE SCENE: START BY REMEMBERING THE PHYSICAL DETAILS OF THE SURROUNDING, THEN GO TO THE
PERSON YOUR INTERACTING WITH AND THEN TO YOURSELF EXAMINING YOUR OWN FEELINGS. ONCE ALL THE ELEMENTS ARE IN PLACE USE THE
SWEEPING BREATH AND BREATH IN THE SCENE
Arranging means reconstructing the event, piece by piece, starting by recollecting the physical details of the surroundings , then going to the person with whom one shared the
interaction, and going to oneself, to the examination of one's feelings. TAOD,148 And setting up the scene consists of visualizing all the details pertinent to the events that one is
going to recall. Once you have all the elements in place, use the sweeping breath; the movement of your head is like a fan that stirs everything in that scene... If you're
remembering a room, for example breathe in the walls, the ceiling, the furniture, the people you see. And don't stop until you have absorbed every last bit of energy you left
behind. Your body will tell you when you've had enough... TSC,50.

DOING THE SWEEPING BREATH/FANNING THE EVENT

START WITH AN INITIAL BREATH WITH THEIR CHIN ON THEIR RIGHT SHOULDER AND SLOWLY INHALE AS THEY MOVE THEIR HEAD TO THEIR LEFT
SHOULDER. THE HEAD GOES BACK TO A RELAXED POSITION AND EXHALES LOOKING STRAIGHT AHEAD

The procedure starts with an initial breath. Stalkers begin with their chin on the right shoulder and slowly inhale as they move their head over a hundred and eighty degree arc.
EG,288 The breath terminates on the left shoulder. EG,288 Once the inhalations ends, the head goes back to a relaxed position. They exhale looking straight ahead. EG,288
As stalkers remember the feelings they invested in whatever it is that they are remembering, they inhale slowly, moving their heads from the right shoulder to the left. EG,288
FANNING THE EVENT: LONG INHALATIONS LEFT TO RIGHT AND LONG EXHALATIONS FROM RIGHT TO LEFT
This is coupled with a natural, rhythmical breathing.long exhalations are performed as the head moves gently and slowly from right to left; and long inhalations are taken as the
head moves back from left to right. ( called fanning the event) TAOD,148

INHALE THROUGH THE NOSE AS YOU TURN YOUR HEAD TO THE LEFT AND EXHALE AS YOU TURN IT TO THE RIGHT, THEN TURN YOUR HEAD TO
THE LEFT AND TO THE RIGHT IN A SINGLE MOVEMENT WITHOUT BREATHING
She firmly took my chin in her hands and instructed me to inhale through the nose as she turned my head to the left and then exhale as she turned it to the right. Next, I was to
turn my head to the left and right in a single movement without breathing. TSC,46

AS YOU INHALE THE SCENE, YOU INHALE LOST ENERGY AND WHEN YOU EXHALE YOU LOSE THE EXTRANEOUS FOREIGN ENERGY
I moved my head from right to left, breathing in the energy that was still hopelessly caught in the exhibition hall. As I brought my head back to the right again. I exhaled all the
embarassment and self-pity that had enveloped me. I moved my head repeatedly, doing one sweeping breath after the other until all my emotional turmoil was released.
TSC,97.Remember, intend to inhale energy that you left in the scene you're recapitulating, and to intend to exhale the extraneous energy into you by others. TSC,50. That's
more like it... when exhaling, throw out all the thoughts and feelings you are reviewing. And don't just turn your head with your neck muscles. Guide it with the invisible energy
lines from your midsection. Enticing those lines to come out is one of the accomplishments of the recapitulation. TSC,132

WHEN YOU WANT TO BREAK WITH THAT MOMENT DO THE SWEEPING MOTION BUT WITH NO BREATH
Then I moved my head from right to left and back again without breathing, thereby severing all ties with particular moment of my past. TSC,97.

BE SMOOTH WITH YOUR HEAD MOVEMENTS


Your movements are too jerky... breath like this... he inhaled deeply as he gently turned his head to the left. Then he exhaled thoroughly as he smoothly turned his head to the
right. Finally, he moved his head from his right shoulder to the left and back to the right again without breathing, then back to the center. I copied his movements inhaling and
exhaling as completely as I could. TSC,132

WHILE YOU RECAPITULATE YOU SHOULD BE FEELING FOR FIBERS THAT


EXTEND OUT FROM YOUR MIDSECTION AND THEY SHOULD BE SYNCHRONIZED WITH YOUR BREATHING AND THE MOVEMENT OF YOUR HEAD
she warned me that recapitulating is not an arbitrary or capricious exercise. When you recapitulate, try to feel some long stretchy fibers that extend out from your midsection..
then align the turning motion of your head with the movement of these elusive fibers. TSC,47. he suggested I synchronize the rhythm of my breathing with the turning of my
head, so that together they would entice the invisible energy lines from my abdomen to extend outward into infinity. TSC,132.

WHAT ARE THE DANGERS OF RECAPITULATION?

YOU CAN BECOME TOO SELF-CENTERED/FILLED WITH SELF-PITY


She also pointed out that for more than six months I had been doing nothing but focusing on incidents of my life. Caring for something outside of myself would prevent me
from becoming more self-centered. (gives her the gardening task) Most people only know how to care for themselves... Although not very well at that.Because of this
overwhelming emphasis, the self becomes distorted, full of outrageous demands.... TSC,110.
But what hurt me most we when she told me that my months of recapitulating were meaningless; they were nothing but shallow reveries, for all I had done was to reminisce
nostalgically about my marvelous self or wallow in pity remembering my not-so-marvelous moments. TSC,153.

9. SORCERY PASSES (TENSGRITY)

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE SORCERY PASSES?

SORCERY PASSES ARE DESIGNED TO GATHER ENERGY FOR A SPECIFIC PURPOSE. IT PASSES ENERGY FROM THE BEATH TO THE AREA WHERE WE
PLACE OUR ATTENTION. TO ALLEVIATE STRESS
These are sorcery passes, movements of the hand that sre designed to gather energy for a specific purpose. TSC,105. Whenever energy gathers, as in the case of these sorcery
passes we call it power. TSC,106. The movements she was teaching me whether you called them sorcery passes or breaths.. were important because they operate directly on the
reserve system, and that the reason they can be called indispensible passes is because they allow added energy to pass into and through pathways. Then when we are summoned
to action, instead of becoming depleted from stress, we become stronger and have surplus energy for extraordinary tasks. TSC,125. (they are called breathing passes) because
the preset intent of these passes is to pass energy from the breath to the area where we place our attention. It could be an organ in our body or an energy channel or even a
thought or a memory; as in the case of the recapitulation. What is important is that energy is transmitted, thus fulfilling the intent established beforehand; the result is sheer
magic, because it appears as if it had a sprung out of nowhere. That's why we call these movements and breaths sorcery passes. TSC,112 To complement the recapitualation I
was taught a series of practices called sorcery passes involving movement and breathing. TSC,xiii With all the tension that rises to the face, we certainly need a different intent
if we are going to relax the muscles and tone the centers located there. Clara said that all our emotions leave traces on our face, more than on any other part of our body.
Therefore we have to release accumulated stress using the sorcery passes and their accompanying intent. TSC,109.

DESCRIPTION OF THE MOVEMENTS OF A SORCERY PASS


I saw her repeat the movements she had shown me, except that this time she was making her fingers and hands dance. her hands seemed to penetrate deeply into the skin of her
face; at the other times, they passed over lightly as if gliding on the skin's surface, moving so rapidly that they seemed to disappear. Watching her exquisite movements
mesmerized me. TSC,108. This way of stroking was never in your inventory.. This is sorcery. It requires an intent different from the intent of the daily world. TSC,109. As she
performed her sorcery pass, I recognized it to be a movement of the same nature as the ones Clara had shown me, but it was different too, lighter, smoother, more energetically
charged. Clara's sorcery passes were like martial art movements, they were graceful and filled with internal strength. nelida's passes were ominous, threatening and yet at the
same time a pleasure to watch; they radiated a nervous energy but they were not agitated. TSC,185.
While she executed her pass, Nelida's face was like a beautiful mask. her features were symmetrical, perfect. Watching her exquisite movements done with utter aloofness and
detachment, I remembered what Clara had said about Nelida having no pity. TSC,185. ..after I finished the pass, I felt strong and bursting with energy. TSC,185. Close your
eyes... when your eyes are closed it's easier to use energy lines that are already there to keep your balance... (I had no trouble following her cues for changing positions, yet I had
difficulty).. I knew it was because I was trying too hard to do the movements correctly. It was like the time I had tried walking with my eyes shut, and kept stumbling because I
desperately wanted to succeed. But gradually my desire to excel diminished and my body became more limber and subtle. As we kept on moving, I became so relaxed that I
felt I had no more bones or joints. If I raised my arms overhead, it seemed I could stretch them all the way to the tops of the trees. If I bent my knees, and lowered my weight, a
surge of energy rushed downward through my feet. I felt I had grown roots. Lines were extending from the soles of my feet deep into the earth, giving me an unprecedented
stability. Gradually the boundry between my body and its surroundings dissolved. With every pass I did, my body seemed to melt and merge with the darkness until it began to
move and breath all by itself. TSC,129. At one point, the strangest thing yet happened. I felt a light turning on inside my forehead... I became aware that the light wasn't really
inside me at all. It came from the top of the trees as if a huge panel of electric lights had been turned on at night, illuminating an outdoor stadium. I had no trouble seeing Clara
and everything on the patio, and what was around it. The light had the strangest hue; I couldn't decide if it was rose-tinted, pinkish or peach, or like pale terra-cotta. In places, it
seemed to change its glare depending on where I looked. TSC,129. Don't move your head...and continue keeping your eyes closed...just concentrate on your breathing.
TSC,129. I was trying to determine the coloration of the light, for it seemed to change with every movement of my head. And its intensity fluctuated depending on how hard I
stared at it. I became so involved with the glow around me that I lost the rhythm of the breaths. Then as suddenly as the light had turned on, it switched off again and I was left
in total darkness. TSC,130.

HOW LONG DO YOU DO THE PASSES?


NEVER DO THE PASSES LONGER THAN A FEW MINUTES
She warned me never to do any of the breathing passes she was about to show me for more than a few minutes at a time. TSC,112.

HOW OFTEN DO YOU DO THE PASSES?

YOU MUST DO THEM DAILY


What I'm going to show you first are simple movements that you must do daily... regard them always as an indispensable part of your life. you must perform (these) every day
of your life from now on. TSC,106... must be practiced daily until they cease to be massagelike movements and become what they really are: sorcery passes. TSC,108 I can't
urge you enough to practice all the passes i've shown you.. they are indispensible companions of the recapitulation. TSC,114. They have to be practiced every day or else they're
worthless. You wouldn't think of going without eating or drinking water, would you? The exercises I've taught you are even more important than food or water. TSC,124. do
them every day and you not only won't get tired or sick but you'll have plenty of surplus energy for your intending. TSC,125.

TYPES OF PASSES

MOVEMENTS FOR KEEPING A YOUNG APPEARANCE

LOOKING YOUNG IS A MATTER OF KEEPING INNER BALANCE


The way I look is a matter of keeping my inner being in balance with the surroundings... everything we do hinges on that balance. We can be young like this stream, or old and
omnious like the lava mountains in Arizona. it's up to us. TSC,41.

PREVENTING WRINKLES
The purpose of these sorcery passes is to keep one looking youthful by preventing wrinkles from forming... The purpose has been decided beforehand, not by me or by you, but
by power itself. TSC,106
She brought her left palm to her forehead and stroked it in a circular fashion. Then she moved her hand over the top of her head and down the back of her neck, after which she
flicked her wrists and fingers in the air. She repeated this stroking and flicking sequence several more times. TSC,105.
This circular stroking prevents wrinkles from forming on the forehead.. it may appear like a facial massage to you, but it isn't. TSC,105.

TO PREVENT FURROWS FROM DEVELOPING BETWEEN YOUR EYEBROWS.


She vigorously rubbed each thumb on the palm of the opposite hand and placed them on the bridge of her nose. She moved them outward with light, even strokes over her
eyebrows to the temples. TSC,107.

TO PREVENT THE CHEEKS FROM SAGGING


She briskly rubbed her palms together, and with long, firm strokes, she slid them up each cheek to her temples. She repeated this movement six or seven times, always using
slow, even, upward strokes. TSC,107

MOVEMENTS TO HELP THE PHYSICAL BODY

INCREASING STRENGTH IN LUNGS


Description of.. TSC,125,126.....your lungs are weakened from excessive weeping.. a lifetime of feeling sorry for yourself certainly has taken its toll on your lungs. TSC,125.

TO CLEAR THE SINUS CAVITIES


After quickly rubbing together her index fingers, like two sticks starting a fire, she brought them vertically to each side of her nose and gently moved them sideways over her
cheeks several times.... that's to clear the sinus cavities... she said, deliberately constricting her nasal passages... TSC,107

TO STOP BEING DROWSY


I noticed her face was flushed, but she didn't stop yet. She placed the inner edge of her hand, with her thumb folded over her palm, above her upper lip and rubbed back and
forth with a vigorous sawlike motion. She explained that the spot where the nose and upper lip join, when briskly rubbed, stimulates energy to flow in mild, even bursts. But if
greater bursts of energy were needed, they could be obtained by pricking the point at the center of the upper gum, underneath the upper lip and below the nose septum. If you
get drowsy in the cave while recapitulating, rub this point briskly and it will temporarily revive you.. I rubbed my upper lip and felt my nose and ears clear. TSC,108...I also
experienced a slight numbing sensation on the roof of my palate. It lasted for a few seconds but took my breath away. it left me with the sensation that I was just about to
uncover something that was veiled. TSC,108.

FLOWING WATER TO TAKE AWAY UNWANTED THINGS


Move your feet at the ankles in a clockwise circle... let the running water draw away your fatigue... Now try to feel all your tension flow down to your feet, then throw it out
with a sideward snap of your ankles... flowing water takes away tiredness, coldness, illness and every other unwanted thing, but in order for this to happen, you must intend it.
otherwise you can flick your feet until the stream runs dry with no results... if one did the exercise in bed, one would have to use the imagination to visualize a running stream.
TSC,40.

TO PRODUCE A CALM ALERTNESS


Next, Clara moved her index fingers sideways under her chin, again using a quick back and forth sawlike motion..stimulating the point under the chin produces a calm
alertness. She added that we can also activate this point by resting the chin on a low table while sitting on the floor. After a few moments, I felt my body settle down; a
prickling sensation rose up my back, entered my head and my breathing became deeper and more rhythmic.... another way to awake
the center under the chin is by lying on the stomach with the hands in fists, one on top of the other, under the chin. She recommended that when doing the exercise with the fists
we should tense them to create pressure under the chin and then relax then to release the pressure. Tensing and relaxing the fists.. produces a pulsating movement that sends
small bursts of energy to a vital center directly connected with the base of the tongue. She stressed that this exercise should be done cautiously otherwise one might develop a
sore throat. TSC,108.

A TECHNIQUE TO DIMINISH OUR INNER AGITATION


Description of TSC,75... she explained that to gaze fixedly in that manner places our awareness outside of us onto the ground, thus diminishing our inner agitation. TSC,75...

TECHNIQUE TO REVIVE THE WEAK OR TO CREATE A STATE OF UNIQUE ATTENTION


Clara picked up a hard-pointed stick and poked my feet in between the big and the second toe. Something like a mild current of electricity shot up my calves and ran along my
inner thighs. Then she made me kneel on all fours and, taking each foot at a time, turned my soles up and poked me at the point just below the protuberance of my big toe. I
yelled with pain. Classical Chinese doctors used to apply that technique that jolt and revive the weak or to create a state of unique attention. But today such classical knowledge
is dying out... because the emphasis on materialism has led man to move away from esoteric pursuits. TSC,39

MOVEMENTS FOR BALANCING OUR INTERNAL ENERGY

A BREATH TO BALANCE OUR INTERNAL ENERGY


I'll show you a breath that has been a secret for generations. This breath mirrors the dual forces of creation and destruction, of light and darkness, of being and not-being.
TSC,44 sit with my spine curved forward and to bring my knees to my chest as high as I could. While keeping my feet on the ground, I was to wrap my arms around my calves
and firmly clasp my hands in front of my knees, or, if I wished, I could clasp each elbow. She gently eased my head down until my chin touched my chest. I had to strain the
muscles of my arms to keep my knees from pushing out sideways. My chest was constricted and so was my abdomen. My neck made a cracking sound as I tucked my chin
in.this is a powerful breath..it may knock you out or put you to sleep.Clara instructed me to take short, shallow breaths. I told her that... was the only way I could breathe in that
position. She said that even if I only partially released the arm pressure I was creating with my hands, my breath would return to normal. But this wasn't what she was after. She
wanted me to continue the shallow breaths for at least ten minutes.
I stayed in that position for perhaps half an hour, all the while taking shallow breaths as she had instructed. After the initial cramping in my stomach and legs subsided, the
breaths seemed to soften my inside and dissolve them.
The after an excruciatingly long time, Clara gave me a push that made me roll backward so I was lying on the ground, but she didn't permit me to release the pressure of my
arms. I felt a moment of relief when my back touched the ground, but it was only when she instructed me to unclasp my hands and stretch out my legs that I felt complete
release in my abdomen and my chest. The only way of describing what I felt is to say that something inside me had been unlocked by that breath and had been dissolved or
released. As Clara predicted, I become so drowsy that I crawled back inside the cave and fell asleep. TSC,44
Clara said that if this breath is performed regularly, with calmness and deliberation, it gradually balances our internal energy.
TSC,45

MOVEMENTS FOR GATHERING ENERGY

POWER BREATH.. FOR QUICK ENERGY


she moved her hand and gently pressed my solar plexus. If you need a quick surge of energy..do the power breath... I watched Clara do a series of short inhalations and
exhalations through her nose in rapid succession, vibrating her diaphragm. I imitated her and after twenty or so breaths, contracting and relaxing my diaphragm, I felt warmth
spreading through out my midsection... going to sit here doing the power breath and gazing at the light behind the eyes.. until you're no longer frightened. TSC,75.

OPENING ENERGY PASSAGEWAYS IN THE BODY (COULD BE RELATED TO INCREASING LUNG STRENGTH)
After performing the movement with my right arm, I felt a burning in my thigh muscles from standing with my knees and ankles bent. Even though I stood in the same position
every day while practicing kung fu, my legs seemed to vibrate as if an electric current were running through them. Clara suggested I stand up and shake my legs a few times to
release the tension. TSC,126.Clara emphasized that in this sorcery pass, rotating and pushing the arms up in conjunction with breathing moves energy to the organs and
vitalizes them. It massages deep, underlying centers that rarely are activated. Turning the head massages the glands in the neck and also opens energy passageways to the back
of the head. She explained that if awakened and nourished by the energy from breathing, these centers could unravel mysteries beyond anything we can imagine. TSC,126,127.

A PASS FOR GATHERING ENERGY BY MAKING A HOLE


Description of.. TSC,185. This pass is for gathering energy from the vastness that lies just behind all that we see.. try making a hole and reach behind the facade of visible
forms and grasp the energy that sustains us. TSC,185

MOVEMENTS FOR DIRECTING ENERGY

DIRECTING THE ENERGY OF THE SUN FOR HEALING A PART OF THE BODY
Description of.. TSC.112,.. Description of more of the technique..TSC,113......she explained that in this exercise, the energy of the sun automatically spreads throughout the
body. But we could deliberately send the sun's healing rays to any area by touching the spot where we want the energy to go, or simply by using the mind to direct energy to it.
Actually when you've practiced this breath long enough, you don't need to use your hands anymore.. you can just visualize the sun's rays oozing directly into a specific part of
your body. TSC,113.

LIGHT BEHIND THE EYES


Desc. of... TSC,75... If the transfer is accomplished, a light appears on the dark screen behind closed eyes.... she said that we can send this luminous spot of energy to any part
of our body to counteract pain, disease, apprehension or fear. TSC,75.

MOVEMENTS TO BRING OUT THE DOUBLE

CATCHING THE DOUBLE


Description of... TSC,114,115.another powerful sorcery pass...that it had to be executed in one single motion, with strength, precision and grace, but without straining.
TSC,114. You have enough energy to intend with me the result of this sorcery pass. TSC,114. I was completely perplexed by what i saw, which when I thought about it, I could
explain as being an optical illusion created by her speed. But at a bodily level, I knew that my eyes had seen something inconceivable; I had had enough energy to suspend my
common sense expectations and allow another possibility to enter in. TSC,115.
this sorcery pass enables the body to unite with its double in the realm of not-being, whose entrance hovers above the head and slightly behind it. By bending backward with the
arms outstreched, we create a bridge, and since the body and the double are like two ends of the rainbow, we can intend them to join. TSC,115
this is a sorcery pass of the twilight.. but you have to have lots of energy and be extremely calm in order to do it. The twilight helps you to become calm and gives you an
added boost of energy. That's why the end of the day is the best time of the day to practice it. TSC,115.

BODY MANEUVER CRUCIAL FOR ERASING OUR FALSE DUALISM (PREPARING THE DOUBLE)
she wanted to show me one other body manuver crucial for erasing our false dualism. She asked me to sit with my back straight and my eyes slightly lowered, so that I would
be gazing at the tip of my nose. TSC,45. Description of the breath. TSC,45Clara said that circulating the breath in such a fashion creates an impenetrable shield that prevents
outside disruptive influences from piercing the body's field of energy; it also keeps vital energy from dispersing outwardly. She stressed that the inhalation and exhalation
should be audible, and that the breathing exercise could be done while one is standing, sitting, or lying down, although in the beginning it is easier to do it while sitting on a
cushion or on a chair. TSC,46.

MOVEMENTS FOR GETTING TO THE NAGUAL

EXERCISE FOR STOPPING THOUGHTS AND FOR FEELING ENERGY LINES

she was going to show me another exercise for stopping thoughts and for feeling energy lines. Otherwise I would be doing what I had always done: be enthralled with myself.
TSC,87
Clara told me to sit in a cross-legged position and lean sideways as I inhaled, first to the right, then to the left, and to feel how I was being pulled by a horizontal line extending
out of the opening of my ears. She said that, surprisingly, the line didn't sway with the motion of one's body but remained perfectly horizontal, and this was one of the mysteries
she and her cohorts had discovered... leaning in this manner.. moves our awareness - which normally is always directed to the front-to the side... she ordered me to loosen my
jaw muscles by chewing and swallowing my saliva three times... the chewing and swallowing brings some of the energy lodged in the head down to the stomach, lessening the
load on the brain.. TSC,87S

CRACKING AN OPENING IN THE ENERGY LINES


Description of.. TSC,127.
What you are going to open is a crack in the energy lines of the world... Imagine those lines as rigid vertical cords that make a big screen in front of you. Now grab a bunch of
the fibers and pull them apart with all your might. Pull them apart until the opening is big enough for you to step through. TSC,127.
this is one of the most powerful and mysterious of all the sorcery passes.. with it we can open doors to different worlds, provided of course that we have stored a surplus of
internal energy and are able to realize the intent of the pass. TSC,127.
When you step in..your body has to feel rooted, heavy, full of tension. But once you are inside and have turned around, you should feel light and airy, as if you were floating
around. TSC,127.
Exhale sharply as you lunge forward through the opening, then inhale slowly and deeply, filling your lungs completely with the energy from behind that screen. TSC,128.
You're not pulling the door open hard enough... use your internal energy, not just your arm muscles. Expel the stale air and pull in your stomach as you lunge forward. Once
inside, breathe as many times as you can, but be on the alert. Don't stay longer than you need to. TSC,128...instantly I felt as if some sliding doors had opened. TSC,128.... all
sorts of things can happen once you go through that opening. Remember you have to be cautious and at the same time bold. TSC,128.
USING ENERGY LINES TO STRENGTHEN THE DOUBLE
those invisible lines are a part of your soft body, your double... The more energy you entice out by manipulating those lines, the stronger your double will become. TSC,132.

COMMUNICATION WITH INTENT

she began curling her fingers as if she were making shadow pictures on the table cloth.. this is a form of communication, not with people but with that force we call intent.. she
extended her little and index fingers, the made a circle by touching her thumb to the tips of the two remaining fingers. She told me that this was a signal to trap the attention of
that force and to allow it to enter the body through the energy lines that end or originate in the fingertips. Energy comes through the index and little finger as if they are extended
like antennae. Then the energy is trapped and held in the circle made by the other three fingers. She said that with this specific hand position, we can draw sufficient energy into
our body to heal or strengthen it, or to change our moods and habits. TSC,63.

EXERCISING INNER HEARING FOR COMMUNICATION WITH THE NAGUAL


she told me to relax and to take deep breaths because she was going to show me how to exercise my inner hearing. For it is with the inner ear.. that one is able to discern the
spirit's biddings. When you breathe, allow the energy to flow out of your ears... when you exhale, fix your attention on the openings of your ears and use your intent and your
concentration to direct the flow... exhale through your nose with your mouth closed and the tip of your tongue touching your palate..exhales noiselessly... TSC,83...after a few
attempts, I could feel my ears pop and my sinuses clear. Then she instructed me to rub the palms of my hands together until they were hot and to place them over my ears with
my fingers almost touching, at the back of my head.. Clara suggested I massage my ears using a gentle circular pressure; then, with my ears still covered and my index fingers
crossed over the middle fingers, I was to repeatedly tap behind each ear by snapping my index fingers in unison. As I flicked my fingers, I heard a sound like a muffled bell
reverberating inside my head. I repeated the tapping sound eighteen times as she had instructed. When I removed my hands I noticed I could distinctly hear the faintest sounds
in the surrounding vegetation, while before everything had been undifferentiated and muffled. TSC,84.
10. GETTING TO THE DOUBLE

WHAT DO WE NEED TO GET TO THE DOUBLE?

IT TAKES ALOT OF ENERGY TO GET TO THE DOUBLE


The double is something that takes alot of power to come out. SRP,197.

KEEP THE PHYSICAL BODY AND ENERGY BODY SEPERATE BECAUSE ONLY WHEN THEY ARE UNDENIABLE SEPERATE CAN AWARENESS FLOW
FROM ONE TO THE OTHER
he explained that the error many people make when trying to seek the double is to apply to it the rules of the physical body, training it, for example, as if it were made of muscle
and bone. He assured me that there is no way to condition the double through physical exercises. the easiest way to resolve this problem is to seperate the two... only when they
are undeniably seperate can awareness flow from one to the other. That is what sorcerers do. So they can dispense with the nonsense of rituals, incantations and elaborate
breathing techniques that are supposed to unify them.. TSC,236. She (Clara) taught you only things (sorcery passes and breaths).. that would help you seperate your body and
your double. Therefore they are all useful for that purpose.. TSC,236.

HOW DOES A WARRIOR GET TO THE DOUBLE?

GENERAL

WE LEARN TO BE AWARE OF IT, THAT'S ALL


A warrior learns to be aware of it, that's all. there are seemingly insurmountable barriers protecting that arriving at that awareness such a unique challenge.. EG,23

YOU CAN ONLY LEARN ABOUT THE DOUBLE THROUGH DOING


You can only learn about the double by doing. TSC,234.

SOMETIMES ACCIDENTLY, BUT MORE OFTEN DUE TO TRAINING, AWARENESS CAN SHIFT TO THE ENERGY THAT CIRCULATES IN THE LEFT SIDE OF
THE DOUBLE, WHICH RESULTS IN BEHAVIOR NOT SO CONDUCIVE TO INTELLECTUAL PURSUITS OR DEALING WITH PEOPLE.
Sometimes accidently, but more often due to training, awareness can shift to the energy that circulates in the left side of the double, which results in behavior not so conducive
to intellectual pursuits or dealing with people. TSC,236 (what should we do?).. to know what to do isn't important because there's very little we can do.. we can either remain
seated with our eyes shut or we can get up and move about. the important point is to know that we are limited because our physical body controls our awareness. But if we can
turn it around so that our double controls our awareness, we can do practically anything we can imagine. TSC,233

THE STEPS ARRIVING AT THE DOUBLE ARE THE SAME, ESPECIALLY THE BEGINNING STEPS, WHICH ARE MUDDLED AND UNCERTAIN
each one of us is different and thus the details of our struggles is different..the steps we follow to arrive at the double are the same, though. Especially the beginning steps,
which are muddled and uncertain. TOP,64.

THE PROCEDURE TO GET TO GET TO THE DREAMING BODY IS IMPECCABILITY IN OUR DAILY LIFE.
The procedure to get to get to the dreaming body is impeccability in our daily life. FFW,200

TO JOIN THE TWO BODIES WE MUST DISSOLVE THE BARRIER THAT SEPERATES THE TWO (THE BARRIER IS LOSING SELF-IMPORTANCE)
He said that our physical body is inseperably linked with its ethereal counterpart, but that link has been clouded over by our thoughts and feelings, which are focused
exclusively on our physical body. In order to shift our awareness from our hard appearance to its fluid counterpart, we must first dissolve the barrier that seperates the two
aspects of our being. TSC,133.

AND THAT IT TAKES GREAT DISCIPLINE AND DETERMINATION TO BREAK THAT SEAL (THE MEMBRANE THAT SEPERATES THEIR TWO SIDES) AND
GO FROM ONE SIDE TO THE OTHER.
and that it takes great discipline and determination to break that seal (the membrane that seperates their two sides. EG,230) and go from one side to the other. EG,228.

WE BECOME AWARE OF THE DOUBLE BY ALLOWING INTENT TO SHIFT BACK TO IT


We become aware of our ethereal side by allowing our intent to shift back to it. TSC,133.

WHEN WE FULLY UNDERSTAND THAT OUR WORLD IS ONLY A VIEW


one can arrive at the totality of oneself when one fully understands that the world is merely a view, regardless of whether that view belongs to an ordinary man or a sorcerer
TOP,238

WHEN AWARENESS IS TURNED STEADILY TO THE LEFT SIDE OF THE DOUBLE..THE DOUBLE IS FLUSHED OUT AND EMERGES....
When awareness is turned steadily to the left side of the double..the double is flushed out and emerges... TSC,237.

THE GATES OF OUR BODY

WHEN THEY ARE CLOSED, OUR INNER ENERGY REMAINS LOCKED WITHIN THE PHYSICAL BODY.
When they are closed, our inner energy remains locked within the physical body. TSC,159. In order to activate the soft body, you have to first open certain body centers that
function like gates. When all the gates are open, your double can emerge from its protective covering. Otherwise, it will forever remain encased within its outer shell. TSC,141..

HOW DO WE OPEN THE GATES OF OUR BODY?

THROUGH RECAPITULATION AND BREATHING


However, if one is going to release it, the gates must be opened and this is done through the recapitulation and the breathing exercises Clara showed you. TSC,159.
recapitulating your life, especially your sex life, has loosened some of your gates even more. TSC,233

A PREREQUISITE TO OPENING THE GATES AND RELEASING THE DOUBLE IS THAT ONE REMAINS CELIBATE
A prerequisite, however, is that one remains celibate. TSC,160.

WHAT ARE SOME CONSEQUENCES OF OPENING YOUR GATES?

THE GATES CAN BE DANGEROUS


To tamper haphazardly with the power behind the gates is foolish and dangerous.. TSC,160

IF OUR FIRST OR SECOND CENTERS ARE OPEN, WE TRANSMIT A CERTAIN KIND OF FORCE THAT PEOPLE MAY FIND INTOLERABLE
If our first or second centers are open, we transmit a certain kind of force that people may find intolerable... TSC,232,233 You have had the gates in your feet and calves
partially open all your life. TSC,233.

ANIMALS WON'T LIKE YOU IF YOUR GATES ARE OPEN


Animals don't like you.. because some of your body gates have never been completely closed and your double is struggling to come out. Be prepared. For now that you're
deliberately intending it, they're going to fling open. One of these days your double is going to awake all at once and you might find yourself across the patio without having
walked over. TSC,219.

WHY DO ANIMALS NOT LIKE IT IF SOME OF OUR GATES ARE OPEN?

ANIMALS AND INFANTS SENSE THINGS BECAUSE THEY HAVE THE EQUIPMENT TO SENSE IT: THEIR OPEN GATES
he rebuffed me, saying that what animals and infants sense has nothing to do with knowing, but with the fact that they have the equipment to sense it: their open gates. TSC,220

HE ADDED THAT THOSE GATES ARE PERMANENTLY RECEPTIVE IN ANIMALS, BUT THAT HUMAN BEINGS CLOSE THEIRS AS SOON AS THEY BEGIN
TO TALK AND THINK AND THEIR RATIONAL SIDE TAKES OVER.
He added that those gates are permanently receptive in animals, but that human beings close theirs as soon as they begin to talk and think and their rational side takes over.
TSC,220.

ANOTHER CONSEQUENCE OF THOSE LOWER CENTERS BEING OPEN IS THAT YOU HAVE TROUBLE WALKING.
Another consequence of those lower centers being open is that you have trouble walking. TSC,233.

IF THE THIRD AND FOURTH GATES ARE NOT AS CLOSED AS THEY ARE SUPPOSED TO BE WE TRANSMIT A CERTAIN FORCE THAT PEOPLE WILL FIND
MOST APPEALING.
if the third and fourth gates are not as closed as they are supposed to be we transmit a certain force that people will find most appealing. TSC,232,233.

EXPERIENCING WHEN THE DOUBLE COMES OUT

HOW SHOULD THE DOUBLE BE RELEASED?

THE DOUBLE MUST BE RELEASED GRADUALLY, HARMONIOUSLY


The double must be released gradually, harmoniously. TSC,160

WHAT HAPPENS TO YOU WHEN YOUR DOUBLE BECOMES FREE?

THE SEPARATION OF THE DOUBLE FROM THE PHYSICAL BODY

SHOOTING OFF THE DREAMING BODY IT POPS OFF LIKE A SLOW BULLET; IT ACTUALLY GLUES AND UNGLUES ITSELF FROM THE PHYSICAL BODY
WITH A LOUD CRACK.
shooting off the dreaming body it pops off like a slow bullet; it actually glues and unglues itself from the physical body with a loud crack. EG,145.

POPPING SOUND/CRACK BEHIND THE NECK IS THE SOUND ONE MAKES AT THE MOMENT OF CHANGING SPEED
The peculiar sound at the base of my neck was something I had become keenly aware of. Don Juan had described it as the sound one makes at the moment of changing speed. I
realized then that the sound had created a special sensation of heat on the roof of my mouth and inside my ears. The force and dryness of the sound made me think of the peal of
a large, cracked bell. SRP,77.I felt a hollow popping sound. My thoughts returned to me all at once, tumbling down on me like a mountain of debris, and with them came the
awareness of the hardness of the ground.. don't talk or move until you're solid again. TSC,214. I heard then, or perhaps I felt, a snapping sound at the base of my neck, right
behind my windpipe.... SRP,55

WHAT CAUSES THE CRACKING SOUND?

THE CRACKING SOUND IS CAUSED BY ENERGY RISING TO THE NECK CREATED BY THE GAP IN THE MIDDLE OF OUR BODY WHEN THE DOUBLE
SEPERATES FROM THE PHYSICAL BODY
The cracking sound you hear behind your neck is the movement when your right and left sides have seperated. this leaves a gap directly in the middle of your body where the
energy rises to the neck, the place where the sound is heard. To hear that pop means that your double is about to become aware. TSC,233

SOUND OF A BELL AND A FEELING IN YOUR THROAT JUST BEFORE YOU CHANGE SPEED
I forgot that the world existed... I felt a blow inside of me. behind my throat, and the sound of a bell in my ears. The feeling in my throat came just before one was ready to
change speed, and that the sound of the bell was the vehicle that one could accomplish anything that one needed...I was so light.. Something stirred my insides and I
disintegrated like dry sand. It was peaceful and perfect where I was. I somehow knew that I was there and yet I wasn't. I was nothing. SRP,187.

THE NAGUAL TAUGHT ALL OF US HOW TO GET THE FEELING ON TOP OF THE HEAD.. THE SOUND BEHIND THE THROAT IS EVEN MORE DIFFICULT.
The Nagual taught all of us how to get the feeling on top of the head.. the sound behind the throat is even more difficult. (dry sound of a wooden pipe being broken at the base
of the neck). SRP,209

SINUSES OPENING
The force beyond my explosion had been first a physical sensation that my sinuses were opening. EG,85.

DESCRIPTION OF BEING TOUCHED BY THE DOUBLE


Don Genaro patted me on the back two or three times...It was a light tapping...I suddenly felt that he had put the weight of a boulder on my back. i had the sensation that he had
increased the weight of his hand, which was resting on my right shoulder, until it made me sag all the way down and I hit my head on the ground. SR,250.

DESCRIPTION OF FEELING OF BEING COOPED UPAND DOUBLE COMING OUT


I was certain that if I had been prepared for the storm, I would have relaxed, and if my fear and my thoughts about it hadn't interferred, some force inside me would have come
completely out of my body and perhaps might have even stood up, moved around or come down from the tree. What frightened me most was the sensation of being cooped up,
trapped inside my body. .. when we enter into absolute darkness, where there are no distractions.. the double takes over. It streches its ethereal limbs, opens its luminous eye
and looks around. Sometimes experiencing it can be even more frightening than what you felt last night. TSC,218. I experienced a surge of energy that began as small circles in
my stomach. At first I thought it was a fear, but my body didn't feel frightened. It was as if an impersonal force, void of desires or sentiment was stirring inside me, moving
from the inside out. As it ascended my upper back jerked involuntarily. TSC,129. The recapitulation helps us to dissolve our preconceptions... but it takes skill and
concentration to reach the double. Right now you are using your ethereal part to some extent. You are half asleep but some part of you is awake and alert. It can hear me and
sense my presence. TSC,133. Your double took over... and you lost control of your everyday self. TSC,159. Seriously, Taisha, all you did was to cast your luminous net as far
as you were able to. You learned how to rest on that invisible hammock that is actually a part of you. Someday, as you become more adept, you may begin to use its lines to
move and alter things. TSC,159. I saw him as a blob of fire that was above the ground... not rooted as DJ was. FFW,292... It was not as if something came out from the top of
my head; something actually did come out from the top of my head. SRP,100.... I saw how your double came out from the top of your head. it wriggled out like a worm. I saw a
shiver that began in your feet and went through your body and then your double came out. (this description may not refer to the double but to the Naugal) SRP,149

WHAT ARE THE DANGERS OF RELEASING YOUR DOUBLE?

WHEN RELEASING THE DOUBLE IT CAN BE INJURED


He warned me that there is considerable danger involved in releasing the energy that is locked within us, because the double is vulnerable and can easily become injured in the
process of shifting our awareness to it. TSC,133 He explained that at that moment my double was extremely unstable due to being bombarded by thunder and lightning, but
especially due to the events of five days ago, when Nelida pushed me into the left hallway so I could begin the sorcerer's crossing. TSC,222.
YOU CAN INADVERTENTLY CREATE AN OPENING IN THE ETHEREAL NET AND LOSE VAST AMOUNTS OF ENERGY
You can inadvertently create an opening in the ethereal net and lose vast amounts of energy... precious energy that is necessary to maintain a certain level of clarity and control
in your life. TSC,133.

THE PHYSICAL BODY BECOMES FRIGHTENED WHEN ITS GATES ARE OPEN AND NEW PERCEPTIONS ARE FLOWING IN
You are reacting like that because your double is perceiving my double... Your physical body is frightened because its gates are opening and new perceptions are flowing in. If
you think you feel bad now, imagine how much worse it'll be when all your gates are open. TSC,219.

THE DOUBLE BECOMES FRIGHTENED WHEN ITS ABOUT TO BECOME AWARE OF THE WORLD
Your double is about to become aware, so under conditions of stress, like last night, it becomes partially aware but also totally frightened. It's not used to perceiving the world.
Your body and your mind are accustomed to it, but your double isn't. TSC,218.

WHAT DO WE DO WITH THE DOUBLE ONCE ITS COME OUT?

WHEN IT IS RELEASED, THE DOUBLE ATTACHES ITSELF TO ANYTHING/IT SOAKES UP EVERYTHING THAT IT CAN FIND
...The dreaming body gets involved and attaches itself to anything. It doesn't have sense. he told me that men are weaker than women because a man's dreaming body is more
possessive. EG,23 the energy body is like a child who's imprisoned all its life. The moment it is free, it soaks up everything it can find...every minute detail absorbs the energy
body. TAOD,142.

THE DOUBLE NEEDS A TREMENDOUS AMOUNT OF ATTENTION


The double needs a tremendous amount of attention. SRP,149.

CONTROLLING THE DOUBLE

THE DOUBLE IS CONTROLLED NOT BY OUR INTELLECT BUT BY OUR INTENT. THERE IS NO WAY TO THINK ABOUT IT OR TO UNDERSTAND IT
RATIONALLY. IT HAS TO BE FELT
and the double is controlled not by our intellect but by our intent. There is no way to think about it or to understand it rationally. It has to be felt, TSC,138.

IN ORDER TO COMMAND IT (DOUBLE), THE PART OF IT THAT IS OUTSIDE FLOATING FREELY HAS TO BE LINKED TO THE ENERGY THAT IS HOUSED
INSIDE THE PHYSICAL BODY. THE EXTERNAL FORCE IS BECKONED AND HELD BY AN UNWAVERING CONCENTRATION, WHILE THE INTERNAL
ENERGY IS RELEASED BY OPENING SOME MYSTERIOUS GATES IN AND AROUND THE BODY. WHEN THE TWO SIDES MERGE, THE FORCES THAT IS
PRODUCED ALLOWS ONE TO PERFORM INCONCEIVABLE FEATS.
in order to command it, the part of it that is outside floating freely has to be linked to the energy that is housed inside the physical body. the external force is beckoned and held
by an unwavering concentration, while the internal energy is released by opening some mysterious gates in and around the body. When the two sides merge, the forces that is
produced allows one to perform inconceivable feats. TSC, 159.

KUNG FU EXPERTS CAN CONTROL THEIR SOFT BODY/THEY STRIKE AT SOFT PARTS
The difference between the average person and an expert in kung fu is that the latter has learned to control his soft body... what they probably meant was that when an expert
practitioner attacks, he strikes the vulnerable points of his enemy's soft body... it's not the power of the physical body that is destructive but the opening he makes in his enemy's
ethereal body. He can hurl into that opening a force that rips through the ethereal net to cause major damage. A person may receive what seems at the time only a gentle hit, but
hours or perhaps days later, the person may die from that blow. TSC,137.... don't be fooled by the outward movements or by what you see. It's what you don't see that counts.
TSC,137.
true martial artists... are interested in mastering the control of their soft body... TSC,138.

BECOMING A TREE/PROJECTING THE DOUBLE/MERGING THE DOUBLE


(trying to project out your double).. he told me to close my eyes and concentrate on my breathing. As I relaxed, I was to intend a force to flow upward until I could touch the top
branches with a feeling that came out of the gate in the crown of my head. he said that this was going to be fairly easy for me because I was going to use my friend the tree for
support. The tree's energy.. would form a matrix for my awareness to expand. After a time of concentrating on my breath. I felt a vibrating energy rising up my back, trying to
push out of the top of my head. Then something opened inside me. Everytime I inhaled, a line eleongated to the top of the tree; when I exhaled, the line was pulled down into
my body again. The feeling of reaching the top of the tree became stronger with my every breath until I truly believed that my body expanded, becoming as tall and voluminous
as the tree.. at one point a profound affection and empathy for the tree enveloped me; it was at that same moment that something surged up my back and out my head and I
found myself viewing the world from the top branches. The sensation lasted only an instant... I felt something like a waterfall. an effervescence flowing downward, entering the
top of my head and filling my body with a familiar warmth. TSC,234.
He pointed out that aided by an outside force, in this case uniting my awareness with the tree, one can easily make the double expand. However, because it's easy, we run the
risk of staying merged with the tree too long, in which case we might sap the tree of the vital energy it needs to maintain itself in a strong and healthy state. or we might leave
some of our own energy behind by becoming emotionally attached to the tree. TSC,235.

ONE CAN MERGE WITH ANYTHING


One can merge with anything.. TSC,235.

WHAT IS MERGING?

IT IS SEEING, AFTER STOPPING THE WORLD, SOMETHING WITHIN US MERGES INTO ANYTHING WITHIN OUR FIELD OF AWARENESS
....merging is something that the body felt or did when put into observational contact with other bodies. he then clarified the issue by saying that in the past he had called that
process seeing, and that it consisted of a lull of true silence within, followed by an outward elongation of something in the self, an elongation that met and merged with the other
body, or with anything within one's field of awareness. TOP,135.

IF YOU MERGE WITH SOMETHING STRONG, THEN YOUR ENERGY IS ENHANCED, AND VISA VERSA
if whatever or whomever you merge with is strong, your energy will be enhanced as it was whenever you merged with the magician, Manfred. But if it is sick or weak, stay
away... you must do the exercise sparingly... TSC,235.

OUTSIDE ENERGY IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT FROM OUR OWN, OFTEN ANTAGONISTIC TO IT.
like everything else, it is a double-edged sword. Outside energy is always different from our own, often antagonistic to it. TSC,235.

CASTING ENERGY LINES

SENDING ENERGY TO THE DOUBLE( CASTING YOUR ENERGY LINES)


It's a matter of energy (casting your energy lines); the more of it you call back through recapitulating, the easier it is for that recovered energy to nourish your double. To send
energy to the double is what we call casting your energy lines. TSC,215.

TECHNIQUE FOR MOVING YOUR AWARENESS OUTSIDE YOUR BODY/CASTING ENERGY LINES
I lay down and began moving my awareness from my feet upward to my ankles, calves, knees, thighs, abdomen and back. Then I relaxed my arms, shoulders, neck and head.
As I moved my awareness to the various parts of my body, I felt myself become more and more drowsy and heavy. Then the caretaker ordered me to make small
counterclockwise circles with my eyes allowing them to roll back and up into my head. I continued relaxing until my breathing became slow and rhythmic, expanding and
contracting by itself. I was concentrating on the lulling waves of my breathing, when he whispered that I should move my awareness out of my forehead to a place as far above
me as I could and there make a small opening. TSC,212... a hole into the nothingness your net is suspended on... if you can move your awareness outside your body, you'll
realize that there is blackness all around you. Try to pierce that blackness; make a hole in it. TSC,213.... after I had made the opening, i should roll my body up like a scroll and
allow myself to be catapulted along a line extending from the crown of my head into the blackness... the blackness is all around us..even if we are standing on our heads, it is
still there.. he ordered me to place my concentration on the hole I had just made and to let my thoughts and feelings flow through that opening. Again my muscles tightened
because I hadn't made any hole. The caretaker urged me to relax, to let go and act and feel as if I had made that hole... throw out everything that's inside you.. allow your
thoughts, feelings and memories to flow out.. as I relaxed and released the tension from my body, I felt a surge of energy push was being turned inside out; everything was
being pulled out from the top of my head, rushing along a line like an inverted cascading waterfall. At the end of that line, I sensed an opening.. let yourself go even deeper..he
whispered.. offer your whole being to nothingness... I did my best to follow his suggestions. Whatever thoughts arose in my mind instantly joined the cascade at the top of my
head. I vaguely heard the caretaker say that if I wanted to move, I only needed to give myself the directive and the line would pull me wherever I wanted to go. Before I could
give myself the command, I felt a gentle but persistent tugging on my left side. I relaxed and allowed this sensation to continue. At first, only my head seemed to be pulled to
the left, then the rest of my body slowly rolled to the left. TSC,213... I felt as if I were falling sideways, yet I sensed that my body had not moved at all. I heard a dull sound
behind my neck, and saw the opening grow larger. I wanted to crawl inside, to squeeze through it and disappear. I experienced a deep stirring inside me; my awareness began
moving along the line at the crown of my head and slipped through the opening. TSC,214. You opened a crack in the blackness and your double slid to the left and then went
through. TSC,214.. I definitely felt a force pulling me... and I saw an intense light.. TSC,214.
That force was your double coming out...and the light was the eye of the double. Since you've been recapitulaing for over a year, you've also been, at the same time, casting
your energy lines and now they're beginning to move by themselves. But because you're still involved in talking and thinking, those energy lines don't move as easily and
completely as they are going to someday. TSC,214.

SEEING ENERGY LINES

SOMEONE WHO SEES ENERGY WILL SEE IT AS LINES COMING OUT OF THE PHYSICAL BODY
Someone who sees energy will see it as lines coming out of the physical body. TSC,215.

HOW COULD YOU FEEL THESE ENERGY LINES?

THE EXERCISE OF NOT-DOING WOULD HELP FEEL LINES


the exercise of not-doing (see JTI,192) would help anyone to feel a line that came out from the moving hand, a line that one could place or cast wherever one wanted to.
JTI,193.

A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE USES OTHER PARTS OF HIS BODY TO PRODUCE DURABLE LINES..THE MOST DURABLE LINES THAT A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE
PRODUCES COME FROM THE MIDDLE OF THE BODY..BUT HE CAN MAKE THEM WITH HIS EYES
A man of knowledge uses other parts of his body to produce durable lines..the most durable lines that a man of knowledge produces come from the middle of the body..but he
can make them with his eyes... JTI,193

YOU CAN FEEL THEM... WHEN ONE IS NOT-DOING, ONE IS FEELING THE WORLD, AND ONE FEELS THE WORLD THROUGH ITS LINES.
(they are real lines)..you can feel them... when one is not-doing, one is feeling the world, and one feels the world through its lines. (see not-doing) JTI,193

DESCRIPTION OF USING THESE LINES TO FLY


Description of LaGorda using the lines to fly. SRP,124.. More description of using the lines. SRP,142,143.

HOW DO YOU HANDLE A DOUBLE THATS VIOLENT?

DESC OF HOW TO HANDLE A VIOLENT DOUBLE


Description of how DJ had to soothe CC's double when he was angry. TDJ,136. (When the double is white it indicates violence.) SRP,123

MOVING IN THE SECOND ATTENTION WITH YOUR DOUBLE

MOVING WITH YOUR WILL


Suddenly I had a great urge to get up (will?) SR,156

DESCRIPTION OF WHAT TO DO IN THE CRACK BETWEEN THE WORLDS


The man then must walk in any direction. It will be a short or a long journey, depending on his willpower. A stong-willed man journeys shortly. An undecided, weak man
journeys long and precariously. dead men go through it (the seal) without a noise, but we have to break it with an outcry. The wind gathers strength, the same unruly wind that
blows on the plateau. When the wind has gathered enough force, the man has to yell and the wind will push him through. Here his will has to be inflexible..so that he can fight
the wind. All he needs is a gentle shove; he does not need to be blown to the ends of the other world. Once on the other side, the man will have to wander around. His good
fortune would be to find a helper nearby-not to far from the entrance. The man has to ask him for help...he has to ask the helper to teach him and make him a diablero. When the
helper agrees, he kills the man on the spot, and while he is dead he teaches him. ...most of the time, though, one encounters lesser brujos who have very little to teach. But
neither you nor they have the power to refuse. The best instance is to find a male helper lest one become the prey of a diablera, who will make one suffer in an unbelievable
manner. but that depends on luck alone, unless one's benefactor is a great diablero himself, in which event he will have many helpers in the other world, and can direct one to
see a particular helper. after you return you will not be the same man. you are committed to come back to see your helper often. And you are committed to wander farther and
farther from the entrance, until finally one day you will go too far and will not be able to return. TDJ,183 Sometimes a diablero may catch a soul and push it through the
entrance and leave it in the custody of his helper until he robs the person of all his willpower. ..or if the soul belongs to a strong willed person.. the diablero may keep it inside
his pouch, because it is too hard to carry otherwise. TDJ,185.

WHAT ARE SOME TECHNIQUES TO GET TO THE DOUBLE?

SOUND

USING SOUND TO ATTRACT THE DOUBLE


It really doesn't take much to communicate or reach the ethereal body... besides using the womb and movement, sound is a powerful way of attracting its attention. TSC,185
She explained that by systematically directing words to our source of awareness-the double-one can receive a manifestation of that source... provided of course that we have
enough energy... if we do, it may take only a few selected words or a sustained sound to open something unthinkable in front of us. TSC,186.

SORCERY PASSES

REACHING THE DOUBLE THROUGH MOVEMENT/SORCERY PASSES


Another way of reaching the double, also called the other, besides using the energy of the womb, is through movement.. this is the reason why Clara taught you the sorcery
passes. TSC,184.

USING THE WOMB IS AN EXTREMELY POWERFUL AND DIRECT METHOD OF REACHING THE DOUBLE
She emphasized that using the womb is an extremely powerful and direct method of reaching the double. She reminded me of the sorcery pass I had learned in which one
breathes directly with the opening of the vagina. TSC,184. The womb is the way female animals sense things and regulate their bodies.... through the womb, women can
generate and store power in their doubles to build or destroy or to become one with everything around them. TSC,184.
USES OF THE WOMB TO REACH THE DOUBLE: IT'S MOST IMPORTANT FUNCTION IS TO SERVE AS A GUIDING UNIT FOR THE DOUBLE
You can accomplish wonders by contolling and circulating the energy from the womb... Nelida explained that the womb's primary function is reproduction in order to
perpetuate our species. But unbeknownst to women, the womb also has subtle and sophisticated secondary functions. And it was these... that she and I were interested in
developing..the most important function of the womb is to serve as a guiding unit for the double. Whereas males have to rely on a mixture of reason and intent to guide their
doubles, females have at their disposal their womb, a powerful source of energy with an abundance of mysterious attributes and functions all designed to protect and nurture the
double. TSC,184. All this is possible, of course, if you have rid yourself of all the encumbering energy men have left inside you.. A thorough recapitulation of all your sexual
activity will take care of that. TSC,184.

TECHNIQUE FOR SHIFTING AWARENESS FROM MY PHYSICAL BODY TO THE ETHEREAL NET THAT SURROUNDS IT
..he was going to show me a simple method for shifting awareness from my physical body to the ethereal net that surrounds it. TSC,141. Lie down and close your eyes, but
don't fall asleep.. imagine lines extending out from the sides of your body, beginning at your feet... use all your strength to intend the lines into existence. TSC,141. he
elaborated that it was not really imagining those lines that was involved, but rather a mysterious act of pulling them out from the side of the body, beginning at the toes and
continuing all the way up to the top of the head. He said I should also feel lines emanating from the soles of my feet going downward and wrapping around the length of my
body to the back of my head.; and also other lines that radiated from my forehead upward and downward, along the front of my body to my feet, thus forming a net or a cocoon
of luminous energy.. TSC,141,142 Practice this until you can let go of your physical body and can place your attention at will on your luminous net... eventually, you'll be able
to cast and sustain that net with a simple thought. TSC,142. I found his voice soothing, It had a mesmerizing quality; at times it seemed to come from very close and at other
times from far away. TSC.142. He cautioned me that if there was a place in my body where the net felt tight or where it was difficult to strectch the lines out or where the lines
recoiled, that was the place where my body was weak or injured... You can heal those parts by allowing the double to spread out the ethereal net. TSC.142. I couldn't even
conceive how to intend with my intent... Mr Abelar said that I shouldn't have too much difficulty casting my net, because for the past few months, unknowingly, I had been
projecting such ethereal lines during my recapitulation, he suggested that I begin by concentrating on my breathing. After what seemed to be hours during which time I must
have dozed off once or twice, I could eventually feel an intense tingling heat in my feet and head. The heat expanded to form a ring encircling my body lengthwise. TSC,142.
Mr. Abelar reminded me that I should focus my attention on the heat outside my body and try to stretch it out by pushing it out from within and allowing it to expand. I focused
on my breathing until all the tension in me vanished. As I relaxed even more, I let the tingling heat find its own course; it didn't move outward or expand; it contracted instead,
until I felt I was lying on a gigantic ballon, floating in spaces. TSC,142. I experienced a moment of panic; my breathing stopped and for an instant I was suffocating. Then
something outside of myself took over and began to breath for me. Waves of lulling energy surrounded me, expanding and contracting until everyhting went black and I could
no longer focus my awareness on anything. TSC,143.

11. SORCERER'S RECOLLECTION

WHAT IS IT?

WHEN A SORCERER BRINGS BACK THE TOTAL EVENT BY SHIFTING THEIR ASSEMBLGE POINT TO A PARTICULAR POINT
sorcerer's recollection is when a sorcerer brings back the total event by means of shifting the AP so that they will have total recall. POS,134

REGAINING THE TOTALITY OF ONESELF: TO RETRACE THE JOURNEY THAT THEIR AP TOOK UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF THE NAUGAL
The grand test that the new seers developed for their warrior-apprentices is to retrace the journey that their AP took under the influence of the naugal. This retracing, when it is
completed, is called regaining the totality of oneself. FFW,141

WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN REMEMBERING AND RECOLLECTING?

REMEMBERING IS A DAY-TO-DAY TYPE ACTIVITY WHILE RECOLLECTING IS DICTATED BY THE MOVEMENT OF THE AP.
..remembering is a day-to-day type activity while recollecting is dictated by the movement of the AP. POS,134,

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE FOR THE SORCERER'S RECOLLECTION?

THIS SORCERERS RECOLLECTION IS THE WAY TO GET BACK ALL THE INFORMATION STORED IN THE MOVEMENT OF THE AP
This sorcerers recollection is the way to get back all the information stored in the movement of the AP. POS,245,246.
....not only do sorcerers have total and absolute recall but they also relive every experience they had in the second attention by this act of returning their assemblage point to
each of these specific positions. TAOD, 17... (purpose of sorcerer's recollection EG,274) every time you have seen me your body has learned certain things, even against your
desire. JTI,180.

FOR THE DOUBLE TO REVEAL ITSELF IN TERMS OF MEMORIES


the systematic interaction warriors go through is only a device to entice the other self to reveal itself in terms of memories. This act of remembering is..within the realm of every
human being; everyone of us can go directly to the memories of our luminosity with unfathomable results. EG,312.

WE RELIVE THE EXPERIENCE WHEN WE MOVE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO WHERE THE AP WAS DURING THE EXPERIENCE
later when a sorcerer moves his AP to the exact spot where it was, he relives the total experience.POS,245,246

HOW DO WE RECOLLECT?

WE CAN RECOLLECT RECONSTRUCTING CONVERSATIONS WITH VOICES/TALK


reconstructing conversations with voices.... EG,166........talk was only used to lead one to recollecting.. POS,143

WE CAN RECOLLECT BY WALKING AROUND


the best way to ensure a complete recollection was to walk around. POS,143

WE CAN RECOLLECT BY INTENDING A PARTICULAR SHINE OF OUR EYES TO SOME SPOT


.....in order to recall those isolated islands of perception sorcerers need only to intend the particular shine of their eyes associated with whatever spot they want to return to.
POS,246

HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE TO RECOLLECT?

ONLY AFTER YEARS OF STRUGGLE AND DISCIPLINE CAN WARRIORS RECOLLECT THEIR INSTRUCTION
...only after years of struggle and discipline can warriors recollect their instruction. By then the concepts and the procedures that were taught to them have been internalized and
thus acquired the force the new seers meant them to have. FFW,25. It took us almost two years of prodigious effort and concentration to arrive at a modicum of understanding
of what had happened to us. EG,163.

DESCRIPTION OF RECOLLECTING...

I felt the popping in the middle of my body, right below my navel, more acutely than in my ears. Right after the popping everything became clearer; sounds, sights, odours.
then I felt an intense buzzing, which oddly enough did not interfere with my hearing capacity; the buzzing was loud but did not drown out any other sounds. It was as if I were
hearing the buzzing with some other part of me other than my ears. a hot flash went through my body. And then I suddenly recalled something I had never seen. it was as if an
alien memory had taken possession of me. SRP,238.
12. LOSING THE HUMAN FORM

WHAT IS THE HUMAN FORM?

IT IS THE FORCE PRODUCED BY THE FIXED SPOT ON WHICH THE AP IS FOUND


... the human form is the compelling force of alignment of the emanations lit by the glow of awareness on the precise spot on which normally man's AP is fixated. FFW,242.

IT IS THE FORCE THAT MAKES US INTO PERSONS


It is the force that makes us into persons. Thus, to be a person is to be compelled to affiliate with that force of alignment and consequently to be affiliated with the precise spot
where it originates. FFW,242. The human form is a force. SRP,138... Something sticky, a sticky force that makes us the people that we are. SRP,140

THE HUMAN FORM HAS NO FORM AND DOESN'T LEAVE US UNTIL WE DIE
The human form has no form.. it's anything, but in spite of not having form, it possesses us during our lives and doesn't leaves us until we die. I've never seen the human form
but I have felt it in my body. SRP,140.

THE HUMAN FORM FEEDS ON CERTAIN FEELINGS


The human form feeds on those feelings. (sadness) SRP,206

WHAT IS THE PROBLEM WITH THE HUMAN FORM?

PEOPLE WHO HAVE FORM STILL GET CAUGHT UP IN EVERY SNAG OF THE UP AND DOWN WORLD
The nagual taught us to be dispassionate... you still have form and are empty, so you get caught in every snag..the world of people go up and down and people go up and down
with their world; as sorcerers we have no business following them in their ups and downs. SRP,216.

EVERYTHING WE EXPERIENCE HAS TO BE SIFTED THROUGH THE HUMAN FORM


Everything has to be sifted through our human form.SRP,142. Everything we say.. is a reflection of the world of people. You will find out before your visit is over that you talk
and act the way you do because your clinging to your human form. SRP,153.

AS LONG AS ONE CLINGS TO THE HUMAN FORM, ONE CAN ONLY REFLECT THAT FORM
As long as one clings to the human form, one can only reflect that form.. SRP,137. (I think this is the best explanation for seeing allies,mold of man,etc, as something other than
energy fields.)

SEEING ALLIES AS MONSTERS IS BECAUSE YOU HAVEN'T LOST YOUR HUMAN FORM YET.
Seeing allies as monsters or people is because you haven't lost your human form yet. SRP,136.

WHAT IS LOSING THE HUMAN FORM?

LOSING THE HUMAN FORM IS LOSING OUR SHIELDS


..I was finally losing my shields, and that what I was experiencing was the loss of my human form and the entrance into a new state of seperation from human affairs. EG,29.

BECAUSE OF THEIR ACTIVITIES, A WARRIORS ASSEMBLAGE POINT MAY DRIFT PERMANENTLY TO THE LEFT WHICH RESULTS IN THE LOSE OF THE
THAT FORCE OF THE HUMAN FORM
By reason of their activities, at a given moment the AP of warriors drift toward the left. It is a permanent move, which results in an uncommon sense of aloofness, or control, or
even abandon. FFW,242. That drift of the AP entails a new alignment of emanations. FFW,242

DO WARRIORS HAVE TO LOSE THEIR FORM?

LOSING OUR HUMAN FORM IS AN OBLIGATORY STAGE IN THE LIFE OF A WARRIOR


a moment...without any shields, uninterruptedly at the mercy of the tumbler..an obligatory stage in the life of a warrior. FFW,241

TO GAIN TOTALITY OF OURSELVES WE MUST LOSE THE HUMAN FORM


Losing the human form was the essential requirement for unifying the two attentions. SRP,256.

WHEN DO WARRIORS LOSE THEIR HUMAN FORM?

FROM THE MOMENT A WARRIOR UNDERSTANDS THE NATURE OF AWARENESS THEY CEASE TO BE PERSONS AND THE HUMAN CONDITION IS NO
LONGER PART OF THEIR VIEW
.....warriors have no life of their own. From the moment they understand the nature of awareness, they cease to be persons and the human condition is no longer part of their
view. I had my duty as a warrior and nothing else was important.. EG,306.

THE SHELL OF THE OUR LUMINOSITY MUST BE BROKEN AT THE RIGHT TIME TO LIBERATE US
..The shell must be broken in order to liberate that being. It must be broken from the inside at the right time... if they fail to do so, they suffocate and die... there is no way for a
warrior to break the shell of his luminosity until the time is right. EG,220

WHAT HAPPENS TO US WHEN WE LOSE OUR HUMAN FORM?

ONCE THE HUMAN FORM IS LOST, WE ARE NO LONGER BOUND BY THE CONCERNS OF THE DAILY WORLD
Once the chains are cut..we are no longer bound by the concerns of the daily world. We are still in the daily world, but we don't belong there anymore. In order to belong we
must share the concerns of people and without chains we can't. POS,102...(these concerns of people are like a metaphorical dagger in which we cut ourselves. and we act like we
are bleeding together in one big humanity. But we are not sharing anything..all we are doing is toying with our manageable, unreal, man-made reflections.)..sorcerers are no
longer in the world of daily affairs because they are no longer prey to their self reflection. POS,102

DESCRIPTION OF LOSING THE HUMAN FORM


the disintegration of her human form began in her womb, with a severe pain and an inordinate pressure that shifted slowly in two directions, down her legs and up to her throat.
She also said that the effects are felt immediately. EG,29... she described a very complex series of sensations that she had had over a period of years that culminated in a serious
illness, the climax of which was a bodily state that reminded me of descriptions I had read of a massive heart attack. She said that the human form, as the force that it is, left her
body after a serious internal battle that manifested itself as illness. I became so weak that for days I couldn't even get out of my bed. SRP,140. I woke up in the early morning
hours with an unbearable pressure in my head. it was not a headache; it was rather a vary intense weight in my ears. I felt it also on my eyelids and the roof of my mouth. I
knew I was feverish, but the heat was only in my head... After awhile the pressure in my head began to disminish but it also began to shift to my throat. I gasped for air, gagging
and coughing for some time; then the pressure moved slowly to my chest, then to my stomach, to my groin, to my legs, and to my feet before it finally left my body. Whatever
had happened to me had taken about two hours to unfold...during the course of those two grueling hours it was a s if something inside my body was actually moving downward,
moving out of me.... the feeling was of something being rolled up, it became heavier, thus more painful, as it went down. The two areas where the pain became excruciating
were my knees and my feet, especially my right foot, which remained hot for thirty-five minutes after all the pain and pressure had vanished. EG,112. I found myself in a most
unfaniliar state. I felt detached, unbiased. What I felt was mot a willed indifference, or negligence to act; neither was it alienation or even the desire to be alone. It was rather an
alien feeling of aloofness, a capability of immersing myself in the moment and having no thoughts whatever about anything else. People's actions no longer affected me, for I
had no more expectations of any kind. A strange peace had become the ruling force in my life. I felt I had somehow adopted one of the concepts of a warrior's life detachment.
EG,113. He simply did not have any more human feelings. To him everything was equal. He had accepted his fate. SRP,206.

HOW TO CALL THE SECOND ATTENTION WHEN YOU ARE FORMLESS: A MOTION OF OPENING THE DOOR
When the second attention has to be called upon to assemble itself, all that is needed is the motion of opening the door. That's the secret of the Toltec dreamers once they are
formless. SRP,261.

WHY IS IT IMPORTANT FOR WARRIORS TO LOSE THEIR FORM?

NEW POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT

THE NEW POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS THE BEGINNING OF A SERIES OF GREATER SHIFTS
It is the beginning of a series of greater shifts. Seers very aptly called this initial shift losing the human form, because it marks an inexorable movement of the AP away from its
original setting, resulting in the irreversible loss of our affiliation to the force that makes us persons. FFW,242

GETTING TO THE TOTALITY OF YOURSELF

LOSING OUR HUMAN FORM BRINGS THE FREEDOM TO REMEMBER YOUR DOUBLE
losing the human form brings freedom... the freedom to remember yourself... The Naugal said that losing the human form is like a spiral. it gives you freedom to remember and
this in turn makes you even freer. EG,60. ...losing the human form was the only means of breaking that shell, the only means of liberating that haunting luminous core, the core
of awareness which is the Eagle's food. To break the shell means remembering the other self, and arriving at the totality of oneself. EG,220.

DETACHMENT FROM THE CONCERNS OF EVERYDAY LIFE

WE NEED DETACHMENT TO RISE ABOVE THE MUNDANE NEEDS OF EVERYDAY LIFE


gone was his feeling of detachment, which was what had given him the power to love. Without that detachment, he had only mundane needs, desperation, and hopelessness: the
distinctive features of the world of everyday life....he had failed because his life did not have an abstract purpose.. POS,193,194

FREEDOM FOR HUMAN BEINGS. IF OUR WAREHOUSES ARE GOING TO REMAIN FILLED WITH CAPACITY WITH THE DESIRES, FEELINGS ,IDEAS AND
OBJECTS OF OUR HUMAN INVENTORY, WHERE IS OUR FREEDOM THEN?
We believe in a nonhuman inventory is the only possible freedom for human beings. if our warehouses are going to remain filled with capacity with the desires, feelings ,ideas
and objects of our human inventory, where is our freedom then? TSC,85,86.

A WARRIOR BECOMES IMPERSONAL AND DETACHED

THE WARRIOR HAS NO COMPASSION FOR ANYONE


.. a warrior had no compassion for anyone. SRP,271

WHY ARE WARRIORS INCAPABLE OF FEELING COMPASSION?

BECAUSE WARRIORS NO LONGER FEEL SORRY FOR THEMSELVES


Warriors are incapable of feeling compassion because they no longer feel sorry for themselves. Without the driving force of self-pity, compassion is meaningless..POS,47

TO HAVE COMPASSION MEANT THAT YOU WISHED THE OTHER PERSON TO BE JUST LIKE YOU
For him, to have compassion meant that you wished the other person to be like you, to be in your shoes and you just lent a hand for that purpose.For him, to have compassion
meant that you wished the other person to be like you, to be in your shoes and you just lent a hand for that purpose. The hardest thing in the world is for a warrior to let others
be. The impeccability of a warrior is to let them be and to support them in what they are... not say a word..only a sorcerer who sees and is formless can afford to help anyone.
SRP,271. I could not help my fellow beings in any way. In fact, to his understanding, every effort to help on our part was an arbitrary act guided by our own self-interest alone.
SRP,272. (story of the snail and moving it) SRP,272.

THE HARDEST THING IN THE WORLD IS FOR A WARRIOR TO LET OTHERS BE.
The hardest thing in the world is for a warrior to let others be. The impeccability of a warrior is to let them be and to support them in what they are... not say a word..SRP,271.

WE HELP PEOPLE BECAUSE IT IS REALLY AN ARBITRARY ACT GUIDED BY OUR OWN SELF-INTEREST ALONE
I could not help my fellow beings in any way. In fact, to his understanding, every effort to help on our part was an arbitrary act guided by our own self-interest alone. SRP,272.
(story of the snail and moving it) SRP,272.

WHO CAN HELP PEOPLE?

ONLY A SORCERER WHO SEES AND IS FORMLESS CAN AFFORD TO HELP ANYONE
only a sorcerer who sees and is formless can afford to help anyone. SRP,271.

COLDNESS IS NOT CRUELTY OR HEARTLESSNESS BUT AN UNBENDING ATTACHMENT


I remember what Clara had told me, that coldness is not cruelty or heartlessness but an unbending detachment. At last I knew what it meant to be without pity. TSC,182.

FREEDOM WAS BEING FREE FROM HUMAN COMPASSION..BEING FREE FROM HUMANNESS DOESN'T MEAN SUCH AN IDIOTIC THING AS NOT
POSSESSING WARMTH OR COMPASSION
freedom was being free from human compassion..being free from humanness doesn't mean such an idiotic thing as not possessing warmth or compassion... although my mind
cannot conceive of it either, believe me it exists (freedom)...TSC,66
I've told you that for us freedom is to be free from humanness. And that includes God, good and evil, the saints, the Virgin and the Holy Ghost. TSC,85,86. Freedom to us is
being free from humanness. The Chinese immortals were caught in their myths of immortality, of being wise, of having liberated themselves, of coming back to earth to guide
others along the way. They were scholars, musicians, possessors of supernatural powers. They were righteous and whimsical, very much like the classical Greek gods. Even
nirvana is a human state, in which bliss is being free from the flesh. TSC,65,66.

THE LIFE OF A WARRIOR CANNOT POSSIBLY BE COLD AND LONELY AND WITHOUT FEELINGS..BECAUSE IT IS BASED ON HIS AFFECTION, HIS
DEVOTION, DEDICATION TO HIS BELOVED.
The life of a warrior cannot possibly be cold and lonely and without feelings..because it is based on his affection, his devotion, dedication to his beloved. TOP,280.

THE WARRIOR WHO APPEARS COLD AND UNCOMPASSIONATE BECAUSE THEY REFLECT THE ABSTRACT WHICH IS IMPERSONAL
another thing the ancient Chinese seekers believed in was that invisiblity is the corallary of having attained a calm indifference... they (the eyes of a fighting cock) reflect an
indescribable indifference, something also found in the eyes of beings who have made the great crossing. For instead of looking outwardly at the world, they have turned
inwardly to gaze at that which is not yet present.. The eye that gazes inwardly is immovable.. It reflects not human concerns or fears, but the vastness. Seers who have gazed at
the boundless have attested that the boundless stares back with a cold, unyielding indifference. TSC,67.
WHY IS IT IMPORTANT FOR A WARRIOR TO BE DETACHED?

TO BE SUCCESSFUL WITH OTHER PEOPLE

WE BELIEVE IN A NONHUMAN INVENTORY IS THE ONLY POSSIBLE


ANY WARRIOR CAN BE SUCCESSFUL WITH PEOPLE.. PROVIDED HE MOVES HIS AP TO A POSITION WHERE IT IS IMMATERIAL WHETHER PEOPLE LIKE
HIM, DISLIKE HIM, OR IGNORE HIM
...Any warrior can be successful with people.. provided he moves his AP to a position where it is immaterial whether people like him, dislike him, or ignore him. FFW,207.

NOT WASTE THEIR ENERGY

SINCE SORCERERS ARE NO LONGER CONCERNED WITH THE WORLD, ALL THE AVAILABLE ENERGY OF SORCERER'S IS POURED INTO NEW PATHS
The involvements of men and women are no longer our concern.. That means we are not interested in man's mortality, immortality or even amorality. All our energy is poured
into exploring new paths. TSC,139. And more than anything else, the art of sorcerers is never to waste their power. SRP,216.

CAN ASSESS A SITUATION

BEING FORMLESS GIVES YOU A FEW MOMENTS TO ASSESS A SITUATION


DJ said that detachment did not automatically mean wisdom, but that it was, nonetheless, an advantage because it allowed the warrior to pause momentarily to reassess
situations, to reconsider positions. EG,113. In order to use that extra moment consistently and correctly... a warrior had to struggle unyieldingly for a lifetime. EG,113. The
advantage of being formless is that it allows us a moment's pause, providing that we have the self-discipline and courage to utilize it. EG,125.

SEE EVERYTHING AS IT IS

WHEN WE HAVE NO FORM, THEN NOTHING HAS FORM


When we have no more form, then nothing has form and yet everything is present. SRP,142.

HOW DO WARRIORS LOSE THEIR HUMAN FORM?

IMPECCABILITY ALSO IS THE ONLY WAY TO LOSE THE HUMAN FORM


..impeccability was not only freedom but it was the only way to scare away the human form. SRP,247 TOP,191

WHAT ARE THE CONSEQUENCES FROM LOSING YOUR HUMAN FORM?

A WARRIOR WITHOUT FORM BEGINS TO SEE AN EYE WHICH IS USED FOR DREAMING
a warrior without form begins to see an eye. I saw an eye in front of me every time I closed my eyes. The formless warrior uses that eye to start dreaming. If you don't have a
form, you don't have to go to sleep to do dreaming. The eye pulls you every time you want to go. SRP,141. The eye pulls me in and I enter another world. Most of the time I
just wander around it. SRP,145....sometimes the eye is very small and sometimes it is enormous..when it is small your dreaming is precise. If it's big your dreaming is like flying
over the mountains and not seeing much. One day when I become truly formless I won't see the eye anymore; the eye will become just like me, nothing, and yet it'll be there
like the allies. SRP,142. For them the eye was not even an eye; they said it was an orange light, like the sun. SRP,149. Description of using the eye to pull you somewhere.
SRP,149.

DANGERS OF LOSING FORM

FORMLESSNESS IS, IF ANYTHING, A DETRIMENT TO SOBRIETY AND LEVELHEADEDNESS. THERE IS NO AUTOMATIC EMOTIONAL STRENGTH
INVOLVED IN IT. AN ASPECT OF BEING DETACHED, THE CAPACITY TO BECOME IMMERSED IN WHATEVER ONE IS DOING, NATURALLY EXTENDS TO
EVERYTHING ONE DOES, INCLUDING BEING INCONSISTENT, AND OUTRIGHT PETTY.
formlessness is, if anything, a detriment to sobriety and levelheadedness. There is no automatic emotional strength involved in it. An aspect of being detached, the capacity to
become immersed in whatever one is doing, naturally extends to everything one does, including being inconsistent, and outright petty. EG,125. She had been formless for years
without the self-discipline and courage to utilize it. EG,125. thus she had been at the mercy of drastic shifts of mood, and incredible discrepancies between her actions and her
purposes. EG,126...

13. SEEING

WHY SHOULD WE GET TO THE DOUBLE?

WHEN THE ENERGY BODY IS COMPLETE, SORCERERS CAN ALWAYS SEE ENERGY.
When the energy body is complete sorcerers see energy every time they gaze at an item in the daily world. TAOD,164

HOW DO WE LEARN TO SEE?

STOPPING THE WORLD IS THE FIRST STEP TO SEEING


His contention was that he was teaching me how to see as opposed to merely looking and that stopping the world was the first step to seeing. JTI,ix... seeing happens only when
the warrior is capable of stopping the internal dialogue. TOP,31. Seeing of course is the final accomplishment of a man of knowledge and seeing is attained only when one has
stopped the world through the technique of not-doing. JTI,194. Genaro kept you busy turning over rocks in order to distract your thoughts and allow your body to see. JTI,255.
Clara stressed that for us to fix our attention on any abstract manifestation, we have to merge the known with the unknown in a spontaneous amalgamation. in this way, we can
engage our reason yet at the same time be indifferent to it... TSC,88 An opening in the energy field around us is an abstract manifestation... but don't expect to feel it or see it in
the same manner you feel and see the concrete world. Something else takes place... TSC,88

SEEING IS FOR IMPECCABLE MEN


Seeing is for impeccable men. Temper your spirit now, become a warrior, learn to see, and then you'll know that there is no end to the new worlds for our vision. SR,154.

SEEING HAS TO BE LEARNED


Seeing is not a matter of looking and keeping quiet,..seeing is a technique one has to learn. Or maybe it is a technique some of us already know. SR,164,165 Seeing is learned
by seeing. SR,170. ...Sorcerers perceive the energetic elements for the same reason (as average people are able to perceive only the physical elements) because they were taught
to do so. TAOD,185.

USE DREAMING WITH SEEING


warriors should never attempt seeing unless they are aided by dreaming..with practice, seers learn to be asleep and yet behave as if nothing is happening to them. FFW,238.

LIVE GUIDED BY YOUR SEEING/DON'T HAVE TO BE A WARRIOR


I understand the world and live guided by my seeing. If a man sees he doesn't have to live like a warrior, or anything else, for he can see things as they really are and direct his
life accordingly. SR,149 Upon learning to see he no longer needs to live like a warrior, nor be a sorcerer. Seeing is very difficult and is not a matter of talk. SR,105. Old
sorcerers learned everything by themselves through seeing. FFW,23...

DESCRIPTION OF HOW TO SEE THE COCOON OF MAN


one has to gaze at people from behind, as they walk away. FFW,238...he told me then to relax my muscles, shut off my internal dialogue, and let my AP drift away under the
spell of inner silence. He urged me to smack myself gently but firmly on my right side, between my hipbone and my ribcage. I did that three times and I was sound asleep. My
body was dormant but I was perfectly aware of everything that was taking place. FFW,238.
DANGERS ON THE SORCERER'S PATH

FOCUSING ON THE LEFT SIDE STEADILY CAN BE A TRAP - HOOKED INTO THE OLD SORCERER'S WORLD
He emphasized that the urge to turn awareness steadily to the left is a trap infinitely more deadly than the attractions of the world of everyday life because of the mystery and
power inherent in it. TSC,237. what makes the warrior's path so dangerous is that it is the opposite of the life situation of modern man... to be given a chance to go back again to
the mystery of the world.. is sometimes too much for warriors and they succumb, they forget the quest for freedom; they forget to be unbiased witnesses. They sink into the
unknown and love it. FFW.167.

THE SECOND ATTENTION CAN BE FIXED ON THINGS ON THIS WORLD FOR THEIR OWN GAIN OR IT CAN BE FIXED ON ITEMS NOT ON THIS WORLD.
the fixation of the SA has two faces. The first and easiest face is the evil one. It happens when dreamers use their dreaming to focus their SA on the items of the world, like
money and power over people. the other face is the most difficult to reach and it happens when dreamers focus their SA on items that are not in or from this world, such as the
journey into the unknown. Warriors need endless impeccability in order to reach this face. EG,20.

14. DANGERS IN THE SECOND ATTENTION

DANGERS ON THE SORCERER'S PATH

FOCUSING ON THE LEFT SIDE STEADILY CAN BE A TRAP - HOOKED INTO THE OLD SORCERER'S WORLD
He emphasized that the urge to turn awareness steadily to the left is a trap infinitely more deadly than the attractions of the world of everyday life because of the mystery and
power inherent in it. TSC,237. what makes the warrior's path so dangerous is that it is the opposite of the life situation of modern man... to be given a chance to go back again to
the mystery of the world.. is sometimes too much for warriors and they succumb, they forget the quest for freedom; they forget to be unbiased witnesses. They sink into the
unknown and love it. FFW.167.

THE SECOND ATTENTION CAN BE FIXED ON THINGS ON THIS WORLD FOR THEIR OWN GAIN OR IT CAN BE FIXED ON ITEMS NOT ON THIS WORLD.
the fixation of the SA has two faces. The first and easiest face is the evil one. It happens when dreamers use their dreaming to focus their SA on the items of the world, like
money and power over people. the other face is the most difficult to reach and it happens when dreamers focus their SA on items that are not in or from this world, such as the
journey into the unknown. Warriors need endless impeccability in order to reach this face. EG,20.

DANGERS IN THE SECOND ATTENTION

THE ACTIONS OF THE NAGUAL ARE DEADLY.

the actions of the nagual are deadly... if you don't have enough power to parry the nagual's onslaught, you're dead, regardless of my help or Genaro's concern. TOP,186.

YOU MAY DIE IF YOU COME INTO DIRECT PHYSICAL CONTACT WITH THE NAGUAL
You must be concerned with the nagual only at certain moments..the rest of the time you and I are alike like all the other people on this earth..you have to exert the most
demanding vigil to be sure when a man is a nagual and when a man is simply a man. You may die if you come into direct physical contact with the nagual. TOP,182.

IS HUNTING POWER SAFE?

POWER WAS A DEVASTATING FORCE THAT COULD EASILY LEAD TO ONE'S DEATH AND HAD TO BE TREATED WITH GREAT CARE.
Power was a devastating force that could easily lead to one's death and had to be treated with great care.JTI,104.

TO VENTURE INTO THE UNKNOWN WITHOUT POWER IS STUPID, YOU MUST BE CAREFUL WHEN ONE IS DEALING WITH POWER
Death is always waiting, and when the warrior's power wanes death simply taps him. Thus, to venture into the unknown without any power is stupid. One will only find death.
JTI,135.You must be infinitely careful. When one is dealing with power, one has to be perfect. mistakes are deadly here. JTI,147.

BECOMING AVAILABLE TO POWER HAD TO BE DONE SYSTEMATICALLY, BUT ALWAYS WITH GREAT CAUTION.
Becoming available to power had to be done systematically, but always with great caution...JTI,104.

WHAT CAN HAPPEN WHEN SOMEONE HAS POWER?

MAN'S THIRD NATURAL ENEMY IS POWER: IT CAN TURN SOMEONE INTO A CRUEL, CAPRICIOUS MAN
His third enemy. Power! Power is the strongest of all enemies. And naturally the easiest thing to do is to give in; after all, the man is truly invincible. He commands; he begins
by taking calculated risks, and ends in making rules, because he is master. A man at this stage hardly notices his third enemy closing in on him. And suddenly, without
knowing, he will certainly have lost the battle. His enemy will have turned him into a cruel, capricious man. TDJ,86.. he will never lose his clarity or power. A man who is
defeated by power dies without really knowing how to handle it. Power is only a burden upon his fate. Such a man has no command over himself, and cannot tell when or how
to use his power....TDJ,86.

HOW TO DEFEAT POWER: HE HAS TO DEFY IT, DELIBERATELY AND REALIZE THE POWER WAS NEVER REALLY HIS
To defeat the third enemy... he has to defy it, deliberately. He has to come to realize the power he has seemingly conquered is in reality never his. He must keep himself in line
at all times, handling carefully and faithfully all that he has learned. If he can see that clarity and power, without his control over himself, are worse than mistakes, he will reach
a point where everything is held in check. He will know then when and how to use his power. And thus he will have defeated his third enemy. TDJ,87.

WHAT TO DO IF YOU ARE IN DANGER IN THE SECOND ATTENTION

NEVER TURN TO ONE'S LEFT WHEN FACING THE NAGUAL


one should never turn to one's left when facing the nagual. He said that the nagual was deadly and there was no need to make the risks more dangerous than they already were.
TOP,168

THE ONLY WAY TO FEND OFF THE NAGUAL WAS TO REMAIN UNALTERED.
the only way to fend off the nagual was to remain unaltered. TOP,185.

LOOK AT THE NAGUAL AS IF IT WERE AN EVERYDAY AFFAIR


...the only way to look at the nagual is as if it were a common affair. TOP,169

NEVER LOOK DIRECTLY AT THE NAGUAL


...when one is dealing with the nagual, one should never look into it directly TOP,169

MOVE YOUR EYES IN A CLOCKWISE DIRECTION IF BEING ENVELOPED BY AN UNUSUAL FORCE


DJ told me that I should move my eyes in a clockwise direction if I felt that I was being enveloped by an unusual force.. FFW,112, 113.

BLINK TO BREAK THE FIXATION OF THE NAGUAL


One must blink in order to break the fixation. TOP,169

OR SHIFT YOUR EYES TO BREAK THE FIXATION


Another thing one should do when facing the nagual is to shift the line of the eyes from time to time, in order to break the spell of the nagual. Changing the position of the eyes
always eases the burden of the tonal. this shifting should only be done as a relief, though, not as another way of palisading yourself to safeguard the order of the tonal. My bet
would be that you would strive to use this technique to hide the rationality of your tonal behind it, and thus believe you're saving it from extinction. the flaw of your reasoning
is that nobody wants or seeks the extinction of the tonal's rationality. That fear is ill founded. TOP,170.

DEFENSIVE POSITION

WHAT IS THE DEFENSIVE POSITION?

THE FIGHTING FORM WAS PART OF A DEFENSE TECHNIQUE USED IN CASES OF EXTREME DISTRESS AND DANGER
The fighting form was part of a defense technique used in cases of extreme distress and danger. SR,161.
Then he gave me precise instructions about a fighting form, a specific bodily position to be maintained while I remained on my beneficial. I had to maintain this posture he
called a form. TDJ,175.... and it (the fighting form) had to be used if I was attacked. TDJ,176. He warned me that the form had to be adopted only in moments of extreme crisis,
but so long as there was no danger in sight I should simply sit cross-legged on my spot. TDJ,176

HOW DO YOU DO THE DEFENSIVE POSITION?

DESCRIPTION OF TECHNIQUE
The young changed positions and sat with their left legs tucked under their seats.... this was posture that a sorcerer used when things were uncertain JTI,205. I was sitting with
my knees against my chest. He corrected my position and told me to sit with my left leg tucked under my seat and my right one bent, with the knee in an upward position. My
right arm had to be by my side with my fist resting on the ground, while my left arm was crossed over my chest. He told me to face him and stay there, relaxed but not
abandoned. SR,160. If something came at me in a very menacing way I had to adopt a fighting form that he had taught me years before, which consisted of dancing, beating
the ground with the tip of the left foot, while I slapped my right thigh vigorously. SR,161. sitting in vigil.. tuck my right leg under my left thigh and keep my left leg in a squat
position. SR,202.It consisted of clapping the calf and thigh of my right leg and stomping my left foot in a kind of dance I had to do while facing the attacker. TDJ,176.

WHY IS THE LEG TUCKED?

THE TUCKED LEG WAS USED AS A SPRING IN ORDER TO STAND UP WITH GREAT SPEED IF NECESSARY
he explained that the tucked leg was used as a spring in order to stand up with great speed, if it were necessary. SR,202.

REALLY DANGEROUS SITUATION

HURLING AN OBJECT AT THE ENEMY WITH A WAR CRY


Under circumstances of extreme danger... he said I could resort to one last means of defence-hurling an object at the enemy. He told me that ordinarily one hurls a power object,
but since I did not possess any I was forced to use any small rock that would fit into the palm of my right hand, a rock I could hold by pressing it against my palm with my
thumb. He said that such a technique should be used only if one was indisputably in danger of losing one's life. The hurling of the object had to be accompanied by a war cry, a
yell that had the property of directing the object to its mark. he emphatically recommended careful and deliberate about the outcry and not use it at random, but only under
severe conditions of seriousness. TDJ,176

WAR CRY/YELLING

THE YELL OF A WARRIOR WAS ONE OF THE MOST IMPORTANT ISSUES OF SORCERY,
the yell of a warrior was one of the most important issues of sorcery, and that don Genaro was capable of focusing on his yell, using it as a vehicle. TOP,176.

DESCRIPTION OF THE WAR CRY


He said that the outcry or war cry was something that remained with a man for the duration of his life; thus it had to be good from the very beginning. And the only way to start
it correctly was by holding back one's natural fear and haste until one was absolutely filled with power, and then the yell would burst out with direction and power. He said these
were the conditions of seriousness needed to launch the yell. TDJ,176.
I asked him to explain about the power that was supposed to fill one before the outcry. he said that was something that ran through the body coming from the ground where one
stood; it was a kind power that emanated from the beneficial spot, to be exact. It was a force that pushed the yell out. If such a force was properly managed, the battle cry would
be perfect. TDJ,176.
yelling was necessary to make our presence known, because I had to make myself accesible to the power of that specific water hole. JTI,95

NAME CALLING

the calling of a name was a serious matter, especially if one was learning to tame an ally power...names were reserved to be used only when one was calling for help, in
moments of great stress and need, and he assured me that such moments happen sooner or later in the life of whoever seeks knowledge. TDJ,58.

SHIELDS

WHY DO WE NEED SHIELDS?

WHENEVER A SORCERER HAS AN ENCOUNTER WITH ANY OF THOSE INEXPLICABLE AND UNBENDING FORCES..HIS GAP OPENS, MAKING HIM MORE
SUSCEPTIBLE TO HIS DEATH THAN HE ORDINARILY IS
Whenever a sorcerer has an encounter with any of those inexplicable and unbending forces..his gap opens, making him more susceptible to his death than he ordinarily is;
SR,216,217

IF ONE IS A WARRIOR THEN THEY HAVE THEIR WILL TO FILL THAT GAP
I've told you that we die through that gap, therefore if it is open one should have his will ready to fill it; that is, if one is a warrior. SR,216,217

IF ONE IS NOT A WARRIOR YET, THEN WE MUST USE ACTIVITIES OF DAILY LIFE TO TAKE ONE'S MIND AWAY FROM THE FRIGHT OF THE
ENCOUNTER AND THUS ALLOW ONE'S GAP TO CLOSE.
if one is not a warrior, like yourself, then one has no other recourse but to use the activities of daily life to take one's mind away from the fright of the encounter and thus allow
one's gap to close. SR,216,217.
A WARRIOR MUST USE EVERYTHING TO CLOSE HIS MORTAL GAP ONCE IT IS OPEN
A warrior must use everything available to him to close his mortal gap once it opens. TOP,76.

A WARRIOR DELIBERATELY SELECTS THE ITEMS THAT MAKE HIS WORLD FOR EVERY ITEM HE CHOOSES IS A SHIELD THAT PROTECTS HIM FROM
THE DANGERS OF THE SECOND ATTENTION
a warrior selects the items that make his world. He selects deliberately, for every item he chooses is a shield that protects him from the onslaughts of the forces he is striving to
use. A warrior would use his shields to protect himself from his ally, for instance. SR,216,217. You cannot surround yourself with things helter-skelter any longer. SR,217.

AN APPRENTICE MUST BE ALWAYS READY FOR AN ENCOUNTER WITH THE SECOND ATTENTION WHICH COULD OPEN OUR GAP AND KILL US
a warrior encounters those inexplicable and unbending forces because he deliberately seeking them, thus he is always prepared for the encounter. You.. are never prepared for
it. in fact, if those forces come to you they will take you by surprise; the fright will open your gap and your life will irresistibly escape through it. The first thing you must do,
then, is be prepared. Think that the ally is going to pop in front in front of your eyes any minute and you must be ready for him. To meet an ally is no party.. and the warrior
takes the responsibility of protecting his life. Then if any of those forces tap you and open your gap, you must deliberately strive to close it by yourself. For that purpose you
must have a selected number of things that give you great peace and pleasure, things which you can deliberately use to take your thoughts from your fright and close your gap
and you solid. SR,217.

ENERGY SHOULD BE FOCUSED ON THE SPIRIT, NOT ON SHIELDS


the recommendation for warriors is not to have any material things on which to focus their power, but to focus it on the spirit, on the true flight into the unknown, not on trivial
shields. EG,21.
D.) THE THIRD ATTENTION

ENTERING INTO THE THIRD ATTENTION

IS THE THIRD ATTENTION EASY TO ENTER?

IT IS DIFFICULT TO ENTER BUT WORTH IT


...The third attention was a state rather difficult to arrive at, but very fruitful once it was attained. EG,18...

HOW DO WE ENTER THE THIRD ATTENTION?

THE NEW SEERS BY USING INTENT...OPEN UP THEIR COCOONS AND THE ROLLING FORCE FLOODS THEM RATHER THAN ROLLING THEM UP. THE
FINAL RESULT IS THEIR TOTAL AND INSTANTANEOUS DISINTEGRATION.
the new seers by using intent...open up their cocoons and the rolling force floods them rather than rolling them up. The final result is their total and instantaneous disintegration.
FFW,246.

USING THE TUMBLER TO MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT


it is the force of death... under the impact of the tumbler, the AP moves to new unpredictable positions. FFW,268....

HOW DO WE SEE THE FORCE OR EXPERIENCE IT?

TO SEE THE ROLLING FORCE YOU NEED A SHIFT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT
A shift of the AP is all that is needed to open oneself to the rolling force. FFW,245.

IS IT DANGEROUS TO SEE THE ROLLING FORCE?

IF SEEN IN A DELIBERATE MANNER, THE DANGER IS MINIMAL BUT TO SEE IT IN AN INVOLUNTARY MANNER DUE TO EMOTIONAL OR PHYSICAL
CRISIS IT IS VERY DANGEROUS
He added that if the force is seen in a deliberate manner, there is minimal danger. A situation that is extremely dangerous, however, is an involuntary shift of the AP owing
perhaps to physical fatigue, emotional exhaustion, disease, or simply a minor emotional or physical crisis, such as being frightened or being drunk. FFW,245.
E.) A WARRIOR'S LIFE

1. PATH WITH A HEART

DESTINY OF A WARRIOR

THE FORCE THAT RULES OUR DESTINIES IS OUTSIDE OF OURSELVES AND HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH OUR ACTS OF VOLITION.
The force that rules our destinies is outside of ourselves and has nothing to do with our acts of volition. ..in view of my total lack of control over the forces which decide my
destiny, my only possible freedom in that ravine (story of ravine SRP,248) consisted in tying my shoelaces impeccably. SRP,248. ..as average men we would never know that it
was something utterely real and functional - our connecting link with intent - which gave us our hereditary preoccupation with fate. CC , POS, 63

I WON'T SAY THAT YOU'RE ABOUT TO FULFILL YOUR DESTINY, BECAUSE THERE IS NO DESTINY.
I won't say that you're about to fulfill your destiny, because there is no destiny. TOP,143.

THE COURSE OF A WARRIOR'S DESTINY IS UNALTERABLE.. THE CHALLENGE IS HOW FAR HE CAN GO WITHIN THOSE RIGID BOUNDS, HOW
IMPECCABLE HE CAN BE WITHIN THOSE RIGID BOUNDS.
The course of a warrior's destiny is unalterable.. the challenge is how far he can go within those rigid bounds, how impeccable he can be within those rigid bounds. If there are
obstacles in his path, the warrior strives impeccably to overcome them. If he finds unbearable hardship and pain on his path, he weeps, but all his tears put together could not
move the line of his destiny the breadth of one hair. EG,106. ....In the life of a warrior there is only one thing, one issue alone which is really undecided: how far one can go on
the path of knowledge and power. That is an issue which is open and no one can predict its outcome. I once told you that the freedom of a warrior has is either to act
impeccably or to act like a nincompoop. TOP,241. Power comes only after we accept our fate without recriminations. SRP,85.
..it did not matter what our specific fate was as long as we faced it with ultimate abandon. POS,116

IT IS ALWAYS UP TO US INDIVIDUALLY TO FULFILL OR TO FLUB OUR FATE.


It is always up to us individually to fulfill or to flub our fate. TSC,161 A warrior could not possibly leave anything to chance, that a warrior actually affected the outcome of
events by the force of his awareness and his unbending intent. SRP,110. We choose only once..we choose to be warriors or to be ordinary men. A second choice does not exist.
Not on this earth. SRP,245

CHOOSING A PATH

THERE ARE MILLIONS OF PATH AND THAT EACH ONE IS ONLY A PATH
The devil's weed is only one of a million paths. Anything is one of a million paths. Therefore you must always keep in mind a path is only a path; TDJ,106

ALL PATHS ARE THE SAME, THEY LEAD NOWHERE: TO YOUR DEATH
All paths are the same: they lead nowhere. They are paths going through the bush, or into the bush. In my own life I could say I have traversed long,long paths, but I am not
anywhere. TDJ,106 .....I have learned that the countless paths one traverses in one's life are all equal. Oppressors and oppressed meet at the end, and the only thing that prevails
is that life was altogether too short for both. SR,143

CHOOSING A PATH WITH HEART

A WARRIOR MUST CHOOSE TO FOLLOW A PATH WITH HEART


in his day-to-day life a warrior chooses to follow the path with heart. it is the consistent choice of the path with heart which makes a warrior different from the average man.
SR,217,218.

THE THINGS A WARRIOR SELECTS TO MAKE HIS SHIELDS ARE THE ITEMS OF A PATH WITH HEART.
The things a warrior selects to make his shields are the items of a path with heart. SR,217,218.

HOW DO YOU KNOW IT IS A PATH WITH HEART?

LOOK AT EVERY PATH CLOSELY AND DELIBERATELY. TRY IT AS MANY TIMES AS YOU THINK NECESSARY
I warn you. Look at every path closely and deliberately. Try it as many times as you thing necessary. TDJ,106

ASK YOURSELF" DOES THIS PATH HAVE A HEART?"


Then ask yourself and yourself alone, one question. This question is one that only a very old man asks. My benefactor told me about it once when I was young, and my blood
was too vigorous for me to understand it. Now I do understand it. I will tell you what it is: Does this path have a heart?TDJ,106 A diablero is a diablero and a warrior is a
warrior. or a man can be both. There are enough people who are both. But a man who only traverses the paths of life is everything. Today I am neither a warrior nor a diablero.
For me there is only the traveling on the paths that have a heart, on any path that may have a heart. there I travel, and the only worthwhile challenge for me is to traverse its full
length. And there I travel-looking, looking, breathlessly. TDJ,182.

TO KNOW IF IT HAS A PATH WITH HEART YOU MUST HAVE CLARITY WHICH COMES FROM A DISCIPLINED LIFE
To have such clarity you must lead a disciplined life. Only then will you know that any path is only a path, and there is no affront(insult), to oneself or to others, in dropping it if
that is what your heart tells you what to do. TDJ,106

WHEN THE WARRIOR IS AT ONE WITH THE PATH, HE EXPERIENCES A GREAT PEACE AND PLEASURE TRAVERSING ITS LENGTH.
he knows that a path has heart when he is one with it, when he experiences a great peace and pleasure traversing its length. SR,217,218

IF THE PATH HAS HEART THEN IT MAKES FOR A JOYFUL JOURNEY, IT MAKES YOU STRONG, THE OTHER WILL MAKE YOU CURSE YOUR LIFE, IT
WEAKENS YOU
My benefactor's question has meaning now. Does this path have a heart? If it does, the path is good; if it doesn't, it is of no use. Both paths lead nowhere; but one has heart, the
other doesn't. One makes for a joyful journey; as long as you follow it, you are one with it. The other will make you curse your life. One makes you strong; the other weakens
you. TDJ,106

A PATH WITH HEART IS EASY, IT DOES NOT MAKE YOU WORK AT LIKING IT. A PATH WITHOUT HEART IS NEVER EASY, YOU HAVE TO WORK HARD
EVEN TO TAKE IT.
Does this path have a heart? If the answer is no, you will know it, and then you must choose another path.. the trouble is nobody asks the question; and when a man finally
realizes that he has taken a path without a heart, the path is ready to kill him. At that point very few men can stop to deliberate, and leave the path. A path without a heart is
never enjoyable. You have to work hard even to take it... a path with heart is easy; it does not make you work at liking it. TDJ,158.

LEAVING A PATH

IF YOU FEEL YOU SHOULD NOT BE ON A PATH, YOU MUST NOT STAY WITH IT UNDER ANY CONDITIONS
if you feel you should not follow it, you must not stay with it under any conditions. TDJ,106
YOUR DECISION TO KEEP ON THE PATH OR TO LEAVE IT MUST BE FREE OF FEAR OR AMBITION
But your decision to keep on the path or to leave it must be free of fear or ambition. TDJ,106 I have told you that to choose a path you must be free from fear and ambition. But
the smoke blinds you with fear, and the devil's weed blinds you with ambition. the desire to learn is not ambition. It is our lot as men to want to know, but to seek the devil's
weed is to bid for power, and that is ambition, because you are not bidding to know.... and the next thing, the path without a heart will turn against men and destroy them. it
does not take much to die, and to seek death is to seek nothing. TDJ,159.

THE WORLD OF DAY-TO-DAY LIFE

THE WORLD OF MEN IS THE ONLY WORLD WE CAN CHOOSE.


You think there are two worlds for you - two paths. But there is only one. The protector showed you this with unbelievable clarity. The only world available to you is the world
of men, and that world you cannot choose to leave. You are a man! TDJ,150
The protector showed you the world of happiness where there is no difference between things because there is no one there to ask about the difference. But that is not the world
of men. The protector shook you out of it and showed you how a man thinks and fights. That is the world of man! TDJ,150. And to be a man is to be condemned to that world.
You have the vanity to believe you live in two worlds, but that is only your vanity. There is but one single world for us. We are men and must follow the world of men
contentedly. TDJ,151.

THERE IS NO WAY TO ESCAPE THE DOING OF OUR WORLD, SO WHAT A WARRIOR DOES IS TO TURN HIS WORLD INTO HIS HUNTING GROUND.
This is your world...pointing to the busy street outside the window. You are a man of that world. JTI,214.. and out there, in that world, is your hunting ground. There is no way
to escape the doing of our world, so what a warrior does is to turn his world into his hunting ground. As a hunter, a warrior knows that the world is made to be used. So he uses
every bit of it. A warrior is like a pirate that has no qualms in taking and using anything he wants, except that the warrior doesn't mind or he doesn't feel insulted when he is
used and taken himself. JTI,214.

A WARRIOR DOESN'T EVER LEAVE THE ISLAND OF THE TONAL. HE USES IT.
A warrior doesn't ever leave the island of the tonal. He uses it. TOP,153. This is your world you can't renounce it. It is useless to get angry and feel disappointed with oneself.
All that proves is that one's tonal is involved in an internal battle; a battle within one's tonal is one of the most inane contests I can think of. The tight life of a warrior is
designed to end that struggle. From the beginning I have taught you to avoid wear and tear. Now there is no longer a war within you, not as it used to be, TOP,153.

LIVING ITSELF IS SUFFICIENT IN THE JOURNEY


You have everything needed for the extravagent journey that is your life. I have tried to teach you that the real experience is to be a man, and that what counts is being alive;
life is the little detour that we are taking now. Life in itself is sufficient, self-explanatory and complete. TOP,56.
DJ synthesized the rationale of his whole knowledge in the metaphor that the most important thing for him was to find a path with heart and then travel its length, meaning that
the identification with the amenable alternative was enough for him. The journey by itself was sufficient; any hope of arriving at a permanent position was outside the
boundaries of his knowledge. TDJ,198.

2. THE MIND/RATIONAL

WHAT IS THE MIND?

THE MIND IS NOTHING BUT THE SELF-REFLECTION OF THE INVENTORY OF MAN


The mind, for a seer, is nothing but the self-reflection of the inventory of man. If you lose that self-reflection, but don't lose your underpinnings, you actually live an infinitely
stronger life than if you had kept it. FFW,139.

WHAT DOES THE MIND DO?

THE HUMAN MIND NEVER RESTS.. IMAGES, HOPES, REGRETS,IMPULSES.. MOST OF THE TIME IT WANDERS
The human mind...never rests..it goes here, there,ceaselessly moving through sensations, images, thoughts, hopes,regrets, impulses. Occasionally it does solve a problem or
make necessary plans, but most of the time it wanders at large, simply because we do not know how to keep it quiet or profitably engaged. EE,M,58. This desire for attention
not only leads us into affections of dress, speech and gesture; it also divides our consciousness. EE, M,171.....peace of mind cannot depend on external circumstances. EE, M,
210.

HOW DO SORCERERS USE/CONTROL THEIR MINDS?

SORCERER'S HAVE TO CULTIVAT THE MIND IN WHATEVER FORM THEY CAN


..sorcerers have to cultivate their minds, in whatever form they can. TAOD, 8...

ONLY WITH SOUNDNESS OF MIND CAN AWARENESS BE ENHANCED


In order to enhance awareness, there is no risk we should not run, no means we should refuse. Bear in mind, however, that only soundness of mind can awareness be enhanced.
TAOD,184... only a human being who was a paragon of reason could move his AP easily and be a paragon of silent knowledge... POS,243...Since all acts were predetermined
and obligatory, a man of knowledge needed soundness of judgement. This concept did not imply common sense, but did imply the capacity to assess the circumstances
surrounding any need to act. TDJ,193.

THINKING

BY THINKING HE MEANT THE CONSTANT IDEA THAT WE HAVE OF EVERYTHING IN THE WORLD.
by thinking he meant the constant idea that we have of everything in the world. SR,84

THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF THINKING


there are two types of thinking.... POS,133 One was average day-to-day thinking which was ruled by the normal position of his AP. it was muddled thinking that did not really
answer his needs and left great murkiness in his head. POS,133 The other was precise thinking. it was functional, economical and left very few things unexplained. Don Juan
remarked that for this type of thinking to prevail the AP had to move. Or at least the day-to-day type thinking had to stop to allow the AP to shift. Thus the apparent
contridiction, which was really no contradiction at all. POS,133 the only way to think clearly is to not think at all...POS,133

OUR THOUGHTS CAUSE OUR BODY TO MOVE ALONG A CERTAIN PATH


whenever we have a thought.. our energy moves in the direction of that thought. Thoughts are like scouts; they cause the body to move along a certain path. TSC,72.

PURPOSE OF TRAINING THE INTELLECT AS A WAY TO KEEP THE MIND OCCUPIED SO THAT GETTING TO THE DOUBLE BECOMES EASIER.
..training the intellect is a bona-fide sorcerers subterfuge. by deliberately keeping the mind occupied in analysis and reasoning, sorcerers are free to explore, unimpeded, other
areas of perception. In other words, while the rational side is busy with the formality of academic pursuits, the energetic or nonrational side, which sorcerers call the double is
kept occupied with the fulfillment of sorcery tasks. in this way, the suspicious and analytic mind is less likely to interfere or even notice what is going on at the nonrational
level.TSC,xii.

WOMEN SHOULD DEVELOP THEIR INTELLECT


They (the sorcerers) felt it is indispensable that women develop their intellects and enhance their capacity for analysis and abstraction in order to have a better grasp of the world
around them. TSC,xii
REALIZATIONS/UNDERSTANDING NEW THINGS

THERE ARE TWO KINDS OF REALIZATIONS

1) EMOTIONAL OUTBURSTS
Realizations are of two kinds. One is just pep talk, great outbursts of emotion and nothing more. FFW,219. That's the trouble with people that go wild, they go wild both ways.
Yesterday you were all questions, today you are all acceptance. TOP,76 .....don't count on emotional realizations. Let your AP move first, then years later have the realization.
FFW,203

2) AS A RESULT OF A SHIFT OF THE AP


The other is a product of a shift of the AP; it is not coupled with an emotional outburst but with action. The emotional realizations come years later after warriors have
solidified, by usage, the new position of their AP. FFW,219 ...realizations are a dime a dozen; they don't amount to anything in the life of warriors, because they are cancelled
out as the AP shifts. FFW,265.

THE NEED FOR UNEMOTIONAL REALIZATIONS, ONE NEEDS SOBRIETY, NOT EMOTIONALITY
the new seers placed the highest value on deep unemotional realizations.. to understand one needs sobriety, not emotionality. Beware of those who weep with realization, for
they have realized nothing. There are untold dangers in the path of knowledge for those without sober understanding FFW,71

TO HAVE A TRUE REALIZATION (I.E. TO MOVE THE AP) ONE NEEDS PERSONAL POWER
it doesn't matter what one reveals or what one keeps to oneself...everything we do, everything we are, rests on our personal power. If we have enough of it, one word uttered to
us might be sufficient to change the course of our lives. But if we don't have enough personal power, the most magnificent piece of wisdom can be revealed to us and that
revelation won't make a damn bit of difference. TOP,14...I'm going to utter perhaps the greatest piece of knowledge anyone can voice. let me see what you can do with it. Do
you know at this moment you are surrounded by eternity? And do you know that you can use that eternity, if you so desire? Do you know that you extend yourself forever in
any of the directions I have pointed to?..Do you know that one moment can be eternity? This is not a riddle; it's a fact, but only if you mount that moment and use it to take the
totality of yourself forever in any direction. you didn't have this knowledge before.. Now you do. I have revealed it to you, but it doesn't make a bit of difference, because you
don't have enough personal power to utilize my revelation. yet if you did have enough power, my words alone would serve as the means for you to round up the totality of
yourself and to get the crucial part of it out of the boundaries in which it is contained. We are luminous beings ..and for a luminous being only personal power matters. TOP,15.

PERSONAL POWER DECIDES WHO CAN OR WHO CANNOT PROFIT BY A REVELATION


Personal power decides who can or who cannot profit by a revelation; my experiences with my fellow men have proven to me that very, very few of them would be willing to
listen; and of those few who listen even fewer would be willing to act on what they listened to; and of those willing to act even fewer have enough personal power to profit by
their acts. TOP,225....It'll take years for you to convince yourself and then it'll take years for you to act accordingly. JTI,85.....To be convinced means that you can act by
yourself. JTI,157.

LEARNING

LEARNING AT THE BEGINNING THE PERSON IS NEVER CLEAR ABOUT THEIR OBJECTIVES FOR HE DOES NOT KNOW THE HARDSHIPS OF LEARNING
When a man starts to learn, he is never clear about his objectives. His purpose is faulty; his intent is vague. He hopes for rewards that will never materialize, for he knows
nothing of the hardships of learning. He slowly begins to learn-bit by bit at first, then in big chunks. And his thoughts soon clash. TDJ,84.

LEARNING IS NEVER WHAT ONE EXPECTS


What he learns is never what he pictured, or imagined, and so he begins to be afraid. Learning is never what one expects. Every step of learning is a new task, and the fear the
man is experiencing begins to mount mercilessly, unyieldingly. His purpose becomes a battlefield. TDJ,84.

DRASTIC THINGS HAVE TO HAPPEN FOR YOUR BODY TO LEARN


Very drastic things have to happen to you in order for you to allow your body to profit from all you have learned. JTI,213.

LEARNING IS LIKE GOING TO WAR... WITH ABSOLUTE CONFIDENCE


...One goes to knowledge or to war with fear, with respect, aware that one is going to war, and with absolute confidence in oneself. Put your trust in yourself, not me. SR,88.... A
man goes to knowledge as he goes to war, wide-awake, with fear, with respect, and with absolute assurance. Going to knowledge or going to war in any other manner is a
mistake, and whoever makes it will live to regret his steps. TDJ,52.
I asked him why this was so and he said that when a man has fulfilled those four requisites there are no mistakes for which he will have to account; under such conditions his
acts lose the blundering quality of a fool's acts. If such a man fails, or suffers a defeat, he will have lost only a battle, and there will be no pitiful regrets over that. TDJ,52.

TO LEARN SOMETHING WE MUST BE CHALLENGED CONTINOUSLY....


The path of knowledge is a forced one. In order to learn we must be spurred. In the path of knowledge we are always fighting something, avoiding something, prepared for
something; and that something is always inexplicable, greater, more powerful than us. The inexplicable forces will come to you. Now it is the spirit of the water hole, later on
it'll be your own ally, so there is nothing you can do now but to prepare yourself for the struggle. SR,214. Only as a warrior can one survive the path of knowledge. SR,214

RATIONALIZING/SEEKING EXPLANATIONS

TRYING TO UNDERSTAND EVERYTHING AT ONCE IS NOT POSSIBLE


Your problem is that you want to understand everything and that is not possible. if you insist on understanding you're not considering your entire lot as a human being. Your
stumbling block is intact. Therefore, you have done almost nothing in all these years. You have been shaken out of your total slumber, true but that could have been
accomplished anyway by other circumstances. SR,258,259. You're chained! You're chained to your reason. SR,260. There's nothing to understand. understanding is only a small
affair, so very small. SR,260 ..there is no way to speed up understanding and that to dislodge the AP is not enough. FFW,285 The act of dwelling on explanations will put us
right back where we don't want to be; that is, we'll be thrown back into a view of the world, this time a much larger view. TOP,238. In both cases there is no hope, ever, to
understand or to explain what we are witnessing. TOP,267,268.

EVERYONE SHOULD SEEK EXPLANATIONS BUT NOT NECESSARILY CONVENIENT ONES


Sorcereres are men. We're creatures of thought. We seek clarifications. Your flaw is to seek convenient explanations, explanations that fit you and your world. What I object to
is your reasonableness. A sorcerer explains things in his world too, but he's not as stiff as you. ..you're after the reflection of your own idea. TOP,12.... (sorcerers should look
for explanations)..it's your duty to put your mind at ease. Warriors do not win victories by beating their heads against walls but overtaking the walls. Warriors jump over the
walls; they don't demolish them. TOP,55.

WARRIORS SHOULD NOT MAKE THINGS INCOMPREHENSIBLE INTO AN INVENTORY OF THE FIRST ATTENTION
but there is a danger of turning something incomprehensible into something somber and foreboding... hence his recommendation was to keep incomprehensible things
incomprehensible rather than making them part of the inventory of the first attention. FFW,276.

RATIONALIZING SOMETHING DOES NOT VERIFY IT NOR WILL IT ALTER OUR LIVES
I was merely intuiting a truth, and that to reason it out was not to verify it. FFW,53 ..he went on to say that conclusions arrived at through reasoning had very little or no
influence in altering the course of our lives. FFW,53 Hence, the countless examples of people who have the clearest convictions and yet act diametrically against them again
and again; and have as the only explanation for their behavior is the idea that to err is human.. FFW,53 our rationality alone cannot come up with an answer about the reason for
our existence. Every time it tries, the answer turns into a matter of beliefs.... FFW,54,55 (Real and true changes in the person comes only from experiences with the spirit, not
intellectual discussions... this is why twelve step programs are effective (person is at the end of their rope, thus the spirit is more available to them).. and why people turn to
religion... Faith moves mountains.

THE ONE WAY BRIDGE FROM REASON TO SILENT KNOWLEDGE IS CALLED PURE UNDERSTANDING
And the other one-way bridge, from reason to silent knowledge, was called pure understanding. That is, the recognition that told the man of reason that reason was only one
island in an endless sea of islands...any human being who had both one-waybridges working was a sorcerer in direct contact with the spirit, the vital force that made both
positions possible. POS, 243, 244

WISDOM

WISDOM ALWAYS COMES TO US PAINFULLY AND SLOWLY


wisdom always comes to us painfully and in driblets.POS, 72..
Knowledge is a most peculiar affair... especially for a warrior. Knowledge for a warrior is something that comes at once, engulfs him and passes on. Knowledge comes floating
like specks of gold dust, the same dust that covers the wings of moths. So, for a warrior, knowledge is like taking a shower, or being rained in by specks of dark gold dust.
TOP,33.

THE BODY RALLIES ITS KNOWLEDGE IN A SLOW AFFAIR, REGARDLESS OF OUR DESIRE
there is no way on earth that we can order anyone or ourselves to rally knowledge. it is rather a slow affair; the body, at the right time and under the proper circumstances of
impeccabiltiy, rallies its knowledge without the invervention of desire. EG,273.

KINDNESS IS NEEDED WITH WISDOM


there is no completeness without sadness and longing, for with out them there is no sobriety, no kindness. Wisdom without kindness and knowledge without sobriety are
useless. FFW,12.

KNOWLEDGE GATHERS ENERGY AND THEREFORE KNOWLEDGE IS POWER


Knowledge gathers energy, therefore knowledge is power. TSC,106. Power rests on the kind of knowledge one holds. What is the sense of knowing things that are useless.
TDJ,24. Knowledge is power. It takes a long time to harness enough power to even talk about it. JTI,152...

The reason why people can't use any knowledge given to them is because they first need to learn to do it..like reading or writing.. its a skill to be learned, that's all (good
thought..needs to be reworded though.) 6/20/94
Shouldn't it be action is power? because even if you know how to do it but you do not have the strength/ability then all is for naught. 5/31/97

KNOWLEDGE IS FRIGHTENING
Knowledge is frightening..but if a warrior accepts this frightening nature of knowledge he cancels out its awesomeness. TOP,33.

THE ABILITY TO CONCENTRATE IS CONSIDERED INTELLIGENCE IN THE SORCERER'S WORLD


In order to be intelligent in my world... you must be able to concentrate, to fix your attention on any concrete thing as well as on any abstract manifestation. TSC,88.

3. MAKING CHANGES

MAKING CHANGES IN OUR LIVES

WE CAN NEVER REALLY CHANGE UNTIL WE DROP OUR HUMAN FORM


A warrior must drop the human form in order to change, to really change. otherwise there is only talk about change.. it is useless to think or hope that one can change one's
habits. SRP,141. One cannot change one iota as long as one holds on to the human form.... SRP,141. During the years with DJ I had certainly experienced a steady lessening of
personal ties with the world, but that had taken place on an intellectual plane; in my everyday life I was unchanged until the moment I lost my human form. EG,113.

CHANGES ARE DIFFICULT AND HAPPEN VERY SLOWLY SLOW


Unfortunately, changes are difficult and happen very slowly; sometimes it takes years for a man to become convinced of the need to change...it took me years...JTI,79

WE CAN GIVE UP THINGS JUST LIKE THAT


People hardly ever relize that we can cut anything from our lives, any time, just like that. JTI,8.

WHEN A CHANGE DOES HAPPENS IT HAPPENS FAST


The changing I'm talking about never takes place by degrees; it happens suddenly. And you are not preparing yourself for that sudden act that will bring a total change. JTI,82.

TO CHANGE WE MUST MEET THREE CONDITIONS


To change we need to meet three conditions... TSC,62. first we must announce out loud our decision to change so that intent will hear us. TSC,62. Second, we must engage our
awareness over a period of time: We can't just start something and give it up as soon as we become discouraged. TSC,62. (I think for me the most difficult thing was to really
want to change...a good hunter changes his ways as often as he needs. JTI,79 ...the more stubborn you are the better it'll be when you finally succeed in changing yourself.
JTI,80. Third, we have to view the outcome of our actions with a sense of complete detachment. This means we can't get involved with idea of succeeding or failing. TSC,62.(a
warrior knows that he cannot change, and yet he makes it his business to try to change, even though he won't be able to. That's the only advantage a warrior has over the
average man. SRP,141 Follow these three steps and you can change any unwanted feelings and desires in you. TSC,62.

THE WARRIOR IS NEVER DISAPPOINTED WHEN HE FAILS TO CHANGE


The warrior is never disappointed when he fails to change. SRP,141

4. STRATEGY

HOW DOES A WARRIOR LIVE?

A WARRIOR PROCEEDS STRATEGICALLY


...A warrior proceeds strategically. JTI,xi....A warrior lives strategically... SR,204 ....Life for a warrior is an exercise in strategy..but you want to find the meaning of life. A
warrior doesn't care about meanings. SR,181 When I speak of designs, I mean sublime designs; manuvers for a daring spirit. TSC,95.

A WARRIOR NEVER CARRIES LOADS HE CANNOT HANDLE


a warrior never carries loads he cannot handle. SR,204

WHEN WE ACT WITH OUR FELLOW HUMANS WE MUST FOLLOW THE DOING OF STRATEGY
When he has to act with his fellow man, a warrior follows the doing of strategy and in that doing there are no victories or defeats. in doing there are only actions... JTI,227

THE DOING OF STRATEGY ENTAILS THAT ONE IS NOT AT THE MERCY OF PEOPLE
the doing of strategy entails that one is not at the mercy of people.. at that party you were a clown, not because it served your purposes to be a clown but because you placed
yourself at the mercy of those people. You never had any control and thus you had to run away from them. You should have not gone there at all, or else go there to perform a
specific act. JTI,227
AVAILABILITY OF A WARRIOR

A WARRIOR IS NOT AVAILABLE


A warrior is not a willing partner; a warrior is not available, SR,180...If a hunter wants to travel at night or if he wants to kept awake he must make himself available to the
wind.JTI,66... a warrior is never available; never is he standing on the road waiting to be clobbered. Thus he cuts to a minimum his chance for the unforeseen. What you call
accidents are, most of the time, very easy to avoid, except for fools who are living helter-skelter. SR,182. therein lies the secret of great hunters. To be available and unavailable
at the precise turn of the road. JTI,66...

TO BE AVAILABLE DID NOT MEAN TO HIDE OR TO BE SECRETIVE BUT TO BE INACCESSIBLE.


that to be available did not mean to hide or to be secretive but to be inaccessible. It makes no difference to hide if everybody knows that you are hiding..at one time in my life I,
like you, made myself available over and over again until there was nothing of me left for anything except perhaps crying. JTI,66...you must take yourself away..you must
retrieve yourself from the middle of a trafficked way. Your whole being is there, thus it is no use to hide; you would only image you are hidden. Being in the middle of the road
means that eveyone passing by watches your comings and goings. JTI,67. you lost her because you were accessible, you were always within her reach and your life was a
routine one...it was an unusual routine and that gives you the impression that it is not a routine, but I assure it is. you stayed with her day after day, until the only feeling that
remained was boredom...JTI,69.
To be unavailable means that you deliberately avoid exhausting yourself and others. JTI,70

TO BE INACCESSIBLE MEANS TO TOUCH THE WORLD AROUND YOU SPARINGLY.


..to be inaccessible means to touch the world around you sparingly. You don't eat five quail; you eat one. you don't damage the plants to make a barbecue pit. You don't expose
yourself to power of the wind unless its mandatory. You don't use and squeeze people until they have shriveled to nothing, especially the people you love. JTI,69 ...that to be
inaccessible does not mean to hide or to be secretive..it doesn't mean that you cannot deal with people either. A hunter uses the world sparingly and with tenderness, regardless
of whether the world might be things, or plants, or animal, or people or power. A hunter deals intimately with his world and yet he is inaccessible to that same world....he is
inaccessible (even though he is in the world every day)..because he is not squeezing his world out of shape. he taps it lightly, stays as long as he needs to, and then swiftly
moves away leaving hardly a mark....JTI,70.

TO WORRY IS TO BECOME ACCESSIBLE


....To worry is to become accessible, unwittingly accessible. And once you worry you cling to anything out of desperation; and once you cling you are bound to get exhausted
or to exhaust whoever or whatever you are clinging to. JTI,70

INVENTORIES USED AS STRATEGY

WE ARE REQUIRED TO TAKE INVENTORY OF OURSELVES BUT WE ARE NOT REQUIRED TO WORSHIP IT
The Eagle doesn't command us to worship our inventory; it commands us to take it, that's all. FFW,92 Yet the way out of obeying the commands (the Eagle's emanations) is in
obeying them... In the case of the inventory of the first attention... seers take it, for they can't disobey. But once they have it they throw it away. FFW,92

WARRIORS TAKE STRATEGIC INVENTORIES OF ESSENTIAL BEHAVIORAL PATTERNS TO CONSERVE ENERGY


warriors take strategic inventories.. they list everything they do. then they decide which of those things can be changed in order to allow themselves a respite, in terms of
expending their energy. this inventory only covered behavioral patterns that were not essential to our survival and well-being...FFW,31.

5. DEATHAS AN ADVISER/AID

WHAT IS WRONG WITH THINKING YOU ARE GOING TO LIVE FOREVER?

WE DON'T THINK ABOUT OUR ACTS


Our most costly mistake as average men is indulging in a sense of immortality. It is as though we believe that if we don't think about death we can protect ourselves from
it...POS,120 ....Most people move from act to act without any struggle or thought... JTI,85

OUR ACTS ARE BORING/LIFE IS BORING


Without the awareness of death he would be only an ordinary man involved in ordinary acts. He would lack the necessary potency, the necessary concentration that transforms
one's ordinary time on earth into magical power. Thus to be a warrior a man has to be, first of all, and rightfully so, become keenly aware of his own death. SR,150. Power is
showing you that death is the indispensible ingredient in having to believe. Without the awareness of death everything is ordinary, trivial. It is only because death is stalking us
that the world is an unfathomable mystery. Power has shown you that. TOP,114.
..without an awareness of the presence of our death there is no power, no mystery. Having to believe that the world is mysterious and unfathomable was the expression of a
warrior's innermost predilection. Without it he had nothing. TOP,115.

WE BECOME TIMID
...if you are going to die there is no time for timidity, simply because timidity makes you cling to something that exists only in your thoughts. it soothes you while everything is
at a lull, but then the awesome, mysterious world will open its mouth for you, as it will open for every one of us, and then you will realize that your sure ways were not sure at
all. being timid prevents us from examining and exploiting our lot as men. JTI,85. ....Your continuity only makes you timid..your acts cannot possibly have the flair, the power,
the complelling force of the acts performed by a man who knows he is fighting his last battle on earth. In other words, your continuity does not make you happy or powerful.
JTI,84.

HOW IS DEATH RELATED TO A WARRIOR?

DEATH FOLLOWS A SORCERER ALONG THE PATH


By the time knowledge becomes a frightening affair the man also realizes that death is the irreplaceable partner that sits next to him on the mat. Every bit of knowledge that
becomes power has death as its central force. Death lends the ultimate touch, and whatever is touched by death indeed becomes power. A man who follows the paths of sorcery
is confronted with imminent annihilation every turn of the way, and unavoidably he becomes keenly aware of his death. SR,150.

DEATH IS A WARRIORS ONLY WORTHY OPPONENT


Sorcerers say that death is the only worthy opponent we have..death is our challenger..we are born to take that challenge... life is the process by means of which death challenges
us.. death is the active force..life is the arena and in that arena there are only two contenders at any time: oneself and death...we are passive..POS,122

WARRIORS CHOOSE TO ACKNOWLEDGE THEIR EVENTUAL DEATH

to bring that awareness to the foreground.. that my volition alone was the deciding factor; in other words, I had to make up my mind to bring that awareness to bear witness to
my acts. SRP,205.

DON JUAN'S ALLY HAS SHOWN HIM


(CC asks how DJ knows all of this).. I have my ally. The little smoke has shown me my unmistakable death with great clarity. That is why I can only talk about personal death.
SR,196. I know it because my ally has guided me to that stage. (when death enters you luminous gap) SR,197,198

DON JUAN'S COMMENT ON THE TIBETAN BOOK OF THE DEAD


I don't understand why those people talk about death as if death were like life (refferring to the Tibetan Book of the Dead) SR,194
DEATH IS A MUCH BETTER ADVISOR THAN SELF-PITY
Death is considered by a warrior to be a more amenable adviser, which can also be brought to bear witness on everything one does, just like self-pity, or wrath....after an untold
struggle you had to learn to fell sorry for your self..but you can also learn in the same way to feel your impending end, and thus you can learn to have the idea of your death at
your fingertips. As an adviser, self-pity is nothing in comparison with death. TOP,234.

HOW DO WARRIORS MAKE THEMSELVES ACKNOWLEDGE THEIR MORTALITY?

SYMBOLIC DEATH

SYMBOLIC DEATH/REBIRTH/TICKET TO IMPECCABILITY: YOU MUST INVALIDATE THE CONTINUITY OF YOUR OLD LIFE

for any sorcerer to have complete certainty about his actions, or about his position in the sorcerer's world, or to be capable of utilizing intelligently his new continuity, he must
invalidate the continuity of his old life. Only then can his actions have the necessary assuredness to fortify and balance the tenuousness and instability of his new
continuity...modern sorcerers call this process of invalidation.. the ticket to impeccability, or the sorcerer's symbolic but final death. POS,198.
a sorcerers' ticket to freedom was his death... and now we are equals in our condition of being dead....the sorcerers' grand trick is to be aware of being dead. POS,201... we can
only really change if we die... POS,254.
There is nothing in this world that a warrior cannot account for. You see, a warrior considers himself already dead, so there is nothing for him to lose. the worst has already
happened to him, therefore he's clear and calm; judging him by his acts or by his words, one would never suspect that he has witnessed everything. TOP,32.

HOW DO WARRIORS USE DEATH AS THEIR ADVISORS?

DEATH REMINDS A WARRIOR THAT LIFE IS SHORT SO THERE IS NO TIME TO GET CAUGHT UP IN THE PETTINESS OF LIFE.

...the key to all these matters of impeccability is the sense of having or not having time. As a rule of thumb, when you feel and act like an immortal being that has all the time in
the world you are not impeccable; at those times you should turn around, look around, and then you will realize that your feeling of having time is idiocy. there are no survivors
on this earth. (???)
An immortal being has all the time in the world for doubts and bewilderment and fears. A warrior...cannot cling to the meanings made under the tonal's order, because he knows
for a fact that the totality of himself has but a little time on this earth. TOP,191. There's no future..the future is only a way of talking. For a sorcerer ther is only the here and
now. TOP,203 The thing to do when you're impatient..is to turn to your left and ask advice from your death..an immense amount of pettiness is dropped if your death makes a
gesture to you, or if you catch a glimpse of it, or if you just have the feeling that your companion is there watching you. JTI,34. Think of your death now..it is at arm's length. It
may tap you any moment, so really you have no time for crappy thoughts and moods. None of us have time for that. JTI,39. Death is the only wise advisor we have. Whenever
you feel..that everything is going wrong and you're about to be annihilated, turn to your death and ask if that is so. Your death will tell you that you're wrong; that nothing really
matters outside its touch. Your death will tell you, "I haven't touched you yet". JTI,34. One of us here has to ask death's advice and drop the cursed pettiness that belongs to
men that live their lives as if death will never tap them. JTI,35. This, whatever you are doing now, may be the last act on earth. it may very well be your last battle... If this were
your last battle on earth, I would say that you are an idiot...you are wasting your last act on earth in some stupid mood. JTI,82 How can anyone feel so important when we know
that death is stalking us. JTI,34...

DEATH BRINGS OUT THE BEST IN PEOPLE

I would say that the best of us always comes out when we are against the wall, when we feel that sword dangling overhead. TOP,143. in the face of the unknown, man is
adventurous... it is a quality of the unknown that give us a sense of hope and happiness... man feels robust, exhilarated. Even the apprehension that it arouses is very fulfilling...
man is at his best in the face of the unknown..FFW,49,50

DEATH MAKES PEOPLE CHANGE


...if you don't think your life is going to last forever, what are you waiting for? Why the hesitation to change. JTI,81. I insisted that to be bored with the world or to be at odds
with it was a human condition...DJ says..change it..if you do not respond to that challenge you are as good as dead. JTI,81.

DEATH ALLOWS US TO HAVE COURAGE TO FACE ANYTHING BECAUSE WE HAVE NOTHING TO LOSE

warriors live with death at their side, and from the knowledge that death is with them they draw the courage to face anything...the worst thing that could happen to us is that we
have to die, and since that is already our unalterable fate, we are free; those who have lost everything no longer have anything to fear. FFW,260,261. the only deterrent to our
despair was the awareness of our death, the key to the sorcerer's scheme of things. His idea was that the awareness of our death was the only thing that could give us the strength
to withstand the duress and pain of our lives and our fears of the unknown... SRP,205. The spirit of a warrior is not geared to indulging and complaining, nor is it geared to
winning or losing. the spirit of a warrior is geared only to the struggle, and every struggle is a warrior's last battle on earth. Thus the outcome matters very little to him. In his last
battle on earth a warrior lets his spirit flow free and clear. And as he wages his battle, knowing that his will is impeccable, a warrior laughs and laughs. SR,215. a warrior is
never under siege. To be under siege implies that one has personal possessions that could be blockaded. A warrior has nothing in the world except his impeccability, and
impeccability cannot be threatened. EG,215. She has nothing to lose any more. She's lost everything already. When one has nothing to lose, one becomes courageous. We are
timid only when there is something we can still cling to. SRP,96. One is better off with nothing except one's purpose and freedom. SRP,136. ...lets say that a rule of thumb for
you should be that when you come to see me you should come prepared to die...if you come here ready to die, there shouldn't be any pitfalls, or any unwelcome surprises, or
any unnecessary acts. Everything should fall gently into place because you're expecting nothing. TOP,152. to put your life on the line in order to back up your decisions, and
then do quite alot more than your best to realize those decisions. TAOD,155.. I have heard you say time and time again that you are always prepared to die. I don't regard that
feeling as necessary. I think it is a useless indulgence. A warrior should be prepared only to battle. SR,215.

THE IDEA OF DEATH GIVES US SOBRIETY


The idea of death is of monumental importance in the life of a sorcerer.. the knowledge of our impending and unavoidable end is what gives us sobriety. POS,120 without a
clear view of death, there is no order, no sobriety, no beauty. Sorcerers struggle to gain this crucial insight in order to help them realize at the deepest possible level that they
have no assurance whatsoever their lives will continue beyond the moment. That realization gives sorcerers the courage to be patient and yet take action, courage to be
acquiescent without being stupid. POS,120

DEATH KEEPS A WARRIOR SHARP/CLEAR


A warrior thinks of his death when things are unclear...because the idea of death is the only thing that tempers our spirit. SR,47. if I did not think of my death, my entire life
would be only a personal chaos... what else can a man have, except his life and his death? SR,96.

DEATH MAKES A WARRIOR TAKE ACTION LIKE IT WAS THEIR LAST ACT ON EARTH
if we move, it's only when we feel the pressure of death. Death sets the pace for our actions and feelings and pushes us relentlessly until it breaks us and wins the bout or else we
rise above all possibilities and defeat death...POS,122 Focus your attention on the link between you and your death, without remorse or sadness or worrying. Focus your
attention on the fact that you don't have time and let your acts flow accordingly. Let each of your acts be your last battle on earth. JTI,84...only under those conditions will your
acts have their rightful power. otherwise they will be, for as long as you live, the acts of a timid man. JTI,85. I wanted to convince you that you must learn to make every act
count, since you are going to be here for only a short while...JTI,81. A hunter...assesses every act; and since he has intimate knowledge of his death, he proceeds judiciously, as
if every act were his last battle. Only a fool would fail to notice the advantage a hunter has over his fellow men. A hunter gives his last battle its due respect. It's only natural that
his last act on earth should be the best of himself. It's pleasurable that way. it dulls the edge of his fright. JTI,85 There are some people who are very careful about the nature of
their acts. Their happiness is to act with the full knowledge that they don't have time, therefore their acts have a peculiar power...acts have power.. especially when the person
acting knows that those acts are his last battle. There is a strange consuming happiness in acting with the full knowledge that whatever one is doing may very well be one's last
act on earth. I recommend that you reconsider your life and bring your acts into that light. JTI,83
DEATH FORCES US TO MAKE DECISIONS WITH FULL RESPONSIBILITY AND NO REGRETS
he must fully understand that his choice is his responsibilty and once he makes it there is no longer time for regrets or recriminations. His decisions are final, simply because his
death does not permit him time to cling to anything. SR,151.

DEATH MAKES A WARRIOR DO THINGS DELIBERATELY AND WITH ENTHUSIASM


And thus with an awareness of his death, with his detachment, and with the power of his decisions a warrior sets his life in a strategical manner. the knowledge of his death
guides him and makes him detached and silently lusty; the power of his final decisions makes him able to choose without regrets and what he chooses is always strategically the
best; and so he performs everything he has to with gusto and lusty effciency. SR,151 When a warrior has acquired patience he is on his way to will. he knows how to wait. his
death sits with him on his mat, they are friends. his death advises him, in mysterious ways, how to choose, how to live strategically. SR,152. In a battle for one's life..a warrior
should use strategically use ever means available. EG,216.

DEATH MAKES A WARRIOR BECOME SUFFICIENTLY DETACHED THAT HE/SHE BECOMES A MASTER OF HIS CHOICES
But to be concerned with death would force any one of us to focus on the self and that would be debilitating. So the next thing one needs to be a warrior is detachment. the idea
of imminent death, instead of becoming an obsession, becomes an indifference. SR,150. Only the idea of death makes a man sufficiently detached so he is incapable of
abandoning himself to anything. Only the idea of death makes a man sufficiently detached so he can't deny himself anything. A man of that sort, however, does not crave, for
he has acquired a silent lust for life and for all things of life. He knows his death is stalking him and won't give him time to cling to anything, so he tries, without craving, all of
everything. SR,151
A detached man, who knows he has no possibility of fencing off his death, has only one thing to back himself with: the power of his decisions. he has to be, so to speak, the
master of his choices. SR,151

WHAT FINALLY HAPPENS BETWEEN SORCERERS AND DEATH?

SORCERERS DEFEAT DEATH AND GO FREE


sorcerers defeat death and death acknowledges the defeat by letting the sorcerers go free, never to be challenged again.POS,122

OLD AGE: THE FINAL STRUGGLE OF A WARRIOR

AVEARAGE OLD MEN THINK THE WORLD HAS NO MORE MYSTERY


an average man doesn't do this though. (treat the world as a mystery) The world is never a mystery for him and when he arrives at old age he is convinced he has nothing more
to live for.SR,220 An old man has not exhausted the world. he has only exhausted only what people do. But in his stupid confusion he believes that the world has no more
mysteries for him. What a wretched price to pay for our shields. SR,220. To turn that magnificence out there into reasonableness doesn't do anything for you. here,surrounding
us, is eternity itself. To engage in reducing it to a manageable nonsense is petty and outright disastrous. TOP,37.

WHEN YOU BECOME OLD SOME PEOPLE BEGIN TO SUSPECT THEIR TRUE NATURE BUT IT IS TOO LATE
Don Juan asserted that during our active lives we never have the chance to go beyond the level of mere preoccupation, because since time immemorial the lull of daily affairs
has made us drowsy. It is only when our lives are nearly over that our hereditary preoccupation with fate begins to take on a different character. It begins to make us see through
the fog of daily affairs. Unfortunately, this awakening always comes in hand in hand with loss of energy caused by aging, when we have no more strength left to turn our
preoccupation into a pragmatic and positive discovery. At this point , all there is left is an amphourous, piercing anguish, a longing for something indescribable, and simple
anger at having missed out. POS, 63

FOURTH NATURAL ENEMY OF MAN: OLD AGE.


The man.. will be, by then, at the end of his journey of learning, and almost without warning he will come upon the last of his enemies. Old age! This enemy is the cruelest of
all, the one he won't be able to defeat completely, but only fight away. This is the time when a man has no more fears, no more impatient clarity of mind - a time when all his
power is in check, but also the time when he has an unyielding desire to rest. If he gives in totally to his desire to lie down and forget, if he soothes himself in tiredness, he will
have lost his last round, and his enemy will cut him down into a feeble old creature. His desire to retreat will overule all his clarity, his power, and his knowledge. TDJ,87... But
if a man sloughs off his tiredness, and lives his fate through, he can then be called a man of knowledge, if only for a brief moment when he succeeds in fighting off his last,
invincible enemy. That moment of clarity, power and knowledge is enough. TDJ,87.

WARRIORS FIGHT THEIR DEATH


A warrior does not abandon himself to anything; not even his death. SR,172.....To die with elation is a crappy way to die. A warrior dies the hard way.. His death must struggle
to take him. A warrior does not give himself to it. TOP,76.

PLACE TO DIE/TIME OF YOUR DEATH/DEATH DANCE


Every warrior has a place to die. A place of his predilection which is soaked with unforgettable memories, where powerful events left their mark, a place where he has
witnessed marvels, where secrets have been revealed to him, a place where he has stored personal power. A warrior has an obligation to go back to that place of his predilection
every time he taps power in order to store it there. He either goes there by means of walking or by means of dreaming. And finally, one day when his time on earth is up and he
feels the tap of death on his left shoulder, his spirit, which is always ready, flies to the place of his predilection and there the warrior dances to his death. JTI,153. Every warrior
has a specific form, a specific posture of power, which he develops throughout his life. It is a sort of dance. A movement that he does under the influence of his personal power.
If a dying warrior has limited power, his dance is short;if his power is grandiose, his dance is magnificent. But regardless of whether his power is small or magnificent, death
must stop to witness his last stand on earth. Death cannot overtake the warrior who is recounting the toil of his life for the last time until he has finished his dance. Any man that
hunts power has to learn that dance. You must add the other movements yourself as you go on living. Every new one must be obtained during a struggle of power. So, properly
speaking, the posture, the form of the warrior, is the story of his life, a dance that grows as he grows in personal power.JTI,154.
A warrior is only a man. A humble man. He cannot change the designs of his death. But his impeccable spirit, which has stored power after stupendous hardships, can certainly
hold his death for a moment, a moment long enough to let him rejoice for the last time in recalling his power. We may say that that is a gesture which death has with those who
have an impeccable spirit. He said that the rabbit thumping he had taught me was the first movement of the dance that a warrior groomed and enlarged throughout his life, and
then executed in his last stand on earth. JTI,228.

SOMETIMES A WARRIOR CAN ACTUALLY ESCAPE DEATH

ESCAPING ACCIDENTAL DEATH


sorcerers when faced with an accidental death can move their AP with such speed that they can go to other universes or burn within (ultimate freedom)... sorcerers commanded
their death. They died only when they had to. POS,213.

IMMORTALITY

THERE IS NO WAY TO ASPIRE TO IMMORTALITY AS LONG AS MAN HAS A COCOON.


there is no way to aspire to immortality as long as man has a cocoon. FFW,249.

THROUGH AWARENESS, OUR PERSONAL AWARENESS DOES NOT DISPERSE BUT EXPANDS AND UNITES WITH THE WHOLE
A chance not to die was one of these possibilities (when our wherehouse is empty).. the best explanation of this extravagant alternative was offered by the sages of Ancient
China. TSC,111 They claimed that it is feasible for one's personal awareness, or te, to link up knowingly with the all-encompassing awareness or Tao. Then when death comes,
one's individual awareness is not dispersed in ordinary dying, but expands and unites with the greater whole. TSC,112. there is a belief handed from the ancient sorcerers, that if
we would be able to use our bodies as a weapon-or, put in modern terms, if we would empty our wherehouses-we would be able to slip out of the world to roam elsewhere.
TSC,103. (we would go to) the realm of not-being, to the shadow's world... it is believed that once our warehouse is empty, we would become so light that we could soar
through the void and nothing would hinder our flight. Then we could return to this world youthful and renewed...at this moment it is just a belief...but moments, like all things,
are known to change. TSC,103.
BEING AWARE OF TIME IS A SPECIAL STATE OF AWARENESS THAT PREVENTS US FROM AGING QUICKLY AND DYING IN A FEW DECADES...
Being aware of time is a special state of awareness that prevents us from aging quickly and dying in a few decades... TSC,103. For a seer, the truth is that all living beings are
struggling to die... what stops death is awareness. FFW,91

WHERE DID DJ GO?: DESCRIPTION OF LITTLE RED BUGS.


Where did DJ go? (description of little red bugs. SRP,284.)
E.) A WARRIOR'S LIFE

6. UNBENDING INTENT

WHAT IS UNBENDING INTENT?

A SPECIAL STATE OF MIND REQUIRING A RIGOUROUS, FIERCE PURPOSE


a rigourous, fierce purpose - a special state of mind called unbending intent. POS,166..a sort of single-mindedness human beings exhibit; an extremely well-defined purpose not
countermanded by any conflicting interests or desires...POS,224 the catalyst to trigger a sorcerers unchangeable decisions or as a converse: their unchangeable decisions were
the catalyst that propelled their AP to new positions, positions which in turn generated unbending intent. POS,225.., POS,212

THE FORCE CREATED WHEN THE AP WAS IN ANOTHER FIXED POSITION


the force engendered when the AP was maintained fixed in a position which was not the usual one. POS,224

ALONG WITH SUSTAINED EFFORT IT IS A BASIC QUALITY FOR WARRIORS


two basic qualities of warriors: sustained effort and unbending intent. FFW,214.

WHY IS UNBENDING INTENT IMPORTANT FOR SORCERERS?

TO REVIVE THE CONNECTING LINK WITH INTENT


The average man's connecting link with intent is practically dead, and the sorcerers begin with a link that is useless, because it does not respond voluntarily. POS, 57. In order to
revive the link sorcerers needed (unbending intent) Error! Not a valid link.

YOU MUST HAVE UNBENDING INTENT TO GET TO THE CRACK IN THE WORLD
To get there a man must exercise his will. he must... develop an indomitable desire for it, a single-minded dedication. But he must do it without the help of any power or any
man. The man by himself must ponder and wish up to a moment in which his body is ready to undergo the journey. that moment is announced by prolonged shaking of the
limbs and violent vomiting. The man usually cannot sleep or eat, and wanes away. When the convulsions do not stop the man is ready to go, and the crack between the worlds
appears right in front of his eyes, like a monumental door, a crack that goes up and down. when the crack opens the man has to slide through it. TDJ,182.

TO BECOME A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE WE MUST NOT GIVE UP


...in order to become a man of knowledge one must be a warrior not a whimpering child. one must strive without giving up, without a complaint, without flinching, until one
sees, only to realize then that nothing matters. SR,88.You have to have an unbending intent in order to become a man of knowledge. SR,126 ..all we needed to do in order to
trap our second attention was to try and try. All of us stopped the world by gazing at dry leaves. You .. did it with power plants. SRP,258.

WITH UNBENDING INTENT A SORCERER WAS CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING HIS FEELINGS


.. there were lots of things that could drive a man mad, especially if he did not have the resolution, the purpose, required for learning; but when a man had a clear, unbending
intent, feelings were in no way a hinderance, for he was capable of controlling them. TDJ,110

WAITING FOR YOUR WILL

SORCERER MUST WAIT FOR HIS WILL


Perhaps the first thing that one should do is to know that one can develop the will. A warrior knows that and proceeds to wait for it. Your mistake is not to know that you are
waiting for your will. SR,145.It is very difficult if not impossible, for the average man to know what he is waiting for. A warrior, has no problems; he knows that he is waiting
for his will. SR,146 I knew I was waiting and I knew what I was waiting for. Right there is the great joy of warriorship. FFW,43 We go day to day doing nothing. We are
waiting. I will not tire of repeating this: we know that we are waiting and we know what we are waiting for. We are waiting for freedom. FFW,133 you must wait patiently,
knowing that you're waiting, and knowing what you're waiting for. That is the warrior's way. SR,142 If you two decide to return to this earth...you will have to wait like true
warriors until your tasks are fulfilled. TOP,276
You must wait without looking back. You must wait without expecting rewards. And you must aim all of your personal power at fulfilling your tasks...If you don't act
impeccably, if you begin to fret and get impatient and desperate, you'll be cut down mercilessly by the sharpshooters from the unknown. TOP,277.
It is up to us as single individuals to oppose the forces of our lives. I have said this to you countless times; only a warrior can survive. A warrior knows that he is waiting and
what he is waiting for ; and while he waits he wants nothing and thus whatever little thing he gets is more than he can take. If he needs to eat he finds a way, because he is not
hungry; if something hurts his body he finds a way to stop it because he is not in pain. To be hungry or to be in pain means that the man has abandoned himself and is no longer
a warrior; and the forces of his hunger and pain will destroy him. SR,142.

A WARRIOR LEARNS WITHOUT ANY HURRY BECAUSE HE KNOWS HE IS WAITING FOR HIS WILL
I would say that the warrior learns without any hurry because he knows he is waiting for his will; SR,152

HAVING WILL AND PATIENCE TO BUILD WHATEVER YOU WANT


A warrior has to use his will and his patience to forget. in fact, a warrior has only his will and his patience and with them he builds anything he wants. SR,145.

SHOULD KNOW THE NEED FOR WAITING FOR THE MOST APPROPRIATE TIME TO LET GO OF SOMETHING THAT WE HOLD
DJ used to stress the need for waiting for the most appropriate time to let go of something that we hold. EG,59

6. MAKING DECISIONS

HOW DOES A WARRIOR MAKE THE RIGHT DECISIONS?

YOUR BODY KNOWS IF YOU MADE THE RIGHT CHOICE OR NOT


the reason why there is no way to do that (imagining what your choice would have been instead of someone else's) is because there are only right and wrong choices...if you
make a wrong choice your body knows it; and so does the body of everyone else; but if you make the right choice the body knows that and relaxes and forgets right away that
there was a choice. You reload your body, like a gun, for the next choice. If you want to use your body again for making the same choice, it doesn't work. TOP,212.

A RULE OF THUMB FOR A WARRIOR.. IS THAT HE MAKES HIS DECISIONS SO CAREFULLY THAT NOTHING THAT MAY HAPPEN AS A RESULT OF THEM
CAN SURPRISE HIM, MUCH LESS DRAIN HIS POWER
A rule of thumb for a warrior.. is that he makes his decisions so carefully that nothing that may happen as a result of them can surprise him, much less drain his power...to be a
warrior means to be humble and alert. TOP,152

BE CAREFUL AND DELIBERATE IN MY ACTIONS SO AS NOT TO EXHAUST MY LIFE FORCE IN VAIN. WARRIORS DON'T DO ANYTHING JUST TO AMUSE
THEMSELVES.
..be careful and deliberate in my actions so as not to exhaust my life force in vain. EG,247. warriors don't do anything just to amuse themselves.. POS,71.

A WARRIOR IS IMPECCABLE WHEN HE TRUSTS HIS PERSONAL POWER REGARDLESS OF WHETHER IT IS SMALL OR ENORMOUS.
a warrior is impeccable when he trusts his personal power regardless of whether it is small or enormous. JTI,168.

ONCE YOU MAKE YOUR DECISION LEAVE IT BEHIND


Worry and think before you make any decision, but once you make it, be on your way free from worries or thoughts; there will be a million other decisions still awaiting you.
SR,47. His recommendation was that I should not have remorse for anything I had done, because to isolate one's acts as being mean, or ugly, or evil was to place an
unwarranted importance on the self. JTI,183. Warriors do their utmost, and then, without any remorse or regrets, they relaxed and let the spirit decide the outcome. POS,200 In
this affair the only possible course that a warrior has is to act consistently and without reservations. TOP,14.

WARRIORS NEED TO BE AWARE OF EVERYTHING THAT HAPPENS ON THE PATH..

BEING WIDE-AWAKE: ALWAYS KNOWING WHAT YOU ARE DOING


Since all the obligatory acts had a definite purpose, a man of knowledge had to be wide awake; that is he needed to be capable at all times of matching the definite purpose of
every obligatory act with the definite reason that he had in mind for desiring to act. TDJ,197. ....You are aware of everything only when you think you should be; the condition
of a warrior, however, is to be aware of everything at all times. TOP,177. a warrior must notice everything... there lies his advantage. SRP,184. and if he involves himself with
something, you can be sure that he is aware of what he is doing. SR,180

HAVING CLARITY

But in order to have such a powerful and clear view, sorcerers have to reset their total being, and that takes both understanding and power. Understanding comes from
recapitulating their lives, and power gathers from their impeccable acts. TSC,212.

BEING AWARE AND KEEPING CONTACT WITH INNER VOICE


You yourself know that something in the warrior is always aware of everything. It is precisely the aim of the warrior's way to foster and maintain that awareness. The warrior
cleans it, shines it, and keeps it running. TOP,67 It's an inner voice that tells you what's what. TOP,67 I knew perfectly well that there is something inside me that always knows
what's what. I also knew that I supress its capacity to advise, because what it tells me is usually contrary to what I expect or want to hear. TSC,100.

USE OMENS TO GUIDE YOU

BY BEING AWARE OF THE EXPECTED FLUX ONE WAS SUPPOSED TO DETECT THE MOST SUBTLE CHANGES. THAT DELIBERATE AWARENESS OF
CHANGES ACCOUNTED FOR THE RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATIONS OF OMENS AND OF OTHER UN-ORDINARY EVENT.
By being aware of the expected flux one was supposed to detect the most subtle changes. that deliberate awareness of changes accounted for the recognition and interpretations
of omens and of other un-ordinary event. TDJ,197.

AFTER A LIFETIME OF PRACTICE.. SORCERERS KNOW IF THE SPIRIT IS INVITING THEM TO ENTER THE EDIFICE BEING FLAUNTED BEFORE THEM...
SO THEY ARE ALWAYS FOREWARNED, ALWAYS KNOW WHAT THE SPIRIT HAS IN STORE FOR THEM.
..After a lifetime of practice.. sorcerers know if the spirit is inviting them to enter the edifice being flaunted before them... so they are always forewarned, always know what the
spirit has in store for them. POS,56 Sorcerer's always took a first event of any series as the blueprint or the map of what was going to develop subsequently. SRP,190.

INTERPRETATING OMENS

EVERYTHING THAT HAPPENED TO A WARRIOR COULD BE INTERPRETED AS AN OMEN.


Everything that happened to a warrior could be interpreted as an omen. SRP,152. Crows flying or cawing are never an agreement. JTI,20.

THE ONLY WAY TO BE SURE (OF INTERPRETING OMENS CORRECTLY)IS BY FOLLOWING ALL THE INSTRUCTIONS I HAVE BEEN GIVING YOU,
STARTING FROM THE FIRST DAY YOU CAME TO SEE ME..IN ORDER TO HAVE POWER ONE MUST LIVE POWER.
(How do you make the correct interpretations?) the only way to be sure is by following all the instructions I have been giving you, starting from the first day you came to see
me..in order to have power one must live power. JTI,133.

WHEN A SORCERER INTERPRETED AN OMEN HE KNEW ITS EXACT MEANING WITHOUT HAVING ANY NOTION OF HOW HE KNEW IT... SORCERERS
HAD A SENSE OF KNOWING THINGS DIRECTLY..HOW SURE THEY WERE DEPENDED ON THE STRENGTH AND CLARITY OF THEIR CONNECTING LINK.
Every act performed by sorcerers.. was either performed as a way to strengthen their link with intent or as a response triggered by the link itself..so sorcerers must be always
looking for manifestations of the spirit..indications or omens. POS,29
...the spirit reveals itself to everyone with the same intensity and consistency, but only sorcerers, are attuned to such revelations. POS, 31...Intent creates edifices (silent voice of
intent or the ulterior arrangement of the abstract, knowledge without words, outside our immediate comprehension.. to know the abstract directly without the intervention of
language..POS,45,46) before us and invites us to enter them POS, 43 .....when a sorcerer interpreted an omen he knew its exact meaning without having any notion of how he
knew it... sorcerers had a sense of knowing things directly..how sure they were depended on the strength and clarity of their connecting link. POS,31

MISTAKES HAPPEN FOR SORCERERS WHEN READING OMENS ONLY WHEN PERSONAL FEELINGS INTERVENE AND CLOUD THE SORCERERS'
CONNECTING LINK WITH INTENT.
mistakes happen for sorcerers when reading omens only when personal feelings intervene and cloud the sorcerers' connecting link with intent. POS, 31

WHEN EVERYTHING LOOKS BAD, THERE IS ALWAYS A CUBIC CENTIMETER OF CHANCE...

CENTIMETER OF CHANCE

A WARRIOR MUST ALWAYS BE READY.


A warrior must always be ready..TOP,277.

ALL OF US HAVE A CUBIC CENTIMETER OF CHANCE AND ONLY A WARRIOR WHO IS ALERT PICKS IT UP
All of us, whether or not we are warriors, have a cubic centimeter of chance that pops out in front of our eyes from time to time. The difference between an average man and a
warrior is that a warrior is aware of this, and one of his tasks is to be alert, deliberately waiting, so that when his cubic centimeter pops out he has the necessary speed, the
prowess to pick it up. JTI,234
Chance, good luck, personal power or whatever you may call it, it is a peculiar state of affairs. It is like a very small stick that comes out in front of us and invites us to pluck it.
Usually we are too busy, or too preoccupied, or just too stupid and lazy to realize that that is our cubic centimeter of luck. A warrior..is always alert and tight and has the spring,
the gumption necessary to grab it. JTI,234.

BEING FLUID FOR THE CUBIC CENTIMETER OF CHANCE


That dying man is one of the cubic centimeters of chance that power always makes available to a warrior. the warrior's art is to be perennially fluid in order to pluck it.
TOP,114.

WARRIORS ALWAYS HAVE A CHANCE/THEY DO NOT HINDER OTHER PEOPLE

Warriors always have a chance, no matter how slim. He made me see that I was a warrior myself and that I shouldn't hinder Pablito with my thoughts. He said I should turn
them off and let Pablito be; that the impeccable thing for me to do was to help Pablito in spite of what I knew about him. SRP,153.
E.) A WARRIOR'S LIFE

8. ACTING AS A WARRIOR

ACTING AS A WARRIOR

THE NATURE OF ONE'S ACTS WAS UNIMPORTANT AS LONG AS ONE ACTED AS A WARRIOR
the nature of one's acts was unimportant as long as one acted as a warrior...if I really felt that my spirit was distorted I should simply fix it-purge it, make it perfect-because
there was no other task in our entire lives which was more worthwhile. not to fix the spirit was to seek death, and that was the same as to seek nothing, since death was going to
overtake us regardless of anything. JTI,108. To seek the perfection of the warrior's spirit is the only task worthy of our manhood. JTI,109

A WARRIOR HAS NO CHOICE EXCEPT TO ACT LIKE A WARRIOR BECAUSE HE IS LIKE A SLAVE OF POWER
Power sets up those limits and a warrior is, let's say, a prisoner of power; a prisoner who has one free choice; the choice to act either like an impeccable warrior, or to act like an
ass. In the final analysis, perhaps the warrior is not a prisoner but a slave of power, because that choice is no longer a choice for him. TOP,190. the fate of all of us here has
been to know that we are prisoners of power. TOP,277...the only freedom warriors have is to behave impeccably. SRP,247.

RESPONSIBILITY FOR YOUR ACTS

YOU MUST ASSUME THE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY ACT EVEN FOR THE MOST TRIVIAL.
You may go any place you wish, but if you do, you must assume the full responsibility for that act. A warrior lives his life strategically. He would attend a party or reunion like
that only if his stategy calls for it. That means, of course, that he would be in total control and would perform all the acts that he deems necessary. JTI,227.....a warrior takes
responsibility for his acts; for the most trivial of his acts. You act out your thoughts and that's wrong. SR,133. when a man decides to do something he must go all the way..but
he must take responsibility for what he does. No matter what he does, he must know first why he is doing it, and then he must proceed with his actions without having doubts
or remorse about them. JTI,39....everything I do is my decision and my responsibility. The simplest thing I do, to take you for a walk in the desert...may very well mean my
death. Death is stalking me. Therefore I have no room for doubts or remorse. If I have to die as a result of taking you for a walk, then I must die....you, on the other hand, feel
that you are immortal and the decisions of an immortal man can be canceled or regretted or doubted. In a world where death..there is not time for regrets or doubts. There is
only time for decisions. JTI,40....You have been complaining all your life because you don't assume responsibility for your decisions....to assume the responsibility of one's
decisions means that one is ready to die for them. It doesn't matter what the decision is..nothing could be more or less serious than anything else. Don't you see? In a world
where death is the hunter there are no small or big decisions. There are only decisions that we make in the face of our inevitable death. JTI,43.

JUST DO IT/ A WARRIOR ACTS RATHER THAN TALKS

WORDS MAKE US FEEL ENLIGHTENED BUT FAIL US WHEN WE HAVE TO ACT


That's the flaw with words. They always force us to feel enlightened, but when we turn around to face the world they always fail us and we end up facing the world as we
always have, without enlightenment. TOP,29

A WARRIOR ACTS RATHER THAN TALKS


....the only thing that counted was action acting instead of talking...JTI,39. One learns to act like a warrior by acting, not by talking. SR,144. Only by acting can one become a
sorcerer. SR,261...Genaro and I are acting from here....he said pointing to one of the centers of radiation in his diagram. And it is not the center of understanding, yet you know
what it is. SR,261,262...For this reason, a sorcerer seeks to act rather than to talk and to this effect he gets a new description of the world- a new description where talking is not
that important, and where new acts have new reflections. TOP,29. learning through conversation was not only a waste, but stupidity, because learning was the most difficult
task a man could undertake. He asked me to remember the time I had tried to find my spot, and how I wanted to find it without doing any work because I had expected him to
hand out all the information. if he had done so... I would have never learned. But, knowing how difficult it was to find my spot, and above all, knowing that it existed, would
give me a unique sense of confidence. He said that while I remained rooted to my good spot nothing could cause me bodily harm, because I had the assurance that at that
particular spot I was at my very best. I had the power to shove off anything that might be harmful to me. TDJ,54 .....Every time a man sets himself to learn he has to labour as
hard as I did to find that spot, and the limits of his learning are determined by his own nature. Thus he saw no point in talking about knowledge. TDJ,54

ACTS GIVE US CONFIDENCE WHICH ALLOWS US TO CLAIM KNOWLDEGE AS POWER


If, however, he had told me where it was, I would never have had the confidence needed to claim it as true knowledge. Thus knowledge was indeed power. TDJ,54. Without
self-confidence, one would have been incapable of fulfilling one of the most important aspects of the teachings: the capacity to claim knowledge as power. TDJ,197.

SOME KNOWLEDGE IS TOO POWERFUL TO TALK ABOUT ANYWAY


. ..he said that certain kinds of knowledge were too powerful for the strength I had, and to talk about them would only bring harm to me. TDJ,55

A WARRIOR SHOULD BE BALANCED

A WARRIOR SHOULD MEET ANY SITUATION BALANCED


the challenge of a warrior is to arrive at a very subtle balance of positive and negative forces. this challenge does not mean a warrior should strive to have everything under
control, but that a warrior should strive to meet any conceivable situation, the expected and the unexpected, with equal efficiency. EG,307 ...A warrior starts off with the
certainty that his spirit is off balance; then by living in full control and awareness, but without hurry or compulsion, he does his ultimate best to gain this balance. TOP,31..as in
the case of every man ...your imbalance was due to the sum total of all your actions. TOP,32. the true art of a warrior is to balance terror and wonder. TOP,92..because the
warrior's way is harmony-the harmony between actions and decisions, at first, and then the harmony between tonal and nagual. TOP,153.In order to be a hunter, one must be in
perfect balance with everything else, otherwise hunting would be a meaningless chore. JTI,53.. the two opposing forces that move within us, male and female, positive and
negative, light and dark, have to be kept in balance so that an opening is created in the energy that surrounds us: an opening through which our awareness can slip. It is through
this opening in the energy encompassing us that the spirit manifests itself. Balance is what we are after.. but balance doesn't only mean an equal portion of each force. It also
means that as the portions are made equal, the new, balanced combination gains momentum and begins to move by itself. TSC,87.

TO BE PERFECT UNDER PERFECT CIRCUMSTANCES WAS TO BE A PAPER WARRIOR.


To be perfect under perfect circumstances was to be a paper warrior. EG,307.

FOR WARRIORS, THE EXCITATION OF STAYING PUT IS EQUAL TO THE EXCITATION OF THE JOURNEY. BOTH ARE EQUAL, BECAUSE BOTH ENTAIL
THE FULFILLING OF A SACRED TRUST.
For warriors, the excitation of staying put is equal to the excitation of the journey. both are equal, because both entail the fulfilling of a sacred trust. EG,307.

WARRIOR'S INNER STATE SHOULD REFLECT OUTER STATE

KUNG FU: AS A REFLECTION OF YOUR INNER SELF


Clara began to explain that the term kung fu is derived from the juxtaposition of two Chinese characters, one meaning "work done over a period of time", the other signifying
"man". When these two characters are combined, the term refers to man's endeavor to perfect himself through constant effort. She contended that whether we practice formal
exercises, arrange rocks or rake leaves, we always express our inner state through our actions. Therefore to perfect our acts is to perfect ourselves.. This is the true meaning of
kung fu. TSC,120. what you have been learning here with me might be referred to in China as internal kung fu, or nei kung... Internal kung fu uses controlled breathing and the
circulation of energy to strengthen the body and augment one's health; whereas external martial arts, like the karate forms you learned from your Japanese teachers and some of
the forms I showed you, focus on building muscles and quick energy responses in which energy is released and is directed away from us.. Clara said internal kung fu was
practiced by monks in China long before they developed the external or hard styles of fighting that are populary known as kung fu today. TSC,121.

HOW YOU DO THINGS: A REFLECTION OF YOUR INNER SELF.


It is the grace with which you manipulate things that matter... Your inner state is reflected in the way you move, talk, eat or place rocks. TSC,123. When aiming for the perfect
form, pretty good isn't good enough.. you ought to know by now that the outward form of anything we do is really an expression of our inner state. TSC,119. ..you do
everything just to get by. TSC,120.

IT DOESN'T MATTER WHAT YOU DO, AS LONG AS YOU GATHER ENERGY WITH YOUR ACTIONS AND TRANSFORM IT INTO POWER.
It doesn't matter what you do, as long as you gather energy with your actions and transform it into power. TSC,123. As an artist you should know that the rocks have to be put
where they are in balance.. not where it is easiest for you to drop them. Of course, if you were imbued with power, you could drop them any which way and the result would be
beauty itself. To understand this is the real purpose of the exercise of placing rocks. TSC,123.

IT'S HOW WE DO THINGS THAT MATTER, NOT HOW FAST OR HOW MUCH WE GET DONE.
placing rocks is just like practicing kung fu... It's how we do things that matter, not how fast or how much we get done. TSC,120. I asked you to carry the rocks from the stream
so that walking up the hilly trail with the added weight would develop your internal strength. We are not just interested in building muscles, but rather in cultivating internal
energy. TSC,120,121

WELL BEING OF A WARRIOR

THE SECRET IS NOT IN WHAT YOU DO TO YOURSELF BUT RATHER IN WHAT YOU DON'T DO.
I don't do anything. My body feels fine, that's all. I treat myself very well, therefore, I have no reason to feel tired or ill at ease. The secret is not in what you do to yourself but
rather in what you don't do. JTI,160.

WELL-BEING WAS AN ACHIEVEMENT ONE HAD TO DELIBERATELY SEEK


well-being was a condition one had to groom, a condition one had to become acquainted with in order to seek it. .. well-being was an achievement one had to deliberately seek.
in order to accomplish the feat of making myself miserable I had to work in a most intense fashion, and that it was absurd I had never realized I could work just the same in
making myself complete and strong. JTI,183,184.

THE TRICK IS WHAT ONE EMPHASIZES. WE EITHER MAKE OURSELVES MISERABLE OR WE MAKE OURSELVES STRONG. THE AMOUNT OF WORK IS
THE SAME.
The trick is what one emphasizes. We either make ourselves miserable or we make ourselves strong. The amount of work is the same. (bed of strings description JTI,183,184)
JTI,183,184.

WHEN WE ARE AGITATED

PROP YOUR LOWER BACK AGAINST A PIECE OF FURNITURE. OR BEND YOUR ARMS BACKWARD, PRESSING YOUR HANDS AGAINST THE TOP OF
YOUR KIDNEYS.
when you are agitated as you are now, prop your lower back against a piece of furniture. Or bend your arms backward, pressing your hands against the top of your kidneys.
TSC,181.

TO RELAX

IF I WANTED TO REGAIN MY STRENGTH I HAD TO LIE WITH MY HEAD TOWARDS THE EAST.
I had to climb to the flat top of a small hill...and lie down on my stomach with my head towards the east. JTI,17...he said if I wanted to regain my strength I had to lie with my
head towards the east. JTI,143.

CALM YOUR MIND TO CALM YOUR BODY


Calm the mind..and the body too will become tranquil; otherwise you're going to burst. TSC,74. The more relaxed the mind and body are, the more air a person can take into
each of the three body divisions. TSC,71.

BREATHING

WE SHOULD BREATH LIKE AN INFANT


This is how infants breathe... remember the sensation of your stomach popping out, so you can reproduce it regardless of whether you are walking, exercising or lying around
doing nothing. You probably won't believe this, but we are so civilized that we have to relearn how to breathe properly.. now let the breath rise to fill your chest cavity.. but
don't let it flood your head. ..when I'm say air, I'm really talking about energy derived from the breath, which enters the abdomen, the chest and then the head.... she became
serious again and continued to explain that our emotional well-being is directly linked to the rhythmic flow of our breathing. The breathing of a person who is upset... is rapid
and shallow and is localized in the chest or head. The breathing of a relaxed person sinks to the abdomen. TSC,70. it's harder for big people to breath from the abdomen because
their center of gravity is just a bit higher. it's therefore even more important that we remain calm and unperturbed... TSC,71

STRETCHING

YOU MUST STRETCH YOUR BODY MANY TIMES DURING THE DAY.
THE MORE TIMES THE BETTER, BUT ONLY AFTER A LONG PERIOD OF WORK OR A LONG PERIOD OF REST.
You must stretch your body many times during the day. The more times the better, but only after a long period of work or a long period of rest. JTI,179.

EXERCISE

A WARRIOR WALKS MILES AND MILES EVERYDAY


A warrior also walks miles and miles every day. SRP,201.
I noticed then that he did not like to talk while he walked. JTI,44.

THINGS IN A WARRIOR'S LIFE

APOLOGIZING

APOLOGIES ARE NONSENSE


Apologies are nonsense. TOP,273.
STAYING STILL

WARRIOR CAN REMAIN IMMOBILE FOR HOURS


Apparently it was easy for him to remain in complete immobility for hours. JTI,95.

STAYING WARM

FIGHTING COLD/WARMTH HEATING THE BODY


he just showed you how to fight the cold with a specific posture: squatting with the arms wrapped around the chest. TSC,93. He told me it was not the ministrations but his
inner silence that kept me warm, and the branches or stones (to hold or put in shirt) were merely devices to trap my attention and maintain it in focus. POS,21

EATING

A WARRIOR EATS QUIETLY, SLOWLY.. FOUR MOUTHFULS


a warrior eats quietly, and slowly, and very little at a time....a warrior eats four mouthfuls of food at one time. A while later he eats another four mouthfuls and so on. SRP,201.
I tried to talk to him, but he said that conversing while eating was bad for the digestion. i told him that Clara and I always chatted endlessly during our meals. TSC,201.

DRINKING ALCOHOL

NEVER DRANK
he said that he never drank, not even beer. JTI,7.

READING

READ FOR INFORMATION OR FOR PLEASURE


I read for information. (Clara) But some of the others do read for pleasure. TSC,174.

WEARING HATS

ALL WORE HATS TO PROTECT THEIR FACES FROM THE SUNLIGHT


All of them wore hats and used the brims to protect their faces from the sunlight when they were not bathing their eyes in it. SRP,251

POVERTY

POVERTY WAS THE STATE OF BEING WHEN YOUR CONCRETE NEEDS OVER POWER YOU.
poverty was the state of being when your concrete needs over power you. POS,194.

SECRETS

ALL SECRETS GONE


My desire for freedom has burned every secret in me. (Clara) TSC,166.

MIRRORS

NO MIRRORS IN THEIR HOUSE


There were no mirrors in their house. SRP,161.

CLUMSINESS

A COLLISION WITH SOMEONE NO BLUNDER A SORCERER SHOULD EVER MAKE


A collision with someone was the type of blunder which no sorcerer should ever make. POS, 30

BEWITCHING

YOU DON'T BEWITCH TO MAKE WARRIORS


you don't bewitch for courage. Courage is something personal. Bewitching is for rendering people harmless or sick or dumb. You don't bewitch to make warriors. To be a
warrior you have to be crystal clear... SR,76.

SHAME

SHAME AND SELF-IMPORTANCE MAKE TERRIBLE COMPANIONS


Shame and self-importance make terrible companions. TSC,164.

FAILURE

DOESN'T MATTER IF WE FAIL


one can always fail...a warrior is in the hands of power and his only freedom is to choose an impeccable life. there is no way to fake triumph or defeat. Your reason may want
you to fail altogether in order to obliterate the totality of yourself. TOP,59.

DEFEAT
..anyone who joins the petty tyrant is defeated. To act in anger, without control and discipline, to have no forbearance, is to be defeated. FFW,46. Once one of these enemies
(the four enemies of man) overpowers a man there is nothing he can do. it is a final defeat.... a man is defeated only when he no longer tries, and abandons himself. TDJ,86 You
failed miserably trying to accomplish a manuever we call the abstract flight or the sorcerer's crossing.. the attempt depleted your energy reserves. TSC,222. But because of my
craziness, i didn't cross gently and harmoniously. In other words, the awareness my double acquired had nothing to do with the daily awareness of my body. This resulted in a
sensation that i was flying and couldn't stop. All my reserve energy drained out of me without any restraint and my double went berserk. TSC,224. he said that in that sorcerer's
intent there wasn't room for defeat, for sorcerers have only one path open to them: to succeed in whatever they do. TSC,212.

QUITTING
You quit because no one paid any attention to you after your misadventure, and you didn't get the recognition you thought you deserve. .. everytime I had committed one of my
wild, impulsive acts..it had been to boost my self-image or to compete with someone in order to prove that I was better. TSC,98.

INTENSITY OF A WARRIOR'S LIFE


SORCERERS COUNTED THEIR LIVES IN HOURS, AND THAT IN ONE HOUR IT WAS POSSIBLE FOR A SORCERER TO LIVE THE EQUIVALENT IN
INTENSITY OF A NORMAL LIFE.
sorcerers counted their lives in hours, and that in one hour it was possible for a sorcerer to live the equivalent in intensity of a normal life. POS,245..

INTENSITY (EXTRA FLOW OF ENERGY) IS AN AUTOMATIC RESULT OF THE MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT
...intensity is an automatic result of the movement of the AP. POS,246 the extra flow of energy when the AP is moved. POS,246

ABANDONMENT

THE SPIRIT ONLY LISTENED WHEN THE SPEAKER SPEAKS IN GESTURES. AND GESTURES DO NOT MEAN SIGNS OR BODY MOVEMENTS, BUT ACTS OF
TRUE ABANDON, ACTS OF LARGESSE, OF HUMOR
the spirit only listened when the speaker speaks in gestures. And gestures do not mean signs or body movements, but acts of true abandon, acts of largesse, of humor. As a
gesture for the spirit, sorcerers bring out the best of themselves and silently offer it to the abstract. POS,244.....

PASSION

IN ORDER TO BE A SORCERER A MAN MUST BE PASSIONATE.


In order to be a sorcerer a man must be passionate. A passionate man has earthly belongings and things dear to him- if nothing else, just the path where he walks. JTI,266.

DOING STUFF

FIRST, YOU MUST VISUALIZE YOUR EXPERIENCES AS IF YOU WERE RELIVING THEM, AND THEN SEE THE TEXT IN YOUR DREAMING.
Doing something.. first, you must visualize your experiences as if you were reliving them, and then see the text in your dreaming. POS, 12

TO TRY WITHOUT HOPING TO SUCCEED


The second precept of the rule is that we must try to unravel these mysteries, but without ever hoping to accomplish this. EG,279.

IF ONE IS TO SUCCEED IN ANYTHING, THE SUCESS MUST COME GENTLY, WITH A GREAT DEAL OF EFFORT BUT WITH NO STRESS OR OBSESSION.
if one is to succeed in anything, the sucess must come gently, with a great deal of effort but with no stress or obsession. TOP,18.

PUSH YOURSELF PAST YOUR LIMITS


You should push yourself beyond your limits, all the time. TOP,14.

BEING CAUTIOUS

BEING CAUTIOUS/CONTROLLING OUR INTERNAL ENERGY FOR EXTRAORDINARY ACTIONS


Unfortunately, prudence comes to us only after we've gotten blasted... TSC,128... she added that cautiousness without cowardice is hinged on our ability to control our internal
energy and to divert it into the reserve channels, so that it is available to us when we need it for extraordinary actions... with enough internal energy, anything can be
accomplished. ... but we need to store and refine it. TSC,128

TAKING THINGS FOR GRANTED

DON'T TAKE SORCERER'S WORLD FOR GRANTED


In the sorcerer's world anything is possible... but one thing is for certain: it is not a world to be taken for granted. In it, we must voice our thanks now, because there is no
tomorrow. TSC,179.

THINGS TO AVOID WHILE ON THE PATH OF A WARRIOR...

STRESS

STRESS HAPPENS ANY TIME WE DO ANYTHING TO EXCESS.


The human body has an extra energy system that comes into play when we are under stress.. and stress happens any time we do anything to excess. Like being overly concerned
with yourself and your performace when, as you are now.TSC,125. That's why one of the fundamental precepts of the art of freedom is to avoid excesses. TSC,125.

INDULGING

ALL OF US HAVE LEARNED TO PERFECTION HOW TO MAKE OUR TONAL WEAK. I HAVE CALLED THAT INDULGING.
to indulge in your little quirks is not only stupid and wasteful but also injurious. A warrior that drains himself cannot live. The body is not an indestructable affair. You might
have gotten gravely ill. TOP,78. There is nothing wrong with feeling of being helpless... there is nothing wrong with complaining, but to indulge in protesting and complaining
is another matter. TOP,84.
Denying yourself is an indulgence... the indulgence of denying is by far the worst; it forces us to believe we are doing great things when in effect we are only fixed within
ourselves. SR,146.
all of us have learned to perfection how to make our tonal weak. I have called that indulging. TOP,135.

HERMIT

TO BE A HERMIT IS AN INDULGENCE AND I NEVER MEANT THAT. A HERMIT IS NOT DETACHED, FOR HE WILLFULLY ABANDONS HIMSELF TO BEING
A HERMIT.
To be a hermit is an indulgence and I never meant that. A hermit is not detached, for he willfully abandons himself to being a hermit. SR,151

INJURING THE SPIRIT

THE SPIRIT CAN BE INJURED BY INDULGING/SOMEONE NAGGING YOU


I think the spirit of man is something that can be injured very easily....I believe your parents did injure you by making you indulgent and soft and given to dwelling.SR,215.
What injures the spirit is having someone always on your back, beating you, telling you what to do and what not to do. JTI,xii.

FIGHTS
I'm not interested in your capricious fight against your family. Even though you've been at odds with them all your life, your fight has no purpose or direction. It's time to give
your natural strength and compulsive drive a worthy cause. TSC,182.

BECOMING TRAPPED
but in order to be trapped a man has to be willing. There's your trouble. You're willing to abandon yourself. SR,179.
GETTING LOST ON THE PATH/PULL OF THE DAILY WORLD

VERY EASY TO GET LOST ON THE PATH


it is very easy in the path of knowledge to get lost in intracacies and morbidity. He said seers are up against great enemies that can destroy their purpose, muddle their aims, and
make them weak; enemies created by the warrior's path itself together with the sense of indolence, lazinenss and self-importance that are integral parts of the daily world.
FFW,186. Ex. of old man.. significance of his life.. stupidly the same. Before I met DJ... nothing had ever mattered to me. SRP,168.
The pull of the daily world is so strong and sustained that in spite of their most assiduous training, all practitioners find themselves again and again in the midst of the most
abject terror, stupidity and indulging, as if they had learned nothing. My teachers warned me that I was no exception. And that only a minute to minute relentless struggle can
balance one's natural but stupefying insistence to remain unchanged. TSC,xiii.

DEALING WITH PEOPLE

DESCRIPTIONS OF WAYS OF SAYING GOODBYE

She put her clasped just below her navel. She turned and faced the valley and did the same movement with her hands. SRP,102.
More description. SRP,103.
Their are many ways of saying farewell... the best way is perhaps by holding a particular memory of joyfulness. TOP,270.
a warrior said farewell by thanking all those who had ahd a gesture of kindness or concern for him, and that I had to voice my gratitude not only to them but also to those who
had taken care of me and helped me on my way. TOP,279.

PROMISES/OATHS

MAKING OATHS OR PROMISES CAN BIND US


She said that there are moments in everyone's life, especially in early childhood, when we wanted something so badly that we automatically fixed our total intent on it, which,
once fixed, remains in place until we fulfill our desire. She elaborated by saying that vows, oaths, and promises bounds our intent, so that from then on, our actions, feelings
and thoughts are consistently directed toward fulfilling or maintaining those commitments regardless of whether or not we remember having made them.. TSC,117
sometimes we are bound by preposterous childish devotion or pledges of undying, eternal love. TSC,117.
And if it is a matter of fulfilling your promise then you must be aware that you are fulfilling it. Then a time will come when you waiting will be over and you will no longer
have to honor your promise. There is nothing you can do for that little boy's life. SR,142

CARING

THOSE WHO CARE, CARE FOR THEMSELVES


Those who care for others care for themselves and demand recognition where recognition is due. FFW,206.

MALICIOUS ACTS

MALICIOUS ACTS ARE PERFORMED BY PEOPLE FOR PERSONAL GAIN


Malicious acts are performed by people for personal gain.. the average man acts only if there is the chance for profit. Warriors act not for profit but for the spirit. POS,91.

INTEREST IN PEOPLE

LIKING PEOPLE/BEING LIKED


You're too concerned with liking people or with being liked yourself. A man of knowledge likes, that's all. he likes whatever or whoever he wants, but he uses his controlled
folly to be unconcerned about it. the opposite of what you are doing now. to like people or to be liked by people is not all one can do as a man. SR,89.....by the time a warrior is
capable of conquering seeing and dreaming and having the awareness of his luminosity, there is no such interest left in him. TOP,60.

CONFRONTATIONS

CONFRONTATION:THE WORST THING ONE CAN DO IS TO CONFRONT HUMAN BEINGS BLUNTLY


..he would know that the worst thing one can do is to confront human beings bluntly. JTI,x

IF ONE WANTS TO STOP OUR FELLOW MEN ONE MUST ALWAYS BE OUTSIDE THE CIRCLE THAT PRESSES THEM. THAT WAY ONE CAN ALWAYS
DIRECT THE PRESSURE.
if one wants to stop our fellow men one must always be outside the circle that presses them. That way one can always direct the pressure. JTI,xi.

POSSIBLE DANGER TO OTHER PEOPLE FROM WARRIORS ON THE PATH

DANGERS TO OTHERS FROM PEOPLE ON THE PATH OF KNOWLEDGE


but knowledge is power and once a man embarks on the road of knowledge he's no longer liable for what may happen to those who come in contact with him. SR,34.

CONNECTING WITH OTHERS

CONNECTION WITH OTHERS


She seemed to be internally connected to me to such a degree that there was no reason for us to say anything. We sustained the feeling of communality with each other for a
moment longer and then it overwhelmed us both. EG,144.

ENERGY THAT AFFECTS SOMEONE ELSE

DESCRIPTION
the energy of my body is pressing on you. That extra pressure is what's making your heart beat faster. TSC,181.

CATEGORIES OF TYPES OF PEOPLE

PEOPLE FALL INTO THREE CATEGORIES


..Stalkers believe that in matters of personality, the entire human race falls into three categories.. (see POS,249, 250).
E.) A WARRIOR'S LIFE

9. MOOD OF A WARRIOR

MOOD OF A WARRIOR

A WARRIOR CONTROLS HIS/HER MOOD


A warrior makes his own mood...fear got you into the mood of a warrior, but now that you know about it, anything will serve you to get into it. it's convenient to always to act in
such a mood..it cuts through the crap and leaves one purified...one needs the mood of a warrior for every single act..otherwise one becomes distorted and ugly. JTI,119. there is
no power in a life that lacks this mood. JTI,120.

DIFFICULT TO GET INTO THE WARRIOR MOOD


To achieve the mood of a warrior is not a simple matter. it is a revolution. JTI,121.....The hardest thing in the world is to assume the mood of a warrior...it is of no use to be sad
and complain and feel justified in doing so, believing that someone is always doing something to us. Nobody is doing anything to anybody, much less to a warrior. JTI,110.

SOBRIETY

SORCERERS ARE NOT INTERESTED IN CRAZINESS BUT IN SOBRIETY


The awareness of daily life.!.. it means that we are after sobriety, measure, control. We are not interested in craziness and helter-skelter results. You indulged in your excesses
and didn't shift your awareness of daily life to your double... you imbued your double with an unknown, uncontrollable awareness. TSC,224.

WHAT IS SOBRIETY?

HAVING A SENSE OF COMPOSURE, ALMOST INDIFFERENCE, A NATURAL BENT FOR EXAMINATION


internal strength meant a sense of equanimity (composure), almost of indifference, a feeling of being at ease, but, above all, it meant a natural and profound bent for
examination, for understanding. All of these traits are called sobriety. FFW,194.

WHY IS SOBRIETY IMPORTANT TO SORCERY?

SORCERY IS DONE IN COMPLETE SOBERNESS/DRUGS NOT THE KEY


The extraordinary effect that psychotropic plants had on me was what gave me the bias that their use was the key feature of the teachings. I held on to the conviction and it was
only in the later years of my apprenticeship that I realized that the meaningful transformations and findings of sorcerers were always done in states of sober consciousness.
TOP,236.

MOVING THE AP IS EVERYTHING, BUT IT MEANS NOTHING IF IT'S NOT A SOBER, CONTROLLED MOVEMENT.
sobriety was crucial to dealing with the moving of the assemblage point. POS, 72.. ..moving the AP is everything, but it means nothing if it's not a sober, controlled movement.
POS,267.... seers have to be methodical, rational beings, paragons of sobriety and at the same time they must shy away from all those qualities in order to be completely free
and open to the wonders and mysteries of existence. FFW,91....
alignment has to be a very peaceful, unnoticeable act. No flying away, no great fuss. FFW,234... the sobriety needed to let the AP assemble other worlds is something that
cannot be improvised.

SOBRIETY MUST BE CULTIVATED


Sobriety has to mature and become a force in itself before warriors can break the barrier of perception with impunity. FFW,235.

SOBRIETY WILL BRIDGE THE CONTRADICTIONS FOUND IN SORCERY


only a feeling of supreme sobriety can bridge the contradictions found in sorcery.. you may call that bridge between contradictions anything you want- art, affection, sobriety,
love or even kindness. FFW,91

HUMBLENESS

A WARRIOR SHOULD BE HUMBLE BECAUSE HE IS EQUAL TO EVERYTHING


The third precept of the rule, that a warrior, aware of the unfathomable mystery that surrounds him and aware of his duty to unravel it, takes his rightful place among mysteries
and regards himself as one. Consequently, for a warrior there is no end to the mystery of being, whether being means being a pebble, or an ant, or oneself. That is a warrior's
humbleness. One is equal to everything. EG,279. To regard the lion and the water rats and our fellow men as equals is a magnificent act of the warrior's spirit. it takes power to
do that. JTI,121....that wouldn't affect my inner serenity. This attitude is called knowing your worth... and my worth is absolutely zero... as long as the positive and negative
forces are in balance, they cancel each other out and that means that my worth is zero. it also means that I cannot be possibly upset when someone criticizes me, nor can I be
pleased when someone praises me. TSC,64...to be victorious and to be defeated are equal. SR,88. You have learned that the backbone of a warrior is to be humble and efficient.
TOP,277... humbleness entails being impeccable in one's actions and feelings. (???)If you don't have a clear picture of what you want, you may become more humble. JTI,55. A
warrior takes his lot, whatever it may be, and accepts it in ultimate humbleness. He accepts it in humbleness what he is, not as grounds for regret but as a living challenge. It
takes time for every one of us to understand that point and fully live it. TOP,24.

WE SHOULD BE HUMBLE AND PROTECT OUR PERSON NOT DEFEND IT


one has to be utterly humble and carry nothing to defend, not even one's person; that one's person should be protected, but not defended. In snubbing them, I (CC) was not
protecting but merely defending myself. EG,195.

RESPECTING OTHER THINGS

A warrior treats everything with respect and does not trample on anything unless he has to. SR,180.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN A WARRIOR AND A BEGGAR... WARRIORS AREN'T MASTERS


I now know that the humbleness of a warrior is not the humbleness of a beggar. The warrior lowers his head to no one, but at the same time, he doesn't permit anyone to lower
his head to him. The beggar.. falls to his knees at the drop of a hat and scrapes the floor for anyone he deems to be higher; but at the same time, he demands that someone lower
than him scrape the floor for him. ...that's why I told you earlier today that I didn't understand what masters felt like. I know only the humbleness of a warrior, and that will
never permit me to be anyone's master. TOP,25.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN A WARRIOR AND AN AVERAGE MAN IN SELF- CONFIDENCE


The self-confidence of the warrior is not the self-confidence of the average man. The average man seeks certainty in the eyes of the onlooker and calls that self-confidence. the
warrior seeks impeccabilty in his own eyes and calls that humbleness. the average man is hooked to his fellow men, while the warrior is hooked only to himself. TOP,13. Self-
confidence entails knowing something for sure; (???)

WANTING/NEED

HE SAID THAT NOT WANTING ANYTHING WAS A WARRIOR'S FINEST ACHIEVEMENT


He said that not wanting anything was a warrior's finest achievement. ...In my stupidity..I had enlarged the sensation of not wanting anything and made it lapse into not liking
anything. Thus, my life was boring and empty. TOP,240. Yet if we could learn to cut our wants to nothing, the smallest thing we'd get would be a true gift. To be poor or
wanting is only a thought; and so is to hate, or to be hungry, or to be in pain. SR,142. The power to do that is all we have (thinking hunger and thirst are thoughts) to oppose the
forces of our lives; without that power we are dregs, dust in the wind. SR,142. ..you must cultivate the feeling that a warrior needs nothing. TOP,56. A warrior doesn't seek
anything for his solace. SRP,110.
Only he(CC's little boy) could cancel that act (refers to CC making promise to a little boy)....by learning to reduce his wants to nothing. As long as he thinks that he was a
victim, his life will be hell. And as long as you think the same your promise will be valid. SR,142

WHAT MAKES US UNHAPPY IS TO WANT.


What makes us unhappy is to want. SR,142

NEED IS FELT AS ATTACHMENT TO OUR SELF-REFLECTION


Each of us has a different degree of attachment to his self-reflection.. and that attachment is felt as need..POS,166

CONTROL

A WARRIOR IS IN CONTROL WITHOUT CONTROLLING ANYTHING


A controlled outburst and a controlled quietness were the mark of a warrior. JTI,104...You had a degree of abandon, and at the same time you had a degree of control over
yourself. You did not let go and wet your pants, and yet you let go and climbed that wall in complete darkness..to climb well in darkness required that you had to hold on to
yourself and let go of yourself at the same time. That's what I call the mood of a warrior. JTI,119...a man of knowledge is in control without controlling anything. TOP,61. A
warrior must be calm and collected and must never lose his grip. TOP,29.....One of the acts of a warrior is never to let anything affect him. Thus, a warrior may be seeing the
devil himself, but he won't let anyone know that. The control of a warrior has to be impeccable. TOP,140. A warrior cannot be helpless..or bewildered or frightened, not under
any circumstances. For a warrior there is time only for his impeccability; everything else drains his power, impeccability replenishes it. TOP,191. a warrior always made sure
that everything was in proper order, not because he believed that he was going to survive the ordeal he was about to undertake, but because that was part of his impeccable
behavior. JTI,167.

BEING FLUID

BEING CONTROLLED IS ALSO BEING FLUID.. BELIEVING BUT NOT BELIEVING..


... they had been taught to be fluid, at ease in whatever situation they found themselves, and that I had been taught the same. EG,33.... But he could not hate or fight the river,
or be impatient with it, or fret, which were the ways he normally behaved with everything and everybody in his life. All he could do with the river was follow its flow.
POS,237.. he knew how to let go. SRP,42...Sorcerers live exclusively in the twilight of a feeling best described by the words "and yet..." When everything is crumbling down
around them, sorceres accept that the situation is terrible, and then immediately escape to the twilight of "and yet..." POS,199..A warrior must be fluid and must shift
harmoniously with the world around him, whether it is the world of reason, or the world of will. The most dangerous aspect of that shifting comes forth every time the warrior
finds that the world is neither one nor the other. I was told that the only way to succeed in that crucial shifting was by proceding in one's actions as if one believed...in other
words, the secret of a warrior is that he believes without believing... to just believe would exonerate him from examining his situation. A warrior, whenever he has to involve
himself with believing, does it as a choice, as an expression of his innermost predilection. A warrior doesn't believe, a warrior has to believe. TOP,108. A warrior considers all
those possibilities and then chooses to believe in accordance with his innermost predilection. As a warrior you have to believe in that (Cats story) if you have to believe,
however, you must use all the event. Having to believe means that you must consider everything. TOP,111.He said it was not so difficult to let the spirit of man flow and take
over; to sustain it, however, was something that only a warrior could do. TOP,110. In fact, as I have told you before, a warrior doesn't need to believe because as long as he
keeps on acting without believing he is not-doing. JTI,199....a warrior acted as if he knew what he was doing, when in effect he knew nothing... JTI,168.

FOUR REACTIONS TO DIFFICULT SITUATIONS

There are three kinds of bad habits which we use over and over when confronted with unusual life situations. TOP,55.First, we may disregard what's happening or has happened
and feel as if it has never occurred. That one is the bigot's way.TOP,55. Second, we may accept everything at its face value and feel as if we know what's going on. That's the
pious man's way. TOP,55 third, we may become obsessed with an event because either we cannot disregard it or cannot accept it wholeheartedly. That's the fool's
way...TOP,55. There is a fourth, the correct one, the warrior's way. A warrior acts as if nothing had ever happened, because he doesn't believe in anything, yet he accepts
everything at its face value. He accepts without accepting and disregards without disregarding. He never feels as if he knows, neither does he feel as if nothing had ever
happened. He acts as if he is in control, even though he might be shaking in his boots. To act in such a manner dissipates obsession. TOP,55.

10. EMOTIONS OF A WARRIOR

EMOTIONS OF A WARRIOR

ENTERING THE UNKNOWN


the mood of a warrior who enters into the unknown is not one of sadness...he's joyful because he feels humbled by his great fortune, confident that his spirit is impeccable and
above all fully aware of his efficiency. TOP,279

HAPPINESS

HAPPINESS COMES FROM DOING THINGS DELIBERATELY


you don't know the happiness that comes from doing things deliberately. SR,64. ... and while he waits he feasts his eyes on the world. For him the ultimate accomplishment of a
warrior was joy. EG,84 A warriors joyfulness comes from having accepted his fate, and from having truthfully assessed what lies ahead of him. TOP,279

FULFILLMENT

THERE IS NO EMPTINESS IN THE LIFE OF A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE


There's no emptiness in the life of a man of knowledge ..everything is filled to the brim...and everything is equal and my struggle was worth my while. SR,88

HUMOR

HUMOR WAS ONE WAY TO COUNTERACT THE EFFECTS OF THE SORCERER'S WORLD
humor was the only means of counteracting the compulsion of human awareness to take inventories and to make cumbersome classification. FFW,32.. the only way to
counteract the devasting effect of the sorcerer's world was to laugh at it. TOP,54. Blind men don't laugh. Their bodies jerk a little with the ripple of laughter. They have never
looked at the funny edge of the world and have to imagine it. Their laughter is not roaring. SR,89.

CLARITY

MAN'S SECOND NATURAL ENEMY


(a man's) second enemy. Clarity! That clarity of mind, which is so hard to obtain, dispels fear, but also blinds. It forces the man to never doubt himself. It gives him the
assurance he can do anything he pleases, for he sees clearly into everything. And he is courageous because he is clear, and he stops at nothing because he is clear But all that is
a mistake; it is like something incomplete. if the man yields to this make-believe power, he has succumbed to his second enemy and will fumble with learning. He will rush
when he should be patient, or he will be patient when he should rush. And he will fumble with learning until he winds up incapable of learning anything more. He doesn't die...
his second enemy has just stopped him cold from trying to become a man of knowledge; instead, the man may turn into a buoyant warrior or even a clown. Yet the clarity for
which he has paid so dearly will never change to darkness and fear again. He will be clear as long as he lives, but he will no longer learn, or yearn for, anything. (to defeat it)..
he must do what he did with fear: he must defy his clarity and use it only to see, and wait patiently and measure carefully before taking new steps; he must think, above all, that
his clarity is almost a mistake. And a moment will come when he will understand that his clarity was only a point before his eyes. And thus he will overcome his second enemy,
and will arrive at a position where nothing can harm him anymore. This will not be a mistake. it will not be only a point before his eyes. It will be true power.TDJ,85,86....He
will know at this point that the power he has been pursuing for so long is finally his. He can do with it whatever he pleases. His ally is at his command. His wish is the rule. He
sees all that is around him. TDJ,86. Clarity, the second enemy of a man of knowledge, has loomed upon you. SR,115

DOUBT

DOUBT COMES FROM WHERE YOUR AP IS POSITIONED


I moved your AP beyond the position where there are no more doubts. There are two such positions for warriors. In one you have no more doubts because you know
everything. In the other, because you don't know anything. FFW,300.
What we need to do to allow magic to get hold of us is to banish doubt from our minds.. once doubts are banished, anything is possible. POS,130.

WORRYING

FRETTING WAS PROPER ONLY IN THE FIRST ATTENTION


fretting was proper only in the first attention. EG,260

FEAR

FEAR IS A PRODUCT OF THE AP


fear did not exist as soon as the glow of awareness moved beyond a certain threshold inside man's cocoon. FFW,125,126

BEING AFRAID IS OKAY/FIRST NATURAL ENEMY


There is nothing wrong with being afraid. When you fear, you see things in a different way. TDJ,49....Fear is the first natural enemy a man must overcome on his path to
knowledge. Besides, you are curious. That evens up the score....And you will learn in spite of yourself; that's the rule. TDJ,51.....Fears are natural; that all of us experience them
and there is nothing we can do about it... no matter how frightening learning is, it is more terrible to think of a man without an ally, or without knowledge. TDJ,55...the first of
his natural enemies: Fear!. A terrible enemy-treacherous, and difficult to overcome. It remains concealed at every turn of the way, prowling, waiting. And if the man, terrified in
its presence, runs away, his enemy will put an end to his quest. TDJ,84.

FEAR IS NATURAL AND SHOULDN'T BE CONTROLLED


DJ said that it was natural to be scared, and that to control fear was wrong and senseless. The ancient seers got trapped by suppressing their terror when they should have been
scared out of their wits. FFW,111..

FRIGHT WILL ALWAYS BE THERE


fright is something one can never get over.. SR,251

FRIGHT CAN'T INJURE YOU


Fright never injures anyone.JTI,xii. when a warrior is caught in such a tight spot he would simply turn his back to the ally without thinking twice. A warrior cannot indulge,
thus he cannot die of fright. SR,251

IT'S OKAY TO BE AFRAID BUT NOT PARALYZED


be afraid without being terrified... put all your concentration on the midpoint of your body. FFW,125...

FEAR MAKES YOU LEARN


One of the greatest forces in the lives of warriors is fear.. it spurs them to learn. FFW,61..

RUNNING AWAY FROM FEAR MEANS NO MORE LEARNING/BEING DEFEATED


(if the man runs away in fear)... nothing happens to him except he will never learn. He will never become a man of knowledge. He will perhaps be a bully or a harmless, scared
man; at any rate, he will be a defeated man. His first enemy will have put an end to his cravings. TDJ,84..If he gives in to fear he will never conquer it, because he will shy
away from learning and never try again. TDJ,87.

DEFEATING FEAR
... (so)... he must not run away. He must defy his fear, and in spite of it he must take the next step in learning, and the next, and the next. He must be fully afraid and yet he
must not stop. That is the rule! And a moment will come when his first enemy retreats. The man begins to feel sure of himself. His intent becomes stronger. Learning is no
longer a terrifying task. When this joyful moment comes, the man can say without hesitation that he has defeated his first natural enemy.... It happens little by little, and yet the
fear is vanquished suddenly and fast. TDJ,84.But if he tries to learn for years in the midst of his fear, he will eventually conquer it because he will never have really abandoned
himself to it. TDJ,87.fear was supposed to be conquered and there was an alleged time life of a man of knowledge when it was vanquished, but first one had to be conscious of
being afraid and duly to evaluate that sensation. DJ asserted that one was capable of conquering fear only by facing it. TDJ,196,197

ONCE FEAR IS GONE, THE PERSON IS FREE FROM IT.


Once a man has vanquished fear, he is free from it for the rest of his life because, instead of fear, he has acquired clarity - a clarity of mind which erases fear. By then a man
knows his desires; he knows how to satisfy those desires. He can anticipate the new steps of learning, and a sharp clarity surrounds everything. the man feels that nothing is
concealed. TDJ,85.

FEAR OF LOSING YOUR SOUL


I said I could not figure out logically what had caused my panic, and he replied that it was not the fear of dying, but rather the fear of losing my soul, a fear common among
men who do not have unbending intent. TDJ,185.

WHAT TO DO WHEN YOU ARE AFRAID/UPSET


when you have been afraid or upset, don't lie down to sleep... sleep sitting up on a sofa chair. ..if I wanted to give my body healing rest I should take long naps, lying on my
stomach with my face turned to the left and my feet over the foot of the bed... put a pillow over the shoulders away from the neck to keep warm and wear heavy socks or keep
shoes on. POS,41

PUSHING THE BELLY DOWN/FOR MOMENTS OF GREAT FEAR AND STRESS


it was a technique he had taught me years before, to use in moments of great danger, fear or stress. It consisted of pushing the diaphragm down while taking four sharp gasps of
air through the mouth, followed by four deep inhalations and exhalations through the nose. He had explained that the gasps of air had to be felt as jolts in the middle part of the
body, and that keeping the hands tightly clasped, covering the navel, gave strength to the midsection and helped to control the gasps and the deep inhalations, which had to be
held for a count of eight as one pressed the diaphragm down. The exhalations were done twice throught the nose and twice through the mouth in a slow or accelerated fashion,
depending on one's preference. TOP,163.

SADNESS AND MELANCHOLY

BEING SAD FOR NO REASON


in the life of warriors it was extremely natural to be sad for no overt reason. Seers say that the luminous egg, as a field of energy, senses its final destination whenever the
boundaries of the known are broken. A mere glimpse of the eternity outside the cocoon is enough to disrupt the coziness of our inventory. The resulting melancholy is
sometimes so intense that it can bring about death. FFW,115

SADNESS AS A WAY TO BECOME SILENT


The Naugal told me that for a human being sadness is as powerful as terror. Sadness makes a warrior shed tears of blood. Both can bring the moment of silence. Or the silence
comes of itself, because the warrior tries for it throughout his life. EG,143

EXPRESSING YOUR SADNESS


If a warrior needs solace..he simply chooses anyone and expresses to that person in every detail of his turmoil. After all, the warrior is not seeking to be understood or helped;
by talking he's merely relieving himself of his pressure. That is, providing that the warrior is given to talking; if he's not, he tells no one. TOP,56.

CAN'T AVOID PAIN/GRIEF


a warrior could not avoid pain and grief but only the indulging in them. TOP,278.

GETTING RID OF MELANCHOLY


The best way to get rid of melancholy is to make fun of it. FFW,115

GETTING OUT OF A SAD MOOD


the way to get you out of this sad mood is to make you angry or to make you think. TSC,168.

ANGER

ANGER IS A NATURAL REACTION TO THE AP NOT MOVING ON COMMAND


anger was a natural reaction to the hesitation of the AP to move on command. FFW,278

WARRIORS CAN'T BE ANGRY


.... everything a warrior does is dictated by impeccability..with no thoughts of personal gain..so they can't be angry or disillusioned with people. POS, 92....it was absurd to be
offended by an animals actions.. DJ told me I should feel the same way about the onslaughts of my fellow men. I should protect myself or get out of their way, but without
feeling morally wronged. POS,223...No I'm never angry at anybody. no human being can do anything inportant enough for that. You get angry at people when you feel their
acts are important. I don't feel that way any longer. TDJ,73.

LONELINESS

BEING ALONE
we are all alone that is our condition...but to die alone is not to die in loneliness. TOP,278...and I had partially succeeded in disrupting daily routines, assuming responsibility for
my acts, erasing personal history and had finally arrived at a point which years before I had dreaded; I was capable of being alone without disrupting my physical or emotinal
well-being. TOP,57

AFFECTION

AFFECTION
real affection cannot be an investment. FFW,288.

11. DEALING WITH THE WORLD

A. PLANTS AND TREES


ORGANIC LIFE

COMPARING TREE VS MOVING BEINGS ON WHERE THEY GET THEIR NOURISHMENT


the awareness of a tree draws its nourishment from the depths of the earth, while the awareness of mobile creatures draws it from the surface. There is no sense of strife in a
tree, whereas moving beings are filled to the brim with it. EG,236

AP LOCATION FOR PLANTS LOWER PART OF COCOON WHILE ORGANIC BEINGS UPPER PART
But the real difference between plants and other organic beings is the location of their AP. Plants have it on the lower part of their cocoon, while other organic beings have it on
the upper part of their cocoon. FFW,184.

PLANTS

PLANTS IN GENERAL
Plants have pinkish luminosities in general, because their awareness is pink. FFW,184. Plants are very peculiar things..they are alive and they feel. JTI,6.

POWER PLANTS
The interesting part is that some tiny plants have a cocoon almost as big as a man's body and three times its width. Those are power plants. They share the largest amount of
emanations with man, not the emanations of awareness, but other emanations in general. FFW,184.

POISONOUS PLANTS
Poisonous plants are a pale yellow pink and medicinal plants are a bright violet pink. The only ones that are white pink are power plants; some are murky white, others are
brilliant white. FFW,184.

PLANTS COMMUNICATE WITH INORGANIC BEINGS


Old seers were convinced that plants have the most intense communication with inorganic beings. FFW,185.

SORCERER'S USE PLANTS/TREES AS GUIDES TO THE DARK REGIONS


They believed the lower the AP, the easier for plants to break the barrier of perception; very large trees and very small plants have their AP extremely low in their cocoon.
Because of this, a great number of the old seer's sorcery techniques were means to harness the awareness of trees and small plants in order to use them as guides to descend to
what they called the deepest levels of the dark regions. FFW,185.

YOU MUST TALK TO PLANTS BEFORE YOU PICK THEM AND THANK THEM
you must talk to the plants before you pick them. In order to see the plants you must talk to them personally. You must get to know them individually; then the plants can tell
you anything you care to know about them. SR,94
The world around us is a mystery..and men are no better than anything else. If a little plant is generous with us we must thank her, or perhaps she will not let us go. JTI,25..It
doesn't matter what you say to a plant..you can just as well make up words; what's important is the feeling of liking it and treating it as an equal.....a man who gathers plants
must apologize everytime for taking them and must assure them that someday his own body will serve as food for them..so, all in all, the plants and ourselves are even. neither
we nor they are more or less important. JTI,23.
There is no need to talk to plants unless you want to know their secrets and for that you need the most unbending intent. JTI,36.

ALSO SAME GOES FOR ANIMALS WE HUNT


The worms, the birds, the trees, all of them can tell us unimaginable things if only one could have the speed to grasp their message. The smoke can give us that grasping speed.
But we must be on good terms with all the living things of this world. This is the reason why we must talk to plants we are about to kill and apologize for hurting them; the
same thing must be done with the animals we are going to hunt. We should take only enough for our needs, otherwise the plants and the animals and the worms we have killed
would turn against us and cause us disease and misfortune. A warrior is aware of this and strives to appease them, so he peers through the holes(sounds), the trees and birds and
the worms give him truthful messages. SR,226.

TREES

TREES ARE CLOSER TO MAN THAN ANTS. ...TREES AND MAN CAN DEVELOP A GREAT RELATIONSHIP; THAT'S SO BECAUSE THEY SHARE
EMANATIONS.
....trees are closer to man than ants. ...trees and man can develop a great relationship; that's so because they share emanations. FFW,184...the cocoon of a giant tree is not much
bigger than the tree itself. FFW,184

FEELINGS FOR A TREE


The feeling I had developed for the trees was beyond words. I had the certainity that I was able to absorb their moods, know their age, their insights and what they sensed. I
could communicate with a tree directly through a sensation that came out from the inside of my body. often, communication began with a spilling forth of pure affection,
almost as intense as what i felt for Manfred, and affection that came out of me always unexpectedly and unsolicited. Then I could feel their roots descending into the earth. i
knew whether they neede water and which roots were extending toward the underground water source. TSC,244 I could tell what it felt like to live seeking light, anticipating it,
intending it, or what it felt like to feel heat, cold or be ravaged by lightening and storms. I learned what it was like never to be able to move off one's destined spot. To be silent,
to sense through the bark, the roots and intake light through the leaves. i knew, beyond the shadow of a doubt, that trees feel pain; and I also knew that once communication is
engaged, trees poured themselves out in affection... TSC,245

B. ANIMALS

COYOTES

COYOTES ARE TRICKSTERS


For example, you could have asked that coyote about anything you wanted to know and it would have been compelled to give you an answer. the only sad part is that coyotes
are not reliable. they are tricksters. It is your fate not to have a dependable animal companion. JTI,254.

CROWS

SEEING LIKE A CROW


I brought up the issue of the difference I had detected in the movement of light. Things that are alive... move inside, and a crow can easily see when something is dead, or about
to die, because the movement has stopped or is slowing down to a stop. a crow can also tell when something is moving too fast, and by the same token a crow can tell when
something is moving just right.It means a crow can tell actually what to avoid and what to seek. When something is moving too fast inside, it means it is about to explode
violently, or to leap forward, and a crow will avoid it. When it moves inside just right, it is pleasing sight and a crow will seek it. TDJ,172.
Rocks or dead animals or dead trees (do not move inside) but they are beautiful to look at. That is why crows hang around dead bodies. They like to look at them. No light
moves inside them. (flesh rotting) moves but that is a different movement. When a crow sees then is millions of things moving inside the flesh with a light of their own, and that
is what a crow likes to see. It is a truly an unforgetable sight. TDJ,172.
(would anyone seeing me have thought I was an ordinary crow) You can't think that way when dealing with the power of the allies. Such questions make no sense, and yet to
become a crow is the simplest of all matters. It is almost like frolicking; it has little usefulness. As I have already told you, the smoke is not for those who seek power. It is only
for those who crave to see. TDJ,173.
A crow is safe. it is ideal in size and nature. It can go safely into any place without attracting attention... it is possible to become a lion or a bear, but that is rather dangerous.
Such a creature is too large; it takes too much energy to become one. one can also become a cricket, or a lizard, or even an ant, but that is even more dangerous, because large
animals prey on small creatures. TDJ,173.

C. EARTH AND SUN

EARTH

THE EARTH HAS A COCOON THAT TRAPS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS


..everything on the earth is encased. FFW,182...the earth itself is a living being... the earth has a cocoon..there is a ball encasing the earth, a luminous cocoon that traps the
Eagle's emanations. The earth is a gigantic sentient being subjected to the same forces we are. FFW,222

THE EARTH IS THE ULTIMATE SOURCE OF EVERYTHING WE ARE: IT HAS ALL THE EMANATIONS PRESENT IN MAN'S COCOON
....the earth is the ultimate source of everything we are.. FFW,223 Since both the earth and man are sentient beings, their emanations coincide, or rather, the earth has all the
emanations present in man and all the emanations that are present in all sentient beings, organic and inorganic for that matter. FFW,224...The secret knowledge of the earth had
to do with everything that stands on the ground.. people, animals, insects,trees, small plants, rocks, soil. FFW,99

THE EARTH WAS SENTIENT AND THAT ITS AWARENESS COULD AFFECT THE AWARENESS OF HUMANS.
sorcerers became aware that the earth was sentient and that its awareness could affect the awareness of humans. POS,111

THE EARTH CAN GIVES US A BOOST OF ENERGY TO MOVE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINTS
...just before the sun goes down...you will have a few key moments to catch all the glitter you need.... there is enough glitter in those mountains to jolt your AP... The magic key
that opens earth's door is made of internal silence plus anything else that shines. FFW,223... the earth can give the warrior a tremendous boost; it is an impulse that comes from
the awareness of the earth itself at the instant in which the emanations inside warrior's cocoons are aligned with the appropriate emanations inside the earth's cocoon. FFW,224
the earth's boost is the force of alignment of only the amber emanations. It is a boost that heightens awareness to unthinkable degrees. To the new seers it is a blast of unlimited
consciousness, which they called total freedom. FFW,268.... When a moment of alignment takes place, sentient beings use that alignment in a limited way and perceive their
world. Warriors can use that alignment either to perceive, like everyone else or as a boost that allows them to enter unimaginable worlds. FFW,225... the boost will come at the
moment you see the glitter on the top of that mountain... go with the boost wherever it takes you..FFW,229...there was a point of intense brilliance on the highest peak in the
range... FFW,230..The speed of that boost will dissolve everything about you..under its impact you will become nothing. Speed and the sense of individual existence don't go
together. FFW,232...the supreme awareness of the earth is what makes it possible for us to change into other great bands of emanations... alignment is the secret passageway
and the earth's boost is the key. FFW, 233.

IN ORDER TO GET ENERGY FROM THE EARTH..OLD SEERS USED TO BURY THEMSELVES FOR PERIODS OF TIME, DEPENDING ON WHAT THEY
WANTED TO ACCOMPLISH
in order to get energy from the earth..old seers used to bury themselves for periods of time, depending on what they wanted to accomplish. The more difficult the task, the
longer their burial period. FFW,255. the energy of the earth...(is a special kind of energy).. it complements the energy of the sun. Perhaps you'll feel it entering through your
hands as you work the soil. or it may start to flow into your legs as you squat on the ground. TSC,110.
THE EARTH IS A HEALER: THE DIRT IS A SCREEN
....There is no better healer than the earth..the dirt is a screen, it doesn't allow anything to go through.. EG,12.... DJ made me roll on the ground until I regained my calmness.
TOP,51 The energy of the earth is nurturing.. You're empty enough from your recapitulation that some of it is already creeping into your body. You feel at ease because you
know that the earth is the mother of all things... everything comes from the earth. The earth sustains and nourishes us; and when we die, our bodies return to it... unless of course
we succeed in the great crossing. TSC,111.

GEOGRAPHICAL PLACES HELP OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINTS MOVE


certain geographical areas not only help that precarious movement of the AP, but also select specific directions for that movement. For instance, the Sonoran desert helps the
AP move downward from its customary position, to the place of the beast. FFW,160. The Sonoran desert there is a particular confluence of the Eagle's emanations here..which
helps the AP move. FFW,166.

IN ORDER TO BE FREE WE MUST LOVE THE EARTH


Genaro roams on the paths of his love (earth) and wherever he is, he is complete...the earth is the predilection of two warriors..this earth, this world. For a warrior there can be
no greater love. TOP,281. Only if one loves this earth with unbending passion can one release one's sadness...a warrior is always joyful because his love is unalterable and his
beloved, the earth, embraces him and bestows upon him inconceivable gifts. The sadness belongs only to those who hate the very thing that gives shelter to their beings. This
lovely being, which is alive to its last recesses and understands every feeling, soothed me, it cured me of my pains, and finally when I had fully understood my love for it, it
taught me freedom.. TOP,282....the sorcerers explanation cannot at all liberate the spirit..because without an unwavering love for the being that gives you shelter, aloneness is
loneliness...only the love for this splendorous being can give freedom to a warrior's spirit; and freedom is joy, efficiency and abandon in the face of any odds. That is the last
lesson. it is always left for the very last moment, for the moment of ultimate solitude when a man faces his death and his aloneness. Only then does it make sense. TOP,283.

THE SUN

IF YOU ALLOW THE SUN'S LIGHT TO ENTER YOUR BODY, YOUR ENERGY, TOO, WILL FLOURISH.
that's why you have to cultivate the garden and absorb its energy and also the energy of the sun... the sun bestows its energy on the earth and causes things to grow. If you allow
the sun's light to enter your body, your energy, too, will flourish. (see breathing pass for the sun) TSC,112.The light of the sun is pure power...after all, it's the most intensely
gathered energy there is. TSC,114.

SHOULD ALWAYS WEAR A HAT IN THE SUN


she said I should always wear a wide brimmed hat in order to shield my head and face. TSC,112... The sun if used properly charges this line (invisible line that runs from the
top of the head)
and causes it to spring into action. That's why the crown of the head must always be protected. TSC,114.

D. ELEMENTS

FIRE

PURE FLAME CAN TAKE YOU TO THE DEPTHS OF THE UNKNOWN. FFW,134
The new seers divided fire into heat and flame. Flame is a higher magical, property than heat and they used them (flame and fluidity) as a means of bodily transportation to the
realm of nonorganic life. FFW,101,102....The new seers discovered that flames... can transport man bodily, just as water does. FFW,101
Pure flame can take you to the depths of the unknown. FFW,134

SMOKE/SMOKING SOMEONE
He pulled your luminosity and dried it with the smoke from a fire he had made. Smoke is very important for sorcerers.. Smoke is like fog. Fog is better of course, but it's too
hard to handle. it's not as handy as smoke is. So if a sorcerer wants to see and know someone who is always hiding...who is capricious and difficult, the sorcerer makes a fire
and lets the smoke envelop the person. Whatever they're hiding comes out in the smoke. SRP,234. The Nagual said that the smoke takes everything out of you... it makes you
clear and direct. SRP,234
The smoke used to irritate my throat and eyes to such a degree..he said that I had to learn to control my breathing and feel the smoke while I kept my eyes closed; that way I
could breathe without choking. SRP,234.
You smoked me. You gazed into my face, into my eyes. You saw the lights that mark a man's face. I am a sorcerer, you saw that in my eyes. The eyes of men are not all alike.
SR,190.

FOG

YOU CAN USE FOG TO SMOKE PEOPLE OR PLACES


The nagual told us once that you smoked a whole place in the mountains and saw what was hiding behind in the scenery. SRP,235.

WATER

WATER CAN HELP US ENTER INTO THE SECOND ATTENTION


The new seers divided water into wetness and fluidity. FFW,101...Mirror and the stream and the inorganic being... FFW, 103-122. ..the idea is to let the fluidity of the water
exert pressure on us and transport us away. FFW,105.. The old seers thought that the reflecting surface of a shiny object submerged in water enlarges the power of the water.
What they used to do was gaze into bodies of the water, and the reflecting surface served as an aid to accelerate the process. they believed that our eyes are the keys to entering
into the unknown; by gazing into water, they were allowing the eyes to open the way. FFW,108
the old seers observed that the wetness of water only dampens or soaks, but that the fluidity of water moves. It runs, they surmised, in search of other levels underneath us. They
believed that water had been given to us not only for life, but also as a link, a road to the other levels below. FFW,108... the old seers were convinced that it was humanly
possible to be transported bodily by the fluidity of water anywhere between this level of ours and the seven others below; or to be transported in essence anywhere on this level,
along the watercourse of a river in either direction. They used... running water to be transported on this level of ours and the water of deep lakes or that of waterholes to be
transported to the depths. The old seers found out the surest way to meet an inorganic creature is through a body of water. The size of the body of water is not relevent; an ocean
or a pond serves the same purpose. FFW,109.
The old seers would have said that you were being pulled by the power of the water and the power of the first level, plus the magnetic influence of the creature at the window.
FFW,110.
the old seers surmised that the seven levels below ours were levels of the fluidity of water. For them a spring had untold significance, because they thought that in such a case
the fluidity of water is reversed and goes from the depth to the surface. They took that to be the means whereby creatures from other levels, these other forms of life, come to
our plane to peer at us, to observe us... the new seers agreed and said that allies do appear around water holes. FFW,111
to gaze directly into the reflection of a deep, clear pond or lake is infinitely more overwhelming and dangerous than what we did with the mirror. (DJ and CC using a mirror to
draw out an ally)
FFW,120.

WEATHER

THUNDER

FOLLOW THE SOUND OF THOUGHT


I had to focus my attention on the sound of thought... I should follow the sound and look in the direction where I thought it came from. JTI,129.
WIND

A WOMAN HAS HER OWN PARTICULAR DIRECTION


Each women has a particular direction, a particular wind. Men don't. SRP,33.... if the woman quiets down and is not talking to herself, her wind will pick her up just like that.
SRP,41

THERE ARE FOUR WINDS


There are four winds.. SRP,40...

THE FOUR WINDS ARE FEMALE


the four winds are women..that is why female warriors seek them. SRP,41.

FIRST WIND IS THE BREEZE, THE MORNING, EAST


the first wind is the breeze, the morning. it brings hope and brightness; it is the hearld of the day. It comes and goes and gets into everything. Sometimes it is mild and
unnoticeable; other times it is nagging and bothersome. SRP,40... the breeze is the east... it is gay and sleek and shifty. SRP,41.

SECOND WIND IS THE HARD WIND, MIDDAY, NORTH


Another wind is the hard wind, either hot or cold or both. A midday wind. Blasting full of energy but also full of blindness. It breaks through doors and brings down walls. A
sorcerer must be very strong to tackle the hard wind. SRP,40... The hard wind is the north.. it is energetic and commandeering and impatient. SRP,41

THIRD WIND IS COLD WIND, AFTERNOON,WEST


Then there is the cold wind of the afternoon. Sad and trying. A wind that would never leave you in peace. It will chill you and make you cry. The Naugal said that there is such
depth to it, though, that it is more than worthwhile to seek it. SRP,41..the cold wind is the west.. it is moody and melancholy and always pensive. SRP,41

THE FOURTH WIND IS HOT WIND, NIGHT, SOUTH


And at last there is the hot wind. It warms and protects and envelops everything. It is a night wind for sorcerers. Its power goes together with the darkness. SRP,41.. The hot
wind is the south. it is happy and abandoned and bouncy. SRP,41.

THE NAGUAL'S WIND


it may seem to be wind to you, because wind is all you know. JTI,61...what I was calling the wind was not wind at all but something that had a volition of its own and could
actually recognize us. JTI,62...something that hides in the wind and looks like a whorl, a cloud, a mist, a face that twirls around. JTI,64...it moves in a specific direction..it
either tumbles or twirls. JTI,64. this can follow us..it can make us tired or it might even kill us... JTI,64.

OPPOSITES

ABOVE

SECRET KNOWLEDGE ABOUT WIND, RAIN, SHEETS OF LIGHTENING, CLOUDS, THUNDER, DAYLIGHT, AND THE SUN
This deals with secret knowledge about wind, rain, sheets of lightening, clouds, thunder, daylight, and the sun. FFW,102

BELOW

SECRET KNOWLEDGE ABOUT FOG, WATER OF UNDERGROUND SPRINGS, SWAMPS, LIGHTENING BOLTS, EARTHQUAKES, THE NIGHT, MOONLIGHT
AND THE MOON
This has to do with fog, water of underground springs, swamps, lightening bolts, earthquakes, the night, moonlight and the moon. FFW,102

LOUD AND SILENT

MANIPULATION OF SOUND AND QUIET


this has to do with the manipulation of sound and quiet. FFW,102

MOVING AND STATIONARY

ASPECTS OF MOTION AND MOTIONLESS


this has to do with mysterious aspects of motion and motionless. FFW,102

PLACES

POWER SPOT

POWER SPOT FOR SORCERER'S HOUSE


a place a power, a spot the ancient geomancers from China, the practitioners of feng-shui, would have undoubtedly picked as a temple site. Here the elements of water, wood,
and air are in perfect harmony.. here, energy circulates in abundance. TSC,41

CAVE

INHERENT SPIRIT TO CAVES


There was an inherent spirit to caves, whether they were natural or man-made, and that that spirit had to be approached with respect. Crawling was the only way of showing that
respect. SRP,105. Didn't you know that in the ancient Orient, monks and scholars used to retreat to caves?.. being surrounded by the earth helped them to meditate. TSC,41.

E. TIME, DIRECTIONS, NUMBERS

TIME

SUNSET/TWILIGHT:THE TIME FOR THE CRACK BETWEEN THE WORLDS


the twilight is the crack between the worlds..it is the door to the unknown. TOP,283, TDJ,94...at this time of the day, in the twilight, there is no wind. At this time there is only
power. JTI,64...during the twilight the wind becomes power...JTI,65..
The twilight is the best time to listen for the voice of the spirit. TSC,83. The world is a mysterious place. Especially in the twilight. JTI,64.

THE FUTURE DOESN'T EXIST. THAT THE PRESENT IS BUT AN INSTANT, NOTHING MORE.
The future doesn't exist. It's time you realized this. And when you have finished recapitulating and have completely erased the past, all that will be left is the present. And then
you will know that the present is but an instant, nothing more. TSC,179.
TIME IS THE ESSENCE OF ATTENTION
When she or her peers talked about time they were not referring to something which is measured by the movement of a clock. Time is the essence of attention; the Eagle's
emanations are made out of time; and properly, when one enters into any aspect of the other self, one is being acquainted with time. EG,305.

TURNING A WARRIORS HEAD


When Don Juan had described the concept of turning a warrior's head to face a new direction, I had understood it as a metaphor that depicted change in attitude. Florinda said
that that description was true, but it was no metaphor. it was true that stalkers turn their heads;however, they do not turn to face them to face a new direction, but to face time in
a different way. Stalkers face the oncoming time... normally we face time as it recedes from us. only stalkers can change that and face time as it advances on them. EG,294.

FLORINDA EXPLAINED THAT TURNING THE HEAD DID NOT MEAN SEEING INTO THE FUTURE, BUT THAT SEES TIME AS SOMETHING CONCRETE, YET
INCOMPREHENSIBLE.
Florinda explained that turning the head did not mean seeing into the future, but that sees time as something concrete, yet incomprehensible. EG,294.

THE DIRECTIONS

SOUTH

the south is the direction that power follows in its ceaseless flux. Life force flows to us from the south, and leaves us flowing toward the north. EG,189. The only opening to a
Naugals world was through the south. EG,189. The south was really the night-a warm, friendly, cozy night.. EG,192.

NORTH

the north is the midday. EG,205.

EAST

the east was the morning, the light... EG,192.

WEST
the west is naturally approached at dusk, a time of day which is difficult just in itself. EG,196.

CLOCKWISE

A clockwise movement is for charging things, for gathering energy for any enterprise. TSC,94.

NUMBERS

NUMBER THREE
the number three is a symbol of dynamics, change, movement, and above all, a symbol of revitalization. EG,231.
Sorcerer's always count events in sets of three. TSC,227.

NUMBER FOUR
the number four is a power number for them. SRP,40.

NUMBER FOURTY-EIGHT
while discussing corn sorcery and divination, that the number of corn kernels that a sorcerer possessed was 48... fourty-eight is our number..that's what makes us men..I don't
know why. TOP,40.

12. STRENGTHENING OUR NEW CONTINUITY

DEALING WITH A SHIFT IN THE AP/KEEPING SANE

FEELING OF GOING INSANE


...while Clara maintained that my energy was unmistakably on the rise because I could now have conversations with Manfred, I believed the opposite was true: I was slowly
going over the deep end. TSC,157.

TWO WAYS TO DEAL WITH THE NEW CONTINUITY


There are two options opened to warriors whose AP has shifted. One is to acknowledge being ill and to behave in deranged ways, reacting emotionally to the strange worlds
that their shifts force them to witness; the other is to remain impassive, untouched, knowing that the AP always returns to its original position. FFW,138.
Since our minds are our rationality, and our rationality is our self-reflection, anything beyond our self-reflection either appalls us or attracts us, depending on what kind of
persons we are. POS,229
If the AP never returns to its original position then those people are lost.. they are either incurable crazy, because their AP could never assemble the world as we know it, or
they are peerless seers who have begun their movement toward the unknown. FFW,138. Impeccable warriors don't lose their marbles. They remain untouched. FFW,139 in
order for you and me to be sane, we have to work like demons at balancing, not the body or the mind, but the double.. TSC,232

DEALING WITH A NEW WORLD VIEW


the naugal Julian used to tell them that they had been evicted from the homes where they had lived all their lives. A result of having saved energy had been the disruption of
their cozy but utterly limiting and boring nest in the world of everyday life. Their depression...was not so much the sadness of having lost their nest, but the annoyance of
having to look for new quarters...the new quarters are not as cozy..but they are definitely more roomy. Your new level of energy will create a spot to house your AP. (his AP
has shifted to a new permanaent position) FFW,172. There is a drawback from time to time as the AP returns to its original position. FFW,173

BEGINNING TO ACT AS A FLUID BEING IN A LUMINOUS WORLD


A fluid warrior can no longer make the world chronological..and for him, the world and himself are no longer objects. he's a luminous being existing in a luminous world.
TOP,50.

WHAT ANY OF US DOES WITH THAT INCREASED PERCEPTION, WITH THAT SILENT KNOWLEDGE, DEPENDS ON OUR OWN TEMPERMENT
And what any of us does with that increased perception, with that silent knowledge, depends on our own temperment. POS,9 once a warrior finishes his task, either in success
or defeat, will have the command over the totality of themselves...it means that a warrior has finally encountered power..no one can tell what each warrior would do with it;
perhaps you two will roam peacefully and unnoticed on the face of the earth, or perhaps you will turn out to be hateful men, or perhaps notorious, or kind. All that depends on
the impeccability and the freedom of your spirit. TOP,274. ....once he has sunk, the expression of the nagual is a matter of his personal temperment. If the warrior is funny the
nagual is funny. if the warrior is morbid, the nagual is morbid. If the warrior is mean the nagual is mean. TOP,175.
SILENT PROTECTOR HELPS STRENGTHEN THE NEW CONTINUITY
silent protector is a surge of inexplicable energy that comes to a warrior when nothing else works..these are sorcerers options..which are positions of the AP..to strengthen his
new continuity.. POS,191

BEGINNING TO ACT AS A FLUID BEING IN A LUMINOUS WORLD


A fluid warrior can no longer make the world chronological..and for him, the world and himself are no longer objects. he's a luminous being existing in a luminous world.
TOP,50.

WHAT ANY OF US DOES WITH THAT INCREASED PERCEPTION, WITH THAT SILENT KNOWLEDGE, DEPENDS ON OUR OWN TEMPERMENT
And what any of us does with that increased perception, with that silent knowledge, depends on our own temperment. POS,9 once a warrior finishes his task, either in success
or defeat, will have the command over the totality of themselves...it means that a warrior has finally encountered power..no one can tell what each warrior would do with it;
perhaps you two will roam peacefully and unnoticed on the face of the earth, or perhaps you will turn out to be hateful men, or perhaps notorious, or kind. All that depends on
the impeccability and the freedom of your spirit. TOP,274. ....once he has sunk, the expression of the nagual is a matter of his personal temperment. If the warrior is funny the
nagual is funny. if the warrior is morbid, the nagual is morbid. If the warrior is mean the nagual is mean. TOP,175.

SILENT PROTECTOR HELPS STRENGTHEN THE NEW CONTINUITY


silent protector is a surge of inexplicable energy that comes to a warrior when nothing else works..these are sorcerers options..which are positions of the AP..to strengthen his
new continuity.. POS,191

The End.

You might also like